Documenti di Didattica
Documenti di Professioni
Documenti di Cultura
.**
|5
oo
'
bo"*
s^
.J.O
,/V
"
''
_r^Nv
V*
PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
LATIN LANGUAGE;
WITH PERPETUAL EXERCISES
IN
BY
G.
J.
ADLER,
A.M.,
Iter
et
rerum particularium
silvas
perpetuo faciendum
est. ,;
Eranciscus de Verulamio.
STON:
SANBORN, CARTER, BAZIN, &
m r>ccci,vm.
CO.
>**
J.
ABLER,
"
rum
uiorosa et inauspicata
familia turbavere)
divortia
conjugium verum
repudia omnia in
et
et
humana
firmasse existimamus."
" Iter
silvas
autem
perpetuo faciendum
est."
Franciscus de Verulamio,
D^= A Key to
and
will
Instaur.
Grammar, by the
author,
soon be published.
CAMBRIDGE
Magn. Praef.
is
in preparation,
NOTICE
The author
the Latin
of this
Grammar
containing terms,
Boston.
literatures.
Ticknor
Applications
may
&
Circulars
Fields,
135 Washington
Office.
TO
CYRUS MASON,
D.D., LL.D.,
IN ASSOCIATION
NEW YORK,
INSTRUCTOR
IN
fjjta
IS
Uolume
IS
PREFACE
The
that time
with
many
others,
some
felt,
in
common
somewhat
delicate
one.
It
was under
took up
my
this conviction,
that,
work
in earnest.
I ac-
my materials amounted
and
exercises, of
PREFACE.
IV
my edition of Ollendorff's
Ger-
the volume
now
But although
final result
has been
it
now
make
English into the language to be acquired the chief exercise of the student, yet I could not
make up my mind
to surrender system to
is
mere
dorff.
My aim was rather to sacrifice nothing of the theory, to leave
no point of grammar unexplained or unconnected, but to make the
student advance with equal pace from practice to theory, and from
theory to practice, until he makes himself the master and conscious
As the course advances, and the rules of concome gradually more and more into requisition, the syntax
tition or dictation.
struction
commences, of which I have prefixed connected portions to each lesson, to be committed either entirely or in part, as the student proI have thus succeeded in incorporating by
gresses with his exercises.
degrees a complete syntax of the language, to the rules of which perpetual reference
is
made
and with
which the student must become familiar before he can reach the end
of the volume. In regard to the etymology, I have naturally treated
the declension of substantives, adjectives, and pronouns in the
lessons.
first
power of the
learner.
the declension of Greek nouns, the derivation of adjectives and adverbs, &c, which would only have embarrassed and retarded the
student in the beginning, are deferred until nearly the close of the
book.
I first
give only the present tense active, then in another lesson the passive,
and
deponent verbs.
general outline of
PREFACE.
student
is
Grammars
in ordinary
and
is lit
but in
and
for another,
so
on
to
the end.
I have retained the division into Lessons, as the most suitable ar-
rangement
for a
book of
this description.
strict
separation of the
scientific
treatment of the
would have
in themselves,
means intended
all
is
The judgment
must in
It
however by no
of the teacher
which
is
less,
may some-
les-
modern languages.
In the use of the book care should be taken to keep the main design
steadily in view,
exercises
appended
to
which
each
is
lesson.
and undergoes as
Hence
it
it
is
di-
were a daily
much more
dead
letter in the
Much
memory.
lesson, in explaining and removing difficulties, in separating the essential points from those of
minor importance, will not fail to contribute greatly to the encouragement and rapid progress of his studiosL As in many lessons of the
book the principles advanced are far from being exhausted in the exercises at the end, the teacher or scholar can easily expand them by
a practice which cannot be too
adding others similar to those given,
strongly
recommended.
To insure a correct pronunciation, I give directions at the very beginning for the accentuation of Latin words, and in the examples preceding the exercises, as well as in those given under the principal rules,
PREFACE.
VI
practically exhibited.
is
To
quan-
to accent according to the rules set forth in the first lesson, the
tity
of
all
clined or conjugated,
In
ness.
is
this respect I
is
found in no
Grammar of the Latin, and am persuaded that this system, without which we can scarcely conceive of a correct pronunciation, will
commend itself to the approbation of all competent to judge upon
other
the subject.
As many
course,
it
entirely
employed
in a sense
somewhat
different
in classical Latinity, as, for example, calceus for our " shoe,"
this subject,
all
_/;*7eus
To prevent
for
mis-
marked,
as
Thg
Grammars
topics, are
developed as fully as in
it is
many
hoped that
on
this point
rules
the rules are separated from the rest of the book by a different ar-
expected to carry
its
own
authority in
is
inverted.
itself,
and
left,
The book
while
is
thus
doctrine of questions
;
In the elaboration of
this
PREFACE.
Vll
am
(Leipsic, 1855).
On
thorities already
of Tursellinus.
treatise
original
The
and answers
subject of
questions
I myself
In
this
brary, to which I
I submit
means
now
trivial
it
for
the result of
my
of America.
As
my
their j>oliteness
classical scholars
Cambridge
Li-
to the plan I
road to
its
by writing
it
needed an apology.
it, is
complete acquisition.
Methods analogous
to
some extent
still
to this,
though
who
The plan of
PREFACE.
Vlll
of the Ancients.
Rome.
light
who
literature of
any rate be more attractive and remumethod here proposed, which makes the student
to lay
idioms, in
have
left
many
life
Of
immortal.
Romans
we must ever
these the
Roman
of the
mind.
And
G. J.
ADLER.
ABBREVIATIONS.
Cf.
Compos.
e. g.
i.
The
to
e.
stands
j"or
"
"
"
"
"
"
id est, that
confer, compare.
a modern object.
is to
word shows
say.
it
to be of
modem
origin, or applied
ADLEITS
I.
pensum primum.
INTRODUCTION.
its
OF THE ALPHABET.
The
B.
letters of
five: A, a; B, b; C, c; D, d E, e
H, h I, i J, j K, k L, 1 M, m N, n
;
Q, q
R,
S, s
T,
U, u
V, v
X, x
Y, y Z, z.
vocales) and conso;
C.
To
these
els or diphthongs ae (),
a, e,
t,
o, u, y.
may
LATIN GRAMMAR.
[LESSON
1.
hci, eia, viei, hid, and in dein, prom, Jiuic, and cui, when these
words are contracted into one syllable.
3. The diphthong eu is found in words originally Greek, and in the
Latin ceu, sen, heu, heus, neu, and neuter.
4. Respecting the proper sounds of these vowels, there is at present no uniformity of usage, the common custom in vogue among the
different nations of Europe being that of following the analogy of
such as
GERMAN SOUND.
ENGLISH SOUND.
manna*
a always
ah, a as in am.
a in fate, e as in fre
mater,
deleo, fessus
finis, mirabilis
corona, dominus
o as in bone,
usus,
ae
Caesar, caestusf
ai
Maia,J aio
aurum, causa
eia, omneis
Orpheus, neuter
poena, foedus
i,
y,
au
ei
eu
oe
e like
duumvir
sound short.
a in fate.
broader, with the sound of both vowels.
like ou in house.
like
huic, cui
ui
i as mfin.
as in shone.
like oo in moon, u the same
like ee in keen,
like
in shine.
||
Remark.
In
words.
OF THE CONSONANTS.
liquids, mutes,
k,
qu),
and Unguals
(d, t).
* A final is generally sounded broad, like all ; but this is not prolonged unless
Musah.
the vowel is long, as Jlusa
Musah, but Musd
t In the diphthongs ae and oe (which are also printed ce, ce) the sound of
e (long) only is heard.
X But ai is also written aj, as Achaja, Maja, &c.
The same is true
Orpli'ei.
This may become, by 'diaeresis, 'Orpheus, gen
of other vowels usually treated as diphthongs, as Lahis, Laertes, &c.
Pronounced in English hike, hi.
j|
LESSON
CONSONANTS.
1.]
The double consonants are x and z (called zeta). The former combines the sounds cs, the latter ds.
E. The power of these consonants is upon the whole the
same as that of the corresponding English letters.
Nor are
there as many international discrepancies of pronunciation as
The following remarks will illustrate their force
in the vowels.
more particularly
:
before a,
o,
u, or
and before
Among
9. has upon the whole the same power as in English.
the older Latin writers, however, it seems to have had the stronger
sound of ss, as they wrote cassus, caussa, accusso, &c, instead of the
later casus, causa, accuso.
10. Ti and ci short, when followed by another vowel, are generally
sounded like slice, as in Horalius, nantius, justitia; Fabricius, novicius, &c.
But ti retains its proper sound, a) when the i is long, as in
islius, totius ; b) when the t is preceded by an s, x, or another t, as in
ostium, mixtio, Bruttii
Aegyptius
&c.
c) in
as Miltiades,
nitier, jlectier,
is, however, probable that the Romans once sounded the letter c always
But the above distinction is too old and general to
as the Greeks did.
be disregai'ded.
words
of Greek origin it retains the hard sound of the original y,
f But in
as gigas, giyno, &c.
like
It
1c,
LATIN GRAMMAR.
[LESSON
1.
OF THE HIATUS.
The concurrence
F.
word or
at the close of
OF SYLLABLES.
Nor
is
always an
s,
as in stirps.
may
i-
be regulated by
last,
as e-go,
pa-ter, so-ror.
b)
cording to
(acinto
* The h, not being regarded as a consonant, does not prevent the hiatus.
In verse this is equally true of m final, so that multuin Me et is pronounced
mulf iir el, &c. In a similar manner the older Latin poets elided the final s
of the terminations us and is, but only before consonants, as nuntiu mortis for
1
LESSON
QUANTITY.
1.]
ACCENT.
of a word are treated according to the analogy of the rest, e. g. Daphne, rhy-thmus, smara-gdus, &c.
d) Compounds are usually divided according to the parts of which
they are composed, as ab-est, abs-condo, inter-sum, ob-tuli, red-eo, &c.
But where the composition is uncertain or obscure, or when the first
component has lost a part of its original termination, the division is
effected as in simple words, e. g. am-bages, ani-madverto (contracted
for
animum
Words
4.
pods
es), &c.
The quantity
H.
occupied in
Every
(-),
i.
its
syllable
e.
is
either long
(-), or
short
(-),* or common
short,
as
am act,
le-
gere, volucris.
syllable
causa, concldo
is
it
bra, tonitrus.
5. The quantity of the simple vowels under other circumstances
can only be determined by the authority of the poets, and is commonThe rules respecting the quantity of final
ly given in the Lexicon.
syllables, &c. belong to Prosody.
OF THE ACCENT.
* The short syllable being taken as the unit of measure, the pronunciation
of a long syllable would occupy double the -time of a short one.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
There
But
is
also a subordinate
is
[LESSON
In words of several
scarcely used.
).
and
is
1.
and
laws
nature,
and the
acute,
when
their
sollicitudimbus.
But
5. Some words are entirely unaccented, as ne, que, ve, ce.
these never appear alone, being always appended to other words, of
which they often change the place of the accent,f e. g. musdque, musdque, habesne, plerdque, &c.
6. The quantity of a word being given (as it commonly is in Lexicons), its accent can be easily determined according to one of the
The beginner should carefully distinguish between
above rules.
quantity and accent, which in Latin are not only distinct, but often
apparently at variance.
The former is the principle of versification,
the latter the indispensable condition of a correct pronunciation and
the very soul of living discourse.
* That
is
short
only
and four
invariable.
when both
is,
1)
{axis, villa)
f This
is
4)
when both
LESSON
The
1.
2.]
The
and
indeclinable are
Interjections.
OF DECLENSION.
Nouns and
K.
and their
be conjugated,
to
cusative, Vocative,
The Nominative
a
finite
and Ablative.
is,
as in English,
verb.
Objective.
The remaining
which
of, to,
in
There are
called
second
i,
in the third
Lesson
is,
II.
and
in the fifth
ei.
pensum alterum.
The
A.
first
LATIN GRAMMAR.
in a in connection
"
your,"
is
thus inflected
my paper
ISTom.
meu
Gen. of my paper
Dat. to or for my paper
Ace. my paper
Yoc.
my paper
Abl. with or by my paper
Nom. your
[LESSON
thy " or
tua, "
charta
meae chartae
raeae chartae
meam
mea
mea
chartam
charta
charta.
tua niensa
tuae mensae
tuae mensae
table
2.
table
tuam mensam
tiia mensa
% yozw fa&fe
tua mensa.
The
Remark.
long,
candlesticks
is
a.
But
first
is always
words de-
declension
candelabra,
templet, temples.
N. B.
word
< Habesne ? *
JEstnetibl?
TT
Q
HaTeyou?
^r
habes
habes?
ddmine, habeo.
qufdem? ddminej dst
Habesne (til) pile
urn ?
*
> -L 1 g
*,
T
Estne tibi
pileus i
( Ita est,f
Q
T
les, bir,
1 7have.
.
-uHave
vou
Num
An
| gdn
,,
,
,
the hat ?
* In asking questions, the Romans usually employed certain signs of interrogation, of which the most common are the enclitic ne (always affixed
either to the verb or to some other word of the sentence), the particles num,
The enclitic ne and ecquid can be
an, ecquid, numquid, utrum, nonne. Sec.
used in questions of every description, whether the expected answer be affirmative or negative; num and numquid, only when it is expected to be "no"
nonne. only when it is to be "yes"
an and utrum chiefly in double questions.
to
ettam (= even, even so-), vero (indeed), rede (vou are right), certe (certainly),
Ud, itd est, sic est (it is so), sane or sane quidem (indeed, surely), immo or
immo vfro (yes. yes). But the Romans frequently replv by a simple repetition of the verb or of the emphatic word of the inquiry, e.
g. here with a
simple Habeo and Est.
The ceremonious use of a word like our " Sir" was
unknown to the ancients. To ddmine, however, the vocative of dominus (master, lord), there can be no objection.
t The Romans have no article.
Its place is in certain cases supplied by a
LESSON
2.]
ot i
l
i
t
les, Sir, I have the hat.
xr
(
{
B.
Obs.
The
pen.
The
hat.
Taenia, ae,f.
Mensa, ae,/.
is
fol-
fascia, ae, y.
*Charta, ae,/.
us i
S
">
| !5j!
Af' P
( *rileum, i, n. {Nam. & Ace.)
Saccharum, i, n. (Norn. & ^4cc.)
Sal,* ^/en. salis, m., ace. salem.
(
Sal, gen. salis, n., ace. srd.
(
paper.
'
i,
Obs.
,,
*Penna, ae,/.
table.
ryi
Words
inative, accusative,
always
object,
ribbon.
The sugar
C.
'
-,
being transitive,
verb habeo,
T' f
'.
of the neuter gender have the nomand vocative, singular and plural,
alike.
Nom.
My.
| Ace.
(
Nom.
V \V MV'|Acc.
Mnsc.
Fern.
Kent.
mens
mea
meum
media
meum.
meum.
Masc.
Fern.
Neut.
turn
tud
fwwm
2wam
tuum.
Zww.
Thus
My
My
,t
Meum
Nom.
Ace.
meam pennam,
Nom.
sal
Nom.
hat.
Ace.
j
yP
ylour salt.
i,
| Acc>
saccharum (Nom.
pileus
mens
tuum
o-
'
'
j.
(
>
(
(.)<
meam.
tiium gaL
Habesne
hat.
les, Sir, I have your
^
(in.),
or pennam
(or m. tiius).
sg j tiium} o/
&
Ace).
pileum meum
pileum meum, or meum pileum.
mea penna, or penna mea.
sugar.
meum
pileum?
'
beo.
demonstrative pronoun, by unns, one, aliquis, some one, &c. But ordinarily the
distinctions expressed by our articles must be mentally supplied from the context.
Tbe learner will also notice the omission of the pronouns ego, tu,
which tbe Latin language employs only for the sake of emphnsis or contrast.
* The substantives pileus and sal have two form?, i. e. the masculine and
neuter, without any difference of signification.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
10
TT
Have vou
3.
,,
the pen
1
[LESSON
| Habesne pennain
Est mi'hi penna.
Habeo pennam.
Exercise
1.
the table?
Yes, Sir, I Lave the table.
Have you
my table ? I have your table. Have you your pen ? I have my
Have you my
pen.
Have you the sugar ?
I have the sugar.
Have you the paper ?
I have the
sugar ?
I have your sugar
Have you
Have you your paper ?
paper.
I have my paper.
I have the salt.
I have your salt.
the salt ?
Have you my salt ?
Have you
Lesson
III.
pensum tertium.
A.
all
their genitive in
substantives
The
l.
ter-
sometimes feminine),
line,
Examples
(neuter).
Meus domiims,
Nom my master
.
Gen
DAT.
Acc.
Voc.
Abl.
m.,
my
(masculine),* and
cr, \r
Liber
master.
tiius,
your hook
of your booh
of my master
to your booh
meo domino
to my master
meum dominilm your booh
my master
your booh
my master mif domine
with your booh
tvith my master meo domino.
Saccharum bonum,
good sugar
of the good sugar
to the good sugar
the good sugar
good sugar
with the good sugar
Nom.
these
n.,
liber ttius
libri
tfii
libro tiio
libriim tutim
liber tiie
libro tuo.
good sugar.
the
Gen.
Dat.
Acc.
Yoc.
Abl.
* To
metis dominus
mei do mini
um
adjective in
saccharum bonum
sacchari boni
saccharo bono
saccharum bonum
saccharum bonum
saccharo bono.
v.r,
sated, satisfied.
t This vocative is sometimes meus and sometimes ml, after the analogy of
proper names in ius, which have always i, as, Virgillus, Viryili; Horatius,
Horatl; so also fUiu$,f~d~i; geniics, gerii.
LESS ON
3.]
11
Like dominus decline pileus, pannus, equus, ccdceus, and all nouns
and adjectives of this declension which end in us. After the mandecline ager, culler, fiber, mdgister, &c. ;* like sacchaneuters in urn, as aurum, cdrlum, lignum, plumbum, &e.
(Cf. Lesson IV.)
ner of
liber,
all
vurn,
Bemark
The
1.
final
long;
is
except in vuhi,
tibl,
sibl,
where
it is
common ( )
2. The final
i
o of the dative and ablative singular of this declenalways long. But in Latin words generally it is common, as
scrmo, amo, htibeo.
sion
is
Ace.
j
Nom.
Bonus,
Ace-
e. worthless.
Mains,
Ace.
Malum, am,
Vilis,
Ace.
Or:-
Vilem, vilem,
(Also:
good sugar.
(
(
iim.
vilis,
Nequam
vile.
vile.
(indeclinable).
Pulcher,
pulchra, pulchriim.
Pulchriim, pulchram, pulchriim.
Formosus,
Turpis,
a,
um
turpis,
turpe,
My
Nom.
iim.
um.
a,
Nom.
} Ace.
urn.
a,
Magnum, am,
Nom.
fNoM.
Beautiful, fine.
iim.
a,
Magnus,
cc.
Bad.
utriim.
utra,
Uter,
(N(
Nom.
i.
Nom.
(Ace.
Good.
Bad,
Fern.
Masc.
Neut.
Qul(s), quae, quod or quid.
Quern, qucim, quod or quid.
Nom.
Ace.
paper?
Which
sugar
\
I
Qu
"T
?f sacchan
Quid
Nm
&A
C,)
,
I S
l
\
(Nom.
& Ace.)
&c._
Vir,
levir, -viri.
t Malm
worthless ;
J
LATIN GRAMMAR.
12
[LESSON
4.
v
Yes,
sugar
Estne
o.
Have you
Sir, I
have
T
hat have
t
my
you?
J
-I
vou
saccharum bdnum
bdnum.
Habesne taeniam piilchram
Habeo taeniam piilchram.
C Qui est tibi pi'leus ?
r
ugly hat.
i
1V1Inch
-i u
i
ribbon
have
\\
ti'bi
'j
Quae
est
'
taenia?
ti'bi
n
Quam fi.habes
''
taeniam oi
Taeniam tiiam piilchram* habeo-
Exercise
2.
Have
the fine hat ?
Yes, Sir, I have the fine hat.
you my bad hat ?
Have you the bad salt ?
I have your bad hat.
1 have my
I have the bad salt.
Have you your good salt ?
Have you
Which
have your good
have you
Which sugar have you? have my good sugar. Have you my
good sugar? have your good sugar. Which table have you?
have the
have your
Have you my
Which paper have you have the bad paper.
Have you my ugly paper have your ugly paper. Which bad
Which
hat have you
have my bad
ribbon have
you
have your
ribbon. Have you my
pen
good
salt
salt.
salt.
fine table ?
fine table.
fine table.
'?
hat.
fine
fine
have your
fine
fine pen.
Lesson IY.
PENSUM QUARTUM.
/,
w, r, s,
t,
x.
of every gender,
* In writing his exercises, the learner should be careful to select the proper
case and gender of the adjectives, which must always correspond with that of
the nouns with which they are to be connected. In this and the following
lessons, the nominative and accusative are the only cases used.
LESSON
4.]
13
sometimes masculine.
Now.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
?n.,
stone.
a stone
of a stone
to a stone
a stone
lapis
lapidis
lapidi
lapidem
stone
lapis
with a stone
lapide.
Qmis, m. &/.,t
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
the dog.
dog
of the dog
to the dog
the dog
dog
with the dog
the
f, a garment.
garment
vestis
vestis
of the garment
to the garment
vest!
the garment
vestem
the garment
vestis
with the garment
veste.
Vestis,
the
canis
the stocking
tibiale
cams
of the stocking
tibialis
cam
to the stocking
tibial!
canem
the stocking
tibiale
stocking
canis
cane.
Caput,
Nom.
the tailor
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
of the
sartor
sartons
tailor
to the tailor
sartori
the tailor
sartorem
sartor
tailor
sartore.
tibiale
head
of the head
to the head
the head
the head
with the head
m.
&
head.
caput
the
Sal,
tibiali.J
capitis
capltl
caput
caput
capite.
n.
the salt.
Nom.
the brother
frater
the salt
sal
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
of the brother
fratris
of the
sails
to the brother
fratri
to the sedt
the brother
fratrem
the salt
brother
* Nouns
in
salt
frater
salt
fratre.
with the
neut.
sail
salem, sal
sal
salt
sale or
-I.
&
&
&
&
&
LATIN GRAMMAR.
14
Remark.
The
final e
j-
[LESSON
4.
is
long.
Masc.
Fem.
(Nom.
Is
ea
id.
| Ace.
Eiim
earn
id.
Neut.
Non; non
no.
Have you
the table
AT
-i
No,
ct
Sir, I
fmnime.
vera,
Non habeo.
Non (minlme)
I have not.
No, Sir.
have
-,_
it
?
,
not.
<
vero, ddrnine.
Habesne mensam ?
Mmime, ddmine: (earn) non habeo.
At-
~
m i habeo,
clomine,
non.
'
( jN'on
Have you
the hat ?
An
No,
have
Mi'nime, ddmine
Sir, I
Have you
I have
it
it
not.
the sugar
habes pileum
Num
Non
not.
habes saccharum
habeo.
*Toga, ae, f.
Pannus, i, m.
Equus, i, m.
*Calceus, i, m.
Fllum, i, n.
Candelabrum,
Lignum, i, n.
Cdrlum, i, n.
Plumbum, i,
Aurum, i, n.
E.
Obs.
fore
n.
The
E can be
vowels and
Of gold.
Of cloth.
Ex
aureus,
aiiro,
a, urn.
panno.
mare, marl
n.
e, ex.
Of.
ablative.
i,
Except
sell,
LESSON
4.]
15
Thus:
Wooden
Ligneus, a, um.
Chartaceus, a, um.
or of wood.
of paper.
Paper
Leaden
Linen
of
of
of
Stone
of stone.
Leather
leather.
lead.
linen.
um, or e
um, or
Linteus, a, um.
C Lapideus, a, um.
\ Saxeus, a, um.
plumbo.
um.
a, um.
Pileus chartaceus.
table.
The
Bellus, a,
Nom.
The golden
a,
\ Venustus,
hat.
The wooden
corio.
Pretty.
The paper
Scorteus, a,
Plumbeus,
ribbon.
Nom. Mensa
lignea.
Nom. Equus
\ Ace.
j
lapideus.
Equum
lapideum.
Nom. Taenia
\ Ace.
aiirea.
Taeniam
aiiream.
cloth coat.
Have you
Have you
Num
Eum
have
it
not.
1.
2.
Nouns
Nouns
in a
in e
LATIN GRAMMAR.
16
[LESSOX
4.
as kydromeli, hgdromelitos, n.
itos,
origims,
f.,
origin.f
Nouns
6.
truth.
f.,
||
9.
fraudis.
f.,
missis.
Those
13.
nepos,
in os
change
os into
a grandson
m., a keeper;
m.,
-otis,
custos, -odis,
otis,
as sacerdos,
iitros,
-ois,
odis,
-Otis,
ois,
m., a hero;
m., a priest;
and om,
ros,
as
roris,
dew.f
The termination
14.
* Nouns
t
in
number
nobody
ws becomes
body;
udis
Cutis'),
a work; crus,
or odis,
cruris, n.,
and y are Greek, and so are their genitives ilos and yos.
of other nouns in o have likewise inis, as /<()mo, a man
nemo,
Cdro, flesh, f., has cartas, aud Anio, m., the name of
Apollo, Sec.
river, Anienis.
But
lae, n.,
numinis, n.,
iconis,
f.,
miik, has
the
deity.
an image
Acheron,
-ontis,
m.,
name
of a river.
and
ter
Greek nouns
giant
&
LESSON
DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES.
5.]
f.,
an anvil;
stilus, -utis, f,
17
m., a tripod.
T5.
1G.
-tis,
f.,
a part; glans,
-dis, f.,
any
-/, f.,
kernel-fruit;
a serpent
-tis, f.,
1 7.
a city;
stirps, -pis,
m., a book.
codlcis,
noctis
in bs, ps,
senex,
aclj
But
nix,
f.,
snow, has
and
mm;
nox,
siipellex,
f.
f.,
night,
furniture,
swpellectilis.
Exercise
3.
table ?
No, Sir, I have it not.
Which
have the stone table.
Have you my golden
Which stocking have you ?
candlestick ?
I have it not.
I have
Have you my thread stocking ?
I have not
the thread stocking.
Which coat have you ?
I have my cloth
your thread stocking.
I have the wooden horse.
Which horse have you ?
coat.
I have it not.
Have you the
Have you my leathern shoe ?
Have you your good wooden
I have it not.
leaden horse V
Which wood have you ?
I have your
I have it not.
horse ?
I have it not.
Have you my good gold ?
Which
good wood.
Which stone have you ?
I have the good gold.
gold have you ?
Which ribbon have you ?
I have
I have your fine stone.
Have )ou my fine dog ?
I have it.
your golden ribbon.
I have it not.
Have you my ugly horse ?
Have you
the
have you
table
wooden
Lesson Y.
pensum quintum.
A.
first,
* But
have
ipis,
the adjective caelebs, single, has caelibis, and the compounds of ceps
The genitive of anceps, doubtful, is
as princeps, -xpis, the foremost.
ancvpUis.
2*
LATIN GRAMMAR.
13
[lesson
5.
&
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
good
of the good
to the good
the good
the good
ivith the good
the
Masc.
Fern.
Neut.
bonus
bontim
bono
bona
bonae
bonae
bonum
bonam
bone
bono
bona
bona
bom
bonl
bono
bontim
bontim
bono.
Nom.
the beautiful
pulcher
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
of the beautiful
pulchri
to the beautiful
the beautiful
Voc.
Abl.
the beautiful
by the beautiful
Fern.
Neut.
pulchrum
pulchro
pulchra
pulchrae
pulchrae
pulchrum
pulchrum
pulcher
pulchro
pulchra
pulchra
pulchrum
pulchrum
pulchri
pulchro
pulchro.
Fern.
Neut.
Nom.
the ugly
turpis
turpis
turpe
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
of the ugly
turpis
turpis
turpis
ugly
the ugly
the ugly
with the ugly.
turpi
turpi
turpi
turpein
turpem
turpis
turpis
turpe
turpe
turpi
turpi
turpi.
to the
* Some
LESSON
,--
DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES.
5.]
The trunk.
The button.
The money.
The cheese.
The silver.
*Biscus,
Estne
Esiiriens,
Thirsty.
Sltlens,f
Cupidus
esurlo.
Sitisrie ?
(Ego vero)
not thirsty.
Non
am
sleepy.
am
not sleepy.
Are you
a,
um) somni.
(a,
(Ego vero)
tis.
tis.
thirsty.
sleepy
aliquid ?
Esiirisne ?
thirsty
am
am
(tii)
hungry.
Are you
tibi aliquid ?
Somniculosus,
Tired.
i,
Habeo aliquid.
Niim quidquam * habes ?
Niim est tibi quidquam ?
Hungry,
am
am
(Adj.).
Sleepy.
um
m.
m.
i,
Habesne
n.
I have nothing.
Are you
m.
have something.
am
a,
Proximus,
i,
Vicinus,
neighbor.
Argentum,
Argenteus,
i,
Pistor, oris,
Anything, something.
Nothing.
area, ae,/".
*Orblculus fibulatoiius,
Pecunia, ae, f.
Caseus, i, m.
Of silver.
The baker.
The
i,
19
Esne
sitio.
sitio.
tii
somniculosus
An es cupidus sdmni ?
Sum cupidus sdmni.
Non sum
cupidus sdmni.
tired ?
tu.
siim.
fessus ?
ISJum es fessus ?
Sum fessus.
Non siim fessus.
tired.
not tired.
When
C. Rule.
a substantive expresses the relation
of property or possession, it is put in the genitive; as,
LATIN GRAMMAR.
20
MyJ
,,
r
My
Ti,
salt.
1
o-ood
neighbors
The
old bread.
The
The
pretty dog.
silver ribbon.
Pistoris
canem (Ace.)*
Tdgam
sartoris
(Ace).
brothers paper.
x
l
.
5.
I
-
[LESSON
-I
.,
P
Iratns
.
Mei
r,.i
vicini sal
-
-,
bdnum.
,
Sal
Taeniam argenteam
(Ace.).
have it not.
Have you my brother's
silver can-
Num
habes
Non
habeo.
An
habes
sal
bdnum
fratris
vicini ?
mei candelabrum
argenteum ?
dlestick ?
Exercise
4.
'?
my
'?
of
good baker.
* The common rule is that the genitive (and in general every word governed)
should be put before the word governing it. This, however, is bv no means
may safely use either of the formulas in the sense of
for
homo
ingenii,
man
of talent, &o.
LESSON
DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES.
6.]
21
PENSUM SEXTUM.
Lesson VI.
The adjectives in er, is, e are but few in numThe nominative masculine has sometimes Is
A.
ber.
instead of
er.
Acer or
acris,
Masc.
Fern.
Nom.
acer or acris
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
Neut.
acris
acre
acris
acris
acris
acrl
acrl
acrl
acrem
acrem
acer or acris
acris
acre
acre
Fieri
acrl
acrl.
So decline alacer or
ce/er or ceteris, swift
alacris, cheerful
celeber or Celebris,
famous
5.
tially
present participle in ns
ples
Dives,
& Fern.
Neut.
included in this
Vetus,
-vitis, rich.
Jlasc.
is
Masc.
&
-teris, old.
Neut.
Fern.
Masc.
& Fern.
Nom.
dives
vettis
sitiens
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
divitis
veteris
sitientis
cliviti
veteri
divitem
dives
vetus
vetere or
divite.*
So decline
felix, fellcls,
doubtful sollers,
amans, amantis, loving, &c.
ancipitis,
happy
sollertis,
Neut.
sitienti
veterem
dives
Exam-
class.
vetus
sitientem
sitiens
sitiens
sitiente or
i.
i.
clever
as adjectives,
See
than
e.
Remark
5.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
22
2.
3.
Praesens, present,
sons,
when
than
[LESSON
l,
when
said of per-
e.
4.
6.
as Clemens,
e,
Clemente.
5.
Axluna
Am
J
J
-
es,
J
y x ~
.,,( lw .
\ Altquid (quidquam, nonmhd) bom.
bdnum.
.7
Nihil
x
(
A
7
7
Nothing
or wo* anything good,
& ^_
j
dl
or sometime/
J Jgood.
it
OZ>s.
, 7
>.
^^
<
The
&c. can only be used when the adThus we can onlyof the second declension.
say aliquid vile, turpe, &c, and not aliquid turpis ; but
indifferently either aliquid bdnum or aliquid boni.
after aliquid, nihil,
jective
is
Have you
T
1
anything
We you
wi
+
What
i
^
^ goodioi
have
you
ta
17
That or $e one.
D. Obs.
bdnl
bdnum
aliquid
est
The English
?
vile.
An
-,
tiirpe ?
*
Quid
What
Non
{ AT ,, M
,itt
Have
you
anything
ugly
J
J
^
What
tibi aliquid
mini quidquam
(Nihil nequam hambeo.
i
i
have nothing
bad.
i.i
Estne
\ Habesne
}$?'
Quid
\ pt ,,
( Quid
-,
j"
Nom.
\ Ace.
Masc.
Fem.
Neut.
itte
ilia
illud.
ilium
Mam
illud.
among
the
context.
DECLENSION OE ADJECTIVES.
LESSON C]
23
?
(
Habeo ilium
pistons.
have that
of
myJ
brother.
Habeo
lllud
mei
fratns.
f mihi saccharum
Est
,-,
*..
tratris.
An.
Or.
Are you
J
-,
tired or sleepy
lJ
S utrum es fcssus
A -^
.* ff ,
am
sleepy.
pirn
cini
^
you your i^-^+i^
nat or tne
hat
the
Are you
hungry
or
^
J
am
(
)i
baker's
an somniculosus ?
_ .*
,
Esne tu lessus an somniculosus i
Somniculosus sum.
tne *** libermeus an vlcim ?
_
W
hllbes llbmm meum aw V1"
(%
or that of
ti
ilave
i
(
thirsty
J ?
hungry.
,,
Habeo
Utrum
.
ilium vicini.
tibi est liber tiius
an
o
?
ns
Tiuimne librum habes dn
rum ds * ris
iS ?
Esunsne an sitis i
pistol
pistoris ?
ff
EsiiriOo
Exercise
5.
it
not.
table
bor's ?
silver
silver
tailor ?
tailor.
tired ?
thirsty ?
tired.
ugly.
pretty.
it
not.
good sugar.
* The words
cises.
LATIN GSA1MAR.
24
Lesson VII.
pexsoi
[LESSON
7.
septimttm.
The
A.
substantives
all
which form their genitive in us. The nominative singular has two terminations, viz. us for masculine and
Examples
feminine nouns, and u for neuters.
fruit.
Domus, f.,
thehov.se.
Nom.
fructus
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Yoc.
Abl.
fructus
comus
fructui
cornu (cornui)
fruetiun
coruii
domus
domus or dorai*
doniul or domo
doraum
fructus
cornu
domtis
fructu.
cornu.
cornu
domo.
adltus, access
cantus, a song
ictus,
Remark.
The
final
v.
is
long.
or the tailor's
?
(il-
I have yours.
Masc.
Fern.
Neufc
Nom.
mens
mea
meum.
"(
Ace.
meum
meam
nit
<'
Nom.
tuiis
id a
tiium.
Ace.
Warn
tUGJJl
tiium.
Mine.
Yours.
"(
am.
* The
is
the
genitive dorai
is
Masc.
Fem.
Kent.
CNom.
htc
Tiaec
ltitc.
\ Ace.
hunc
lianc
Mc.
irregular
LESSON
EXERCISE SIXTH.
7.]
25
your hat
?
fetne hie pileus tdus ?
not mine, but yours. Minime, ddrulne, non est meus,
sed tiius.
Is this my ribbon ?
!Num haec est taenia mea ?
No, it is not yours, but mine.
Non est tiia, sed mea.
Is this your sugar ?
An hoc est saccharum tiium ?
It is not mine, but that of my Xon est meum, sed mei fratris.
Js this
No,
Sir, it is
brother.
The man.
fu
JLne
ct:\r
stick,
Homo,
Baculum.
J.
n.
m.
fratris mei.
Sutor. oris. m.
Mercator,
l1
friend.
i.
-
onis.
6:
The shoemaker.
The merchant.
Neither
viri
mis, m.
So-.
( bcipio,
,
cane.
My brother.
The
^n.
Ylr,*
oris,
Nee
Neque
Neque
nor.
m.
nu
!' }>
} amihans,
^
is,
m.
nee.
neque
nee.
The
Obs.
C.
Have you
yours
thirsty ?
am
tnim
mine
sins
Ego neque
Exercise
Have you your
*
*?
f
an
Esunsne
is ?
esiirlo
nee
sitio.
6.
I have
'?
'?
* Vir
cloth or
is
to the sex,
to the
species.
t Teneo
especially
retain,
is
and
may be
may
signify
keep."
[LESSON
LATIN GRAMMAR.
26
8.
Have
I have neither yours nor your brother's.
I have
good baker's good bread or that of my friend ?
Which bread
neither your good baker's nor that of your friend.
Which ribbon have you ?
I have
I have mine.
have you ?
I have neither
Have you the good or the bad cheese ?
yours.
I have nothing.
Have you anything ?
the good nor the bad.
I have neither your pretty
Have you my pretty or my ugly dog ?
I have it not.
Have you my friend's stick ?
nor your ugly dog.
I am neither sleepy nor hungry.
Are you sleepy or hungry ?
I have neither the good nor
Have you the good or the bad salt ?
I have neither yours
Have you my horse or the man's ?
the bad.
What have you ?
I have nothing fine.
Are you
nor the man's.
my
brother's ?
you
my
I am not
tired ?
tired.
Lesson VIII.
pensum octayum.
Nouns of
A.
the
fifth
in ei
&
No
So decline
f.,
die!
reT
die!
re!
specie!
diem
rem
speciem
dies
res
species
die.
re.
specie*
acies,
Remark.
species
dies
:.i.
Gex.
Dat.
Acc.
Voc.
Abl.
f.,
f.,
;
merldies,
The e of the
in.,
specie!
fticies,
midday, noon
the face
spes, f,
effigies,
hope
is
series,
always
long.
B.
which
Nouns of
except dies,
generally masculine and sometimes
Its compound,
feminine,f but in the plural always masculine.
merldies, is masculine, and used in the singular only.
Ohs.
* The
in the
singular
is
after a consonant,
e. g. aciei,
faciei,
short
LESSON
PHRASES.
8.]
The
27
* Embolus,
i,
m.
*Instrumentum *
(i,
cork.
The corkscrew.
embolis cx-
n.)
trahendis.
The
*Mummentum
umbrella.
ale
The boy.
The Frenchman.
The carpenter.
The hammer.
The iron.
Of iron, iron.
The nail.
The pencil.
The thimble.
The coffee.
The honey.
The (sea) biscuit.
The sweet
i,
n.
*Francogallus,
Faber
i,
Malleus,
i,
m.
Ferrum,
i,
n.
Ferreus,
a, urn.
Claviis,
i,
m.
tignarius.
(ri, ?n.)
m.
*Stilus cerussatus,
*Munimentum
(i,
i,
m.
n.) digiti.
*Coftea, ae,/.
Mel, gen. mellis, n.
Panis nauticus (castrensis).
Panis dulciarius, m.
Buccellatum, i, n.
biscuit.
Habeone
Have I?
You
(i,
umbraculum,f
An
have.
(ego) Tidbeo
Estne mihi?
Habes.
Tenes.
Tibi est.
Quid (ego) habeo (teneo) ?
What have I ?
Quid est mihi ?
You have the carpenter's ham- J Malleum flibri tignarii habes (tenes).
mer.
Est tibi malleus ftlbri tignarii.
(
Have
You have
Have
Habeone clavum
I the nail ?
it.
I (the) biscuit ?
LATIN GRAMMAR.
28
[LESSON
9.
Am I right
You
Am I right
You
Loqudrne recte ?
Vere (recte) ldqueris.
(correct) ?
are correct.
Am I right
(correct) ?
tmmo vero*
Am I right
Is
it
It is
(morally)
right tor
me
&tae
|
)
Est
wrong.
Which
biscuit
You have
have
that of
brother.
tibi nefas.
Quod
I ?
my
erras.
^^
buccellatum habeo ?
mei buccellatum habes.
Fratris
Exercise
7.
Am
You are
good
Am wrong (morally) You are wrong. You are not wrong.
Am
or wrong You are neither
nor wrong. Am
You are
hungry You are hungry. You are not
What have good You have
neither hungry nor
What have You
nor the good
ther the good
have nothing. What have vou have something
Which dog have you
that
friend.
sleepy.
thirsty ?
ter's
sir,
it
not.
it
thirsty.
not.
it.
nails
that
I ?
that
that
tailor ?
I ?
tailor.
it
biscuit
not.
that
I ?
coffee
'?
that
brother's
right (correct).
I right
I right (correct) ?
pencil.
right
sleepy.
thirsty.
nei-
sugar.
coffee
Lesson IX.
I ?
beautiful.
PENSUM NOXUM.
of PROXOUXS.
A. The pronouns of the Latin language are divided into the following classes
1. Personal
ego, tit,
:
Am
LESSON
PRONOUNS.
9.]
(and ipse).
B^elatives
3.
noster, vester.
turn, suits,
quid?
Demonstratives
2.
sui
quod?
Patrials
5.
qui, quae,
quisquam.
7.
29
6.
:
Possessives
4.
thou,
sui,
ego
thou
tu
Gen. of me
Dat. to me
Ace. me
mei
of thee
ttii
of himself
mihi or mi
to thee
tibi
to
me
thee
te
The
nominative tu; as
and
fyc.
siii
himself S?c.
himself fyc.
se
with himself
se.
fyc.
sib!
suffix te
thou
tu
with thee te.
tute,
of himself,
Nom. I
Remark.
mens,
ego
Yoc.
Abl. with me me.
Interrogatives
quis ?
Indefinite: aliquis, qiiis,
is
tu,
and sui;
tete,
sese, for
me,
te,
se,
in the accusa-
ablative singular.
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
D.
he, she, it
of him, of
her,
him, to her,
him, her, it
to
of
it
to it
Masc.
Fern.
Neut.
ille
ilia
illud
ejus
ejus
ejus (rei)*
el
ei
el
(rei)
eum
earn
id
(illud)
eo
ea
eo (ea re).
The pronoun
it
ipse, ipsa,
ipsum
may
be joined to
* The Romans are fond of employing the word res, " thing." instead of the
neuter of adjectives and pronouns.
This becomes necessary in cases where
ambiguity as to gender would otherwise arise, as here in the genitive, dative,
and
ablative.
So also cujus
3*
qua
&c.
30
LATIN GRAMMAR.
tu,
and
ipse
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Yoc.
Abl.
9.
sni,
thyself,
Masc.
Nom.
[LESSON
Fern.
Neut.
ipsa
ipsum
ipsfus
ipsi
ipsum
ipsam
ipse
ipsa
ipsa
ipso
ipsum
ipsum
ipso.
(ipsa),
sui
aii-
ipsius, of himself.
Have
reum
nail ?
You have
que aiireum.
The sheep.
The ram.
The hen.
The chicken.
The ship.
The bag (sack).
The painter.
The young man.
The youth
Ovis, is,/
Vervex,
The
E.
Kom.
ecis,
m.
Gallina, ae,/.
Pullus galllnaceus (gen.
i),
m.
Navis, is,/'.
Saccus, i, m.
Pictor, oris,
(
(lad).
(
flected
m.
Juvenis, is, m.
Adolescens, tis, m.
Adolescentulus, i, m.
ovis
Gen. ovis
Dat. ovi
Ace. ovem
Voc. ovis
Abl. ove.
The words
navis
navis
navi
juvenis
juvenis
juveni
navem
juvenem
or navim
navis
navi or nave.
juvenis
jiivene.
have usually em in
pupph, vestis,
securis, and turris have often er im than em.
Those which have regularly im are: a) the substantives amussis, ravis, sitis, tussis, and vis;
F.
Obs.
navis, messis,
* The
ders.
and
clavis
pelvis,
genitive ijislus and the dative ipsi are here intended for
applies to all the subsequent paradigms.
The same
all
the gen-
LESSON
TUONOUNS.
9.]
31
Greek, as
(lie
basis, jwcsis,
Who ?
Who
has
the trunk
lias
?
(
The man
The man
lias
Who
it
has
it.
it
not.
est)
Cut est?
Who
Cut (with
Qiits ?
Quis habet
(te'-
net).
He
has.
Habet, tenet
\ Est
He
He
Habetne
mo
habet
homo
lid-
Niim habet
Estne (an, niim est)
pi'ctor ?
ctor?
the painter
Ecquid habet
vir ?
An
Habetne
Has
ei.
pi-
pi-
ctdii ?
An habet ami?
Estne (ecquid, an est)
(Cf. Lesson II. note *.)
Habetne amicus
Has
He
cus
the friend ?
has
the carpenter's
amico ?
Tenetne piier malleum
ham-
Yero (eum)
has it not.
Is he thirsty ?
Is
He
Is
is
An
est fessus.
is
right (correct).
Vere
is
not wrong.
Non
he hungry ?
is not hungry.
loquitur.
errat.
Esuritne
Non
He
Exercise
he thirsty or hungry
my
hat
fessus est ?
He
is si'tit ?
est fessus V
Non
not tired ?
he right or wrong ?
Is
(ecquid)
sitit.
Niim (niimquid)
?
lie
Is
An
Sititne ?
Ita est,
thirsty.
he tired
tenet.
it ?
He
is
fabii tigna-
rii ?
it.
He
He
He
Niim
esiirit ?
esiirit.
8.
* The pronoun of the third person, like that of the second and
monly omitted, except where perspicuity requires it.
first, is
com-
LATIN GRAMMAR.
32
[LESSON
10.
sheep
The baker
it.
has
it.
it
not.
nail ?
nail.
stick
stick.
'?
coffee
coffee
biscuit
ship
ship.
Exercise
my
9.
Who
is
tailor's
it.
it.
it ?
Lesson X.
The husbandman.
The peasant, rustic.
The
ox.
The
cook.
The
servant.
The
bird
* Many nouns in
;
divitiae, riches
XVII. B.
sir,
it.
pensum decimum.
Agricola, ae, m.
Rusticus, i, m. homo agrestis.
( Bos, gen. bovis, m. &
f.
\ Taurus, i, m. (a bull).
Coquiis, i, m. coqua, ae,/.
famulus, i, m.
\ Minister, ri, in.
Mi
Ministra, famula, ae,/.
I
;
The broom.
The eye.
The foot.
The rice.
ties
is
thirsty.
%!'
\61ucris,
*?>
is, m. &/.
Scopae, arum,*/, pi.
Octilus,
i,
m.
Oryza, ae,/
LESSON
PRONOUNS.
10.]
sua, siium.
( Suits,
.
,.
,
v
rr (conjunctive).
His
<
33
'
'
Ejus, Mius.
(.
The
A.
Obs.
mms
and tfwws.
"his" when, in the
like
person
referred to,
is
(of
ejus
him) or
illius
(of that
As
Has
(illius) ?
siias? (Cf.
lie his
Have you
(own) hat
man's)
hat?
broom
his
(
i
I
(own) chicken
his
own.
His or
his
Habet scdpas
'
'
*.
Suam
< rt,,
own
siias.
o
'u
Scopas
suas u
habet.
Habetne cdquus gallinam suam,
an (lllam) riistici ?
habet.
(absolute).
{Ejus,
illius (jpsius).
Has
or mine ?
[_
TT
He
tin
meum ?
meum
Siium f
prdprium habet.
/
^ tj,,
( Habet suummet.
f TJtrum tiium habes calceum,
shoe, or j
1
L
* The
prium),
<
his (that
suffix met
is
ejus
(illius) ?
sometimes added to
an
ejus (illius) ?
all
the cases of
suits, in
the sense of
sua (and also to meo, mea, tuo, tua, &c.) the syllable pte may be anmeopte ingenio,
nexed in the same sense; as suapte manu, with his own hand
by my own genius nostrapte culpa, by our own fault.
t Both these words are sometimes put together, in order to render the notion
of possession still more prominent
suits pvoprius, precisely like the English
"his own."
C
lar suo,
LATIN GEAMMAK.
Ejus (habeo).
Habeo (calceum) ejus
10.
(illius).
nouns.)
The
[lesson
Nam
quis
Ecquis ?
Obs.
indefinite
rosrative.
(Yes.)
(No.)
Habetne quisquam
Some one
has.
Nor
If (unless, whether)
any one
has.
(ullus)
'?
The
D.
indefinite quis,
and
compounds
its
No
quis
cujus
cui
alicui
ecquis
eccujus
eccui
quern
aliquem
ecquem
m:.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
aliquis
alicujus
quo.
aliquo.
Somebody has
No
aliquis, ecquis,
quisquam
cujusquam
cuiquam
quispiam
cujusplam
cuipiam
quemquam
quempiam
quoquam.
quopiam.
has
Nobody
ecquo.
my
has
Habetne
aliquis
'i
Habet eum
it.
aliquis (quispiam,
nemo).
Quis tenet scipionem meum
Cui est baciilum meum ?
stick ?
(
it.
meum pileum ?
< Ecquis habet pileum meum
( Num quis habet pileum meum ?
(
Who
Nemo
(nullus)
\ Nemini (niilli)
'Nemo, nullus.
Nemo
eum
tenet.
est.
non
ullus.*
LESSON
PRONOUNS.
10.]
The
35
Obs.
indefinite
Who
Nom.
nemo
ullus
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
neminis
nemini
ullius
has
my
neminem
nemo
nemine.
ribbon
Nobody has
Who
No
Is
is
one
ulll
nulll
ullum
nullum
ullo.
nullo.
Q.ui's
Cui
habct taeniam
est taenia
Nemo
it.
is right.
is
hungry.
Nor
is
meam
Nemo
qui's
esu-
An
qui's-
esurit ?
esurit.
Esurit nullus.
quam
No one
mea
right ?
nullus
nullius *
ullus)
homo
esurit.
Exercise
10.
Have you
nunqaam, instead of nemo, as in English we likewise say, " nor was there ever
any one," instead of "no one ever was," &c.
* Ullus and nullus are properly adjectives in us, a, um. But they deviate
from the inflection of adjectives by having their genitive in lus (instead of
i, ae, i) for every gender, and their dative in i (instead of o, ae, o).
Compare
units of Lesson XVIII.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
36
Exercise
[lesson
11.
11.
He
Have
his.
tired ?
ox
is
tired.
it
is
I his biscuit ?
is
not.
Is
I ?
is
'?
Lesson XI.
right.
his
it
pensum undecimum.
OE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS.
A. The Latin language has three demonstrative
pronouns, with special reference to each of the three
persons, viz.
Ate, haec, hoc, this (of mine)
iste, ista,
:
these
yours)
that (of
"is,
NOil.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Yoc.
Abl.
To
which
this or that.
Ille, that
(of his).
Masc.
Fern.
Neut.
Masc.
Fern.
Neut.
hie
haec
hujus
hoc
ille
ilia
illud
illfus
linic
hunc
hie
hoc
hanc
haec
hac
Iste, that
Nom.
his).
ea, id,
ill!
hoc
hoc
ilium
illara
illud
ille
ilia
illud
hoc.
illo
ilia
illo.
(of yo irs)
Masc.
Fern.
Neut.
iste
ista
isttid
Masc.
IS
Fern.
ea
Neut.
id
ejus
istius
ei
isti
istiim
istarn
isttid
eum
earn
id
iste
ista
istud
is
id
isto
ista
isto.
eo
ea
ea
eo.
LESSON
DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS.
11.]
37
Remarks.
1. The demonstrative force of hie, &c. is often increased by the
With
addition of the syllable ce, as hicce, haecce, hocce, hujusce, &c.
the interrogative particle ne, the pronouns become hiccuie (or with
one c, hicine) ? haeccine ? hocclne ? &c.
lo
see here !), these pro2. In composition with ecce and en
nouns have given rise to the following forms, frequently used in common discourse eccum, eccam (pi. eccos, eccas) eccillum or ellwn,
ellam (pi. ellos, ellas), and eccistam, "there he (she) is," "there they
Ea, in connection with re and the affix
come," " see there," &c.
pse, gives rise to reapse, " indeed."
3. Hie implies proximity, either of space or of time, to the person
Ille, on the other hand, refers to something remote, and
speaking.
also to something well known, already mentioned, or distinguished.
When directly opposed to each other, ille signifies " the former," and
hie, " the latter."
4. Iste has always reference to the person spoken to, and is hence
called the pronoun of the second person as iste liber, istud saccharum,
this book, that sugar (of yours or mentioned by you).
It sometimes conveys the notion of disapprobation or contempt, as ille does
that of honor as iste homo, this fellow ille Socrates, the well-known
(illustrious) Socrates.
5. Is, when used as
a demonstrative, points to a person or thing
already mentioned, in the sense of the English " this man," " that
thing" (of which I am speaking or have just spoken), or of an emphatic " he, she, it"; e. g. Is est, an non est? Is it he (is this the man) or
not ? In the oblique cases it is the pronoun of the third person (liis,
See Lesson IX. C.
him, hers, her, &c).
6. The pronoun hie, in connection with ille and iste, gives rise to
the compounds istic (or isthic), istaec, istoc or istuc, and illic, illaec,
illoc or illuc, both of which are declined like hie, haec, hoc.
(=
The
sailor.
Homo
\ Nauta,
The chair.
The seat (of honor).
The looking-glass.
The light.
The light, candle.
The lamp.
The tree.
The garden.
The foreigner.
nauticus.
ae,
m.
Sella, ae, /.
Solium, i, n.
^Speculum,
Lux, lucis,
Lumen,
sedes,
is,
f.
n.
i,
/.
inis, n.
lumen,
;
inis, n.
candela, ae, f.
lampas, adis,/.*
Lucerna, ae, /
Arbor, or arbos, oris, f.
Hortus, i, m.
Peregrinus, i, m.
advena, ae, m.
;
(just arrived).
The
* Lampas
flection.
stranger (guest).
is
Tims
Hospes,
itis,
m.
a word of Greek origin, and sometimes retains its original inN. lampas, G. lampddis or -ados, D. lampadi, Ace. lampadem
:
LATIN GRAMMAR.
38
The glove.
The ass.
The hay.
The grain (seed).
The corn (grain generally).
The
letter.
The
The
note
*Digitabulum,
Asinus, i, m.
Foenum,
i,
n.
Granuni,
i,
n.
i, n.
annona, ae, f.
(one year's produce).
Epistola, ae, f. litterae, arum, f.
(Cf. Lesson XIII.)
pi.
Schedula or scidula, ae, f.
*S6lea ferrea (ae, /.) equi.
;
(billet).
Nom.
hie liber
Ace.
hiinc librum
sci-
illud
Istud foenum.
An
est is
That
Ea
est causa.
Homo
Vir
the cause.
this,
iste
ille
Non
Non
nequam.
magnus.
Habesne
this
have not
ille liber.
ilia scidula.
that note.
This hay that hay.
Have you
ilium librum.
(Nom. haec scidula
^ Ace. banc scidulam illam
dulam.
Hoc foenum
foenum.
that book.
This note
is
11.
n.
i,
Trumentum,
horse-shoe.
This book
[LESSON
homo
Sed, verum
But.
autem.
The
B.
Obs.
rum*
are nearly
Not
I,
Non
but you.
ego, sed
(verum)
tu.
You
are neither right nor wrong, Tu. neque recte ldqueris, neque erbut (however) your brother is
ras, errat autem fritter tiius.
wrong.
Has the youth this book or that Tenetne adolescentiilus hiinc lione ?
brum an ilium ?
He has this, but not that one.
Hiinc quidem tenet, ilium aiitem
non.
He has not this, but that one.
Tenet non hiinc, sed (verum)
ilium.
tt
you
Have
J
,
xi
this
9
lookmoj-mass
or ]
<
M1
illud
the second
member
but in reality."
illud ?
of the sentence,
and
LESSON
INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS.
12.]
u e hdc M
%
^ nd5ne
Habeo neque hoc neque lllud.
Have you
this
39
one's ?
I have neither this man's nor that
illius V
one's.
illius.
go non hujus
sed (verum)
one's.
Exercise
lumen teneo,
viri
illius.
12.
it
not.
this
this
that
that
that
He
foreigner.
his glove.
that looking-glass
it.
ser-
it.
tree
that
this
that
this
that
this
that
his ?
letter
this horse's
shoe.
his
that
his
this
his
friend.
sleepy.
thirsty,
I right
its
its
his
thirsty ?
that
his,
friend.
sailor.
his
Is
tired.
is
right
is
I ?
ass ?
it.
Lesson XII.
pensum duodecimum.
OF INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS.
There are three interrogative pronouns in Latin,
A.
viz.
quid?
"what?"
2)
the
utra,
&
fern.)
"
who ? "
quod?
utruml "which of the
adjective
inflected
qui,
quae,
[lesson
LATIN GRAMMAR.
40
Who? what?
Quis? quid?
Nom.
who? what?
quis??
quis
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
whose? of what?
to whom ? to what
whom ? what ?
cujus
Nom.
which ? what ?
of which or what ?
to which or what ?
which ? what ?
with
whom ?
quern
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Yoc.
Abl.
Which
what
quae
cuj us
quod
quern
cm ?
quam
quod
quo
qua
quo ?f
Which of the
utra
ut
qua re
quo
rei
quid ?
qui
Nom.
cm
with what
quid?
cujus rei
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
12.
utrius
tiro ?
utrum
? j
utri ?
utrum
utram
utrum
utro
utra
utro
Remarks.
pronouns gives
1. The emphatic nam
animation to the inquiry as quisndm? who, pray ? quidndm? what
then ? quinam, quaenam, quodndm ? which, pray ?
2. The general rule is that quis should stand substantively for
as, quis? who? qui vir?
both genders, and qui, quae adjectively
But this
which (or what) man ? quae femina ? what woman ?
distinction is frequently disregarded, especially for the sake of euphony e. g. qui (for quis) sis considera, consider who you are quis
(for qui) iste tantus casus ? what is this great calamity of yours ?
3. Instead of quod in the same case with its substantive, we may
affixed to either of these
LESSON
RELATIVE PRONOUNS.
12.]
41
quod saccharum
saccKari ?
4. Instead of the genitive cujus,
relative), the adjective cujus, a, urn
liber?
as
"whose" (both
is
or quid
interrogative
of expression
But
this
and
mode
in law.
To
alius,
two.
G. These pronouns are used precisely in the same manner when
the question becomes indirect, in which case, however, the verb must
be in the subjunctive e. g. Quis est ? who is it ? nescio quis sit, I do
not know who it is (may be) die mini, uter habeat, tell me who has
uter habeat, nescio, I know not who has (lit. may have).
(Vide Lesson XXX. C.)
;
OE RELATIVE PRONOUNS.
B. The relative qui, quae, quod, "who," "that or
which," is inflected like the interrogative of the same
form.
Relatives always agree with their antecedents
in gender and number
The man, who, whose, to, whom, Vir, qui, cujus, cui, quern, quo.
whom, by whom.
The woman, who, whose, to Femina, quae, cujus, cui, quam,
qutL
whom, whom, by whom.
The affair, which, of which, to Negdtium, quod, cujus, cui, quod,
:
quo.
Have you
the
brother has ?
hat
which
my
frater
f Non
C. Obs, Of the relative qui, quae, quod there are two compounds,
quicunque and quisquis, " whoever," " every one who," of which the
* The
general rule is that the Relative should be placed after its antecedent,
The clauses, however, are frequently inverted ;
as near as possible to it.
as, Terra, quod accepit, (id) nunquam sine usurd reddit, The earth never returns
has
received.
it
without usury what
and
4*
42
LATIN GRAMMAR.
[LESSON
12.
former
cujuscunque, &c.
The latter has a double inflection quisquis (masc.
& fern.), quidquid or quicquid (neut). E. g. Quisquis ille est, "whoever he is (may be)." Quicunque is est, ei me profiteor inimicum,
" Whoever he may be, I profess myself an enemy to him."
:
OF DETERMINATIVE PRONOUNS.
D.
Is, ille
qui,
&c,
Feminine.
Masculine.
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
qui
cujus
cui
eum, illam quern
quo.
is,
ille
ei,
ei,
illo
Neuter.
ilia
ejus,
eo,
quae
cui
illam quam
qua.
ea,
ejus, illius
illi
illius
illi
earn,
ea,
illud
id,
ilia
ei,
ilh
id,
illud
eo,
illo
quod
cujus
cm
quod
quo
I have that or
you have (masc. Si/em.).
Est mihi
(quae)
[
is
or
ille
(ea or
ilia),
qui
-tvn
vY
j
(
<
Habeo
tibi est.
id (illud),
quod
til
habes.
tibi est.
'>
Habeo eum
(ilium),
quem amicus
tiius habet.
has.
ha-
Habeo
id (illud),
quod tu habes.
have.
" the
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
same
of the same
to the same
the same
the same
the
with the
the
eadem,
ejusdem
eidem
eundem, eandem,
eadem,
idem,
eadem,
same, eodem,
idem,
same
qui, which.
cujus
cui
idem
idem
idem
eodem
qui,
quem,
quo,
qui,
quae,
quod
quam, quod
quae,
qua,
quod
quo.
LESSON
DETERMINATIVE PRONOUNS.
12.]
Habesnc
Have you
have
I
T
I
,,
W1
Which
,
,1
He
has
have.
the
-,
man
43
Eandem
\ Est
habet,
eadem dc
ei
quam
tu.
(habes).
tibi.
quasi
TT
(=
" as if"),
,,
&c.
.
-,
fHabetne
,
you
*
as
-<
ille
,,
-,
,
,
Estne ei idem c
irumentum ac (or al,
x ,,, ,
^we, quam) tibi (or tecum *) r
Non idem habet, quod ego habeo.
+,
,.
-,
..-,
(with you)
y
v
tu habes
[_
He
The
carriage.
The
Which
Curriis, us,
house.
carriage
J
have you
j
:
/.
,,
,
(
T ,
i
I have that which your friend j
,
-.
Has he
have
He
pilentum,
i,
1 is
l5
'
'
'
n.
Quem
habes ciirrum ?
pilentum ?
habeo, quem
amicus
1
Quod
Eum
est tibi
'
^
Mihi
est id,
Num. habet
quam
quod
ille
est
habeo
habet.
Exercise
ha-
amico
tiio.
eandem ddmum,
et ego
13.
?
I have not the one that
have you ?
I have the one
Has he the book that your friend has ?
which your brother has.
Which candle has he ?
He has not the one which my friend has.
He has the one that I have.
He has that of his neighbor.
He has neither this nor that, but
Has he this tree or that one ?
Which ass has the man ?
the one which I have.
He has the
Have you
you have.
tiius
(Eandem) non
in.
L)6l
Which
looking-glass
* The preposition cum, " with," generally stands before the case governed
by it but it is suffixed to the pronominal ablatives me, te, nob's, vobis, which
,
are always
LATIN GRAMMAR.
44
[LESSOSF
13.
He
Has the stranger your chair or mine ?
one that his boy has.
has neither yours nor mine but he has his friend's good chair.
Have you the glove which I have, or the one that my tailor has ?
I have neither the one which you have, nor the one which your
Has your shoemaker my fine shoe, or that
tailor has, but my own.
He has neither yours nor that of his boy, but that of
of his boy ?
Which house has the baker ?
He has neither
the o-ood stranger.
Which carriage have
yours nor mine, but that of his good brother.
You have neither
Have I mine or that of the peasant ?
I?
yours nor that of the peasant you have the one which I have.
I have it not but the Frenchman
Have you my fine carriage ?
He has nothing.
What
has it ?
AVhat has the Frenchman ?
He has something fine.
What has he fine ?
has the shoemaker ?
Is the shoemaker right ?
He is not
He has his fine shoe.
wrong but this neighbor, the baker, is right.
Is vour horse hungry ?
It is not hungry, but thirsty.
Have you my ass's hay, or yours ?
Has your friend the same
I have that which my brother has.
He has not the same horse, but the
horse that my brother has ?
He has it not.
same coat.
Has he my umbrella ?
;
Lesson XIII.
pensum
tertium decimum.
A.
characterized
is
3.
the
The
is
um
neuters, into
or turn.
E.
g.
a or
id.
lapidis,
lapidum ; vestis, pi. vestes, vestium ; pistdrts, pi. pipistorum ; capitis, pi. capita, capitum ; turpis, pi. turpes,
pi. Idpides,
stores,
LESSON
5.
13.]
Nouns
of the
their genitive in
fifth
erum ;
es,
45
and
First Declension.
The husbandmen.
The
The
The
candles.
letters.
hens.
The lamps.
The grains.
The pens.
The notes.
The brooms.
The
The
chairs.
horse-shoes.
Agrlcolae,
Candelae,
Epistolae,
Galllnae,
Lucernae,
Mlcae,
*Pennae,
Schedulae,
Scopae,
Sellae,
*S5leae ferreae,
arum.
"
"
u
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
Second Declension.
The friends.
The asses.
The cheeses.
The nails.
The cooks.
The knives.
The corks.
The carpenters.
The
servants.
Amici,
orum
Asini,
u
n
a
u
a
a
u
u
a
a
u
a
a
Casei,
Clavi,
CSqui,
Cultri,
*Emboli,
Fabri tignarii,
j" Famuli,
( Ministri,
The Frenchmen.
The gardens.
Francogalli,
Horti,
The books.
The hammers.
Libri,
Mallei,
The eyes.
The buttons.
The strangers.
The hats.
The chickens.
The bags.
The pencils.
The men.
The neighbors.
Oculi,
*Orbiculi fibulatorii,
Peregrini,
*Pilei, m.
u.
a
a
u
Ylcini,
a
u
a
a
a
Tlie canes.
Baciila,
The
The
The
The
The
gloves.
Digitabula,
threads.
Flla,
grains.
Gran a,
carriages.
Pilenta,
Scalpra,
knives.
Pulli gallinacei,
Sacci,
*Stili cerussati,
Viri,
>
LATIN GRAMMAR.
46
The looking-glasses.
The umbrellas.
[LESSON
13.
orum.
*SpecuIa,
*Umbracula,
"
Third Declension.
The
youths.
The
trees.
Adolescentes, mm, m.
Arbores, um, f.
Ares, mm, f
Boves, bourn, m. & f.
Canes, um, m. & f.
F nitres, um, m.
Homines, um, m.
The birds.
The oxen.
The dogs.
The brothers.
The men.
The strangers.
The young men.
The 'lamps.
The merchants.
The ships.
The sheep.
The {different
The feet.
The bakers.
The
Hospites, um,
in.
Juvenes, um,
in.
Lampades,* um, f.
Mercatores, um, m.
Naves, mm, /.
Oves, mm, /.
Panes, um, m.
Pedes, um, m.
Pistores,
Sales,
The tailors.
The canes.
The shoemakers.
The rams.
The garments.
The birds.
The heads.
The lights.
The stockings.
um, m.
mm,
Salia,
m.
"
n.
Sartores, um, m.
Scipiones, um, m.
Sutores, um, in.
Verveces, um, m.
Vestes, ium,
Yolucres, um,
in.
*Tiblalia, mm,
Fourth Declension.
/.
n.
The carriages.
Currus, linm, m.
Tlie houses.
Ddums, uum,
B.
&
um, n.
Lumina, um, n.
Capita,
f.
serve as examples
Mensae,
Nom.
mensae
filiae
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
mensarum
filiarum
nautarum
mensis
filiabus
nautis
mensas
mensae
filias
filiae
nautas
nautae
mensis.
filiabus.f
nautis.
nautae
LESSON
Eemaek.
vocative,
13.]
end always
ablative,
2.
libri, the
books
Nom.
equi
libri
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
equorun
librorum
candelabra
canclelabrorum
equis
libris
candelabris
equos
libros
equi
libri
candelabra
candelabra
equis.
libris.
candelabris.
The
47
thus declined
Nom.
liberi
del, dii
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
liberorum or liberum*
deorum or deum *
liberis
liberos
deos
3.
or di
or di
liberi
del, dii
liberis.
Homines, men
bakers
pistores,
vestes,
garments
naves,
the ships.
Nom.
homines
pistores
vestes
naves
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
hominum
pistorum
vestium
navium
hominibus
homines
homines
pistoribus
vestlbus
pistores
vestes
pistores
vestes
navibus
naves
naves
hominibus.
pistoribus.
vestlbus.
Lumina,
lights;
ti
bialia, stockings ;
navibus.
poemata,
n.,
poems.
Nom.
lumina
tibialia
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
luminum
tibialium
poematum
luminibtis
tibialibus
poemaiis
lumina
lumina
tibialia
tibialia
poemata
poemata
tibialibus.
poematis.
luminibus
poemata
them from the same cases of deus nnd/7#sof the second declenSo the words anima, the soul liberta, a freed-woman
nata, daughter
asina, a she-ass,
inula, a she-mule
equa, a mare
may have dbus instead of
The numerals duo, two, and ambo, both, have
7s, and for the same reason.
duobus and ambabus regularly.
* So also fabrum, socium, decemvirum, instead of fabrorum, &c. This conto distinguish
sion.
48
LATIN GRAMMAR.
Adolescentes, young
No
31.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
men
canes, dogs
[LESSON
;
13.
boves, oxen.
adolescentes
canes
adolescentium
canum
adolescentibus
adolescentes
adolescentes
adolescentibus.
canibus
canes
canes
boves
boves
canibus.
bubtis or bobus
boves
bourn
bubtis or bobus
Rem ARKS.
The normal termination
neuters
is a.
mm
juvenis,
tracted genitive (commonly but incorrectly printed um) is the common form of
names of measures, weights, and coins, as" nummum, sestertium, denarium, caelum, viedimnum, modium, jiujerum, talentum. the regular genitive plural of
nummus, sestertius, &c
The poets extend this form to names of nations,
and say Argivum, Danaum. &c, in lieu of Argivdmm, Sec.
LESSON
13.]
4.
cornua,
7ii.,
days
n.,
horns
res, f.,
domus,
f.,
houses; dies,
things.
Nom.
fructus
cornua
domus
dies
res
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
fructuum
cornuum
doraiium
dierum
rerum
fructibus
cornibus
domlbus
diebus
rebus
fructus
res
fructus
domos
domus
dies
Yoc.
cornua
cornua
dies
re
Abl.
fructibus.
cornibus.
domlbus.
diebus.
rebus.
of
5.
1.
Bom,
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
NeuL
Fern.
boni
bonae
bona
bonorum
bonorum
bonarum
bonis
bonis
bonis
bonos
boni
bonas
bonae
bona
bona
bonis
bonis
bonis.
Nom.
pulchri
pulchra
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
pulchrorum
pulchrae
pulchrariim
pulchris
pulchris
pulchris
pulchros
pulchri
pulchras
pulchrae
pulchra
pulchra
pulchris
pulchris
pulchris.
pulchrorum
Like
2.
boni.
a,
Deformes, deformla,
Masc.
& Fern.
Masc.
&
Fern.
Neut.
Nom.
deformes
deformla
acres
acria
Gen.
Dat.
deformlum
deformlum
acrium
acrium
deformlbus
deformlbus
acrlbus
acrlbus
LATIN GRAMMAR.
50
[lesson
deformia
deformes
Ace.
deforniia
deformes
Voc.
deformibus.
deformibus
Abl.
The general rule is that all
Remark.
13.
acres
acria
acres
acria
acribus
acribus.
ending in
3.
mm
Felices, felicia,
happy
sapientes, sapi-
entia, wise.
Nom.
veteres
felicia
felices
Vetera
sapientes
-tia
C.
The following table exhibits the terminations
of the five declensions through all the cases, singular
and
plural.
1.
Neut.
Nom. a
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
* Of
given.
f Of
hall.
aef
(es)
ae
am
(en)
a (e)
a (e).*
iis, er,
um
a, e, o, c,
(os,
on)
r, s,
1,
n, US,
IS
us
5
iim
Ul
em, im
Like Nom.
iim,
us,
e(i).
u.
6.
er,
um
u es
t,x
e,
V.
IV.
III.
II.
I.
ei
el
u
u
em
es
e.
They
LESSON
13.]
2.
II
I.
No
NT.
ae
',
Gen. arum
Dat. is (abus)
Ace. as
Voc. ae
Abl.
es,
a.
(la)
us,
ila.
uum
Is
ib us
ibus
a
a
es,
a.
es,
(la)
us,
(la)
us,
ibus.
IS.
V.
Neut.
um (mm)
h
(abus).
Neut.
6mm
6s,
is
IV.
III.
Neul.
erum
ebus
ua
ua
ibus.
es
es
es
ebiis.
terminations
guide the
to
1.
bond
final is
final
libri,
fila.
2. The is of the dative and ablative plural of the first and second
declensions is long, as taenils, domiriis, candeldbrls.
3. The terminations es and os are long, as canes, lapides, ddminos,
libros.
it is
short; asfructus,
mdnus ;
bus.
Examples.
("
The good
The
boys.
1
\
fine tables.
Nom.
Piierl bdnl.
Nom
Mensae pulchrae.
The bad
The
boys.
pretty dogs.
My
silver candlesticks.
Your good
Have you
I have
books.
Have you
| Ace.
lllas piilchras ?
Non
not.
(
pretty dogs ?
(
gentea.
Libri tul bdnl.
Libros tiios bonds.
them
Nom.
is
habeo.
^Icquid tibi siint * canes veniisti ?
Habesne canes veniistos ?
LATIN GRAMMAR.
52
T
mheQ
,.
Have you my
have them
silver candlesticks ?
14.
veniisti.
(cfaea vemistos)
Non
not.
Have I them ?
You have them
[LESSON
An
habeo.
ego habeo ?
Non
not.
Exercise
habes.
14.
Have you
my
tables ?
the tables
No,
sir,
My
Has
this
man my
He
What has he
has
good
He has not your
his
fine umbrellas ?
fine
letters ?
umbrellas, but your good coats.
No one has your good letters.
tailor's
or my good thimbles ?
He has neither your good knives nor your
Have I your
good thimbles, but the ugly coats of the stranger.
friend's good ribbons ?
You have not my friend's good ribbons,
but my neighbor's fine carriage.
Has your friend the shoemaker's
pretty sticks, or my good tailor's pretty dogs ?
friend has my
good shoemaker's fine books but he has neither the shoemaker's
pretty sticks nor your good tailor's pretty dogs.
Is your neighbor
right or wrong ?
He is neither right nor wrong.
Is he thirsty or
hungry ?
He is neither thirsty nor hungry. Is he tired or sleepy ?
He is sleepy.
You are not sleepy.
I sleepy ?
What have
I ?
You have my fine notes.
You have the chairs of my neighbor.
Have you the knives of my friend ?
I have not the knives
of your friend, but the dogs of my neighbor.
Am
Lesson XIV.
My
The
A.
is
nos,
are
"we," and
vos,
"you."
The remaining
and
tu
cases
LESSON
PLURAL OF PRONOUNS.
14.]
31asc.
ISTojl
we
& Fern.
Masc.
ye or you
nos
&
Fern.
vos
Gen. of us
Dat. to us
Acc. us
Voc.
Abl. with us
Bemark.
53
vestrum or vestrl
vobis
vos
ye or you vos
with you
vobis.
nos
nobis.
The
Masc.
they
illl
Gen.
Dat.
Acc.
Voc.
Abl.
of them
to them
them
eorum
Neut.
ilia
earum
eorum
or eis
eos
eas
ea
illl
illae
ilia
lis
or
eis.
the singular.
Thus:
" they,"
ilia,
illae
lis
by them.
The
Mae,
Fern.
Nom.
C.
is illl,
The
Sui,
of themselves.
For every
gender.
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Acc.
Voc.
Abl.
of themselves
sui
to themselves
sibi
themselves
se
by themselves
Remark.
your
selves, themselves.
se.
Masc.
Fern.
Ne.ut.
ipsi
ipsae
ipsa
ipsorum
ipsarum
ipsorum
ipsis
ipsos
ipsas
ipsi
ipsae
ipsa
ipsis.
We
ipsae),
we
54
LATIN GRAMMAR.
[LESSON
14.
Nom.
Neut.
Masc.
Fem.
hi
hae
haec
ill!
illae
ilia
harum
horum
illorum
illarum
illorum
his
haec
haec
illos
illas
ilia
illl
illae
ilia
mis.
his.
Masc.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Yoc.
Abl.
Neut.
illis
has
hae
In
Nom.
{of his).
Fern.
Gen. horum
Dat.
Ace. hos
Yoc.
Abl.
Masc.
(of yours).
Ii,
Masc.
Neut.
Fern.
isti
istae
ista
!I
istorum,
istarum,
istorum
eorum
Fem.
earum
istis
ils
istos
istas
ista
eos
isti
istae
ista
II
Neut.
ea
eoriim
eae
(el)
or els
eas
eae
lis or
(el)
istis.
ea
ea
els.
E. The relative qui, quae, quod (and also the interrogatives of the same form) makes its plural in qui,
quae, quae, "who, which, or that," or interrogatively
"which? what?"
Thus:
which
of wh ich
to which
which
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
Remark.
For
what
qui
quae
quae
quorum
quarum
quorum
quo?
quibus
quas
quae
quibus.
Neut.
by which.
which
Fem.
Masc.
Nom.
which
is
is
an
anti-
same
LESSON
PLURAL OF PRONOUNS.
14.]
55
Ma.sc.
Nom.
same
of the same
to the same
the same
the same
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
same
is
eorundem
The
true of Us,
eis,
eadem
eadem
easdem
eaedem
iidem
iisdem or eisdem.
form iisdem
it,
eadem
eorundem
iisdem or eisdem
eosdem
by the same.
Remark.
Neut.
eaedem
earundem
iidem
the
and
is
The
eisdem.
ei.
Ii,
eae, ea
Masculine.
Noil
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
qui
eorum
quorum
lis
quibus
quos
lis
IIS
quibus
lis
eos
Neuter.
quae
earum quarum
quibus
eae
ii
ea
eorum
iis
quas
eas
ea
quae
quorum
quibus
quae
quibus
qui,
quibus.
Mae
eaedem
quae, ilia
quae, eadem
quae,
quae,
fHabeo
I have those
(Masc.)
[_
eos
Sunt mihi
you have.]
(Fern.)
[_
(ill!,
ii
&c),
qui
tfbi
sunt.
rHtibeo eas
I have those which
(illos,
bcs.
(l'llas,
bes.
(l'llae,
&c), quae
tibi sunt.
I have those (things) which you ( Habco ea (ilia, &c), quae tu. habes.
(Neut.)
have.
\ Sunt mihi ea, quae tibi siint.
The Roman.
The German.
The Turk.
The Italian.
The Spaniard.
Large
(tall,
Tall, high.
big).
Eomanus, i, m.
Germanus, Theodiscus,
*Turca,
ae,
m.
i, m.
Hispanus, i, m.
Italus,
(
\ Hispaniensis,
is,
Grandis, is, e.
Procerus, a, um.
Altus, a,
um.
m.
i,
m.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
56
[LESSON
um.
C Parvus, a,
Small,
little.
-<
Parvulus,
urn.
a,
( Pusillus, a,
um.
um.
Long.
Longus,
The
The
small books.
large horses.
Equi grandes
Weyto-
a,
\ Sunt
Have
14.
(or proceri).
lis.
Habentne Angli
*?
*?
mans.
Have you
men have ?
li-
Xon habeo
you have.
Have you
not
which I have
I
the
same books
i
I
W Inch 1.11
books have
you
J
Romans.
-TTTi-
(illos libros),
? 6sclem ( Mb *
(Ii-
)
,
n
Ego vero eosdem habeo.
'
o
?
quos
Libros
Romanorum
habeo.
(Vide
Have you
} Hoscine libros
( Vide Less.
(
habes an
A. Bern.
XL
t
,~:+i
^
have neither
1 -Uo^~
these
nor *a
those.
<
libellus,
i,
Habeo neque
hos neque
x
L
,-&
,.
illos ?
1
.)
illos.
,_
,,,.,
illos
habeo.
libros habeo.
An
m., a
little
book, a pamphlet.
(Compare
Lesson
The
question, " Have you the books which the men have ? " mav thus
f
be expressed in several ways
1) Habesne tu illos libros, quos homines tiabenl i
:
entirely suppressed in
men whom."
Smt
Habesne tu quos
The antecedent
LESSON
PLURAL OF PRONOUNS.
14.]
57
Non habeo
Have
the
men
you have
(id),
^;oV tu babes.
ea, quae tu ha-
Habentne homines
They have
bes
Exercise
15.
Exercise
16.
Have
I the notes
LATIN GRAMMAR.
58
[LESSON
15.
Lesson XV.
pexsiuvi
(
The
glass.
The
goblet.
quintum decimum.
Yas
\ Scyphus, i, m. (wine-glass).
Poculum, i, n.
(
The comb.
combs
Peeten, mis, m.
Pectunculus, i, m. (small comb).
(Eos) habeo.
(Eos) non habeo.
J
Tliem (those).
Xom.
u, eae, ea.
Ace.
My
or mine (plural).
m
1
ui
Tin,
Siii,
tua.
heir v(own)
J or theirs.
tilae,
suae, sua.
<
\
tliird
per-
).
(gen. pi.).
"
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Yoc.
Abl.
* The
D.
my or mine
of my or mine
to my or mine
my or mine
my or mine
with my or mine.
plural of vas
is
Fern.
mei
meortim
tuns,
Thus
Neut.
meae
mea,
mearum
meortim
meis
meos
mei
meas
meae
mea
mea
meis.
2.)
f
The
reflexive adjective
pronoun suus
is
LESSON
Have you my
Has he
He
He
PLURAL OF PRONOUNS.
15.]
my
fine glass ?
has them.
has them not.
Habesne
(i. e.
book,
(Eos)
(own) houses
They have them not.
Have you yourself their (i. e.
those people's) good comb,
good combs ?
I have myself their good little
'?
illius libros
htibet.
siiam,
ddmos
sii-
An
Ego
ipse pectunculos
eorum bonds
habeo.
carriages have
my
(illi-
^as?
combs.
have
neque
tiios
Habentne ddmum
(own) house,
their
their
ejus
Habetne librum
his
has them.
Which
meos an
libros
piil-
habeo.
his (own)
(own) books ?
Have they
us )
Ego neque
Has he
He
meum
piilchrum ?
An file habet vasa vitrea mea
chra ?
Habet.
(Ea) non habet.
Virl ill! ea habent.
Numquid ea virl ill! habent ?
Ea non habent.
fine glasses ?
that man's) ?
I have neither
(books).
59
you
own.
They
<
(those).
Mea
propria habeo.
llli, illae, ilia.
They have.
I
(
Have they
They have
bonus
Estne
<
iis (illis)
liber
in the plural."
suos
suos
LATIN GRAMMAR.
60
Are they
tired, sleepy ?
rant.
Estne Us
right (morally) ?
15.
wrong.
Are they
[LESSON
Licetne
fas ?
lis ?
OF COMPOUND SUBSTANTIVES.
The compound
I).
= juris +
last
component alone
is
inflected, as juris-
dictio), unis,
f.,
?',
a) Jusjurandum,
??.,
an
oath.
Singular.
Plural.
Nom.
jusjurandum
jurajuranda
Gen.
Dat.
jurisjurandi
jurijiirando
jurumjurandorum
Acc.
jusjurandum
jusjurandum
j uribusj urandis
jurajuranda
jurajuranda
jurejurando
juribusjurandis.f
Yoc.
Abl.
Singular.
Nom.
Gex.
DAT.
Acc.
Yoc.
Ael.
Plural.
pater familias
or -ae
"
"
patris familias
"
patri familias
"
patrem familias "
"
"
pater familias
;
'
patre familias
"
"
patre s familias
patrum familias
patribus familias
patres familias
patres familias
patribus familias
or -arum
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
* This remark applies only to such compounds as ai-e formed by the union
Compounds with particles (i. e.
of a noun with another or with an adjective.
prepositions and adverbs) are quite numerous.
The
Genitive,
Dative,
and
Ablative
plural
do not occur.
f
LESSON
IRREGULAR NOUNS.
15.]
c)
Res
Gl
Plural.
Singular.
Nom.
res publica
res publicae
GejNT.
rei publicae
re rum
Dat.
rei publicae
rebus publicis
Acc.
Voc.
Abl.
rem publicam
res publica
res publicas
res publicae
re publica
rebus publicis.
pu bl ic ar urn
OF IRREGULAR NOUNS.*
E. The irregular nouns of the Latin language may be dividthe Indeclinable, the Defective,
ed into three general classes
:
beta,
2.
inflection,
e.
i.
are alto-
cete,
cases.
The
likeness
the ablative.
Infinitives, adverbs,
scire
tiium,
semis,
and a
half;
in
Those defec-
* This examination of the irregular nouns in this and the following lessons
has no necessary connection with the exercises, but is nevertheless recommended to the attention of the learner.
6
LATIN GRAMMAR.
62
[LESSON
15.
5.
ways
in a particular case, as
a) The Genitives dicis and nauci in dicis causa, for form's sake
non nauci facer e, not to value a straw.
b) Certain Datives with the verb esse, to be, as despicdtui, dwisui, ostentui, diici esse, to be an object of contempt, to serve for di;
The Accusatives
c)
d)
infitlas
venum with
w ith
r
suppettas with
to deny
dare), to be offered for sale
Ire,
ire (or
The
Ablatives ndtu (by birth) in connection with major, mielder, younger, oldest, &c. (by birth)
sponte, with meet, tiia, sua, of my, thy, his own accord in promptu
and in procinctu w ith esse and stare, to be ready, to stand prepared.
e) Verbal substantives in Abl. Sing, with one of the possessives
meo, tuo, sad, &c, as admonilu, concessu or permissu, mandatu, jussii
(and injussu, &c.) meo, tuo, sua, at my, thy, his own request, with
my, thy, his own permission, command, order, &c.
f) The Abl. PL grafts (from gratils), without reward, gratis
ingrdtlis, against one's will foris, out of doors (to the question where ?),
which to the question whither? becomes fords, Ace.
nor,
6.
Many
their signification.
7.
The
LESSON
c)
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS.
16.]
G3
^c
withes* &c
'
agreeable,
Exercise 17.
Have you my good combs ? 1 have
thpm
-
n~
yoaWk:?
- H^he
'T
TT*
not
,1
the Itahan
,
t,10se
which z
theTa^^ S'V'"^
%^
"~
- The En
^? has
- togt^'J^]*?
the Spaniards ?
these fhips
those
I 1
'
- Have Tw MT 7
,ook,n
neitW tl,.
.f
neither
the one nor the
other (neither these nor those).*
Lesson XVI.
ti,e S,
"P S ot
English.
_ You
have
tl,e
r
J
Quldum.
quaedum,
-yuitf.
quotidian
//""Mum.
Uutis, a.
__
wl,;,i,
um.
NonmMSs,
IMiqutit
(pi.
a, ion.
indeclinable).
or
[lesson
LATIN GRAMMAR.
64
16.
Singular.
-
Nom.
aliquod
alicl ua
aliqui 3
aliquae aliqua
aliqua
jaliquid}
aliquibus
alicui
Acc.
allque
Voc.
Abl.
aliquo
wlv
aliquam
aliquod
")
aliquos
d j
aliquibus.
idiquo
aliqua
quaedam
quidam
quiddam
cujusdam
cuidam
Gen.
DAT.
Acc.
quendam*
Voc.
Abl.
quodam
Gen.
Dat.
Acc.
Yoc.
Abl.
one.
quoddam
Nom.
aliqua
aliquas
Like Nom.
Like Nom.
Nom.
-orum
aliquoram -arilm
alicujus
Gen.
DAT.
any (generally).
Plural.
( quoddam
\ quiddam
quandam
Like Nom.
quodam.
quadam
quidam
quorundam
quosdam
Plural.
quaedam
quaruhdam
quibusdam
quasdam
quaedam
quorundam
quaedam
Like Nom.
quibusdam.
ti very).
Plural.
Singular.
^ 0M
"
(ecquis
\ ecqul
* The n
euphonic.
ecquae
ecqua
instead of
in
ecquod}
|
ecquid
>cqui
ecquae
H
<
ecquae
x
^
ecqua
is
LESSON
QUID AM.
ALIQUIS.
16.]
Gen.
DAT.
ECQUIS.
ULLTJS.
-arum
ecquortim
ecciijiis
-oriim
ecqulbus
eccui
fecquod)
<
~a
ecquos
1
ecqnas
1
(
<
Yoc.
Abl. ecquo
ecqua
ecquo.
Gen.
Dat.
Acc.
Voc.
Abl.
ulla
ullus
ecqnae
^ _
ecqua
ecquibtis.
any (negatively).
Plural.
Singular.
Nom.
65
ullum
ulllus
ulli
ullae
ulla
ullorum
ullarum
ullorum.
ullos
ullas
ullls
ulli
ullum
ullam
ullum
ullo
ulla
ullo.
ulla
ullls.
Eemarks.
The neuter aliquod is always used adjectively in agreement with
noun, whereas aUquid generally stands substantively as aliquod
detrimentum, some detriment; but aliquid, something; cdlquid boni,
Aliquls is both substantive and adjective,
something (of) good, &c.
and is sometimes joined with unus , as (unus) aliquls, some one; liber
aliquis, some book.
2. Quidam is said of individuals or objects, of the nature of which
we are either ignorant, or which we do not wish to specify: "a cerE. g. Quidam de
tain (one)," u a sort of," "a certain degree of."
meis amicis, a certain one (some one) of my friends quodam tempore,
at a certain time quoddam commune vinculum, a certain (a sort of)
common bond quiddam, boni, (a certain) something good, a certain
This pronoun may stand either substantively or
degree of good.
adjectively, and quiddam differs from quoddam, like aliquid from aliThe plural quidam, quaedam, quaedam is often used simply
quod.
with the sense of aliquot or nonnulli, " some," " several."
3. Between the forms ecquis and ecqui, ecquae and ecqua, there is
no appreciable difference, ecquis and ecqui being both used either independently in the sense of " any one," " some one," or adjectively
in the sense of" any"; as Ecqirts (or ecqui) hie est ? Is there any one
here ? Ecquis (or ecqui) est tibi liber ? Have you any book ?
The
same may be said of the neuters ecquod and ecquid. The latter, however, (ecquid,) frequently loses all pronominal force, and serves
merely to introduce a question.
4. Ullus is generally an adjective, and is only used in sentences
involving a negation or uncertainty
Hence it is frequently preceded
by non, nee, sine, si, num or numquid ; as sine ulla spe, without any
hope si tibi est ullus amicus, if you have any friend nerjo tibi esse
ullum amicum, I deny that you have any friend, &c.
Ullus, how1.
its
'6*
LATIN GRAMMAR.
66
[LESSON
16.
ecquis,
quis
is
i.
e.
siquid.
When
Thus
The wine.
Vinum,
i,
n.
merum,
i,
n.
{pure
ivine).
Some
Some
Some
Some
(any)
(any)
(any)
(any)
Vinum
Panem
wine.
bread.
paper.
books.
or aliquantum vmi.
or aliquantum panis.
Chartam or aliquantum chiirtae.
Libros or aliquot (nonniillos)
li-
bros.
<"
Some good
cheese.
(
Caseum bdnum.
Aliquantum casei boni.
vinum ?
Habesne vinum (aliquantum vmi)?
I have some.
aquam
Habesne
(or
aliquantum
aquae)
Est (mihi nonniilla).
(Aliquantum) habeo.
'?
have some.
?
(
I have some.
He
cloth ?
has some.
shoes ?
have some.
\
I
LESSON
NOUNS DEFECTIVE
16.]
TT
Have
you some good
-,
v.
-<
-,
or tbad
(Ecqui
tibi
o
,?_
quam
)
"^
NUMBER.
IN
G7
sunt equi
bdni an ne^
JSiint
Habeo
(nonmillos
quosdam)
or
bdnos.
fEcquae
or bad water ?
TT
Have
you good
,
j
,
or bad wine
g^
vi .
,lem?
T
I
est tibi
Bdnam
Estne
< T'T
(
,,
Words
B.
defective in
number
They
tantum.
are
singulciria
1
Abstract nouns, or such as denote a quality or intellectual existence considered as general or indivisible asjustitia, pietas, temperantia, senectus, fames, sitts, &c, justice, piety, temperance, old age, hun;
"
LATIN GRAMMAR.
68
[LESSOX
17.
of peas
i.
e. nuts,
Exercise
grapes, &c.
18.
sugar
I have some.
salt
cof-
salt ?
'?
sailor
shoes.
biscuits ?
coffee
'?
friends.
ass
'?
ships ?
Italian fine
fine
his
malt).
'?
Lesson XVII.
(et) corn.
PENSUM
SEPTULUM decimum.
none.
-I
j
Nihil (with
the s
<xen.).
v
.
I,
Ar
JSumquis,
-quae, -quod or -quid10
?
LESSON
NULLUS.
17.]
NIHIL.
NUMQUID.
69
which nullus is expected in the answer. Instead T)f the adjective nullus, nihil is frequently put
partitively
with the genitive, singular and plural.
Sometimes the Eno-lish
in questions to
none,
no,
is
I have none.
have none.
Non
Nullum habeo.
Niimquid
Num
Non
An
An
Nihil.
some.
shoes ?
tibi
nihil
ve'ro habes.
sunt
Niimqui
am
non
sunt
ullos) habeo.
?
Num
Non
sunt.
( Niillos habet.
j Ecqui sunt ei libri bdni ?
( Habetne libros aliquos bo'nos ?
tibi
The American
The Irishman.
The Scotchman.
The Dutchman.
The Russian.
calcei ?
Non
J Sunt
has some.
lilli
calceorum habes
ndnnihil.
tibi
An
man any
(one).
Est
has none.
am
Non
Num
He
(vini) ?
j Niilli.
( Nihil (niillos,
I have none.
He
vinum
\ Nonmillam
I have none.
the
est tibi
Has
(Nullum (habeo).
I no paper ?
Have you no
est.
I have none.
You have
\ Nullum habeo.
Have
Examples
ei aliqui (nonniilli).
Non niillos
(aliquot) habet.
Nihil pecuniae, nihil librorum habeo.
*Americanus, i, m.
Hibernus, i, m.
Scotus, i, m.
Batavus, i, m.
*Russus, i, m.
Esne tu Americanus
Slim.
not.
Non
siim.
l_
sorum
LATIN GRAMMAR.
70
The
B.
substantives
in the plural
number
[lesson
only, are
i.
e.
17.
used
The names
1.
feast
sponsalXa, espousals.
inferiae,
ambages,
justa,
quibbles, subterfuges.
funeral
rites.
gods below.
inferi, the
arma, arms.
insldiae, snares.
artus, limbs.
lamenta, complaints.
lemures, departed spirits.
bellaria, dainties.
cani,
gray
hairs.
liberi, children.
majores, ancestors.
crepundia,
toys.
donaria,
lautia,
'\P"**t*>
excubiae, watches.
exta,
primores,
}
77
7
7
r
y nobles, leaders.
proceres, j
reliquiae, the remains.
salebrae, impediments.
intestina, y th
viscera,
'
exuviae,
spolia,
facetiae, pleasantry.
sentes,
fori,
vepres, j
serta, garlands.
)
>
foruli,
book-cases.
j7
thorns.
foria, excrements.
grates, thanks.
gemini, twins.
tiicae, fooleries,
gerrae,
J/n
quisquiliae,
utensilia, necessaries
7
r
nonsense.
)
ilia, the entrails.
impedimenta, baggage,
induviae, articles of clothing.
valvae,
fores,
gewgaws.
(of life).
door-folds.
'I
verbera, blows.
LESSON
PLUKALIA TANTUM.
17.]
71
mimicitiae, enmity.
a casket.
manubiae, booty.
nuptiae, a wedding.
obices, a bolt, bar.
pantices, the paunch.
praecordia, the diaphragm.
loculi,
t_,i
'
casses,
clitellae,
'
lattice-work, grating.
hunter's net.
plagae,
nates,
pack-saddle.
Y the buttocks.
)
pugillares,
")
cunae,
eunabula,
> the cradle.
incunabula,
exsequiae, the funeral.
> writing-tablets.
)
tenebrae, darkness.
virgulta, the brushwood.
induciae, armistice.
C.
")
tabulae,
cerae,
Some
plural,
in the
Plural.
Singular.
fastus,
the calendar.
fastus, pride.
fasti,
forum,
gangways.
dens of wild beasts.
tempora, the temples {of the
the market-place.
fori, the
lustra,
tempus, time.
Plural.
Singular.
aedes,
is,
a temple.
aqua, water.
auxilium, help.
bonum, something good.
career, a prison.
castrum, a castle.
comitium, a part of the
castra,
Roman
forum.
copia, abundance.
power.
election-meeting.
cupedia, n. \
epulae, the food, meal.
facultates, property, means.
fortunae, gifts of fortune.
epiilum, a banquet.
an
ciipedia, daintiness.
facultas, ability,
a camp.
comitia,
letter
of
the
4.-V
litterae (literae),
letter,
alphabet.
ludi,
a public
spectacle.
writings.
72
LATIN GRAMMAR.
[LESSON
mm,
18.
or the nose.
nares,
natalis
(i. e.
dies), birthday.
tire
nostrils,
power : property.
operae, operatives.
(ops), help.
opes,
partes,
sal, salt.
a party ;
role.
E. The
Adjectives defective in number are pauci, a few, and plerique, most, which in ordinary language want the singular.
Of paucus, the neuter diminutive pauxillum or pauxillulum only occurs in
"
the sense of some little."
The singular plerusque was anciently
used in the sense of " the greater part of," but is now only put in the
neuter (plerumque), and adverbially, " for the most part."
Exercise
19.
'?
't
one hay Some one has some. Who has some My servant
has some. Has
man any bread He has none. Who has
good shoes My good shoemaker has some. Have you the good
have neither those
hats of the Russians, or those of the Dutch
this
Irish.
this little
sir,
Lesson XVIII.
pensum duodevicesimum.
OF NUMERALS.
The numerals
A.
adjectives or adverbs.
* The
from
its
LESSON
NUMERALS.
18.]
73
B.
many?
Unus, a,"um,
Singular.
Masc.
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
Plural.
unum
una
uni
unae
unortim
tin
uniim
unam
unum
unos
una
una
uniim
uni
Duo
duorum
duobus
duos or
duo
duobus
uno.
dtio
unoruiii
una
una
tinis.
Tres,
Masc.
Neut.
Fern.
Nom. duo
arum
unas
unae
Masc.
una
tinis
tine
uno
Neut.
Fern.
Ifasc.
unius
urn
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
one.
Neut.
Fern.
unus
duae
duo
Nom.
duarum
duorum
duabus
duas
duae
duabus
duobus
duo
duo
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
duobus.
tria , three.
& Fern.
Neut.
tres
tria
tr lum
tribus
tres
tria
tres
tria
tribus.
Remark 1. The plural uni, unae, una, can only be used, a) when
joined with substantives that are pluraUa tantum, i. e. used in the
plural only as unae scopae, one broom unae litterae, one letter una
b) when it assumes
castra, one camp in unis aedibus, in one house
the sense of "only," "alone," "one and the same," "like," &c. as
unis moribus, with one and the
steps
ifres uni passus, only three
same kind of manners, &c.
2. Like duo is inflected ambo, ambae, ambo, "both."
Instead of
the genitives duorum, duarum, the contracted form duum is frequently
employed, especially with milium, thousand.
;
The numeral mille, thousand, is indeclinable in the singuregularly inflected in the plural, e. g. milia, milium, milibus,
&c.
It is generally followed by the genitive (sometimes by an appositional case) of the objects enumerated, as mille liominum, duo (tria,
C.
lar,
Obs.
but
is
LATIN GRAMMAR.
74
[LESSON
18.
This is its
quattuor,* &c.) milia hominum (more rarely homines), &c.
construction as a substantive ; but mille is far more frequently used as
an indeclinable adjective in all the cases, singular and plural; e. g.
mille hominum numero, a thousand
mille equltes, a thousand knights
men in number mille modis, in a thousand ways.
;
The Romans have a separate class of numerals in anHow many each (apiece)? or How many
D.
swer
to the question,
by two "
Examples
;
singuli, "
:
Cum
si
He
denum\
annorum.
singulis interpretibus congres-
sunt.
Non
dfdicit, bis
The hatter.
The joiner.
Round.
ov an (one).
K
y
-qua, -quod.
* It is also customary to use the distributives instead of the cardinal numerals, and to say bina {terna, quaterna, &c.) milia for duo milia, &c.
The
accusative of the objects enumerated becomes necessary when one of the declinable numerals diicerii, &c. is added; as, habet tria milia trecentos milites,
he has three thousand three hundred soldiers.
f The plural in um is the regular form for this class of numerals, instead of
the orum, arum, orum of other adjectives.
| This applies only to such nouns as have a singular signification with this
plural form.
Plurals like Ubcri, children, follow the general law.
In all these cases, where the distributive is thus used for the cardinal
numeral with nouns of a plural form, the English u one " must be expressed by
uni, ae, a, and " three" by trini, ae, a.
Singuli and terni remain distributive
always.
LESSON
NUMERALS.
18.]
75
Examples
Have you
J
a looking-glass
&
( um speculum
|^
Habesne (unum) speculum
e tibi
tt
one.
I have
?
TT
,,
Habeo unum.
tih
nus *$** ?
ff \(unum)) librum
Habesne
T
1
nave
one.
I have none.
fEstne
Have you
a good
round
J
&
hat
tibi
*
An^^T'"
habes bonum unum
\
j
pileum ro-
tundum ?
5 ? st mibi unus.
[_
I have one.
Unum
!Niim
habeo.
ddmus
est ei
piilchra ?
none
^st
di
or
N6n
'
e st )'
Habet (earum),
^lint
mllla
ddmum unam
He
I have
.'
-^
Have you
a book
'
f^
8'
A
f
tres.
You
~
( Siint tibi
r
five.
quattuor.
Have you
Nay
five
rather, I
* Earum can
alluded
t
good horses
have
six of
them.
mm
Habeo (eorum)
when
it
sex.
refers to a larger
number already
to.
Quae and quas, because the numeral quinque denotes the entire number
but qudrum if a larger number is meant.
possessed
LATIN GRAMMAR.
76
T
C
}
[lesson
^^
18.
beo.
And.
(Copulative con-
junction.)
a (one) letter
Estne
et
(ac,
I.
The
distributive
Cardinal.
1.
2.
Distributive.
I.
II.
3.
tres, tria,
three.
III.
4.
quattuor,
four.
IV.
V.
5.
quinque,
five.
G.
sex,
six,
7.
septem
8.
octo
9.
nSveni
0.
decern
&c.
VI.
VII.
VIII.
IX.
X.
singiili, ae, a,
bini, ae, a,
one each.
two each.
septeni, ae, a.
octoni, ae, a.
noveni, ae, a.
deni, ae, a.
LESSON
NUMERALS.
18.]
77
Cardinal.
11.
undecim
12.
duodecira
tredecim or
decern et tres
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
viginti
unus et viginti
viginti unus f
duo et viginti
viginti duo
23.
tres et viginti
28.
octo et viginti
duodetrlginta
novem
29.
40.
quadraginta
quinquaginta
sexaginta
80.
nonaginta
nonaginta
90.
99.
100.
109.
200.
300.
400.
500.
XVI.
XVII.
XVIII.
XIX.
J
I
XX.
a.
a.
undeviceni, ae, a.
viceni, ae, a.
viceni
XXII.
singiili, ae, a.
a.
XXVIII.
XXIX.
a.
trlceni, ae, a.
XL?
quadrageni, ae, a.
quinquageni, ae, a.
L.
LX.
sexageni, ae, a.
septuageni, ae, a.
octogeni, ae, a.
LXX.
LXXX.
XC.
novem
undecentum
centum
centum et novem
centum novem
IC.
C.
CIX.
ducenti, ae, a
cc.
ccc.
trecenti, ae,
a.
XXIII.
septuaginta
octoginta
70.
XV.
XXX.
triginta
60.
30.
50.
XIV.
XXI.
et viginti |
undetiiginta
XIII.
\ undevlginti
21.
undeni, ae, a.
duodeni, ae, a.
XII.
)
quattuordecim
quindecim
\ sedecim (sexdecim) or
\ decern et sex
( septendecim or
\ decern et septem
decern et octo or
duodevlginti*
\ decern et novem or
|_
20.
22.
Distributive.
XI.
quadringenti, ae, a
quingenti, ae, a
cccc.
13 or D.
nonageni, ae, a.
nonageni noveni, ae,
\ undeceni, ae, a.
\
a.
centeni, ae, a.
a.
treceni, ae, a.
quadringeni, ae,
quingeni, ae, a.
a.
* For 18, 28, 38, &c. and for 19, 29, 39, &c. the subtractive expressions
duodevlginti^ duodetriginta, undevlginta, &c, as far as undecentum, are more common than the compounds decern et octo, &c, and neither the duo nor the un of
these words is inflected.
f The rule for the juxtaposition of the intermediate numbers is, that from
20 to 100 either the smaller may precede with et, or the larger without et, as
But beyond 100, the larger always comes first, with or within the case of 21.
out et ; e. g. ducenti quadraginta sex, or ducenti et quadraginta sex, 246.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
78
[LESSON
Cardinal.
600.
700.
800.
Distributive.
DC.
sexcenti, ae, a
septingenti, ae, a
octingenti, ae, a
nongenti, ae, a
noningenti, ae, a
mille
duo (or bin a)* milia
quinque (or qulna) milia
decern milia
centum milia
900.
1,000.
2,000.
5,000.
10,000.
100,000.
18.
DCC.
DCCC.
DCCCC.
nonageni, ae,
M.
singula milia.
CIO
or
MM.
a.
bina milia.
quina milia.
100.
CCIOO.
dena
CCCI000.
Exercise
sexceni, ae, a.
septingeni, ae, a.
octingeni, ae, a.
milia.
centena milia.
20.
Have you
Has
wooden
thirsty ?
chair
He has
am
'?
'?
* Vide page
74, note
'
LESSON
QUAM MULTUM.
19.]
Lesson XIX.
QUOT.
QUALIS.
79
pensum undevicesimum.
How much ?
Qucim multiim
quantum
(with
the gen.).
( Qucim multi, ae, a ?
\ Qudt f (indeclinable).
vi'ni, aquae ?
( Quam miiltum panis,
l
A
: ,
^
< 7? ,
Quantum pams, vim, aquae i
I
TT
man y a
How
-
TT
How much
TT
How many
TT
How many
, i
Qudt (quam
v
imilti) ciiltri?
Qu[im multi
CT1 i tr 5r U
Qudt (quam
miiltae)
4 Pi
How many^
looking-glasses
1
(
'
How many^
T
I
have you
( Qudt
idt tibi me'nsae
mensae sunt 9?
,
< /r ,
,,,
,
i.lnnin miiltas
mnlras
moncaa
mensas
habes ?
have only
two.
^
1-t,
of
Qudt
<
T r
TT
How manyJ
glasses
fo
have you
^
,
T ,
1 liave but six.
,
A.
Obs.
et,
those
Quam
"
tibi
vasa vitrea ?
^ - i. >t~
'u vasa
q
multa
vitrea habes r
( Sunt mihi duntaxat sex.
< a
,,
( oex tantum habeo.
indeed)
Decern
mihi
(and
sunt, e'aque (et ea,
1 7K
The demonstrative
and indeed,"
m
vbonum ihabeo.
'i
solum
Qudt sunt
>
que
is,
quidem,
e'a)
cit-
bona.
ea, id is often
atque, que,
something that
"
T
Unum
tions
<
(
,
r\ uum
multos cultros habes Qr
Est mihi Cuius solus bonus.
good one.
1 have but one &
'
rr
How
many
^
'J Quam
tables
mensae ?
:*
'
|
TT
m?
'u
mensarum
multae
Qudt (quam multa) specula?
r\
'u speculorum
o
Quam multa
i
(Adv.)
Only, hut.
'
>
Quam
TT
'
-j
knives
tables
o
?
et
J
)
[_
quod or quid.
Qui(s)nam, quaencim, quodnam
Quis, quae,
or quidnclm
In connection with a substantive, and especially with one denoting a per"only" is frequently expressed by the adjective solus or
unus ("alone"); as, ego solus habeo, I only (alone) have ; solos' jjoetas legit, he
reads only poets.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
80
[LESSOX
19.
i.
T
I
nave a
r-
fine book.
i
(
What
tt
He
(kind of a) table
-i
has a
i
wooden
lias
'?
ui
(
r
What
Tt
He
has fe
goodi su^ar.
c
Quale (quod)
he
est
amico
tiio
sac-
f^
xi es
(nequam)
*.
h'gnea.
He
mensa
Quidnam
What
ei
char um
friend
Est
,,
,,
T ,
Aiensani
ligneam habet.
< A
table.
f* f
rulchram
Our, ours.
Your, yours (plural).
Vester,
veslra, vestrum.
Singular.
No^r. noster
nostra nostrum
nostrae nostri
nostrae nostro
Gex. nostri
Pat. nostro
Ace. nostrum nostrum nostrum
Like Nom.
Voc.
Abl. nostro nostra nostro.
Plural.
nostri
nostrae
nostra
nostrorum
-arum
-orum
nostros
nostras
nostris
Like Nom.
nostris.
nostra
LESSON
REDUNDANT NOUNS.
19.]
81
have his.
Has he his own hats or ours
I
!Ejus (habeo).
TJtrum
file
ndstros ?
Ndstros (tenet).
Quam chartam habes ?
Familiarium nostrorum chartam ha-
Obs.
beo.
there of us
When
quam
quot or
How many
How many
Qudt e'stis ?
Qudt sunt llli
Vigmti siimus,
e'stis,
sunt.
them.
How many
rum
illd-
them.
illorum.
OF REDUNDANT NOUNS.
E. Redundant nouns are such as exhibit a superfluity
of
This may take place in several ways
forms.
1
2.
&
& Illorum, and in the dat. and abl. ilibus & tins. Vas, gen. vasis,
a vessel, has its plural from the secondary form vcisum, i, n.
vasa, vasorum, &c.
ilium
n^,
* The remaining cases are, Dat, lauro, Ace. laurum, Voc. laure. Abl. Imiro
and laurw, PI. Nom. lauri and laurus, Gen. laurorum, Dat. and Abl. laurls,
Ace. lauros, Voc. lauri. Other names of trees prefer the
second declension,
except quercus, which is entirely of the fourth.
t The forms of the second declension are to be preferred in prose.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
82
3.
ders,
One and
the
i,
n.
m.
m.
catillus, i, m.
catinus, i, m.
clipeus, i, m.
cubitus, i. m.
intubus, i, m.
balteus,
callus,
jiigulum, i, n.
lupinus, i, m.
porrum,
4.
8c
f.
n.
i,
One and
callum,
"
catillum,
i,
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
catinum,
clipeum,
cubitum,
a small
i,
n.
i,
n.
a
a
i,
n.
i,
n.
porrus,
i,
and
n.
i,
sort
n.
m.
i,
m.
delphinus, i, m.
elephantus, i, m.
alley, lane.
cingula, ae,/.
a bow ; an arch.
a horn, trumpet.
a girdle, belt.
consortium, i. n.
delphin, inis, m.
partnership,
a dolphin,
buccmum,
i,
n.
elephas, antis, m.
esseda, ae,yi
hebdomas, adis,/.
"
juventus, utis,/.
"
hebdomada, ae,/.
(juventa, ae,/
i,
n.
forms of different
aliment,
"
"
essedum,
of hat.
leek.
alimonium, i, n.
angiportum, i, n.
arcus, % i, m.
"
"
"
"
"
"
consortio, onis, f.
the collar-bone.
m.
i,
dish, platter.
shield.
lupine (a plant).
the palate.
the papyrus (reed).
n.
i,
callus.
dish.
m.
i,
papyrum,
pileus,
hard flesh,
n.
lupinum,
palatus,
girdle, belt.
n.
intubum,
jugulus,
n.
i,
i,
alimonia, ae,/!
angiportus, us, m.
arcus, us, m.
buccina, ae, f.
i,
balteum,
declensions, as
cingulum,
"
"
i,
i,
palatum, i, n.
papyrus, i, m.
plleum, i, n.
19.
baculum,*
[LESSON
an
elephant.
a war-chariot.
a week.
(the age
| juventas, atis,/
menda, ae,/
of) youth.
afaidt, error.
palymbus, i, m. 7
\ palumba, ae, / \
pauperies,
ei,/
pavus, i, m.
( penus, us & i, m.
j"
palumbes,
is,
m.
8c f.
paupertas, atis,yi
pavo, onis, m.
"
penum,
"
i,
ll
n.
tapete,
is,
* In this
gender.
f
j
case
||
T[
a peacock.
&/
\ penus,
"
n.
list
the ling-dove.
poverty.
||
provisions.
oris, n.
plebes, ei,/
senecta,^|
tapetum,
the
ae,/
i,
n.
tapestry; carpet.
(tapes,) etis, m.
the form most generally in use
common people.
old age.
is
put
first,
without reference to
Chiefly in poetry
poetical form.
:
youth personified.
The
This latter
is
poetical.
to
LESSON
;;
REDUNDANT NOUNS.
19.]
83
'
tonitrus, us, m.
and
tonitru, us, n.
"
'
'
vespera,
ae,,Jf.
1
5.
tonitriium,
i.
vesper(us),
eri *
K ^V
*
vesper, ens, m.
in.
'
")
eveninq.
J
y
)
declension f
fifth
barbaria, ae,
duiitia, ae,
luxuria, ae,
and
maceria, ae,
materia, ae,
"
"
"
barbaries,
hardness.
profusion, luxury.
a garden-wall.
luxuries, ei,/
maceries, ei,/
materies, ei,/!
mollitia, ae,
nmria, ae,
"
murles, ei,/.
segnitia, ae,
"
segnities,
matter, materials.
suppleness, softness.
ei,/
mollifies,
first,
barbarity.
el, f.
duritles, ei, f.
"
"
6.
thunder.
n.
/.
ei,/
sluggishness.
um
form in
conatus, us, m.
eventus, us, m.
praetextus, us,
rictus, us,
and
"
conatum, i, n.
eventum, i, n.
praetextum, i,
"
rictum,
"
m.
an effort, attempt.
an issue, event.
an ornament, a pretext.
n.
the
n.
i,
Among
Such are
form
Masculines, which
:
i,
locus,
i,
slbllus,
a jest, joke
a place;
m.
m.
i, m.
jocus,
Tartarus,
2.
i,
a
m.
whistling
ostrea,
ae,/
Neuters
balneum, i, n.
coelum, i, n.
"
"
"
sound
additional
a curtain,
a pearl
an
sail
Neuter
pi. carbasi
"
"
oyster
have an additional
pi.
Feminines with an
carbasus, i,/
margarita, ae,/
3.
in the plural
joci
the sky,
joca.
"
loca.
slbili
"
sibila.
Tartara (only).
and
carbasa.
margarltae "
margaiita, -orum.
ostreae
ostrea, -orum.
pi.
heavens
and
loci %
a bath;
Neuter
"
"
:
balnea, n.
and
balneae,||
* Of this form there is only the Ace. vesperum and the Norn, commonly vesThe ablative is vespere and vesperi. But vesper, eri,
per, sometimes vesperus.
m., the evening-star, is regular.
f But this form of the fifth declension is commonly used only in the Nom.,
Ace, and Abl.
% The masculine, chiefly of places or passages in books; the neuter, of localiproper.
Slbili denotes single or isolated whistling or hissing sounds, and slbila continued hissing (chieflv in poetry).
The latter more frequent, and in the sense of " public baths."
ties
||
LATIN GRAMMAR.
84
delicium,
n.
i,
pi
delight;
[LESSON
delieiae (only),/.
epCilae {only), f.
freni, m. and frena, n.
epulum, i, n.
frenum, i, n.
porrum,* i, n.
a public banquet;
"
"
leek
"
porri {only), m.
rastrum,
a rale, harrow;
"
rastri, in.
skinoort (a plan!)
i,
n.
slser, eris, n.
Exercise
19.
and
rastra,
21.
How many friends have you ? I have two good friends. Have
Has your friend ten good
1 have nine.
you eight good trunks V
He has only three. Has he two good ships ? He has
brooms ?
How many hammers has the carpenter V He has only
only one ?
How many shoes has the shoemaker? He has ten. Has
four
He has only five.
Has the
the young man ten good books ?
He has not seven, but one ? How
painter seven good umbrellas?
You have only three.
Has your neighbor
many corks have I ?
He has not ours, but that of his brother. Has
our good bread ?
Has the friend of our tailor
It has some.
our horse any hay ?
He has some. Has he gold buttons ? He has no
good buttons ?
How many oxen has our brother ?
gold (buttons), but silver (ones).
He has no oxen. How many coats has the young man of our
The young man of our neighbor has only one good
neighbors ?
Plas he our good
coat, but that of your friend has three of them.
He has them. Have I his ? You have not his, but ours.
rams?
How many good rams have I ? You have nine.
Exercise
Who has
22.
thirsty ?
is
is
thirsty
is
friends.
right ?
is
little birds,
little
Italian ?
* The
singular poniis,
m.
is
rarely used.
Is
LESSON
Has
MULTUM.
20.]
MDLTI.
COPIA.
85
our
tailor's
beautiful, but
Lesson
Permultum (a good
deal).
Multi, ae, a.
Many, a
Non pauci,
large number.
magna,
Copia
pi.).
ae, a.*
ae,
f.
(with
the
gen.).
.
The
A. Obs.
indefinite
numeral midtus
is
declined like
instead of
But
many."
Much
As
Multum
'
-<
Multi
libri,
*
,-,.
T M
ru
Multum
hbrorum, epistolarum, cantv
'
delabrorum.
( Multi homines (or hdminumYf
>
\
ir^'-zi'Copia (hominum) magna.
I
[_
t
Many
men.
J
t.
Many
(i. e.
men)
many
things.
Miilti
miilta
(neut. pi.)
res
miiltae.
J3stne
ti'bi
bdni?
T
I
j
have a good
deal.
j
of the
human
family."
[ LESSON 20.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
86
of the
_.
money
it.
iNimius,
Nirms
a, urn.
multiim,
gen.).
mult i, ae, a.
Nimis multiim or minium (with the
JNimis
gen. pi.).
cuniae, vini.
^
loo many
men.
Nimis
Nimium hdminum.
Nobis
e have
miilti
Nos.
We.
w
u
We are.
We are hungry, thirsty.
We are right
(correct), wrong.
T
have
We
much money.
Ye or you
Ye
Ye
Ye
v
Ye
Ye
Vdbis
Vos
i?.)
estis.
^ ^^
(Vos)
is
j Vos habetis.
(Lesson IX.
Vos.
(pi.).
We, &c,
tit,
ego,
verb.
not
homines (ho'minum)
( Satis,
adsatim
sat,
gen.)
pi. safts
(with
the
miuti, ae, a.
Enough
Satis
(sat)
panis,
pecuniae, sac-
chari*
* Satis may, however, also stand adjectively as satis otium, satis consilium,
leisure, advice enough ; so that Ave
likewise say, Satis pecunia, sacchdIn questions, sat hi for satisne is very common ; as Satiii'
rum, homines, &c.
;
may
Satiii
plane audio
Do
LESSON
Men
PARUM.
20.]
PAULUM.
(
enough.
87
FAUCI.
( Stitis
<
Looking-glasses enough.
Estne
Habesne
Parum
but (yet)
little,
pecuniae ?
pecuniae ?
tantum habeo, sed (tamen)
tibi satis
satis
satis.
Pauxillum, pauxillulum.
Little.
(But)
little
Parum (paulum)
panis, pecuniae,
sacchari.
Only a
little,
(a small quantity).
little
little.
Paulum, paululum,
aliquantiilum,
pauxillum.
A little
wine,
salt,
bread.
lis,
Have you
little
sugar ?
(
(
I have.
You have
but
The courage
little
courage.
(spirit, gallantry).
Non
things.
enough.
(ye)
many
Paiiei
homines (hdminum).
bent.
Paiica tantum habeo.
friends ?
(of them)
Have you
aliquantulum sacchari
tibi
virtus, utis, f.
C Pauci, ae, a (pi.).
A few, few.
(A) few
Estne
sa-
panis.
Habemus non
nisi paiicos.
Of them.
Has the stranger much money ?
niae?
He
has but
little
(of
it).
(
}
(
habet.
nisi
parum
[ LESSON 20.
LATIN GRAMMAK.
88
E.
number
sal, salt
argentum,
included
tlie
names of materials
as
silver.
ftunes, -is,
f.,
hunger.
The
verbs.
4.
places
individuals,
;
Italia,
countries,
and
Roma.
indicative of extraction.
Patrials or Gentiles, derived from proper names of counor places, and indicative of nationality ; as Anglus, an
Celta, a Celt ;
Tros (gen.
Englishman ; Arabs, an Arab
Trois), a native of Troy ; Troas, -adis, f., a woman born at
Troy ; Arpinds, -atis, a native of Arpinum.
6.
tries
The majority of
um ;
Syracusanus, a,
um
Antwchensis,
is,
as
Romdnus,
Atheniensis,
is, e,
a,
&c.
* Patronymics in el's and tie are of the first declension ; as Priamides, -dae,
Those in is and as, of
-dae, -den, -de, -de (da) ; Neptunine, es, -e, -en, -e, -e.
the third; as Nereis, -idis or -ides, &c. ; Thestias, -iddis, f., &c.
; ;:;
;; ;;
;
LESSON
CLASSIFICATION OF SUBSTANTIVES.
20.]
89
learner,
may
serve as examples
servulus,
i,
hortulus,
i,
m.
m.
servant
from
garden
servus.
hortus.
hoy;
puer.
a
"
a
infant;
infans.
head
a
a
u
a
a
u
a
u
u
paper ;
caput.
opus.
charta.
aedes.
~)
piierlulus,
puellus,
>
m.
i,
puel lulus, )
iatantulus,
i,
in.
capitulum,
i,
ri.
opusculum,
n.
i,
chartiila, ae,
f.
aediciila, ae,/.
diecula, ae, /.
curriculum, i, n.
corculum, i, n.
corniculum, i, n.
m.
libellus, i, m.
cultellus, i, m.
ocellus,
little
i,
catellus, )
V
^;^,
i'.
icorfr
house
while
chariot
heart;
horn ;
eye;
hook ;
knife ;
a
a
a
a
a
a
u
a
a
dies.
currus.
cor.
cornu.
oculus.
liber.
culter.
dog:
u
u
son ;
daughter ;
hat
pileus (um).
wine
stone
domunciila, ae,/.
cqauleus, i, m.
u
a
a
u
u
a
baculum.
vinum.
m.
a
a
a
a
1,
'
catulus,
filiolus,
i,
m.
filiola, ae, f.
pileolus,
m.
i,
pileolum,
bacillum,
i,
n.
i,
n.
villum,
n.
i,
canis.
'
m.
i, m.
hSmunculus,
lapillus,
i,
stick
man
house ;
horse ;
filius.
tt
filia.
lapis.
homo.
domus.
equus.
8'*
90
LATIN GRAMMAR.
Exercise
[l.ESSON
20.
23.
horses.
Italian
little
ships
carriage.
horse,
Exercise
How many
24.
We
We
We
We
Exercise
25.
Who has
He has it not.
servant my broom ?
Has any one
Our neighbor's little son has it.
my little paper ?
Nobody has your little daughter's
my little daughter's little book ?
What has the little
little book, but somebody has her little carriage.
Have you any little
He has the little work of his friend.
boy ?
I have ten little houses, and six young (little) horses.
houses ?
Who has my little stick ? Your little brother has it. Is any one
Has your
little
LESSON
NONNL'LLI.
PAUCI.
91
sleepy
tailor is sleepy.
little
man ?
Roman ?
little
ALIQUOT.
21.]
his little
his little
sir,
Is
is
Celt,
I
Celt ?
that child
I
y 0U ?
little
little
It
is
littl
Is
is~right.
is
wrono;.
Lesson
The pepper.
The meat (flesh).
The meat (food).
The vinegar.
The beer.
The shirt.
The leg.
The head.
The head
ET VICESIMUM.
Piper, eris, n.
Caro, gen. carnis,/.
Clbiis, i, m.
esca, ae,y.
;
Acetum,
n.
i,
vinum acidum,
i,
n.
Ingenium,
(i.e. natural
i,
n.
indoles, is,/.
talent).
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
arm.
Bracchium,
heart.
n.
i,
month.
work.
volume.
Opus,*
i,
m.
eris, n.
Volumen,
inis, n.
tomus,
i,
n.
*Florenus, i, m.
*Thalerus, i, m.
*Kreutzerus,f i. m.
florin.
dollar (crown).
kreutzer (a coin)
*Schillingus,
shilling.
i,
m.
f Aliquot (indeclinable).
A few,
some few.
Nbnnulll, ae, a.
Panel, ae, a ; perpaucl, ae, a (very
few).
L
A.
u
Obs.
for
the
English
few "
is
work or labor
in general,
and
f I put these modern coins with a Latin termination, instead of the more
inconvenient circumlocution numus noinen f/crens kreutzer, schilling.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
92
Have you
I
a few books
Siintne
?
He
has a few.
Nonmillos habeo.
'
You have
21.
aliquot libri ?
tibi
[LESSON
only a few.
ILibes
Few men.
Few things.
non
nisi paiicos.
Perpaiici, perpauca.
things.
Alter, era,
Alius, a,
and
Alter
is
S. altei
:',
Nom. alter
P.
the other.
alterum
altera
alter!,
alterae,
altera
alterius
Gen.
alter!
Dat.
Ace. alterum alteram alterum
alterorum
alterartim
-drum
alteros
alteras
altera
Voc. alter
Abl. altero
alter!
alterae
altera
alteris
altera
alterum
altera
altero.
alteris.
P.
S. alius, another.
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
alius
aliud
alia
alms
alii,
others.
alii
aliae
alia
alioriim
-arum
-drum
alii
allis
allam
aliud
alios
alias
alia
A"oc. alius
alia
aliud
alii
aliae
alia
Abl.
alia
alio.
{ilium
alio
The
(of two).
allis
( Alter equus.
| Alter equorum or ex equis.
Equi
Another horse.
Other horses.
Another thing.
alteri.
Alius equus.
Alii equi.
Res
alia,
son
Other things.
have another.
Res
horse
XV.
H.)
Estne
Est mihi
Habeo
tibi alius
alius.
alium.
equus
V
?
(Les-
LESSON
Have you
I
have
it
ALIUS.
21.]
ALTER.
CETERI.
93
not.
Nom.
No
^Masc.
Fem.
(Neut.
( Masc.
3 Fem.
(Neut.
(none) other.
-J
No
other.
have no other.
Have you
have no others.
Has he another
shirt ?
He
has another.
He
has no other.
nullum aliud
nulll alii
nullos alios,
nullae aliae
nulla alia
nullds cdids.
nulla alia.
nulla alia
other horses ?
Ace.
nullum ciltiim.
nullum aliam.
nullum all lid.
null us alius
\ Habetne
(
(ille)
indiisium aliud ?
\ Habet
Est
aliud.
aliud nullum.
1 Nullum aliud habet.
(
ei
When
They
The
odit.
and
Aliud
est
maledicere
aliud
cusare.
Reliqui, ae, a.
Ceteri, ae, a.
Have you
,i
^li
ii
\ n (
(the others) ?
He
remainder)
(i. e.
the
^ ^ ^^
Quid habent
ceteri ?
(r ^ liquis) ?
Nihil habent.
An habet cetera (reliqua) ?
^Lesson
XV. H.)
(Vide
LATIN GRAMMAR.
94
[LESSON
21.
OF ORDINAL NUMERALS.
D. Ordinal numerals contain the answer to the question Quotus, a, um ? " Which of a certain number, rank,
or place ? " as primus, the first
secundus, the second
They are all of them adjectives of
decimus, the tenth.
the first and second declensions, and inflected like bonus,
;
Examples
um.
a,
primus an secun-
Have you
book
the
first
or the second
dus
[_
T
I
,,
have the
TT7-,
W1
Which
.
Quota
,
j Qudfcam sch( dCllam
Mbes ?
<
fifth.
is
..
jgat?-
< /r
fifth.
I have the
Which
r,
the
third.
| Habeo quintam.
Quota hora est ?
Hora decima est*
Quotus est dies mensis
Sextus est.
Dies est mensis sextus.
I
<"
.,
Numeral Adverbs.
Ordinals.
1
the first
?
j primus, a, um,
prior, prius, oris, (ot two). \
(
secundus,
alter, era,
um,
erum
a,
(of two)
ggmgl '
,
'
* Among
the ancient Eomans the tenth hour was four o'clock, P. M., the
being our six, A. M. The division of the days of the month was likewise
from ours (as will be shown hereafter). In writing and speaking the
Latin, however, it is now customary to follow the modern method. It is necessary to add here, that " at an hour," " on a day" (or, more generally, "time
when"), must be put in the ablative; as hora prima, at one o'clock; tertio
A date mav be written thus: Romae, tertio
Aprilis, on the third of April.
Octobris, a. p. Chr. MDCCCLVI.; Rome, October 3d, 1856.
first
different
LESSON
ORDINAL NUMERALS.
21.]
95
Numeral Advkrrs.
Ordinals.
3.
tertius, a, ura,
the ihitrd.
ter,
4.
the fourth,
5.
quartus, a, um
quintus, a, um,
the fifth,
quater,
quinqules,
five times.
6.
sextus, a,
sexles,
67.r
7.
septimus, a, um.
octavus, a, um.
norms, a, um.
decimus, a, um.
8.
-9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
28.
29.
30.
um,
50.
60.
70.
80.
decles.
alter et vicesimus, a,
um.
um.
um.
vicesimus et alter, a,
tertius et vicesimus, a, um
vicesimus tertius, a, um.
vicesimus octavus, a, um.
du6detrlcesimus,f a, um.
et vicesimus, a,
a,
um.
um.
undecles.
duodecles.
terdecles or tredecles.
quaterdecles or quattuordecles.
quinqulesdecies or quindecles.
sexlesdecles or sedecies.
septlesdccles.
octlesdecles.
duodevicles.
novlesdecles.
undevicles.
semel et vicies.
vicles (et) semcl.
bis et vicles.
novles et vicles.
vicles (et) novles.
triceslmus, a, um.
trigesimus, a,
40.
octles.
et vicesimus, a,
undetriceslmus,
times, &c.
novles.
nonus
limes.
septles.
undeclmus, a, um.
duodeclmus, a, um.
tertius decimus, a, um.
quartus decimus, a, um.
unus
thrice.
four
um
quadrageslmus, a, um.
quinquageslmus, a, um.
sexageslmus, a, um.
septuageslmus, a, um..
octogeslmus, a, um.
* The
tricles.
quadragies.
quinquagles.
sexagies.
septuagies.
octooies.
is,
numeral should precede the greater with " e<," or the greater the smaller without " et" as in this instance. To this, however, those from 13 to 19 must be
regarded as exceptions, tertius decimus or tertius et decimus, &c. being here the
only admissible forms. For 21st, unus et vicesimus, fem. una et vicesima (or,
So
contracted, unetv'icesima). are more common than primus et vicesimus, &c.
also alter et vicesimus {tricesimus, qucidrdgesimus, &c.) better than secundus
et vicesimus, &c.
f For 28, 38, &c, 29, 39, 99, &c, the subtractive expressions duodetricesimus,
dfiodequddrdgesimus, &c, undetriceslmus, undequddrdgesimus, undecentesimus,
&c, are used, without any change of duo or un, precisely as in cardinals.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
96
[LESSON
Numeral Adverbs.
Ordinals.
90.
100.
200.
300.
400.
500.
600.
700.
800.
900.
1,000.
2,000.
3,000.
10,000.
100,000.
1,000,000.
21.
noniigesimus, a, um.
centeslmus, a, um.
ducentcslmus,
a,
trecenteslmus,
a,
um.
um.
diicenties.
trecenties.
quadringentesimus, a, um.
quingenteslmus, a, um.
sexcenteslmus, a, um.
septingentesimus, a, um.
octingentesimus, a, um.
nongentesimus, a, um.
quadringenties.
quingenties.
sexcenties.
millesimus, a, um.
bis millesimus, a, um.
ter millesimus, a, um.
decies millesimus, a, um.
centies millesimus, a, um.
decies centies millesimus, a, um.
millies.
Exercise
septingentles.
octingentles.
nongenties.
bis millies.
ter millies.
decies millies.
centies millies.
millies millies.
26.
but a good
you a wooden leg have not a wooden
Has
man a good head He has a good head and a good
How many arms has that boy He has only on the other
has your boy He
of wood. What kind of head
Have you a few knives
feAv florins ?
florins
ten.
beautiful glasses
Italians ?
not,
other.
fine
letter ?
other.
his
other.
his
'?
other.
little,
little.
deal,
other.
others.
sailor
shirts ?
little.
heart.
leg,
this
heart.
is
talents)
(i. e.
Exercise
my work
27.
T have the
I
have
it.
first.
sec-
LESSON
22.
AMBO.
UTEIIQUE.
07
Have we the
I have neither the one nor the other.
fourth book ?
have neither the one nor the other.
fifth or sixth volume ?
have the seventh.
What day of
Which volume have we ?
Is it not {nonne) the eleventh ?
It is the eighth.
the month is it?
Have the Spaniards many crowns ?
No, sir, it is the tenth.
The Spaniards have only a few but the English have a great many.
Has the youth
The French have them.
has our crowns ?
He has not much head, but much courage.
much head (i. e. talent) ?
How many arms has the man ? He has two. How many shirts
Who
has he
We
Exercise
We
six
28.
Have you
is
Lesson XXII.
Is it
not five
No,
pensum
twelve o'clock.
sir, it is
only four.
altepum et
vice-
SIMUM.
The
part, portion.
m
The volume, tome.
first
<
j7
Both.
Ohs.
Ambo
is
" both,"
the other."
uter.
(Cf.
n.
'
'
J v ,
fT
Uterque,
utraque^.utrumque.
'
A.
or third tome
have both.
-r,
Volumen, inis,
lomus, 1, m.
{ rp~
considered
as
united
uterque,
like duo,
:
and the
latter like
[LESSON
LATIN GRAMMAR.
98
both
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Yoc.
of both
L.
to
ambae
ambo
amborum
ambobus
ambos (ambo)
both
both
ambobus
with both
ambariim
ambabus
arnbas
ambae
ambabus
ambo
both
Neut.
Fern.
Masc.
Nom.
22.
ambo
amborum
ambobus
ambo
ambo
ambobus.
Singular.
Masc.
Nom.
uterque
Neut.
utrumque
utriusque
utrique
GrEN.
DAT.
Acc.
Yoc.
Abl.
Fern.
utraque
utrumque
utramque
uterque
utroque
utraque
utraque
utrumque
utrumque
utroque.
Plural.
Nom.
utrique
utraeque
utraque
Gen.
Dat.
Acc.
Voc.
Abl.
utrorumque
utrarumque
utrorumque
utrosque
utrique
utrasque
utraeque
utrisque
utraque
utraque
utrisque.
Remarks.
1. Amid, like duo, ires, ducenti, &c, is a natural plural, and consequently wants tlie singular.
2. Uterque, although involving a plural signification's commonlyput in the singular as uterque polus, both poles utraque fortuna,
both good and bad fortune uterque parens, both parents. Sometimes,
however, also in the plural as utrique Dionysii, both the Dionysiuses
utraque oppula, both towns.
3. The plural utrique is regularly used, when two parties or collective bodies are spoken of; as Utrique (i. e. plebs et senatus) victoriam
crudeliter exercebant, They both (i.e. the people and the senate) made
a cruel use of their (respective) victories.
4. The remaining correlatives of uter, "which of (the) two?" are:
alter, " the one of two," or "the other" (Lesson
B.) alteruter,
" one or other of two," " the one or the other"; neuter, " neither of
the two " utervis and uterlibet, " any one of the two you please,"
" either of the two." All these compounds of uter are inflected like
the simple pronoun, except alteruter, of which either both components
are declined separately, as alter uter, altera utra, alterum utrum, gen.
alterius utrlus, &c, or the last only, as alteruter, alterutra, alterutrum,
gen. alterutrius, &c.
;
XXL
or
my
pa-
"Utrum
an
LESSON
22.]
ADJECTIVES WITH
TWO OR MORE
NOUNS.
99
When
the substantives are of the same gender, the adjective, paror pronoun agrees with them in gender.
E. g. Pater mini et
father and brother are dead.
Soror ejus et
frater mortui sunt,
mater mortuae sunt, His sister and mother are dead.
2. When substantives denoting living beings are of different genders,
the adjective is masculine rather than feminine, and feminine rather
than neuter. E. g. Pater mini et mater mortui sunt,
father and
mother are dead. Soror tua et ejus mancipium (neut.) inventae sunt,
1.
ticTple,
My
My
Your
sister
When
habeo.
Which
two has
that
book
,,
r,
n.
,-,
eum
C
)
I
Which
you ?
have
habet.
Alteriiter
MbeL
Nos
(vos,
(pennarum)
From
TT
He
^
has both.
,
Have you my
I have
light or
my
-I
Pjlur.
Reliquus, a, urn.
f
(^
anymore
3.)
Left, remaining.
(librorum)
(Vide A. Rem.
Utrique.
C Sing.
borne or
tibi libri
,,
sunt
IJtri
Still, yet.
or
wine.
habet.
habet.
have both.
Some
22.
stick ?
have you
Utramque (utrasque)
JAmbas
them both
Which
I
[LESSON
LATIN GRAMMAR.
100
pa-
nis,
vim
f Adhuc (etiamnum)
epistolas, visa vitrea.
books, letters ,1
,
^^ ^ ^
,.
asses.
Ahquas
aliquot libros,
epistolas reliquas.
wine, water,
n s
have some more (lelt).
v
J
Has he any
books
J more
adhuc aliquantum
vini,
Habesne aliquantum
/
^ TJ
j
(_
T
1
tibi
aquae, panis
vini, aquae,
panis reliquum ?
( Est mihi adhuc aliquantum.
i tt'u
mi
ireliquum.
Habeo nonnullum
I
(etiamnum)
f Ecqui tibi sunt adhuc
(left) ?
[_
Estne
n ns
have some more (left).
v
J
i
I
'
/ M
(aliquot)
o.
,,,
Habesne ahquos
, -,
libros
reliquos ?
aliquot.
mreliquos.
Have
T
1
..
31
i
any more candlesticks
o
.
<
]
T
n iv\
1rou have no more (left)
i
A7-
JSot
ami
J more, no more.
candelabra ?
-,-, u
,,.
,^
reliqua
ego aliquot candelabra
e
An
'?
NdUa
Nihil
habeo
Nulla (non) sunt.
j
J.
^^ ^^
am plats
* ?. J x
Ar ,,^ ,1 ~ o -^
JSullus (a, um) reltquus (a, urn).
LESSON
22.]
PARUM RELIQUUM.
Niimquid
aceti
Num
vinegar
L
He
has no more
have no more
have no more
ali
quantum
panis, aquae,
reliquum habet
Est
letters.
ei nihil
sunt.
lookino-.o-lasses.
(left).
Non
Nonntsi panel
Niimquid
vini ?
Non
(
I
ille
aceti
'?
reliquum.
( Nihil ejus amplius habet.
{ Libri nn'hi niilli rellqui sunt.
\ Nihil amplius librorum habeo
JEpistolae mihi niillae reliquae
(left).
est ei
101
-\
est
vini reliquum ?
Est mihi ejus reliquum non nisi
parum.
Num
sunt
?
adhuc multum
tibi
Haud multum
Have you many more books
Niim
dmplius habeo.
etiamnum multi
tibi
libri
libros
multos
adhuc habes
reliquos ?
I
Has
He
lie
Non
JEstne
has one
[_
liquus.
We have
Habemus (adhuc)
a few more.
nonniillos reli-
quos.
letters ?
^^ ^ ^
ndlla
f Siintne ei
Has
he
(left) ?
few
good
roblets
(_
liquas.
cula ?
pdciila re-
LATIN GRAMMAR.
102
tt
He
r
n av
has a few more (left).
-i
Sunt
mbet
Exercise
22.
^^ ^^
ei
adhuc aliquot.
29.
How
I have the second.
Which volume of his work have you?
many tomes has this work ?
Have you my work, or
It has three.
that of my brother ?
Has the foreigner my comb or
I have both.
my knife ? He has both. Have you our bread or our cheese ?
I have
Have you my glass or that of my friend ?
I have both.
Have we any more hay ?
We
neither the one nor the other.
He has
have some more.
Has our merchant any more pepper ?
'
[LESSON
Exercise
30.
more.
* Instead of relzquus (a, um) est, and reliqui (ae, a) sunt, the compounds of
sum, superest and supersunt, may be employed in a similar sense. E. g. Superestne tibl aliguantum aquae, vini, pecuniae ?
Superest.
Non superest. Libri
mihi multi iique boni supersunt, &c.
LESSON
TANTUM
23.]
Lesson XXIII.
QUANTUM.
TOT
QUOT.
PENSUM TERTIUM ET
103
VICE.
SIMUM.
quam
quantum*
(quam), (with
the gen.).
Tarn
a quam
Tot
Tarn miiltam
As much
as.
As many
as.
multl,
ae,
multl,
quot (indecl.).
as wine.
As many men
ae, a.
(indecl.)
As much bread
(jnultum)
Tantum
Tarn
as children.
miilti
liberi.
homines,
quam
(miilti)
liberi.
Have you
as
much
gold as silver
of the latter.
the other.
Obs. The partitive relation denoted by the Eng"of" is in Latin expressed either by the genitive
by the prepositions e, ex, or de with the ablative.
A.
lish
or
scyphi,
m
m
&
LATIN GRAMMAR.
104
many
much
[LESSON
23.
qudt
alteris,
Toiidem (indecl.)
quot.
Tantumd'em (or tantund em)
as.
as.
quan-
tum.
st mihi tantiindem
turn
that.
hiijus,
quan-
illius.
qudt
illorum.
f
You have
aquae.
Tibi sunt tdtidem
just as
many
hats as
More.
C.
flected
qudt epi-
Plus,
])\.
plures, plura.
Obs.
singular,
pilei,
stolae.
letters.
Plural.
Singular.
Masc.
Neat.
Nom.
plus
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
pluris
plurfum
plus
pluribus
plures
plure or
Neut.
8? Fern.
plura (pluria)
plures
i.
plura (pluria)
pluribus.
Remarks.
The dative singular of plus is wanting.
2. The form pluria for pAura is obsolete, but
pound compluria, several.
1.
still
in use in the
com-
their genitives in
things."
LESSON
23.]
MINUS.
105
Plus
Plus
Plus
Plus
Quam * quam
Than.
tum
quod,
quam quan-
quot.
quam
children.
beri.
illius.
quam de
(ex)
l'llo.
More
other.
More
other.
I
quantum mei.
Ego plus de saccharo
quam quod de meo.
I have
nis),
("Est
tiio
habeo,
letters.
quot epistolarum.
Minus
Less.
chari.
How many
?
(
E.
O.hs.
are followed
* With
ally, see
five
When
by a numeral, the
reference to this quam, and the construction of comparatives generThe student will notice here the idiomatic use of quan-
Lesson XL1I.
tum, quod,
hundred.
and
quot.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
106
,,
,
T,
I have less than twenty.
,
Siint mihi
have you
than
less
ten
minus
23.
visjinti.
^^
^^ Uhe
Quantam
[LESSON
peciiniam habes ?
thaleros habeo.
Minus decern
dollars
(crowns).
quot)
dren.
F.
Fewer
(less).
Obs.
The
&
f.,
pauciora, n.
like plus,*
They
liberi.
Pauciores, m.
Nom.
minus
pauciores
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
minoris
minori
pauciorum
pauciora
paucioribus
pauciores
minus
minore or
pauciora
paucioribus.
i.
<
illo.
Paucidres ex (de)
Fewer of
(de) illis.
Paucidres de alteris fiinisj,
'
de alteris or illis.
other.
Fewer
Paucidres nostrum
quot) vestrum.
of us than of you.
More than
Less than
I,
I,
his
quam ex
quam
quam (quam
p>l ur u)
qudm\ ego,
quam tu, quam ille.
Minus quam ego, quam tu, quam
Plus (plures,
lie.
ille.
(plures,
quam
they.
Fewer than
Fewer
pliira)
quam
quam llli.
Paucidres quam ego, quam
quam ille.
Pauciora quam nos, quam
quam illi.
Plus
I,
things
than we,
As much
as
I,
Tdntum
you, he.
(quam)
* With
gular only.
t
nos,
vos,
(tarn
milltuiri),
ego, tu,
tu,
vos,
quantum
ille.
this difference, however, that minus is followed by the genitive sinIn the plural, pauciores, fewer, becomes necessary.
quod,
quam
quot,
TOT
COMPLURES.
QUOT.
LESSON
23.]
As many
107
jios,
illi.
..
, ,
, ,
r, A
feuntne tibi plures librorum,
'
mihi
[_
T
I
-,
have more
Have
01
,-,
them +1
than you.
^
I less sugar
than they
1
(
illis
we
[_
tt
He
/>
<
as they ?
-<
they.
J
[_
TT
Have you
as
many
-i
children as
'
Suntne
jiiveni
paucidres
quam nobis (sunt) ?
Paucidres habet.
,- x
/c
(bunt
ei)
,
amici,
pauciores.
Estne
',',
nobis
quam
illis
habemus,
K
est
AT >, 1
JNobis
,,,
multum
tarn
panis
Tantiindem
'
-{
[_
vero
Habetne
tu.
,,.
,
A
K
,*
bunt mihi plures quam tibi.
Num est mihi minus sacchari quam
tmmo
Nay
quam
'
tantunuem,
(quam) illis.
Ecquid vos tot
quantum
quantum
^^
4^
^
Suntne
liberos
habetis,
illis V
illi
(ha-
bent).
Several.
\
4/7o
7 j-^r
Several
different (diverse).
(^Nonnulll, ae, a.
S Diversl, ae, a.
-'
v&r ^
Plures (complures)
viri,
mulieres,
liberi.
Several
lights,
looking-glasses,
candlesticks.
Ddmus,
libri,
horses.
The father.
The son.
The woman.
* Compare
f
LATIN GRAMMAR.
108
The daughter.
The child (infant).
The children.
The captain (of the army).
The sea-captam.
The
The
tea.
nata, ae,/.
tis,
j Navarchus,
Thea, ae,/
i,
;
m/
inf usuni
(i,
Placenta, ae,/.
Panlficia, orum, n. pi.
Inimlcus, i, m. hostis,
Digitus, i, m.%
Caliga, ae,/.
cake.
Cakes (of every kind).
"
The enemy.
The finger.
The boot.
23.
m. &/.
Liberi, orum, m. pi*
Centurio, onis, m.
Praefectus (i, ??*.) navis.
Infans,
rr,,
Filia, ae,
[LESSON
m.
is,
Exercise
n.) theae.f
31.
Has he a
have
What kind of
has he? He has
Who has my good cakes Several men
He has
Have
have them. Has your brother a
honey have
much of the one
of the
much
you
Has he much tea beer He has much of the one
man
of the
Has
many
enemies? He
Has the son of your friend
of the
has
many of the one
He has many of the one of the
many
Have we many boots shoes We have many of
We have more of the one than of the
the one
of the
Have we hay than he We have
much
he.
Have you a
He
coat
has several.
several.
looking-glass ?
looking-glasses
beautiful looking-glasses.
child ?
coffee as
as
other.
as
as
other.
coats as shirts ?
as
other.
as
as
as
as
friends as
as
this
as
several.
as
as
other.
as
other.
as
as
as
as
other.
less
just as
Exercise
as
32.
Has your
we
much good
bad paper We have
of
much of the one
the other. Have we
much cheese
bread We have more
of the
than of the former. Has your son as many cakes
books He has more of the
than of the former more of the
one than of the
How many books has he He has more
than
thousand. Has he more than twenty ships He has
than twenty he has only
Has
boy more than ten
He has no more than
as
as
as
as
as
as
latter
as
latter
other.
five
fingers ?
* On
ten.
Thea
This
less
this little
fifteen.
Lesson XVII. B.
4.
is
(ring-finger); minimus,
?',
m.
(little finger).
LESSON
LATIN VERBS.
24.]
Exercise
109
33.
How many children have you ? I have only one, but my brother
he has five.
Has your son as much head as
has more than I
He has less head than yours, but he has more courage.
mine ?
children have more courage than yours.
Have I as much
My
as
less
as I ?
as
I.
I as
less
as
he.
as
ships as
less
they.
eighty.
less
Exercise
34.
We
We
Lesson
A.
classes:
verbs
1.
3.
1.
Transitive verbs
Deponent
2.
Intransitive or neuter
verbs.
10
;;
LATIN GRAMMAR.
110
ally in the accusative
as amo, I love,
[LESSON
amlcum,
sc.
my
24.
friend
letter.
2.
a simple
mode
fication
Latin.
signi-
4. Transitive verbs have two forms, called the Active and the
Passive Voices ; as moneo, I remind, moneor, I am reminded
audio, I hear, audior, I am heard.
2.
the Subjunctive
They have
6.
fect
6.
shall
amdto,
the Present;
let
;
;
him
the Imper-
2.
lias
four Participles
The present
active
about to love
8.
hear
in ns
and
3.
3. audlvi,
audiam, T
7.
1.
the Indicative
the Infinitive
I heard
5.
4.
3.
and
six Tenses
1.
Among
amdtus, loved
amandus,
to
be loved.
the Gerund
and the passive Supine in u
e. g.
amdtum,
to love
amdtu, to
be loved.
1.
Examples
are
amure,
2.
ere
to love
3.
ere
monere, to remind
4. Ire.
;
legere, to
read
aurtire, to hear.
The
first
Examples:
o, as
amo,
2.
eo, es
3.
lego, legis,
o (lo),
is
4. 10,
is.
thou lovest; moneo, mimes, 1 reI read, thou readest; audio, aud'is,
amCis, I love,
LESSON
To
C.
CONJUGATION OF VERBS.
24.]
is
it
essential to
The
Ill
c)
1st
conj.
are,
avi,
2d
3d
conj.
eo,
ere,
ill,
conj.
ere,
4th conj.
(io),
Ire,
10,
factum
itum.
Ivi,
Exampless
1. amo, amare, amavi, amfitum
moniii, monitum; 3. lego, legere, legi, lectum
:
ill
moneo monere
2.
facio,
facere, feci,
4.
Remark
1.
The
and
(indicative
invariable or
verb
(am, mon, leg,aud) that of the perfect, the second root (amav,monu,
teg, audlv)
and that of the supine in um, the third root (amat, monit,
;
leet,
audit).*
Remark
2.
principal parts,
referred.
To
To set in order,
To open.
To do.
To do (make).
To give.
are, avi,
see.
To
To
To
say, speak.
(ALIQUEM, ALIQUID).f
Ago,
ere, egi,
-,
vidi,
wash.
actum (aliquid).
carry.
Io want, need.
atum,
arrange.
quid).
Video, ere,
quid).
To
rp
Amo,
love, cherish.
re).
(aliqua
/.?-A
(alicuJUS).
ItIndigeo,
v -
ere, ui,
TT
* The manner in which the different tenses, &c. are formed from these primary parts is explained in Lesson XXVIII., which see. The student should
make himself familiar with the formula of every verb, as it occurs in this and
subsequent lessons.
See Rules F. and G. of this Lesson.
\ The verb do has the syllable da short; as dare, damns.
forms da and das are the only exceptions.
in
The monosyllabic
LATIN GRAMMAR.
112
[LESSON
24.
is
He
amamus
They
love.
I read
Thou
He
They remind.
I read.
Lego,
3.
Ye remind
amatis
amant.
Ye love
readest
reads,
Plur. We read
I hear
legis
Thou
legit,
He
hears,
audimus
audltis
legitis
Ye hear
legunt.
They
Like
sitlo,
lego
audlunt.
hear.
Like moneo
habeo, video,
diligo, dispono, dico, &c.
Like
audit,
We hear
They
inflect
audio
audis
hearest
Ye read
Like amo
monetis
monent.
I hear.
Audio,
4.
lego
legimiis
read.
I remind.
moneo
Thou remindest mones
monet,
He reminds,
monemus
We remind
amat,
love
Moneo,
2.
I remind
am as
lovest
loves,
Plur. We
egeo,
I love
Thou
Sing.
Amo, Hove.
amo *
1.
SlXG.
thus inflected
&c.
Sing.
/ do
Thou
He
dos
does,
Plur. We do
Ye do
They
do.
Do you
facio
Jam
facis
Thou
facit,
He
Rile.
* The
sum us
f acitis
Ye are
estis
faciunt.
They
Amasne
Yero,
tii
eum
are.
sunt.
fratrem tiium
amo.
The object
sometimes
est,
We are
is
es
is,
facimus
F.
sum
art
As
commonly
long,
but in poetry
LESSON
PRESENT INDICATIVE.
24.]
Aperi fenestram.
his
books V
He does arrange them,
lie does not arrange them.
Desye see anything beautiful ?
We do see something beautiful.
What is that little boy doing
lie is doing something bad.
Disponitne frater
Disponit.
disponit.
What do
They say
crives
book.
Eos non
'?
He
I see
good book
113
Nihil dicunt.
Datne ti'bi pater librum
you a
bdnum
me
a e;ood book.
In Latin, as in English, the immediate ob(whether they be active or deponent) is put in the Accusative (dllquem or dUquid), and
the remote object (i. e. that for or with reference to which
anything is done) in the Dative (alicui).*
As
G.
Obs.
Da mihi librum.
Mitto iibi epistolam.
Cdmmodal nobis cultrum.
Non schdlae, sed vitae discimus.
Dost thou love him
Give
the letter.
the booh:
He
me
I send you
life.
Eiimne amas ?
Niimquid eum amas ?
Eum non amo (non diiigo).
Egesne tu peciinia tiia V
\ Indigesne pecuniae
tiiae ?
H. Obs. The verb egeo and its compound indxgeo are intransitive,
and are generally followed f by the Ablative, but sometimes by the
(Cf. Lesson XXVI. B.)
Genitive of the object needed.
* In connection with this rule it is necessary to remark, that many verbs in
Latin are neuter, while their English equivalents are transitive. No details
can at present be given, but the construction of every verb will be pointed out
as it is needed by the student of this method.
Of Latin verbs generally, some
are followed by the Nominative, others govern the Genitive, Dative, Accusative,
or Ablative.
In Latin the object comt I. e. they govern the Ablative and Genitive.
monly precedes the verb, and can only be said to follow in logical order.
10*
LATIN GRAMMAR.
114
T
n
1 really
J
-,
it.
e^eo.
~
bane, ejus mdigeo.
What do you
need
my
Qua
24.
Eao vero ea
(
<
I
.,
do need
[LESSON
-,*?
mdiges
re
Nihil egeo.
Egesne aliquo (aliqua re) ?
Patris* indigeo.
father.
Exercise
35.
We
Exercise
36.
Exercise
7.
* The
is
LESSON
THE GERUND.
25.]
How
115
my large garden
He does not see but
We see a good many
you give me books
do give thee some. Does your father give you money? He
does not give us any. Does he give you hats He does not
We see more
give us any. Do you see many
than
(quam nautarum). Do the
see many
storehouses They see more gardens than storehouses. Do the
English give you good cakes? They do give us some. Do you
give me
much wine
beer give thee
much of the one
of the
Do you give me some more cakes pan
amplius) do not give you any more. Do you give me the horse
which you have do not give you that which I have Which
horse do you give me
give you that of my brother. Do you
Does your father want
want (need) your money do want
servant He does want him. Dost thou need anything
Do we want our carriage
(aliqua re)? need nothing
We do want Do our friends want
clothes They do
Do you see
see anything ?
I see nothing.
Does your father see our ship ?
do see it.
many ships do you see V
we see it.
we see more than thirty (plus triginta).
Do
it,
sailors ?
diers
sailors
sol-
soldiers
as
as
as
as
other.
ificia aliquot
his
it.
(nihil).
their
it.
want them.
Lesson
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Abl.
of loving
to
loving
amandi
amando
loving
amandum
by loving
amando.
Gen. of seeing
Dat. for seeing
Ace. seeing
Abl. by seeing
videndl
\idendo
videndum
videndo.
They
LATIN GRAMMAR.
116
[LESSON
25.
Examples
The desire of living well.
The science of avoiding unnecessary expenses.
Desirous, fond of hearing.
Sulphur Avater is useful for drinking (to drink).
He is not solvent (able to pay).
They were present at the registration.
He came
for the
seeing (to see).
He
purpose of
hunting pur-
Non
(A
venandum.
poses.
Inter
bendum, ludendum.
Hdminis mens discendo
is
nourished
He
and
writing.
Facilis ad
capiendum.
eundum (ambulandum),
alitur
bi-
et
cogitando.
Otium siium in legendo consumit
inque scribendo.
The
is
formed according
LESSON
PARTICIPLE IN "
25.]
1.
andus,
um)
a,
um ;
2.
endus, a,
iendus, a, um.
Its
um ;
117
DTJS."
8.
As, amandus,
um,
um
(iendus,
be loved ;
videndus, a, um, to be seen legendus, a, um; to be read ; factendus, a, um, to be done
audiendus, a, um, to be heard.
This
participle is regularly inflected like bonus, a, um ; it is used in
all the cases, both singular and plural, and agrees with its substantive in gender, number, and case.
a,
4.
a,
to
Remark.
Verbs
may
also
The
XXXIV.)
Examples:
We,
We
We
Amandum
Videndum
Legendum
Epistola mini
(tibi,
ei)
illi.
lllis.
lis.
scribenda *
est.
bendae sunt.
Liber est mihi (tibi,
Libri sunt mihi
illis)
(tibi, illi)
scri-
legendus.
legendi.
* It was customary among the earlier Latin writers (and also among the
later poets) to employ the object accusative after the neuter form of the participle of transitive verbs, and to say, epistolam (or epistolas) mihi scribendum
est; as, for example, Lucretius: Quoniam aeternas poenas in morte timendum est,
instead of Quoniam aeternaepoenae in morte timendae sunt (Since we must dread
eternal punishment in death). But this construction is rarely used by Cicero,
and the rule should be to employ the nominative and the participle in the same
case.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
118
I,
thou, he,
must
diligence,
and
to practise
2:
&c.
We
[lesson
it
est
always.
Audendum
(risk), one
must die.
Every one must (should) use his
own judgment.
I know that I must write a letter.
est,
moriendum
est.
utendum
est,
dam.
The
E.
its
original
&c), but
is
commonly employed
When
used,
The
{lit.
(i.
e.
in the
thus
The
(lit
of letters to be written).
(dat.).
One
-ir
Xatus
miseries.
He
He
comes
to
defend the
ships.
city.
* In intransitive verbs this neuter form of the participle with est, erat,
is
the only one in use.
The dative of the agent is often left indeterminate.
This
conversion
of
the
object
accusative
of
the
gerund
into
the
passive
t
construction of the gerundive may always take place, unless in those cases
where perspicuity would suffer from the change. "When the accusative after
the gerund is a pronoun or adjective of the neuter gender, the conversion usually does not take place, to prevent ambiguitv respecting the gender of these
words. Thus always: Studium illud efficiendi (the desire of accomplishing
that), and never ttlius efficiendi; Cupidus plura cognoseendi (desirous of knowing
more ),_ and never plurium cognoscendomm. Thus also: In suur/i cuique tribueivlo (in giving every one his own), more commonlv than, In suo cuique tribuendo.
In general, however, the rule is, that, when the verb governs the accusative, the passive construction with the participle is to be prej'erred to the gerund
with the accusative.
&c
LESSON
THE GERUNDIVE.
25.]
am engaged
119
in writing a letter.
scri-
epi-
stolam).
I
am engaged
Occupatus sum in
in writing letters.
bendis
(for in
epistdlis
scri-
scribendo epi-
stolas).
The
Romani extinouendi.
Qudniam
The
ruiii) causa.
Licentia diripiendi
pomorum
(for
poma).
eli-
gendi potestas.
Exercise
38.
Who
am
fond of reading.
Are your
They are not fond of reading.
brothers fond of reading ?
The merchants are fond of hearing.
Does he
is fond of hearing ?
He does come for the purpose of
come for the purpose of seeing ?
Is it
seeing.
They come (yeniunt) for the purpose of hearing.
It is useful.
It is not useful to drink wine.
useful to drink wine ?
I am
Are you (esne tu) solvent (i. e. can you pay your debts) ?
solvent.
Is the place easy to take (easily
I cannot pay my debts.
taken) ?
It is difficult (difficilis) to be taken.
Do you read while
By what
you are playing ?
I do not read while I am playing.
It is nourished by learn(qua re) is the mind of man nourished ?
No, sir,
ing and thinking.
Does he spend his leisure in reading?
Does he read for the sake of learning (dishe spends it in playing.
cendi gratia) ?
He reads for the sake of writing.
Exercise
39.
to
sailor
(cui) ?
go.
go.
go.
120
LATIN GRAMMAR.
[LESSOX
26.
venture.
One must not venture.
What must (should) one do
(quid est facu ndurri) ?
Every one must (should) use his own judgment.
Do you keep (alisne tu) dogs for hunting? I do not keep
any.
Must you write a letter (Have you a letter to write)?
I
must write one (I have one to write).
Have I any letters to write ?
You have some to write.
Who has (cui sunt) many letters to
write ?
The merchant has many to write.
I have none to write.
Who should practise diligence?
all (nobis omnibus') should
practise and cherish it.
We
Exercise
Have you
40.
I have the
design of writing several.
Has your father the design of writingletters ?
He has the design of writing letters and notes. Is the
time of departure at hand (adestne tempus abeundi) ?
It is at
hand.
The time of departure is not yet (nondum) at hand.
Is it
time to speak ?
It is time to speak.
Are you (esne tu) engaged
(occupatus) in writing a letter?
I am not engaged in writing a
letter, but in writing notes.
Is your son fond of writing letters ?
He is not fond of writing, but of reading them.
Is paper useful for
writing letters?
It is.
Have you an opportunity to speak?
I
have an opportunity to speak.
has an opportunity to read ?
Your son has an opportunity to read and to write ?
Who comes
to see?
I come (ego venio) to see.
was (quis missus est) sent
to procure ships ?
The captain was sent.
Have you the desire to
accomplish (i. e. of accomplishing) that?
What
I have (est).
must we do ?
must give every man his own.
Who
Who
Cupulttas, voluntas,
um, i,
Tempus,
Time, leisure.
?,
A mind
We
Lesson
citix,
f.
stadi-
n.
oris,
n.
spatium, dttum*
n.
Voluntas operandi.
(desire) to work.
Spatium ad laborandum.
(tempus) ad opus facienTime to work.
-I Otium
( r dum.
fEst mi'hi voluntas (cupiditas, stiidium) aliquid facie'ndi.
I have a mind (wish, desire) to!
do anything.
Ciipidus sum aliquid faciendi.
]
[_
* Tempus
Spatium
ment
is
LESSON
26.]
121
To
To work.
Luburo, are,
\ Opus faeere
(
speak.
(
To
desire.
To
venture, dare.
To
cut.
avi,
(to
alum.
do work).
facere).
Audeo, ere, ausus sum f (aliquid
facere).
Seco, are, secui, sectum (ali_ quem, aliquid).
Emo,
To buy.
ere, emi,
emptum (aliquem,
aliquid).
To
Careo, ere,
ui,
B.
Rule.
erally followed
tive.
As
Verbs signifying plenty or want are genby the Ablative, sometimes by the Geni-
Egeo pecunia.
/ want (am
Caret ammo.
Liber sedtet vitas.
IncUget pdtris.
He
have not,
(Non habeo
I
in
I lack.
On
this
deponent
pei'fect, see
11
4.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
122
cut
Non
Eum,
it
it).
Ad
Ad
Ad
To
To
Ad
Ad
nonniillum secandum.
nonmillam secandam
Aliquot
To
(nonniillos,
{fern?).
&c.)
secare
(secandi).
Ad
Ad
Have you
have time
26.
To
[LESSON
bdres
?
ar-
to cut some.
das.
Have you
bread
mind
to cut
Cupidusne
the
candi
panis
in frusta se-
mind
I have no
(desire) to cut
it.
one.
Non
\Ad dmplius
(
To buy
es
]
(
Unum
{plus) emendum.
emen-
di.
Ad unum
(-am, -um)
emendum.
[_
Deest
ple verb.
hominibiis,
not, lack,
is
&c,
uno
(am-
pttus).
of de + stirn, and is inflected precisely like the simconstrued with the dative of the person:
Deest mihi, tibi,
is wanting to me, to you, to the men"; i. e. " 1 have
compounded
It is
or emendi.
Ad emendum
" There
want."
Plus and amplius are here used substantively, like aliquid, nihil, and may
them be followed by a partitive genitive; e. g. plus equorum, more horses;
Uno is the ablative of excess " more by one."
amplius librorum, more books.
We thus can say either uno equo amjrfius, or uno amplius equorum, one more
|
like
horse.
LESSON
To buy
26.]
two.
mind
more horse
I
buy one
to
equorum ?
emere
Have you
books
I
Ad emend u m
Have you
mind
to
it
Ciipio
lino plus.
Sum
(It
is
wrong
li'bros
aliquos ?
aliquot
librorum
Ciipio
hoc facere
right ibr
You
ciipldus
Cupisne emere
Cupidusne es
emendi ?
buy some
Am I
123
Non
Est
Exercise
(non
licet).
tibi nefas.
41.
Have you
mind
work ?
a
to
still
buy
beautiful horses,
it,
good
tea,
We
* The learner must bear in mind that, although these formulas are arranged
with special reference to the expressions eupio, cupidus sum, and otium ad of this
Lesson, they are of general importance, as these same constructions will perpetually recur with other words in different parts of the book.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
124:
Exercise
Hare you a desire to speak ?
Have you the courage
speak.
27.
42.
to cut
Am
[LESSON
We
'?
Lesson XXVII.
pexsoi
vicesdium
SEPTIMUM.
OF COMPOUND VERBS.
by
and
se.
Remarks.
frequently the case that the radical vowel or diphthong of
the simple verb is changed in the compound; as frango, dijfringo
laedo, collido, &c.
2. The final consonant of many of the above prepositions is often
assimilated, i. e. changed, into the initial of the verb.
The notes to
the following list of compound verbs will show to what extent this is
done.
1
It is
LESSON
COMPOUND VERBS.
27.]
Example
of Compound Verbs.
In
illklo, I strike
amitto, I
Ab abeo, 1 go away.
" aufugio, I escape.
Abs abscondo, I conceal.
Ad 2 addo, I add
I bring
assume.
assumo, I
Ante antepono, I prefer.
"
anticipo, I
Circum circumeo, I go around.
Cum comburo, I burn up.
"
compono, 1 compose.
"
I
" corripio, 1
"
conservo, I preserve.
1 blend
"
comedo, I up.
"
cogito (= co-agito), 7
De descendo, I descend.
E
I
" escendo, I disembark.
Ex exaudio, I hear.
" expono, 1 expound.
In
I
A
lose.
(to).
"
"~"
affero,
(to).
take,
anticipate.
colligo,
collect.
seize.
"
with.
cofilesco,
eat
think, reflect.
ejicio,
intro,
cast out.
125
immuto, / change.
irrumpo, I
Inter interpono, I put between.
I comprehend.
Ob
I stand
" oppono, 1 place
" ostendo, I show.
Per perlego, I read through.
"
7
Post postpono, 7 yaZwe
Prae praef
I prefer.
Praeter praetermitto, 7
Pro procurro, 7 run forward.
" prodeo,
I go
Sub u
7
" succedo, I follow.
" suspendo, 7 suspend.
Super superimpono, Iplace upon.
Supter supterago, 7
under.
Trans transeo, I pass over
yond).
"
7
"
transcribo, 7
against.
"
"
burst into.
"
intelligo,
obsto,
against.
against.
pelllcio,
allure.
less.
ero,
<wY.
10
subjieio,
forth.
subject.
rfr/fe
12
(be-
tradiico,
Zea<i ore/-.
transcribe.
enter.
B. The particle aw& (a??2, ?i) has the sense of around, ahout, conDis or di denotes separation or dispersion, sometimes also
cerning.
m and v
1
is put before
abs only before c and
au.
av
t.
2 Ad remains unchanged before vowels, and before d,j, v, m ; but before the
remaining consonants it is assimilated.
3 Ante changes its e into i only in the verbs anticipare and antistare.
4 Cum in composition never appears without a change of form.
Before b, p,
m, it becomes com; before I, n, r, it is assimilated into col, con, cor; before the
remaining consonants it is always con; before vowels it is generally co, but
sometimes com.
5 Before vowels, and before c,
p, q, s, t, generally ex ; before the rest of the
and
9
10
tenclo.
Per
The
nants
12
11*
LATIN GRAMMAR.
126
[LESSON
27.
Amb ambio,
I go about.
JpwZ o^!
"
"
cut off.
return.
investigate.
disjicio,
call aside.
scatter.
"
"
dismiss.
"
sejungo,
aside.
I separate.
differo,
(7.
Verbs are also compounded with nouns, adjectives,
<9&s.
and with other verbs and adverbs as venumdare, from venum -\dare ; ccdefacere, from ccdidus -j- facere ; obstupefac ere, from
But the great majority are com06 -|- stupeo -\- facere, &c.
pounds with prepositions.
;
fFrango,
To
ere,
fregi,
fractum (ali-
pieces.
To
To
pick up.
of.
(aliquid).
Tollo, ere,
sustiili,
sublatum (ali-
quid).
( Reptiro, are, avi,
To mend,
repair.
-j
To light, kindle.
To make (or light)
fire.
Ref Icio,
atum.
(aliquid).
Accendo, ere, di, sum (aliquid).
Ignem (m.) accendere (facere).
rr
-,
-n
,.
-.-.
(
C
To
To warm.
To make.
-c
To
do.
(aliquem, aliquid).
-^
w (aliquid).
Ago, agere, egi, actum.
Faeio, facere, feci, factum.
(aliquid).
LESSON
To
NOLO.
VOLO.
27.]
Volo,
be witting, to wish.
127
(aliquid fa-
voliil
velle,
cere).
D. Obs. The present indicative of the verb
is
volo,
which
is
irregular,
thus inflected.
Sing,
will,
i"
Thou
He
willing,
{you
ego volo
tu vis
or wish
&c.
&c.
will),
will, is loilling,
We
Plur.
am
wilt
ille vult,
nos volumiis
vos vultis
&c.
Ye will, luish, &c.
They will, wish, &c.
Remark.
stead of vult
will, wish,
The forms
and
volt
hi,
and
volunt.
ii, illi
voltis
vultis.
?
Do you wish ? Are ( Visne ? iEcquid vis ?
you willing ?
\ An (tu) vis ? Num. vis ?
Will he ? Is he willing ? Does ( Viiltne ? Equid (is) viilt
Will you
(An
he wish ?
Do you wish to
am
willing to
make my
make
horse
ignem ?
Volo eum accendere.
E20 eum facere non nolo.
Nolo eum accendere.
Viiltne equum tiium emere
I do not wish to
tt
He
1
buy
does not wish to u
J
i.
To
j.
vult ?
fire ?
it.
make it.
Does he wish to buy your
He wishes to buy it.
Mm
(ille) viilt ?
Viilt
\
-i.
it.
Non
{ +,
-bum
I
eum
viilt
emere.
eum emere.
.
emere non
Nolo,
be unwilling.
(fiicere)
nolle,
,-..
vult.
(aliquid fa-
nolui
cere).
E. Obs. The verb volo is compounded of non
Thus
the inflection of 'the simple verb.
:
Sing.
/ am
Thou
He
Plur.
Remark.
volo,
unwilling, &c.
nolo
non vis
non vult,
nolumus
non vultis
unwilling, &c.
are unwilling
Ye are unwilling
They are unwilling.
is
Nevis and
and
and
We
stead of nonvis
and
follows
nolunt.
nonvult.
as,
LATIN GRAMMAR.
128
ri'ilt
dblre.
You ought
lie
He
Has
has time to
mend
it,
Has
'?
Am
for
You
me
to
servare (repdnere) ?
est ti'bi fas (tibi nefas est) earn
servare (repdnere).
Cui sunt tdgae ndstrae reparandae ?
Non
it.
Who
What have I to do
You have to warm
to be diligent.
wont to be sad.
can be free.
is
mend my
coat.
He
27.
Non
[LESSON
'?
our coffee.
Coffea nostra
Exercise
tibi
calefacienda
est.
43.
a desire to keep
to
to
tailor
it.
sire
tailor
it,
to
to
to
it
letter ?
in
it.
my
it
to
'?
to
friend's tailor to
to
coats.
to
to
hats.
to
to
little chairs.
to
florin ?
to
his
I will
to
to
to
it.
to
After verbs expressing a desire or wish (such as vdlo, nolo, malo, cupio,
noun, adjective, or participle of the predicate is in the Nomiremains the same, but in the Accusative
pronoun of the same person repeated.
Thus Cupio esse clemens, I desire to be clement but Cupio te esse clementem, I
desire you to be clement; and also Cupio me esse clementem, instead of Cupio
And in the same way: Voh
esse clemens.
fieri doctum, T wish him to
become learned; and Volo me fieri ductum, instead of Yolo fieri ductus.
mm
LESSON
DERIVATION OF TENSES.
28.]
129
the peasant
burn
bread? He
not
burn
own, but that of
neighbor. Have you anything
do
have nothing
Have anything do We have
Do you wish speak wish speak.
warm our
work He
not
your son
work.
willing to
Is
his
-willing to
is
his
his
to
to do.
Ave
to
to
coffee.
willing to
to
to
Is
willing to
is
Exercise
44.
I will
We
We
Lesson XXVIII.
pensum
duodetkice-
SIMUM.
OF THE DERIVATION OF TENSES.
It has already been said (Lesson XXIV.) that the different tenses
and other parts of the Latin verbs are all formed from four principal
parts namely, from the Present Indicative, the Present Infinitive,
This formation takes
the Perfect Indicative, and the Supine in urn.
;
LATIN GRAMMAR.
130
[LESSON
28.
2.
The
into,
The Present
Infinitive Passive,
and
by changing,
3. ere into
i ;
1. are, 2. ere,
4. ire,
The
B.
From
the
The
Present Indicative
:
(cimo,
moneo,
lego,
legor, audior, I
The
same tense
mm
The Future
tions into,
1.
Passive Participle, by changing the same termina2. endus, 3. endus (iendus), 4. iendus : as aman-
and us,
LESSON
DERIVATION OF TENSES.
28.]
131
be loved, admon-
ings
01
From the Perfect Indicative
audivi) are derived
:
(amdvi, monui,
legi,
read, heard.
The Future
2.
Perfect,
by changing the
heard.
3. The Perfect Subjimctive, by changing i into erim ; as amdverim
monuerim, legerim, audiverim, that I may have loved, admonished,
read, heard.
4. The Pluperfect Subjunctive, by changing i into issem ; as amdvissem, monuissem, leg issem, audlvissem, that I might have loved, admonished, read, heard.
The
Perfect Infinitive Active, by changing i into isse ; as amdmonuisse, legisse, audlvisse, to have loved, admonished, read,
5.
visse,
heard.
From
D.
the
The
a,
um;
a,
um,
2.
final
um
into us,
um, admonished;
lectus,
The Future
lecturus,
Remark.
by changing um
Participle Active,
as amdturus, a,
ish
by changing the
into urus, a,
um ;
The
be about to love
&c.
The same
Participle,
esse, to
be about to admonish,
The
LATIN GRAMMAR.
132
[LESSON
28.
2. The Perfect Subjunctive, -with sim : as amatus (a, urn) sim, that
I may have been loved; audUus (a, u?ri) sim, that I may have been
heard, &c.
3.
The
The
6.
The
ero
as audltus (a,
ero, I shall
ero,
um)
esse, to
I shall
To
tear, lacerate.
I
(
To
(aliquid).
drink.
(aliquid).
(
( Fero, ferre, tiili, latum.
To
carry (take).
To
bring (carry).
To
go.
F. Obs.
(aliquid).
_ (alicui aliquid).
Eo, Ire, ivi or ii, Itum (neuter).
I carry
fero
Thou earnest
He carries,
Plur. We carry
fers
Sing.
Sing.
I go
He
fert,
goes,
fertis
Ye go
They
ferunt.
They
To
carry.
be.
To be at home.
To go home.
goest
Plur. We go
Ye carry
thus
eo
Thou
ferimus
go, are
is
is
it,
Imus
itis
go.
Sum,
D&mi
(gen.) esse.
(ace.) ire.
eunt.
Domum
LESSON
CONSTRUCTION OF "DOMUS."
28.]
133
ablative with in is required as in ilia domo, in that home in clomo privately in a private house.
When the genitive of the possessor is added,
either domi or in domo may be used as domi or in domo alicujus, at
;
Ctesar.
2.
expressed by
is
the accusative domum, and so also domum meant, tuam, nostram, vestram, alienam, " to my, thy (your), our, your, another man's house or
home " but with any other adjective or pronoun the preposition in
is required
as in domum illam, to that house or home
in domum
novam, to the new house or home. When the genitive of the possessor is added, it is either domum or in domum alicujus, to some one's
;
house or home.
He
Non
With or at
the
house
to the
It
of.
-<
man
the
or at the
man's house.
To go to the man or to the man's
(
j
Ad virum
Domum
To be
A P ud
domum
amicum
viri ire.
'
or
cum ami co
slio
'
(
\
Apud me,
te,
ire.
To be with me,
my
ire.
or in
U,
,,
( JJomi or in domo amici esse.
you, at
the
Gen.).
house.
To go
(domum).
house of.
To be with
To or
domi
est (domi).
esse.
To be
at one's
Domi
own, at another
man's house.
To go to one's own, to another
man's house.
Domum
fApud eum,
Cum
To be
* The
preposition
eos,
aliquem
te, se,
esse.
aliquo esse.
ali-
12
lis,
Domi
with
eo,
cum
nobis,
cum
vobls.
m
lo
o-o
T.-
i.
to him, to
j.i
one.
Ad
.,,
be
-with
no one,
'
at
no ones
To go
no one,
to
to
no one's
house.
eorum,
ejus,
alicujus ire.
(nemine)
(_
Ddmi
ddmo
Ad
28.
ire.
i *
domum
or in
^ n
f
; ,,
turn
nullo
To be with
aliquem
eos,
Apud
neminem (nullum)
L
,'
i
(
-I
eum,
Domum
-r^
M
To
[LESSON
LATIN GRAMMAR.
134
or in
esse.
nullius esse.
nullum (neminem)
ire.
Domum
domum
Apud
(eum putre)
or in
piitrem
esse.
nullius ire.
esse.
hous.e ?
He
is
at
one)
Do you
(in
go
your
to
Non
ddmo
est
alicujus) ?
apud quenquam.
friend ?
I do not wish to go to him.
in
domum
amici
tiii)
ire ?
domum
ejus) ire.
At whose house
To whose house ?
With whom
To ichom ?
Ciijus in
To whom
He
is
ire
vis
'?
Nolo ad quenquam
jiisquam)
(in
domum
cu-
ddmo)
est
ire.
Apud quem
(ciijus in
frater tiius ?
g$5S&S2 est.
Exercise
45.
Do you
to
Is
46.
I do not wish
your father
wish to go home ?
go to the son of my neighbor.
Exercise
Do you
go home
at
home
I wish to
No,
sir,
LESSON
EXERCISES
28.]
135
46, 47.
he is not at home.
With whom is he ?
He is with the good children of our old neighbor.
Will you go to any one's house ?
I
will go to no one's house.
At whose house is your son ?
He is at
no one's house he is at home.
What will he do at home ?
He
will drink good wine.
Will you carry my letters home ?
I will
Who
carry them
my
carry my notes The
young man
carry them. Will he carry them
my house
carry them
No he
father
home
What have you
home he
He
not
the
drink? have nothing
drink. Has your son anything
drink
He has good wine and good water drink. Will your servant
my brothers' He
carry my books
carry them
you carry
house. What
my house
carry
your
house two chickens, three
good bread, and good wine. Will
my house
not carry
you carry these
but
What
the German do
home He
work and
to
father's.
will
will
to
to his brother's.
will
at
is
at
is
Is his
at
to
to
foreigner's.
to
to
to
will
will
to
to
I will
their
to
birds,
chairs to
these,
I will
will
those.
at
will
Exercise
47.
home ?
I have nothing at home.
Have you
anything good to drink at home ?
I have nothing good to drink I
have only bad water.
Has the captain as much coffee as sugar at
He has as much of the one as of the other at home. Will
home ?
you carry as many crowns as buttons to my brother's ?
I will carry
to his house as many of the one as of the other.
Will you carry
great glasses to my house ?
I will carry some to your house.
Has
the merchant a desire to buy as many oxen as rams ?
He wishes to
Has the shoemaker as many
buy as many of the one as of the other.
He has as many of the one as of the other
shoes as boots to mend ?
He has as
to mend.
Has he as much wine as water to drink V
Has the Turk a desire to
much to drink of the one as of the other.
He has a desire to break some. Has he a
break some glasses ?
He has no mind to drink any. Will
mind to drink some wine ?
at
Of
I will buy nothing of you.
you buy anything of me (de me) ?
whom (de quo) * will you buy your corn ? I will buy it of the great
merchant.
Of whom will the English buy their oxen ? They will
They
Will the Spaniards buy anything ?
buy them of the Dutch.
will buy nothing.
* The
preposition de
any one.
is
:
LATIN GRAMMAR.
136
[LESSON
29.
Lesson
A.
may
itive
to their
compo-
Primitive verbs are those which are not derived from any other
"word, but are themselves the roots for other parts of speech.
Derivatives are formed either from nouns, adjectives, or
other
verbs.
Compound
repeatedly.
These verbs are all of the first conjugation, and are generally
formed from the supine of their primitives, by changing the atum of
the first conjugation into ito, itdre, and the um of the remaining conjugations into o, are ; as portdtum (the supine of porto, I carry)
portito, are, I carry often
downturn (the supine of dormio, I sleep)
dowitto, are, I am apt to sleep constantly, I am sleepy.
But others
again are formed from the present indicative of their primitive, and
some even from other frequentatives as agito, are (from ago, I drive),
up and down;
latlto,
Desideratives, in urio,
which
is
by the
indicated
ur'ire,
primitive.
turies
3.
Inchoatives or Inceptives in sco, scere, which serve to indian action or state ; as languesco, ere, I
;;
LESSON
CLASSIFICATION OF VERBS.
29.]
137
languere, to be languid)
I begin to sigh (from gemere, to sigh).
ere,
ingemisco,
The
first
am
afraid
conticesco, I
compounded with
;
prepositions, while
become
silent,
from
taceo, I
am
from
silent
in
number.
5. Intensities in sso, ssere ; as capesso, facesso, petesso
(from
eagerness.
The majority of
be or to imitate that which is indicated by the noun.
these verbs are deponents of the .first conjugation; as dominus
cornicdri, to chatter
domindri, to act the lord, to domineer comix
graecdri,
furari, to be a thief, to steal Graeciilus
like a crow fur
to live
like
also pater
to screech like
an owl, &c.
UM? UWnam?*
Where?
Whither
Where
to ?
Quo
Quorsum ?
(Adverbs.)
Quorsus ? (Ad-
verbs.)
Obs. 1. The interrogative adverb ubif implies motion or rest
in a place, and the noun of the answer generally stands either in the
genitive or ablative,f but sometimes in the accusative with one of the
prepositions ad, apud, super, or supter.
D.
* This nam is affixed with some emphasis. So also Ubi loci? Ubi gentium ?
Ubi terramm f Where in the world ?
t When this ablative is the name of a town of the third declension, it stands ivitliout a preposition; as Carthac/ine, at Carthage; but otherwise it has in before it.
12*
LATIN GRAMMAR.
138
[lesson
29.
There.
Ibi,
Thither (there).
Ed,
Hid, illuc
Eo
(illo, illuc)
To
To
carry thither.
carry it thither.
To
Where
my
is
son
Plur.
(illo,
illuc)
por-
tare or ferre.
"Cbi est filius meus ?
Estne
ibi et
He
Kon
home.
(
is
eo
(eas, ea)
suae
at
illuc)
tare (ferre).
Eos
j"
is
portare (ferre).
portare (ferre).
Aliquot eo (illo, illuc) por-
Ddmi
Ddmi
He
(motion).
[_
To
(rest).
illic, ictic
est.
est.
est ibi
* frater ejus ?
apud vicinum
est.
bor's.
Yisne tu
"Will
libros
rem portare
meos ad mercato-
him.
To
missum (alicui
ALIQUID AD ALI-
send.
ALIQUID,
QUEM).
To come.
To
ter).
(
( Duco, ere, duxi, ductum.
} Deduco, ere, duxi, ductum.
lead.
(aliquem ad aliquem).
When 1 At what
Quando
time ?
is
Mora duodecimo,.
Hoc tempore.
Die
On
To-morrow.
To-day,
this
day.
Quo tempore
At
At
constitutd.
twelve o'clock.
this time.
the
appointed day.
usqudm, usptam
Somewhere, anywhere.
Alicilbi,
* The
conjunction
et
(rest).
also, too.
LESSON
29.]
NUSPIAM.
139
The adverb
F. Obs.
synonymous with
is
NUSQUAM.
ALICUBI.
and
and
ubi,
somewhere,"
dition or negation, as after the conjunctions si, nisi, neque (nee), non,
The same distinctions apply to the corresponding
nunquam, &c.
Nusquam, nuspiam
Nusquam
Do you
desire to go anywhere
(anywhither) ?
I do desire to go somewhere
(somewhither)
I desire to go to the house of my
Cupisne
(rest).
(motion).
ire aliquo
(quopiam)
ddmum paternam
In
ire ciipio.
father.
Nor do
I desire to go anywhere.
If he desires to go anywhere.
Is
Estne frater
am)
He
He
He
tiius
alicubi
(uspi-
somewhere.
at the house of his father.
is nowhere.
Nor is his friend anywhere.
Unless your friend is anywhere.
Will you conduct me to your
is
is
me ad
Yisne
usquam
est.
est.
sartorem tiium
dii-
tailor ?
Vdlo
ad e'um diicere
te
(dedii-
cere)
When
will
you lead me
to
him
eum
you
I will lead
to
Ego
him to-morrow.
te eras (crastino
eum
Who will
No
one
send
will
me good
books
Nemo
The physician.
To write.
as
write as
my
many
ad
tempore) ad
diicere vdlo.
Have you
vis
diicere ?
tibi lillos
Medicus,
i,
mittere vult.
m.
letters
father ?
to J
1
Habesne
tot
litteras
scribendas,
I have
than he.
to write J
j
(^
quam
(pliires)
ei.
(ipse).
quam
LATIN GRAMMAR.
140
Exercise
[LESSON
29.
48.
as
to write as
many
letters as I ?
He
mind
mind
has a
to write quite
many.
Exercise
49.
the
How many
write have only a few
many
write He has
write
you.
has our old neighbor
is
to
will
to
to
I will
letter ?
at
to
is
it
this
Is
to
at
will
is
will
to
will
thither.
thither.
will
to
thither.
will
to
to
to
Italians
to
letters to
will
will
will
captain's.
to
I will
to write.
to
letters
to
as
write.
to
letters
to
letters to
as
letters to
as
six
as his
to
to
tuns') to
to
will
as
former.
letter ?
as
as
I will
to write.
to
to
as
to
to
to
to
captain's ?
I will
letters
as
latter
WESSON
PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE.
30.]
Lesson
XXX. PENSUM
141
TRICESIMUM.
mm;
4.
(f'acio,
lows
as,
faciam)
First Conjugation.
Singular.
may
amem
ames
love
love,
ainet,
Plural.
That we may love
That ye may love
That they may love,
amemiis
ametis
ament.
Second Conjugation.
Singular.
Plural.
That I may remind
moneam TJmt ive may remind moneamus
ThatthoitmaystremindmonGks That ye may remind moneatis
That he may remind, moneat, That they may remind, moneant.
Third Conjugation.
Singular.
TJiat I may read
legam
That thou mayst read legas
TTtat he
may
read,
legat,
Plural.
That we may read
legamus
That ye may read
legatis
That they may read, legant.
Fourth Conjugation.
Singular.
That I may hear
audiam
That thou mayst hear audias
TJiat he
may
hear,
audiat,
Plural.
That we may hear
audiamus
That ye may hear
audiatis
That they may hear, audiant.
remain, &c.
Remark.
The present subjunctive of the first and third conjugations sometimes has im instead of em or am ; as edirn, commedim ;
duim, perduim ; % for edam, commedam ; clem, perdam.
But this anti*
in tarn.
[LESSON
LATIN GRAMMAR.
142
and
velle,
and
their
It is
compounds
30.
malim
an&fero (affero)
nolo, eo,
Singular.
That I may be
That thou mayst he
That he may be,
thus inflected:
is
sim
TJiat
Plural.
we may be
That ye may be
That they may be.
sis
sit,*
volo,
simus
sitis
sint.
That I may go
That thou mayst go
That he may go,
That we may go
That ye may go
That they may go.
earn
eas
eat,
feram
That I may carry
That thou mayst carry feras
ferat,
That he may carry,
Remark.
eamus
earls
eant.
feramus
feratis
ferant,
of them inflected
in the same way as desim, possim, prosim, from desum, possum, prosum ; mailing nolim, from malo, nolo : abeam, prodeam, transeam, from
abeo, prodeo, transeo ; afferam, differ am, circumferam, from affero,
diffe.ro, circumfero, &c.
all
Ve'nia ut videam.
I come
to
I may
see).
sis. sit, the older Latin writers employ the forms stem,
from the obsolete fuo, the forms fuam, funs, filed;
Instead of sim,
siet;
and
also
sies,
fuant.
t
for
An
malum, &c.
LESSON
Cave ne
30.]
Take care
scribas.
Would
Utinam haberem.
2d.
qualis,
quotus
quoties,
quomodo
quis, qui,
cujas
To denote
command as
E.
quantum habeas.
sit.
g.
I do
not
Tell
me
ivho he
Do
have.
is.
See whether he
and
possibility in general,
3d.
in-
such as quantus,
ubi, quo, quorsum, quando,
or adverb,
or
write.
I had.
Ne'scio
you
lest
that
143
is
about
also
come.
to
an exhortation
Let us go.
rashly.
Let us write.
f Venio ut videam.
I come
in order
sake of seeing,
to see
to see,
see).
Venio ad videndum.
(for the
about to \ Venio videndi causa,
Venio videre or visum.
{_ Venio visurus.
I
Do vou
J
-r,
'
mm
[^
He
it
(wherewith
panem
siium secet
ad eum secandum.
Est
ei iinus
pdssit.
144
LATIN GRAMMAR.
[LESSON
30.
I have
(_
To sweep
(out).
(aliquid,
Occido, ere,
To
kill, slay.
To
slaughter.
locum aliquem).
idi,
Isum.
(aliquem).
Macto, are,
avi,
atum (aliquem,
ANIMAL ALIQUOD).
To
salt.
To
lend.
<
To be able.
To know how (to be
able).
Commodo,
li,
itum (aliquid).
(alicui aliquid).
Possum, posse, potui.
ii,
itum.
(aliquid facere).
E. Obs. Possum signifies " to have the power or ability," scio, " to
have the knowledge or skill," " to know how." Both these verbs may
be followed by the infinitive of another verb. Possum is a compound
ofjiotis
is
Indicative.
Singular.
He can
Plural,
We
possum
able)
(is able),
potes
potest,
possumus
potestis
possunt.
Subjunctive.
Singular.
That I may be able
That thou mayst be able
That he may be able,
Can you
Plural,
possis
possit,
write a letter ?
Can he work
possim
possimus
possitis
possint.*
He
cannot work.
Can they come to us ?
They cannot come to you
* Antiquated
Ad
es, et,
Sec, or potessim,
is, it,
&c.
So
LESSON
30.]
To
To
Me
Me
me.
kill
see me.
145
accldere (interficere).
videre.
To speak
To
To
To
To
To
To
To
To
To
to
me
Mecum
(with me).
to
my
To send
house.
it
to
me
loqui,
Tecum f
Cum
ad me IdquL
ad
ldqui,
eo ldqui, ad
Nobiscum
Vobiscum
Cum
lllis
te ldqui.
eum
ldqui.
ad nos ldqui.
ldqui, ad v6s ldqui.
ldqui, ad lllos ldqui.
ldqui,
Ei mittere.
Eum
to-morrow.
(earn, id)
pdre mittere.
Ego
I will
tibi
eum
cuniae
Has he a broom
to
sweep
my
cum
eum
everrendam
house ?
He has none.
Non
write, to eat,
say?
habet.
Habesne quod
quod dicas ?
Habeo quod
scrlbas,
quod edas,
to say.
scribam, edam,
dicam.
to say.
to give
me
ris
Lesson
XXXV.
J
13
loquor is:
Sing, loquar, loqualoquamini, loquantur.
Compare
LATIN GRAMMAR.
146
Non
Vdbis
[LESSON
30.
letters
'?
legendos et
et libros
commodamus.
to read.
xxn.
Exercise
(Vide
litteras
Lesson
B. 5.)
50.
Can you
my boots. Will you send him your coats ? No, I will send them
He cannot send
to my tailor. Can the tailor send me my coat ?
it
to you.
They are
to write letters ?
able
to write some.
Exercise
Have you a
51.
your wine ?
I have one, but I have no
Will you give me money to buy some ?
wine I have only water.
I will give you some, but I have only a little.
Will you give me
that which (quod) you have V
I will give it to you.
Can you drink
I can drink as much of the one as of the
as much wine as water ?
other.
Has our poor neighbor any wood to make a fire (ad ignem
accendenduni) ?
He has some to make one, but he has no money to
buy bread and meat.
Are you willing to lend him some ?
I am
willing to lend him some.
Do you wish to speak to the German ?
I wish to speak to him.
Where is he ?
He is with the son of the
captain.
Does the German wish to speak to me ?
He wishes to
speak to you.
Does he wish to speak to my brother or to yours ?
He wishes to speak to both.
Can the children of our tailor work ?
They can work, but they will not.
glass to drink
one.
one.
any.
him.
you.
to
Exercise
Has
52.
He
sweep
it.
Is
he willing
to
sweep
it ?
is
willing to
sweep
it.
^LESSON
CONSTRUCTION OF SENTENCES.
31.]
147
Have
enough
my meat? You have not enough of
Will your friend come my house order
me
neither come
your house nor see you. Has our neighbor
He
Will you
horse He has no
a
your
salt
to salt
will
to
it
to
it.
to see
in
to
desire to kill
it.
I will kill
to
to
will
to
large cakes.
will
to
to
its
salt to salt
rice ?
little,
will
to
kill
this
to give
me
will kill
will kill
kill this
biscuits?
will
will
egenis) ?
(liberis
will
to give
you.
Lesson
trice-
SIMUM.
OF THE CONSTRUCTION OF SENTENCES.
A. A sentence is a thought or concept of the
expressed in words.
As
Piter
legit,
Every sentence
God
is
is
mind
composed of
at least
Deus
predicate.
is the person or object of which
affirmed as puer, arbor, Deus.
predicate is that which is affirmed of the person or thing
The
subject of a sentence
anything
The
is
The
subject
Remark.
is
infinitive
mood
is
put
in the accusative.
The
predicate is either a finite verb* or else a noun, adjecor adverb, with one of the tenses of the copula
tive, participle,
sum ;
&c.
* The term finite verb (verbum finilnm) includes all the verbal forms of
every mood, except the infinitive {verbum infinitum).
;;
LATIN GRAMMAR.
148
[LESSON
31.
may
This
it.
be done,
By
1.
cases
just
as,
as,
1.
suum bonum
as,
puer
librum.
floret,
Remark.
This construction takes place after certain neuter and
passive verbs of naming,
becoming, remaining, appearing, &c. (Cf.
~
Lesson XXXIV. C.)
_D.
The subject and predicate both are either simjrte
or compound.
A simple
by
attributes
as Deus, arbor,
noster studiosus.
compound subject consists of two or more simple subjects, generally connected by a conjunction, and belonging to one common
predicate
as,
et tu diligentes
puer
et
A simple
panded
legit,
predicate consists of
into the objective relation
semper
and
girl are
reading
ego
erit
A compound
one
;
finite
Justus.
LESSON
CONSTRUCTION OF SENTENCES.
31.]
149
E.
as,
the orator
G. One word is said to govern another, when it requires it to be put in a determinate case or mood, and
this relation is called Government.
13*
LATIN GRAMMAR.
150
[LESSON
31.
The
genitive
is
participles,
and adverbs.
2.
The
dative
is
participles,
and
adverbs.
3.
The
ciples,
4.
accusative
is
governed by active
and by
The
prepositions.
ablative is governed
by
and
prepositions.
To iclwm
Whom?
What
'Respondeo, ere,
;
To
answer, reply.
AD LITTERAS).
m
To
Alicui respondere. f
answer or replv
/i~
t
r J to some one. -WiAlicui or ad ahquem rescribere.
I
5Epistolae or ad epistolam respondere.
answer a letter.
Litteris or ad litteras rescribere.
t
To
Do you
wish to answer
me ?
scribere vdlo.
What do you
him
desire to
answer
(
(
I desire to
Quid cupis
bere)
Ei non
ei
respondere (rescri-
nisi
pauca rescribere
cii-
pio.
Ad
bendum ?
We
* Compare
Rescribendum
Anglum).
est nobis
Anglo (ad
is properly "to answer or reply orally," and is sometimes opposed to rescribere, which signifies " to write back or to answer in
writing."
But this distinction is not always observed, and respondere is often
used in the sense of rescribere.
LESSON
CONSTRUCTION OF
31.]
What have I to do ?
You have to reply to
" IN "
AND
" SUB.'
151
the letter
of the Frenchmen.
Francogallorum.
litteras)
Theatrum,
i,
n.
Silva, ae,/!
Lucus,f
i,
Receptaculum
Horreum,
n.
i,
Cubiciilum,
i,
n.
room).
The
To go
butcher.
juanius,
1,
m.
(LOCUM
QUEM)
Or IN
LOCUM, AD ALI-
Under (preposition).
ace.
abl.).
and
abl.).
To go
To be
in the
To go
To
To
To
To
To
within
room.
be in the garden.
go
be
go
be
in
(i. e.
(i. e.
under the
under the
||
table.
table.
and the
Lesson
XVIII. D.)
t Liicus is a sacred grove nemus a woody landscape laid out for pleasure.
X The genitive pi. of merx, merchandise.
eo), and are inflected
The verbs are compounds of eo (= in + eo, intro
(Cf. Lesson XXVIII. F.)
like the simple verb.
The compounds inire and introire have frequently the force of transitive
verbs, and then the preposition in before the object accusative is omitted.
;
||
To
go out
To be
out
To go
out.
Where
He
[lesson
LATIN GRAMMAR.
152
is
(i. e.
(i. e.
Fdras (culc.)
Exire ddmo
is
ire.
(&/.).
Fdris
(rtf/y.) esse.
Exeo,
ire, il (ivi),
itum.
our son ?
in his room.
is
Where
31.
Quo (qudrsum)
it
Anglus
'?
to?
(fnit) in silvam.
Num
the
theatrum inire
vis (in)
theatre ?
do
wish
not
Nolo eo
there
go
to
inire.
(thither).
Is
He
Ndn
est intus
Cupitne advena
tmmo
fdris est.
ire intrd ?
ciipit.
is my dog ?
under the table.
Where
He
Sub mensa
is
Exercise
53.
will
mens
(est).
answer him.
But whom
Will you not
I will answer my good father.
you answer ?
I will answer them.
Who will answer
answer your good friends ?
Will the
The Russian wishes to answer you, but he cannot.
me ?
He will write you one. Can the
Russian write me a letter ?
They cannot answer us, but we can answer
Spaniards answer us ?
He has to answer a letWhat has the Englishman to do ?
them.
He has to answer that of
Which letter has he to answer ?
ter.
Have I to answer a letter ?
You have not
the good Frenchman.
Which note have I to answer ?
to answer a letter, but a note.
Have we to answer
You have to answer that of the great captain.
We have to answer them. Will
the letters of the merchants ?
I will answer it.
Will any
you answer the note of your tailor ?
No one will answer it. Will your
one answer my great letter ?
Will you answer your friend
will
He answer
good friends. Will he answer me my
you. Will your father go any whither He
go nowhither.
Where your brother He in the garden of our friend.
Where the Englishman He in
garden. Where do
we wish to go to We wish to go into the garden of the French.
Where your son He
in
room. Will he go to the magazine He
go thither. Will you go to the great theatre I
Where
but my son has a mind to go
not go
his
it
is
is
will
will
is
is
his little
is
his
thither,
will
the Irishman
est ?
is
will
He
is
He
there.
is
in the theatre.
thither.
Is the
American
is
in the for-
LESSON
1
32. J
AGREEMENT OF VERBS.
Exercise
153
54.
Lesson XXXII.
pensum
We
We
alterum et
tri-
CESIMUM.
OF THE AGREEMENT OF VERBS.
Tit Ugls.
Thou
Me
He
Nos
Piier scribit.
mittimus.
scrlbit.
dicunt.
Homines dicunt.
subject
love.
We
Vos hdbetis.
llli
its
reddest.
writes.
The boy
writes.
send.
have.
Ye
They
say.
Remarks.
has already been noticed in several places, that the pronouns
Me, nos, vos, Mi are commonly omitted, and only put where
perspicuity or emphasis requires them.
2. The nominative is entirely wanting be*fore impersonal verbs and
verbs used impersonally as, Pluit, it rains. Pingit, it snows. Pudet
1
It
ego, tu,
LATIN GRAMMAR.
154
me
tui,
am ashamed
Orandum
me.
before you.
est nobis,
We
Actum
est
[LESSON
de me, It
32.
over with
is all
must pray.
3. An infinitive, either alone or modified by other words, an adverb, participle, and an entire sentence, may become the subject of a
finite verb, which then stands in the third person singular
as, Mentiri
est turpe, It is disgraceful to lie.
Dulce et decorum est pro patria
mori, To die for one's country is honorable and sweet. Dodo homhii
Cras istud,
vivere est cogitdre, To a man of letters living is thinking.
quando venit ? When will that " to-morrow " come ? Homines errdre
non mirum est, That men should err is not strange.*
;
4.
The
infinitive
finite verb,
especially in animated narration as, Arma, tela, equi, viri, liostes, cives,
permixti (sc. sunt) nihil consilio, neque imperio agi fors omnia regere,
Arms, weapons, horses, men, enemies, and friends were mixed in
;
infinitive,
and
is
The verb
is
Do
quere),
B. Rule.
After a
collective
Pars militum
cae'si,
pars cdpti
sunt.
et
E.
is
g.
Remarks.
1.
2.
The pronouns
uterque,
alter
....
and alius .... alium, may likewise take a plural verb as,
Uterque eorum ex castris statlvis exercitum educunt, Each of them leads
Quisque suos patimur manes, Every one of
his army out of the camp.
us suffers the punishment due to him. Alius alii subsidium ferebant,
alterum,
One brought
C.
Rule.
Two
singular, connected
or
LESSON
AGREEMENT OF VERBS.
32.]
155
Kg.
Senatus populusque
Romdnus pa-
cem comprobave'runt.
mors,
Vita,
divitiae,
paupertas
permdvent.
Remarks.
when the
ceived of as one complex notion or whole
1.
The verb
postulat,
intelligit,
is
in the singular
When
the verb
is
emphatic one,
rately, or to the
When
" or," or
by aut ....
Remark.
(e. g.
as,
Et
In
et
and I are
well, Cicero
well.
an
et
et),
LATIX GRAMMAR.
156
[LESSON
Forum,
to
i,
esse coepit,
32.
After I my-
n.
Saltatio, onis, f.
Rus, ruris, n.
city).
The
The
Campus,
field.
The nobleman.
Humo
i.
m.
locus publicus,
eques,
nobllis
itis,
i,
m.
the pi.
m. (a
knight).
The boatman.
The bailiff.
The judge.
People (in general).
Nauta, ae, m.
Quaesitor,
homo
nautlcus, m.
oris, in.
Judex, Icis, m.
Homines, }>l. m.
To
To
To
To
To
To
In
In
In
In
In
In
go
be
go
be
go
be
to the market.
at the market.
to the square.
in the square.
ire.
Quo (qudrsum)
eunt homines
illi
market ?
He
my
To go
To be
Non
Quo
venit.
Mi'tto
eum ad patrem
in
urbem.
father.
Rus
(ace.) ire.
XESSON
F.
and
CONSTRUCTION OF "RUS.
S2.J
Rus
Obs.
names of towns,
and abia-
As,
tive.
157
he
is
at
present
ire aliquo ?
riiri
(rure) ?
our house.
To go to the ball.
To be (present) at the
To dance.
The (act of) dancing.
To be
Cupisne
est.
Saltatum ire.*
Saltatidni interesse (adesse).
Salto, are, avi, atum.
ball.
Saltatio, onis,/.
j
at.
Adsum,
\ Intersum,f esse,
goin^; to the
Euntne
fui, futurus.
adolescentuli saltatum ?
ball ?
Yes,
sir,
By no
going._
non
eunt.
salta-
tidni ?
He
is
Adest
there.
(interest).
G. Rule.
Many verbs compounded with the prepositions ad, ante, con, in, inter, ob, post, prae, sub, and
super are followed by the dative.
As,
Praesum
reipublicae.
i"
Antecellit omnibus.
He
their
abodes.
Objecit se telibus Jiostium.%
He
exposed himself
to the
weapons
of the enemy.
To
To
stand.
stand by or near.
Adsto, are,
stiti,
(alicui rei,
apud, juxta).
The window.
Fenestra, ae,
f.
Saltatum is the supine of salto, thus put with Ire to denote the purpose:
dance," " for the purpose of dancing." Cf. Less. XL VII. A.
Intersum conveys the adf Adsum is properly " to be near or present."
ditional notion of " participating in."
Both these compounds of sum are conjugated like the simple verb.
| Intransitive verbs comprehended under this rule are followed by the dative
of the tl red object (e.g. antecellit, inhaerent. praesum), and transitive verbs by
that of the remote object (e.g. qffer mihi, objecit telibus).
This rule includes
several compounds of sum:
adsum, insum, iatersum, praesum, subsuia, supersum.
'
to
II
LATIN GRAMMAR.
158
The
Ignis,
fire.
is,
[LESSON
m.
32.
coal fire).
The
To go
To
Focus,
fireplace, hearth.
to the
m.
i,
Ad
fenestram ire.
Adire (ad)* fenestram.
Apud (juxta, ad) fenestram stare.
Adstare fenestrae (juxta fenestram)
window.
To go
To
stand by the
Where
He
is
Ad fdcum
to the fire.
is
fire.
the boatman
standing by the
Are we
oino; to the
TXT
\V e are
not going.
To
?
fire.
window
Non
letter).
Are you
me ?
willing to write to
imus.
one a
me
He
ire.
Ad
ad
amicum suum
Litteras dat ad
litteras
te.
tiius litteras ?
opti-
mum.
"What
He
is
Quid
is he writing him ?
writing him to come to the
ei scribit ?
Scribit
ei,
XXX.
city.
Exercise
Where
He
ut in
urbem
veniat (Less.
C. 1.)
55.
at the market.
?
Where is my
the country.
Do you wish to go into the
country?
I do not wish to go there.
Whither do you desire to
I desire to go to the market.
go ?
Is your brother at home?
Whither does your son wish to go ?
Xo he is at the ball.
He
wishes to go to the great place.
Does the Englishman go into the
country in order to see the fields ?
He does not wish to go into the
country in order to see the fields, but in order to see the forests, the
birds, the water, and to drink tea.
Where is the son of the peasant?
He is in the fields to cut corn (cutting corn
frumentum secerns),
Does the son of the nobleman wish to go anywhither ?
He does
not wish to go anywhither he is tired.
Whither does the son of
brother
is
our friend
He
is
in
* Ad commonly
The construction
when
is
situation in a place.
tion
is
conveyed.
LESSON
EXERCISES
32.]
159
57.
56,
Exercise
Have you time
56.
the
go wish
Whither do you wish
go
the
Who the garden The
Turk
the theatre He
Where
children of the English and those of the Germans are
does your father wish
speak
me He wishes
speak
you
room. To whom does your brother wish
speak He
wishes
speak
the Irishman. Does he not wish
speak
the
Scotchman He wishes
speak
him. Where
he speak
him? He
speak
him
the
Does the
wish
the physician.
speak
anybody He wishes
speak
he speak
him He
speak
him
the
Where
saltandum, Less. XXV. B. c). Can you send me some
money can send you some. How much money can you send
me can send you
-two crowns. When
you send me
Will you send
send
that money?
you
Will you send
send
me
the country
you
Have you
the market
send him
your servant
buy good
anything
buy
the market
have
good
He
to
in
is
to
to
there.
is
theatre.
in
Is
there.
to
to
to
in his
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
will
to
theatre.
at
to
to
will
to
will
Italian
to
to
will
at
ball
{inter
thirty
I will
into
it
I will
to
and good
it
to
it
to
thither.
thither.
I will
at
to
boots,
will
to-day.
to
to
cloth,
shoes.
Exercise
57.
He wishes to
does the butcher wish to do in the country ?
buy there oxen and rams in order to kill them.
Do you wish to
I wish to buy one, but I have
buy a chicken in order to kill it ?
Does the boatman wish to kill any one ?
not the courage to kill it.
Have you a desire to burn
He does not wish to kill any one.
my letters ? I have not the courage to do it. Will the servant
Which knife do
He will seek both.
seek my knife or my paper ?
What
you wish (to have)?
I wish (to have) my large knife.
He wishes to kill large oxen.
oxen does the butcher wish to kill ?
He wishes to
What provisions does the merchant wish to buy ?
He
Where does he wish to buy them ?
buy good provisions.
To whom does he wish to send
wishes to buy them at the market.
Will you send
them ?
He wishes to send them to our enemies.
Are you able
me one more book ?
I will send you several more.
I am able to drink as much as
to drink as much as your neighbor ?
he but our friend the Russian is able to drink more than both of us
Is the Russian able to drink as much of this
(uterque nostrum).
wine as of that ?
He is able to drink as much of the one as of the
I have nothing to
other.
Have you anything good to drink ?
What
drink.
latin grammar.
1g0
Exercise
[lesson
33.
58.
anybody.
to
Lesson
XXXHL PENSUM
TRICESIMUM TER-
TIUM.
OF THE PASSIVE VOICE.
A.
is the nominative
of 11k verb, and is represented as acting upon an object
in the accusative; in the passive voice the object becomes the subject of the verb, mid is represented as
acted upon by the agenl in the ablative.
E. g.
In the active voice the agenl
a<
]*iii( r
Sol
rive.
dmatfttium.
mundum
Filius
Ulustrat.
PASSU
amdtur a pal
J><i
wlmiui-
stralur,**
Remarks.
The
XXVHL
* The father love? the son. Pass. The son is loved bv the father.
The sun
illumine? the world.
Pass. The world is illumined bv the sun. God's providence rules the world. Pass. The world is ruled by God's providence.
XESSON
PASSIVE VOICE.
33.]
161
coming.
So also the neuter of the future passive participle
est, veniendum est, There must be going, coming.
The verbs
3.
am
veneo, I
flo, I
The neuters
4.
vajndo, I
sold,
audeo, I venture
fido, I trust
am
Eundum
beaten; and
signification.
gaudeo, I rejoice
5.
numerous class of Latin verbs, both active and neuter, are
only passive in form, having an active signification.
They are called
Deponent* Verbs, and are of every conjugation.
B.
all
ative,
Thus
2.
:
lite
1.
2.
Prks. Ind.
amor.
moneor,
Pres. Ixf.
Perf. Part.
ainarl,
aiiialfis.
monerl,
mftnitus.
3.
legor,
leg!,
lectus.
4.
audlor,
audiri,
audita-.
2.
amor, I am loved.
amo
moneor, lam reminded.
moneo
3.
lego
1.
4.
a
audio audlor,
legor, I
in
read.
heard.
am
The Present
2.
mood
1.
_'.
3.
4.
3.
vm
The
audire
lege- re
legi.
2.
in be
read.
audiri, to be heard.
um as,
araatus, a.
amatum
monitum
monitus,
into us, a,
1.
iim, loved.
a,
um, reminded.
* So called from being supposed to have laid aside {depono, 1 put off, lay
aside) the active voice and passive signification.
t In the older monuments of the Latin language, and also among the later
poets, the syllable er is sometimes appended to the infinitive passive; as ama~
iter, legier, wittier,
&c.
14*
LATIN GRAMJIAR.
162
[LESSON
33.
um, read.
a, um, heard.
4. The Present Subjunctive, formed from the same tense of the
active voice, by changing the final m into r : as,
amem
timer, that I may be loved.
1.
moneam
monear, that I may be reminded.
2.
3.
legam
legar, thai I may be raid.
audiar, that I may be heard.
4.
audiam
3.
lectiim
4.
audltuin
lectiis, a,
auditus,
First Conjugation.
INDICATIVE.
Amor, I am
Sing, amor
Subjuni TIVE.
loved.
Amer,
thai J
may
be loved.
amaris or -re *
amer
a mere or
a mat
a met
Sing,
fir,
Via
-lis*
fir,
amamini
amemiir
amemini
amantur.
anient
fir.
Second Conjugation.
Indicative.
lam
Moneor,
Sing.
Subjunctive.
reminded.
moneor
mdneris or
mSnetur,
Plur. mdnemur
monear
inoiifare or -lis
-re
moneatfir,
Plur. moneamur
monemin!
mtfneamuil
mdneantur.
moncntur.
TniRD Conjugation.
Indicative.
Legor,
Sing.
lam
read.
legor
Subjunctive.
Legar, that I
SiNG.
may
legeris or -re
legar
h'gare or
legitiir,
legatur,
Plur. legimur
legimini
leguntur.
be read.
-lis
* Of this second person singnlar the form in vis is to be preferred for the
indicative and that in re for the subjunctive.
Thus the student may put Ind.
amaris, moneris, legeris} audh-is, and Subj. anu're^ moneare, leg&re, aut/iare.
LESSON
PRESENT PASSIVE.
33.]
163
Fourth Conjugation.
Subjunctive.
Indicative.
Audior, I am heard.
Sing, audior
audlris or -re
audiatur,
auditur,
Plur. audlmiir
Plur. audiamur
audimini
audiamlni
audiantur.
audiimtur.
Like amor,
commodor dor,*
inflect
Like montor
am commanded),
teneor,
videor,
is
Capior,
lam
Subjunctive.
Indicative.
taken.
C&piar, that
Sing, capior
may
be taken.
Sing. capiar
caperfs or -re
capiare or
capitur,
capiatur,
Plur. caplmur
-ris
Plur. capiamur
caplminl
capiuntur.
capiamini
capiantur.
am
thrown, and
its
compounds
&c),
is
Indicative.
Feror, /
am
carru
3.
Jacior,
irregular.
Si
compounds
Thus:
BJUNCTIVE.
d.
SiNG. feror
Sin<;.
ferris
fertur,
ferar
ferare or -ris
feratur,
Tlur. ferimur
Plur. feramur
ferimim
feramini
feruntur.
ferantur.
* The
first a,
rfer,
LATIN GRAMMAR.
164
[LESSON
Indicative.
fio,*
I am made, 1
Sl'BJUXCTIVE.
become.
Flam,
I may
that
be
made, &c.
Sing, flam
Sing, fio
fias
fis
fiat,
fit.
Plur. fimus
Plur. fiamus
fitis
fifltlS
fiunt.
Remark.
33.
fiant.
These
have likewise fio in the passive, but those which change the a in i
have ficior ; e. g. arefacw
calefacio
areflo
calefto
labefacio
labeflo, &c.
but confclo
conficior
interfcio
interficior,
&c.
Ddmus
Pres.
aedifcdtur.
The house
being built
is
(is build-
ing).
sir,
am
is
not loved.
Which book
is
read
The house
Amarisne
is
budt (finished).
Ecquid amaris
'?
Mens.
Mine.
Audiiintur
We
Where
Qu6
interfieitur ?
(millus) interfieitur.
Miilti interficiiintur.
Bcnejf moratus,
PravuSj
a,
Peritus, a,
gens, tis.
Awkward.
Imperitus,
um
a,
:
bonus, a, um.
malis muribus.%
a, urn
um
* The
*
Niim quia
sollers,
um
fc
bad manners."
tis
ineptus, a,
x.
tive: " of
monemini?
(fertur).
Nemo
killed.
Num
Calefitne cofiea
No
/.
fertur risens?
Ddmum
Is
Good, well-behavi
Naughty, bad.
llli
illi.
Moneminine ?
Monemur.
Kon monemur.
when
loved.
He
est.
is
long,
dill-
um.
except
LESSON
33.]
Assiduous,
sedulous,
stu-
um
Sediilus, a,
dious.
studiosus, a,
Idle, lazy.
Ignavus,
assiduus,
a,
um
um.
um
a,
165
piger, ra,
rum
segnis, e.
The idler,
To praise.
(Homo)
lazy fellow.
deses, -idis, m.
are, avi, atuni
Laudo,
aliquid).
(aliquem
To
blame.
Reprehendo,
ere, di,
sum.
To reward (any
Praemio* aliquem
one).
afl'icere
or or-
nare.
Praemio
To be rewarded.
affici
fPiinio, ire,
J
quem).
To
punish.
To
esteem.
or ornari.
Praemlum consequoiyf
cutus sum (dep.).
Ivi
(ii),
-sequi, -se-
Itum
(ali-
aesti-
mare.
5 Contemno, ere, -tempsi, -temptum.
( Uespicatui habere (aliquem).
To hate, to bear hatred to- Odium habere or gerere (in aliwards any one.
quem).
To
despise.
1
To be
hated.
by us.
By me
By thee
by you.
By him by them.
By the father
by men.
By fire, heat, by the sword.
H. Rule.
If the agent of a passive verb is a perput in the ablative, with the preposition a or
ab, but if it is an impersonal cause means, or instrument, it stands in the ablative without a preposition.
E. g.
son,
it is
Lauddntur a me, a
te,
ab do
{illo).
YituperdrXs a nobis,
patre.
* The
ab
illis,
You
are blamed by
your father.
us,
by them, by
[LESSON
LATIN GRAMMAR.
16C
Terra
ferro
ilia
33.
igntque perva-
sword.
stdta est.
I am
of
the trees.
Who
Quia punitur?
punished ?
is punished by his father.
Why is he punished ?
Because he is lazy and had.
Which man is praised, and which
is
The boy
one blamed
He who
he who
ratur
is
is
Quiciinque
praised, but
awkward
is
skilful
is
blamed.
Qui
Which boys
piieri
puniiintur
Qui
sollertes
iintur.
punished.
are loved by our friends,
and you are despised by every
one.
punished, and you arc re-
fego
We
I
am
poena
afficior,
tu ornaris prae-
mio.
warded.
Hi
autem
flli
well-behaved
liberi
et
Why ?
Because.
tutor, master.
pupil, scholar.
Discipulus,
The
The
Exercise
i-
'<>nj.).
_
magister,
in.:
ri,
alumnus,
i,
m.
m.
59.
brother' loved by
home.
him? He
is
Why
We
B
are
we blamed bv them
LESSON
34.]
167
Those
We
Lesson
A. Rule.
After certain neuter and passive verbs,
noun serving to complete the predicate is put in the
same case as the subject to which it relates. E.g.
the
desire to
CamUlus
'amillus
1.
dictator dicitur.
The noun
in the
Remarks.
may be
predicate
a freed man.
become an orator.
is
called dictator.
has
if it
a form of the same gender as the subject, that form is preferred as,
Amicdia vinculum quoddam est hominum inter se, Friendship is a kind
But, Licentia corruptrix est
of bond which links men to each other.
Aqiiila volucrum
tnorum, Licentiousness is the corruptrix of morals.
Stilus optimus est diregina* est, The eagle is the queen of birds,
cendi magister, Style is the best teacher of oratory.
;
2.
The noun
of the predicate
may be
of a different number;
is
feminine.
as,
But the
LATIN GRAMMAR.
168
The
[LESSON
captives
34.
of the soldiers.
Omnia Caesar erat, Caesar was everything.
urbs est Thebae, This city is Thebes.
ticiple,
HI
modestus.
sunt mei.
TO, vocaris Justus.
Cupit puidri bella.
libri
You
She desires
Remarks.
The
the subject
is
compound,
i.e.
*
men.
is
LESSON
When
5.
34.]
the subject
noun, adjective, or
Cupio me esse cledoctum, I know that
is
1G9
is
in the
same case
as,
Scio te liaberi
7.
noun
were
imperio,
To be
command
C.
by nouns,
ject, are,
1.
in
army)
may thus
be followed
same case
as the sub-
situation
(of an
as,
I fall.
I go.
evado, I come
I lie.
cado,
jaceo,
eo,
maneo, I remain.
off (become).
fio, 1
become.
fugio,
I escape.
/ walk.
sedeo,
I sit.
I stand.
venio, I come.
sto,
incedo,
2.
/ am
creor,
perhibeor, / am said.
reddor, i" am rendered.
renuntior, / am proclaimed.
created.
am declared.
I am designated.
dicor, I am send (called).
eligor, I am elected.
declaror,
designor,
as,
nominor, I am nominated.
nuncupor, I am named.
i"
I am saluted.
/ am called.\\
salutor,
vocor,
negligent.
men, &c.
||
To
these
que audisti,
maybe added
You heard
audio,
which sometimes
= appellor;
15
as,
Rex pater-
LATIN GRAMMAR.
170
[LESSON
34.
and the
as,
censeor, / am supposed.
eredor, I am believed.
judicor,
/ am esteemed.
am reported.
/ am considered.
existimor,
feror, 1
habeor,
The
I am judged.
memoror, I am recounted.
numeror, i" am numbered.
putor, I am thought.
reperior, I am found.
videor, 1 seem.
Angulus,
corner.
mi.
i,
latibulum,
n.
i,
(hiding-place).
The
The
The
To
Puteus, i, m.
Pons, tis, in.
well.
fountain.
Foramen,
hole.
order,
inis, n.
command.
I direct, let.
ciendum).
Affero, -ferre, attuli, allatum.
To
go
for, fetch
(of things).
To
go for, fetch, or
person)
To fetch, conduct.
To
To
call (a
fetch anything
for us ?
Do you
We
Apporto, are,
avi,
atum.
(aliquid aliquo).
ivi, Itum (aliquem
alicunde* aliquo).
Adduco, ere, xi, ctum (aliquem
ALIQUO Or AD ALIQUEM).
Arcesso, ere,
ali-
Nobis non
aifert
quidquam.
Arcessisne aliquem ?
Neminem (nullum) arcesso.
Jubesne apportari aliquid ?
Vinum apportari jiibeo.
Libros meos apportandos ciiro.
vmum
apportari cuplmus.
euro.
* From some
f
place somewhither.
itself is
used
to
be executed.
apportare,
and
_J
LESSON
Let us send
(Less.
Tr
We
-r
"
34.]
OPORTET
for a little
XXX.
"
AND
"
NECESSE EST."
Jubeamus
bread.
C. 3.)
aflerri
171
aliquantulum paV
nis.
must work,7/^77
(it behooves s
v
'*
{Necesse
labor emus.
est
D. Obs. The English phrase / must, I am obliged, is expressed in Latin either by the participle in dus, or by the
impersonal verbs oportet, " it behooves," and necesse est, " it is
The former of the verbs is followed either by the
necessary."
accusative with an infinitive, or by the subjunctive without ut
the latter is commonly followed by the dative and infinitive, or
by the subjunctive, without ut. Thus
:
I must write.
Scribendum
est milii.
B
ribg ""
A ^
,
What,ihave you
to do r
M
J
I Quid habes faciendum i
behooves
It
me to
(I
fra-
-,
I
I
have nothing
to do.
Non
Quid
to drink ?
bendum
T
I
,,
have nothing
55
am
willing to
Nihil ad
ad
bi-
A AT ,
bibendum habeo.
,,-,
,-,
drink.
1
facien-
^ bibam.
Non habeo quod
bibendum habeo.
Aquam
solam
ad
water to j
( Non habeo quod bibam nisi aquam.
to drink.
Are you
quidquam
faciendum habeo.
( Nihil
mi'hi
est
dum.
make my fire ?
make it,
not unwilling to
This evening.
In the evening.
This morning.
In the morning.
!Eos
tem
Hodie
dtio.
vesperi.
Hodie mane
Mane
tadv.}.
(adv.).
LATIN GRAMMAR.
172
When
I
you
must
country
go into the
^LESSON
Quo tempore
34.
must absolutely go
this
morn-
Necesse
est earn
hddie mane.
ing.
Exercise
60.
My son (mi
Will you go for some sugar ?
I will go for some.
Yes, father
fili, cf. page 10, note *), wilt thou go for some water ?
Whither wilt thou go ?
I will go
(mi paler), I will go for some.
AVhere is thy brother ?
to the well, in order to fetch some water.
Will you send for my son V
I will send for
He is at the well.
He will send for him.
Will the captain send for my child ?
him.
Where is he ?
He is in a corner of the ship. Art thou able to
write a letter to me ?
I am able to write one to you.
Must I go
Must I send for
Thou must go into the garden.any whither ?
anything ?
Thou must send for good wine, good cheese, and good
You must write a long letter.
bread.
What must I do V
To
You must write one to your
whom must I write a long letter ?
He is both * modest and dilifriend.
Is your little boy diligent ?
They are neither
gent.
Are these boys awkward and lazy ?
awkward nor lazy.
What are you called ?
I am called learned
Are they becoming learned ?
and wise (doctus et sapiens).
They
are becoming (so).
Does he come off (evaditne) an orator ?
He
They do not remain
does come off one.
Do they remain good ?
(so).
Do I walk (as) commander ?
You do walk (as one).
Are
they considered handsome (formvsi) ?
They are, on the contrary,
considered ugly (deformes).
Do they desire to become (fieri) clemThey do desire to become (so).
ent?
Is it lawful for me to be
happy ?
It is lawful.
Do we seem to be just ? You do not seem
(to be so).
Exercise
Gl.
When
"
is
in Latin et
et,
or non minus
quam.
LESSON
DEPONENT VERBS.
35.]
173
He must
Must send you these or those
and
You must send me both these and those. Have you anything
drink
have nothing
drink. What have they
drink They have nothing but water
drink Where must
you go must go
the garden.
necessary
them
write
behoove us
not necessary. Does
speak
does behoove (you
speak) Must send
water You must
send
some. Who must send
the book Our brother has
send
them. Do they send
me They do not send
books
that.
kill this
kill ?
to
to
to
to
into
Is
It is
for
it
to
it
to
for
for
to
for
for
to
'?
It
for
for
you.
Lesson
quin-
TUM.
OF DEPONENT YERBS.
A. The deponent verbs of the Latin language are
regularly conjugated like the passive voice of other
verbs.
They are either active or neuter, and belong to
every conjugation.
K.g.
Pres. Ind.
1st
Con j.
2d Conj.
3d Conj.
4th Conj.
Hortor,
Vereor,
Perf. Ind.
Pres. Inf.
I exhort.
I fear.
locutus sum, I speak.
ltus sum, I flatter.
ari,
atus sum,
eri,
veritus sum,
Loquor,
loqui,
Blandlor,
iri,
Indicative.
Hortor,
Sing,
I exhort.
Horter, that
Sing,
I may
hortans or -re
horter
hortere or
hortatur,
hortetur,
hortor
Plur. hortamtir
Pltjr. hortemur
hortamini
hortemml
hortantur.
hortentur.
exhort.
-ris
Second Conjugation.
Subjunctive.
Indicative.
Vereor,
I fear,
Sing,
vereor
Verear, that
Sing,
I may fear.
vereris or -re
verear
vereare or
veretur,
vereatiir,
15*
-ris
LATIN GRAMMAR.
174
[LESSON
Plur. veremur
Plur. vereamur
veremini
vereamini
verentur.
vereantur.
33.
Third Conjugation.
Subjuxctive.
Indicative.
Loquor,
Sing,
I speak.
Loquar, that
Sing,
I may
loqueris or -re
loquar
loquare or
loquitur,
loquatur,
loquor
Plur. loquimur
Plur. loquamur
loquimim
loquamini
loquuntur.
loquantur.
speal:
-its
Fourth Conjugation.
Subjuxctive.
Indicative.
Blandior,
Sing,
I flatter.
Blandiar, that
Sing,
blandior
blandiris or -re
-its
blandmtur,
Plur. blandiamur
blandiamini
blanditilr,
Plur. blandimur
blandimini
blandiantur.
blandiuntur.
Like
I may flatter.
blandiar
blandiare or
are inflected arbitror, I think comitor, I escort domoror, I delay, stay, &c.
Like vereor
falur, he speaks
go fateor, I confess ; mereor, I earn misereor, I pity ; tueor, I defend, &c.
Like loquor go fungor, I perform labor, I slip (fall) oNiLike blandior inflect experior,
viscor, I forget; sequor, I follow, &c.
I experience
mentior, I lie largior, I lavish partior, I divide, &c.
liortor
minor, I rule
speaks Latin
any one
Do
We
ye
it.
it.
Loquerisne Latin e ?
Vero, ddmine, loquor.
xson, ddmine, ldqui non possum.
Loquiminine ?
Kon loquimur.
Quis loquitur Latine ?
Ddcti soli loquuntur.
Do you
Do
Who
Blandin'sne alicul.*
\ Nmnquid
Nemini
Neque
alicui blandiris ?
blandior.
ego cuiquam blandior.
Blandiminine
flatter ?
every one.
Whom do you exhort?
I exhort my friends.
flatter
* Verbs
Blandimur omnibus.
Quern hortaris ?
Amicos meos hdrtor.
of flattering govern the Dative.
"USQUE Ad" OR
LESSON
35.]
What do
they exhort us to do ?
us to come to them.
Are ye
letters.
am
veniii-
mus.
Hortaminine nos ?
Vds hortamur, ut litteras detis
Numquid veremini ?
Nihil veremur.
Vererisne ldqui ?
Non ldqui, sed scribere vereor.
afraid of anything ?
Are you
They exhort
Do ye exhort us ?
AVe exhort you to send
"QUO USQUE."
"IN."
'?
write.
He
is
kill
enemy might
him.
As far
Quo usque ?
Quorsum usque
far as there.
Hactenus (adv.)
Usque ad lirbem.
ijsque in agros.
Usque Romam.
Usque ad terminum
viae.
'
\
(
The end
(extremity, termi-
nation)
P
Imis
Finis,
in. 8c
f. (generally)
Extremum,
I,
i,
barrel, hogshead.
purse.
do you wish to go ?
I wish to go as far as the square,
far
as the fields, as
'
tenus putei.
Via, ae,y!
The. cask.
Rome.
How
(i. e.
Quo
Romam)
Quo usque
(in agros,
ire ciipio.
extenditur aqua
venire.
The
latter
noun,
J?
Terminus,
How
its
The
The
To
Huciisque (adv ).
^o usque usque isthinc.
far as here.
4.-U
interfi-
as.
How far?
As
As
cum
ciat.
ut,
"that not."
LATIN GRAMMAR.
176
It o
sroes to the
bottom of the
sea.
day, daily.
Every morning.
Every
At
At
At
At
At
At
At
one
evening.
Quota hard ?
Quo tempore
o'clock.
noon.
midnight.
e.
i.
Qua hora
Hdra prima.*
Hdra duodecimo,.
Media hdra post primam.
Quadrante hdrae post tertiam.
Dodrante hdrae post quartam.
Meridie, tempore meridian o.
Media
about, towards.
non
time
twelve o'clock.
At,
maris
die.
o'clock ?
?
35.
tenus maris).
Every
At itihat
At what
[LESSON
ndcte.
& AbL).
Ace.
About
six o'clock.
About noon.
About
Sub meridiem.
Quadrante
circiter
tam.
ten.
ei,
Night.
Nox, gen.
The
Quadrans,
quarter.
m.
noctis,/!
tis,
m.
pars
(-tis,
/.)
quarta.
Three
fourths.
Half.
Dodrans, tis, m.
Dimidium, i, n.
Dimldius,
Medius,
a,
a,
um
um.
Inflmus, or Imus,
a,
um.
Rule.
The adjectives primus, medius, extremus, ultiC.
mus, infimus, Imus, summits, reltquus, and ceterus, frequently
signify the first part, the middle part, &c. of the object denoted
by the noun with which they are connected.f As,
Media nox
pars
(=
medium or media
night,
ndclis).
* Among the Romans the first hour was from six to seven, A. M. In these
exercises, however, the adjectives "prima, secunda, &c. refer to the modern
division of the day.
f But -when the noun with -which these adjectives are connected is compared
with other objects of the same kind, they retain their original sense o tlie Ji rst,
middle, last, &c; as, injimo loco, of the lowest rank.
LESSON
35.]
177
At the very
During the
ponnesian war.
Alexandria and the
To
To
Exeo,
(EX
cum
remain, stay.
There
To
To
ari,
(illic, istic)
Adsum,
(dep.).
praesentia.
Absum,
fc*
your brother
to him.
remain
children
at
home ?
They do remain at home.
They do not remain at home.
wish to take
me
to
permanere.
(morari or se tenere).
esse, fid,
Adsto, are,
here (present) ?
are here.
Is my son here ?
No, he is absent.
When, will Jyou so out ?
T
1 wish to go out now.
Is any one going out of the
house ?
No one is going out.
to
nsum.*
sum
atus
Ibi
is
Do you
ere, nsi,
Moror,
Ddmi manere
am going
Do your
Maneo,
or stay at home.
Ii,
be absent (away').
Ire,
ex loco).
there.
of Egypt.
Hie manere.
here.
Who
rest
itum.
egressus sum (dep.).
(Ivi),
(ALIQUO LOCO).
Nunc, hoc tempore, in
Hie (adv.), hoc loco.
At present, now.
Here (in this place).
To remain
To remain
To remain
di,
of life.
AB ALIQUO LOCO)
or
Prodeo,
latter
ii
Egredlor,
public).
To
ire,
threshold
futurus.
stiti,
esse, fui,
futurus.
Quis adest ?
Adolescentes adsunt.
mmo
vero abest.
Quando vis prod ire in publicum ?
Prodire in publicum nunc vdlo.
Exitne (egrediturne) aliquis (ex)
1
ddmo ?
Nemo
exit (egredltur).
Isne tu ad l'ratrem
Eo (ad cum).
Manentne
llberi tui
ddmi
Manent (ddmi).
my
father ?
I do wish to take
Are you
knife?
I
am
willing*.
you
to him.
to give
willing to give
me
you one.
Am I going to him ?
Thou
to
Vdlo
tibi
unum
dare.
Egdne ad eum eo ?
Tu non is ad eum, sed ad me.
me.
to
remain
for
LATIN GRAMMAR.
173
When
you go out
do
An
spatium ad scribendum
est lis
eight o'clock.
Exercise
Do
me'os habent?
Quando
morning?
I go out
33.
Est.
the
in
[LESSOX
62.
We
At
is
what o'clock
We
We
At
midnight.
Exercise
Have you
will
you
G3.
a mind to go out ?
I have no mind to go out.
When
go out ?
I will go out at half past three.
Does your
remain
at
home.
Are
midnight.
LESSON
APPOSITION.
36.]
179
They
Where
Exercise
G4.
Have you
time to go out
Lesson
Kg.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
180
[LESSON
Taurus mans.
Mount Taurus.
gisira
morum
et
disciplinae
36.
Queen money.
Philosophy, the inventrix of laics,
the mistress of morals and discipline.
in-
Athens,
the
inventrix
of
all
the
sciences.
ventrices.
Remarks.
The noun
3.
A pronoun,
may
stand
We
Rome, declare this war against you. PhilosopMae mull urn adole&cens
iemporis tribui (sc. ego), In my youth I devoted much time to the
study of philosophy.
4. The appositum
Tragoedia Thyestes
is
Scipio.
Tiber'to
Drusoipie yerunibus,
To
Tiberius
a genitive implied in a
possessive
8.
noun denoting a whole, instead of being in the genitive, is
sometimes put in apposition with its partitive. E. g. Milltes (= mill-
first,
as in the last
example of Rem.
2.
LESSON
APPOSITION.
36.]
181
Unum
hostilities.
The
genitive
fici,
The
Arbor
is
fig-tree.
The ablatives urbe, oppido, &c. are sometimes found in appowith the name of a town in the genitive as, Corinthi, Achatae
urbe, At Corinth, a city of Achaia.
12.
sition
"
my
nomen,
by
at-
traction put in apposition with the dative of the pronoun (mihi, &c),
rather than with nomen or cognomen; as, Scipio, cui postea Africano
cognomen ex virtute f&it, Scipio, who afterwards was surnamed Africanus from his valor.
Tibi nomen insdno posuere, They gave you the
name of an insane man. But also Fonli nomen Arethusa est, The
fountain's
name
is
Arethusa, &c.
The appositum
is sometimes introduced by vt, velut, quasi, tan" as," " as if," " like "), quami-is, or ceu ; e. g. Aegyptii canem
et felon ut deos cdlunt, The Egyptians worship the dog and cat as
divinities.
Herodotus quasi sedatus amnis jlui!, Herodotus flows like
a gentle stream. Filium suum, quamvis victdrem, occldit, He killed his
own son, although victorious.*
14.
quam
(=
15.
regem,
A people
* Pro
ruling
(lit.
king) far
and wide.
as booty,
victis,
occur
16
[LES80X
LATIN GRAMMAR.
182
To
sell.
(alicui aliquid).
To
36.
Dlco, ere,
<
say, affirm.
Mq
xi,
ctum.
inquam (defective).
B. Obs. Aio (djo), I say, affirm, and dlco, I say, are opposed to nego, I deny. Aio and inquam are defective verbs,
and are chiefly used *in citing the language of another. They
are thus inflected in the present
Pres. Ixd.
Pres. Subj.
Pres. Ixd.
Pres. Subj.
aiunt.
aiant.
aias, aiat;
mcl Liam
inquis, inquit
inquiat
Quid
They
Ain'
ais ?
(=
ai'sne)* ?
Quid aiunt
Am'
teneri.
r
Him
Mando,
J
Will you
tell
the servant to
make
him
to
do
(
it.
,11,1
Avill
to
buy
What
The word.
The
The
favor.
pleasure.
me
....
infin.).
ignem
(
,,,..,,
'
famulum accendere
Yin' jubere
the fire?
I will tell
Ennio
To
tu
y,
^^ ^^
.^
Vox, vocis,
verbum,J
/
i,
voeabulum,
i,
n.
n.
docet.
X Vox is a word as spoken and heard; voeabulum, an isolated word or term;
verbum is any part of speech, especially in connected discourse.
LESSON
CONSTRUCTION OF
36.]
To &give one
pleasure.
L
I
(
To
do one a favor.
<
(_
lo become acquainted
/
Ll
,
to learn to
Qua
Hoc
with,
'
alicui.
know.
n
Lounosco,
'
P
\
(aliquem,
aliquid).
(=
Nosse
to be acquainted
re ?
(Nosco,
-<
To know,
183
vi
i.
OPUS EST."
"
novisse) aliquem or
ali-
quid.
I know,
We
Novimus,
noverunt (no-
novistis,
runt).
Do you know
T t
1 do not
,
this
i
know
man
Novistine hnnc
him.
Do you wish
to
ed with him
become acquaint-
hdminem
non novi.
x
Aon
est
Yin'
eum
,,
*,
mini notus.
ndscere (cogndscere)
To want,
Eum
-.
Ciipio vero
scere).
eum
ndscere (cognd-
need.
(Egeo
To
aliqua re.
Indigeo alicujus, aliqua re.
(Cf. page 113, Obs. II)
(
he in leant of.
Do you want
(need)
-'
this
Estne
hat?
tibi
pi'leus) ?
C.
Obs.
want (need)
want of it.
I do
We
are in
i\
want /(need)
a teacher.
e
are in want ot a teacher.
A\ c
4.
j.
xst
Ave:
sugar
as
much
coffee as
,.
N
ceptore).
S
)
Do you want
,.
'
...
Indigemus praeceptoris.
Estne tibi opus tantum
quantum
saechari
coffeae,
* This is the neuter of grains, agreeable, grateful. In phrases like these, the
comparative and superlative, gratius, gratissimum (more agreeable, most agreeable), are often used.
t In this rule is usually included iisns est, which is commonly followed by
the ablative, but sometimes by the genitive or accusative; as. Si quid usvs sit,
Vims est
If anything j s wanting.
Specula mihi usus eat, I want a looking-glass.
hdminem astutum.
[LESSON
LATIN GRAMMAR.
184
want more of the
Opus
latter than of
the former.
est
35.
quam
illius.
Num
(cattle) ?
est
Non
sunt.
(est
non-
nullis).
Do you want
do not want
Estne
Est.
j
it.
(
Do
I
do want some (a
little).
j
want any.
(are
of) anything ?
I do not
Nor do
you
in
want
want anything.
Whom
am
Opus
est
Nihil indigeo.
want them.
late.
Is it late ?
late in the day, in the night ?
It is too late.
What
time
is it ?
opus ?
Meine indiget ?
Tiii non indiget.
Indigetne amicorum suorum
(Eorum) indiget.
these books ?
It is late.
tibi
Quid (qua
it
ulla.
Late (adv.).
Is
aliquantula.
mihi opus
Too
est
aliqua re indiges ?
Is
I do
Egeo vero
Non
Num
in
Do you want
want anything.
them.
he in want of me ?
He is not in want of you.
Is he in want of his friends
He is in want of them.
Egeo.
est mihi (ea) opus.
Non
Nulla egeo.
Num quid est
Do you want
\ Egesne pecunia.
\ Est mihi opus aliquantulum.
(
I do not
tibi
Egeo
est.
'?
libris ?
libris ?
lis.
Sero, serum.
LESSON
It
is
EXERCISES
36.]
three o'clock.
65,
185
G6.
twelve o'clock.
It is about noon.
It is midnight.
It is half past one.
It is a quarter past two.
It wants a quarter to three.
Have you anything to sell ?
It is
vendendum)
Exercise
est.
Go.
'?
Exercise
What
66.
16*
LATIN GRAMMAR.
186
[LESSOX
37.
am want of thee. When do you want me At pres What have you (= do you wish) say me I desire
you something new (novum). AVhat do you want (Quid
wish speak with you. your son want of us He
want of my
want of you and your brothers. Are you
vants I am in want of them. Does any one want my brother
No one wants him.
me
in
to
ent.
to
'?
to
tell
tibi
vis) V
is
in
Is
to
in
in
ser-
Exercise
6 7.
What o'clock
a quarter
not
past twelve. At what o'clock does your father wish
go out
or that
He wishes to go out at a quarter to nine. Will he
Does he wish to buy
neither
nor
horse He
buy both. Has he one horse
or that coat He wishes
it
late.
It is
late ?
is it ?
It is
to
*?
sell this
this
will sell
that.
to
this
to sell
to sell ?
it.
sell ?
to sell.
sell;
?
will sell
in
will
will sell
this
five.
to
It
late is
late.
it is
sell
sell
is
to
to
to
it ?
it.
six o'clock.
it
it?
it
to sell ?
sell.
little
to sell.
sell?
six
to
to
Lesson
much
as thou
I.
A. Rule.
An
agrees with
and case. E. g.
Amicus certus.
ticiple
Sprela gloria.
sure friend.
Disdained glory.
LESSON
Gramen
/
AGREEMENT OF ADJECTIVES.
37.]
187
The green
viride.
grass.
Te'rrae sitientis.
Of the
Monies alii.
Columnas nitXdas.
High mountains.
Malorum impendentium.
Of impending
In dags past.
thirst// earth.
Shining columns.
Diebus praeterltis.
evils.
Remarks.
All adjectives may generally be employed in two distinct relations,
a) They are either directly connected with the substantive
as its attributes
as, vir Justus, dies praeteritae ; or, b) they are linked
as, vir est Justus,
to it by the copula sum, and constitute the predicate
dies praeteritae sunt.
The former of these relations is called the
attributive and the latter the predicative.
1.
In these remarks the term " adjective " includes adjective pronouns and
participles.
LATIX GRAMMAR.
188
An
[LESSOX
37-
and
copious.
8.
as to form
E.
g.
An
in the plural
We
XXXIV.
B. 4.)
A collective
The
is
the reason?
surprises of war.
Summa
Also
pectoris,
The upper
temple.
genitive as, Animalium alia ratione expertia sunt, alia ratione uientia,
Of animals, some are destitute of reason and others enjoying it. Multae istarum arboruin mea maiiu sunt sdtae, Many of these trees were
;
my
When a
planted by
14.
lective noun,
it
hand.
is followed by the genitive singular of a coltakes the gender of the individuals implied in it as,
partitive
* But this can only be done in the Xom. and Ace. In the remaining cases
the adjective agrees with the noun: as, imdtd opera (Abl.), hide solatia, minore
rid,
harum
lilterarum.
6.)
LESSON
AGREEMENT OF ADJECTIVES.
37.]
Primus Romani
oi'dinis,
The
generis,
rest of
The
first
our order.
Roman
of the
Nee
est
180
nation.
Ceteri nostri
quisquam gentis
Nor
ullius,
is
My
few.
16. In exclamations and addresses the adjective is sometimes in the
vocative instead of the nominative, and vice versa : as, Quo moriture
ruis ? Where are you rushing to, dying man ?
Pufe, mihi fruslra
in vain believed my friend.
Projice tela
credite amice! O Rufus
Kovus anne,
manu, sanguis mens ! Cast away your weapons, my son
veni ! Come, new year, come
!
17. Adjectives of the neuter gender, singular and plural, are sometimes used as adverbs.
E. g. Id multum j'aciebam, I practised that a
Qui multa deos venerati sunt, Who besought the gods
good deal.
much and earnestly. Inde Pomam, recens condl/am, commigravit, He
thence emigrated to Rome, then recently founded. Dormlvit altum,
He slept profoundly.
Dolor,
The
Malum,
evil,
misfortune,
Bad, wicked.
oris,
Crucidtus,
i,
its,
m.
n.
Malus, pravus,
a,
um nequam
;
(in-
decl.).
um
Malus, a,
erum.
Bad,
sick, sore.
Dens,
tis,
tristis,
asper, era,
:
'
The tooth.
The ear.
The neck.
The throat (internally').
The elbow.
The back.
The knee.
The headache.
The toothache.
The earache.
The sore throat.
m.
Auris, is,/!
Collum, i, n. ; cervix,
Fauces, ium,f. pi.
Cubitum, i, n.
Icis,/.
Dorsum, \, n.
Genu, us, n.
DSlor (dolores) capitis.
Dolor dentium.
Dolor aurium.
Dolor (dolores) faucium; angina,
ae,/.
A pain in
one's back.
Sore eyes.
A sore finger.
The
sickness, disease.
*Notalgia, ae,/.
Oculi invalidi or aegrotantes.
Digitus ulcerosus.
i, m.
Morbus,
To
suffer
(anywhere).
To
[LESSON
LATIN GRAMMAR.
190
37.
dffici.
To
Are you
I
any
am
affected with
affected,
respect).
any pain
ou a sore rim
Ilav
doloribus
No
weak
eyes).
They have
Have you
the toothache.
the headache ?
it.
Has he a pain
He
back
in his
I have
immo
He
sir.
ui,
Ndn
has none.
\
To find.
'?
afficitur.
| Reperlo,
Do you
find
ing for
I do find what I
He does
ing
'?
am
looking
is
eperio,
for.
Rem,
It
Xon
look-
quod quaero.
quam
quaero, reperio.
reperit,
quod
quaerit.
for.
Do we
find
for V
Non
You do
Habesne quod
tibi
quaeritis.
opus est ?
learn.
* From
quod
To
reperitis,
QUID AB
Or
(ali-
DE ALIQUO).
parti-
LESSON
rr,
To
37.]
rp
-.
lo study
^
,.,
,,
,f.
self to,
'
apply
J ones
*7,
,sell
and1 the
(alicui rei).
C Studeo, ere, ui,
J
)
(alicui rei).
^re
15 iscere
letters,
to literature
^^
191
(
)
-<
arts.
To
(aliquid).
dare littens.
Operam
x
,.,..,_.
,_
e
Studere optimis disciphnis atque
,
artibus.
(edi-
scere*).
To know a language.
The language.
Linguam
scire
Lingua, ae,
Latlnus, a, um
Francogallicus,
Latin.
French.
f.\
;
sermo, onis, m.
ado. Latine.
a,
um
ado. Fran-
cogallice.
um
English.
Anglicus,
German.
Germanlcus,
a,
a,
adv. Anglice.
um
adv.
Germa-
nic e.
am
learning
How many
know
it, sir.
languages does he
'?
6 nines
languages.
Greek,
Latin,
speak Latin.
they desire to learn English
Do
sciens
est.
cam
They do
and
sciences.
scit.
and
linguas
Linguarum omnium
cupiunt.
litteris ?
Quid
agis ?
Litteris
Latinis
studeo
(operam
do).
literature.
Ndn
German ?
man ice ?
Pie cannot do
learning it.
it
yet,
but he
is
Ndndum
Exercise
He
Where
potest, at discit.
68.
is at home.
Does he not go out ?
is your father ?
not able to go out he has the headache.
Hast thou the headache ?
What day of
I have not the headache, but the earache.
He
is
Ediscere
is
by
heart.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
192
[LESSON
37.
the twelfth
What day of the
To-morrow the
What teeth
have you have good
looking
you. Dost thou
month is it to-day
month is to-morrow ?
the
is
teeth.
to-day.
thirteenth.
It is
teeth.
Italian
foot.
'?
finger,
looking-
for
fingers.
will
is
for ?
for
is
for
for
is
find
for
is
do find what I
is
for ?
son.
am
for ?
art
looking for.
Exercise
Who
69.
We
We
Exercise
70.
man
LESSON
33.]
193
lend
me
some.
Lesson XXXVIII.
pensum duodequadraGESIMUM.
Bule.
A.
par-
E.g.
Bdni, mali, ddcti,
peres ; amdntes.
Mei, iui, sui, ndstri,
diviies,
pari-
rich, the
My,
vestri.
thy,
poor ;
his,
lovers.
our,
your friends,
men, &c.
The good,
the
bad,
the
true,
the
bitter,
un-
just.
Remarks.
plurals denoting persons homines is commonly supplied.*
with omnes, pauci, plerique, nonnulli, &c. But the possessives mei,
&c. have reference to amici, milXtes (men, soldiers), cives (citi-
1.
So
iui,
With
With
zens).
is
understood.
man?
With adjectives denoting objects, various words are understood
Dextra, sinistra (sc. manus), the right hand, left hand. Ferina,
Callda,
agnlna,bubula, porclna (sc.caro), Venison, lamb, beef, pork.
3.
as,
* And
Homines
adolescentuli,
17
Roman men.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
194
frigida (sc. aqua),
The
tertian,
Warm,
cold water.
[LESSON
38.
Decumdna
quartan fever.
The first part or role, lliberna, aestiva (sc. caIn Tuscula.no (sc. praedo), At
winter, summer quarters.
the country-seat Tusculanum. Brevi (sc. tempore), In a short time
and also ex quo, ex eo, ex Mo (sc. tempore, which is frequently understood), &c, &c.
Primae
stra),
(sc. partes),
The
6. Neuter adjectives can thus be used substantively in the nominative and accusative only.
In the remaining cases the feminine of
the adjective with res is commonly employed, to prevent ambiguity.
Thus cujus rei, hac de re, alicui rei, ulla in re, bonarum rerum, omnibus
in rebus,j &c.
7. Adjectives used substantively may have other adjectives in
as, mens natalis
agreement with them
(sc. dies), My birthday.
Paternus inimlcus, A paternal enemy. Nova nupta, A newly married
woman. Summum bonum, The chief good. Praecldrum respjonsum,
famous reply, Prdva facta,% Depraved actions.
;
of substantives;
as,
||
* With many of these neuters the English words thing, tilings may he supplied.
Sometimes, however, the sense requires other words, such as place,
part, respect, property. &c.
t This use of res extends to all the cases, and the Romans often say res ea,
nulla res, rem aliquam, rem dijficilem, res bonae, malae, &c.
t Participles of the neuter gender sometimes take an adverb instead of au
adjective; as, bene, crudellter facta, acute responsa, facete dictum, &c.
The plural of these neuter adjectives is frequently rendered by the singular.
In general propositions including both sexes, the adjective
culine; as here furies, pkinque, jrndici, &c.
||
is
always mas-
LESSON
38.]
195
non multa, They say that we ought to read much, not many
Quis rem tarn veterem pro certo affirmet ? Who can assert a
esse
things.
The
The
The
The
The
The
Pole.
Polonus,
Roman.
Roman us,
Greek.
Arab.
Athenian.
Graecus, Grajus,
Arabs, is, m.
i,
m.
m.
i,
i,
m.
Syrian.
The
from names of countries are generally adone of the terminations anus, as (gen. atis), ensis (iensis), inus (enus),tcus (idcus, aicus), and ius.
E. g. Boma
Romanus,
Arpinam
Arpinas, Athenae
Atheniensis,
Thebae
Thebaicus,
Aegyptus
Aegyptiacus, Tarentum
Tarentinus, Cyprus
Cyprius.
2.
patrials derived
jectives, with
From
3.
changing
amples
:
Adjective.
i
a ams]l
S
P
Hispaniensis,
illispanicus, J
(
Italian.
Italieus,
Polish.
Syriac.
Persian.
Polonicus,
Russicus,
Latinus,
Graecus,
Arabicus,
Syriacus,
Persicus,
Egyptian.
Aegyptiacus,
Russian.
Latin.
Greek.
Arabic.
Adverb.
TT
Hispanice.
Itallce.
Polonice.
Russlce.
Latine.
--Graece.
Arabice.
Syriace.
Persice.
Aegyptiace.
* The neuter
strum)
is
singular of all the possessives (meum, fuum, swum, nostrum, vethus employed to denote possession, like the English " mine," " my
own/' &c.
t The root of a noun is found in the genitive singular by separating the
case-termination; as Arabs, gen. Arab-is; Areas, gen. Arcad-is; Gallus, gen.
Gall-i; Thrax, gen. Thrac-is, &c.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
196
****
[LESSON
Turkish.
,.
Turcice.
Turcicus,^
flanScus,}
Esnc tu Romanus ?
Minime vero Americanus sum.
Suto'rne est
Non
file ?
vero sartor
es insanus ?
est.
Niim
Non
hercle vero.
S^isne Hispanice
Haud
Scio.
scio.
(Homo) stultus,
The fool.
Os, gen. oris, n.
The mouth.
Memoria, ae,/
The memory.
good, excellent, weak memory. Memoria tenax
fatiius.
dim. osculum,
33.
i,
n.
singularis,
(-aeis),
infirma.
Valere* memoria.
Blue.
violaceus,
glaucus,
a,
urn.
Black.
TT
He
n{ t ii
She has blue eves.
J
rr
Have you
J
goodi
a &
(is
man
j
(
memory oi
A
I
T
1
n i memory.
have an excellent
'
<
(
tvt
No,
T1
1 have a
To
To
i\
it/
bad (weak)
memory. <
play, sport.
hear, listen.
drnata
( Oc.-ulis glaiicis
<
grum.
singulari
praeditus est.
K ._
,r
valet
memoria.
j.
He
niger, gra,
^Memoria
ru
Multum
n
has an excellent memory.
J
.
'
n
n
Caeruleaf
est.
est.
Ore parvulo
instructus est.
-r>
._
Multum
,._.,.
c
Singulari
memoria instructus sum.
framo vero parum valeo memoria.
,
r
Memoriae lnnrmae
sum.
.
Ludo,
ere, usi,
usum (neut.).
Audlre, auscidtare.
[Loco, in locum alicujus.
Instead of, in place or in lieu of) Vice, in vicem, vicem rei or ali(any one).
cu.ius.
}
I Pro, with the AW.
* From valeo, ere, id,, "I am sound, strong," with the ablative "with
respect to."
f Caeruleus, used substantively, a blue-eyed man, and the fem. here a
woman.
LESSON
38.]
CONSTRUCTION OF "INSTEAD
Loco
in
patris,
197
OF.'
vicem
patris,
pro
patre.
Salis,
sacchari vice.
Meam,
cem.
In locum (vicem)
ejus,
eorum.
^*% ?d &
Do
uum Vu
lltteris
<l
(P tius >
ia
studere de ~
6peram do
litteris,
po'tius
quam
ludo.
So
far
from playing,
am
Tantum
study-
de'm
ing.
any one.
listen
To
or attend
to
Not
Whom
ing, to) ?
am
listening to
Will you
mp
listen
quum auscultare
Tantum
To
ludam, ut dperam
etiam stiideo.
abest, ut
litteris.
( Audlre aliquem.
1 Auscultare alicui.-\
( Alicui aures dare.
Audlre aliquid.
Observare aliquid.
Non
curare aliquid.
Quem
aiidis ?
'?
* Tantum abest, ut ... tit, I am so far from .... that rather. Non modo
non .... sed etiam, not only not .... but even. 3/agis (potius) .... quam,
Quum (cum) debeam, when I ought. The student should notice
rather than.
that the ut of the first formula, and the quum of the last, require the subjunctive.
See the examples.
t Auscultare conveys the secondary notion of deference or obedience.
.
17*
'
LATIN GRAMMAR.
198
you
it.
He
what I
listens to
tell
Mihi
him.
He
(=
Quod, quae.
that wliicli)
Quae praeceptor
imperat, non
ei
curat.
(
Emendo,
are, avi,
atum.
correct.
To
dicam, observat.
ei
Id quod, ea quae.
To
ausciiltat.
Omnia quae
That which.
What
38.
I do listen to
[LESSON
(aliquid).
Sumo, ere, mpsi, mptum.
5 Capio,
take.
ere, cepi,
captum.
(aliquid).
(
To
take away.
To
take
To
off,
pull
To
To
(aliquid).
Exuo,
Detraho, ere,
Exuere
off.
(
(
j
(
Are you
utum.
ctum.
xi,
se vestibus.
Nudare
caput.
tiiam ?
Yes, I
am
correcting
Does he take
it.
( Exui'tne se vestibus ?
Exuit.
is
We
am
taking off
my
off
coat.
your shoes
Detrahitne
sibi vestes ?
Detrahit.
Exiiimus nos vestibus.
!Exiio me toga.
He
Excalceasne pedes
Good morning
To
(day, evening).
salute
^
salvum
esse
jubere.
common formula
for
,-.
(salvere)
?;
LESSON
EXERCISES
38.]
Exercise
199
72.
71,
71.
speak Spanish ?
No, sir, I speak Italian.
Who speaks
Do our neighbors speak
Polish ?
My brother speaks Polish.
Do you speak
They do not speak Russian, but Arabic.
Russian ?
What knife have you ?
No, I speak Greek and Latin.
Arabic ?
What money have you there ?
Is it
I have an English knife.
Have you an
It is Russian money.
Italian or Spanish money ?
Are you a German ?
Italian hat ?
No, I have a Spanish hat.
No, I am a SpanArt thou a Greek ?
No, I am an Englishman.
Do the
Are these men Poles ?
No, they are Russians.
iard.
They do not speak Polish, but Latin,
Russians speak Polish ?
No, he is a
Is your brother a merchant ?
Greek, and Arabic.
No, they are carpenters.
joiner.
Are these men merchants
Art thou a fool ?
No, we are shoemakers.
Are we boatmen ?
What is that man ?
He is a tailor.
Do you
I am not a fool.
wish* me anything ?
I wish you a good morning.
What does the
He wishes you a good evening. Whither
young man wish me ?
must I go ?
Thou must go to our friends to wish them a good day.
Do your children come to me in order to wish me a good evening
They come to you in order to wish you a good morning.
Do you
'?
Exercise
72.
him He does
Do the children of the physician
them
to what we
Dost thou
They do not
what thy brother
Do you go the theatre I am
thee do
Are you
the
going
the storehouse instead of going
willing
me am willing
you, but cannot
I have the earache. Does thy father correct my notes or thine
He corrects neither yours nor mine. Which notes does he correct
Does he
He corrects those which he
what you
Do you take your hat order to
him He does
him.
in order to speak
speak
my father do take
him He does
what our father
Does thy brother
Does our servant go for some beer He goes for some vinto
to
listen to
telling
listen
it.
listen to
tells
to
it.
theatre.
to
to
to listen to
to listen to
listen to
it.
listen to
listen
tell
writes.
listen to
to
listen to
it
tell
in
off
it.
listen to
off
to
tells
listen
it.
letter ?
it
in
off his
to
fire ?
it
off.
off
* Precari
LATIN GRAMMAR.
200
Exercise
[LESSON
39.
73.
'?
'?
me.
Lesson
SIMUM.
Or THE AGREEMENT OE RELATIVES.
Puer,
quem
visti,
vidisti,
cujus tutor
Pueri, quos
divisti,
vidisti,
quorum
Flumen, quod
Omnia, quae
dequo audi-
es.
de quibus au-
tutor es.
appellcitur Tdmesis.
tibi dixi,
vera sunt.
I zclio
is
true.
AGREEMENT OF RELATIVES.
LESSON *39.]
201
Remarks.
The word
and explain,
limit
2.
iste,
to
is
its
adjectively in agreement with the antecedent, or as substantives conantecedent e. g. Loquimur de iis amicis, quos nocit vita
communis,
are speaking of those friends, which occur in ordinary
stituting the
We
Nam cum, qui palam est ad versarius, facile cavendo vitare possis,
For him, who is openly your adversary, you can easily avoid by being
on your guard.
life.
The
3.
quantus,
talis
...
to them
is
also.
The
4.
either
may
relative qui
number, and
its
Ego, qui te
am unable to console myself.
are the man who has honored
Tic es
me
The
relative
LATIN GRAMMAR.
202
[LESSON
39.
sdtor
ipso deprehenditur,
He
The antecedent
is sometimes entirely suppressed, and the relaquod stands in the sense of " he who," " what." E. g. Qui
(= is, qui) e nuce nucleum esse vult, frangit nucem, He who wishes the
nut to become a kernel breaks the nut. Est profecto deus, qui, quae
(= ea quae) nos gerimus, auditque et videt, There is certainly a God,
who hears and sees whatever we are doing. Maximum ornamentum
8.
tive qui,
(=
qui
is, qui) ex ea tolllt verecundiam, He robs friendgreatest ornament who robs it of decorum and respect.
Sunt quos juvat,
So, Sunt qui dicunt, There are those who say.
There are men whom it delights. Nos imitamur, quos cuique visum est,
imkate whomsoever it pleases us. Non liabeo quod scribam, I
have nothing to write.*
amicitiae
ship of
tollit,
its
We
vice versa.
Wet,
This
is
called attraction.
wet, moisten.
To
g.
7iioist.
To
E.
(aliquid).
avi,
atum (alicui
nsum (alicui
Monstro, are,
aliquid).
To show,
let see.
aliquid).
Will you show
me your
gold
ribbons ?
I
am
willing
tiias
aiireas ?
to
show them
to
Vero, vdlo
tibi eas
ostendere.
you.
Are ye
willing to
show us the
* So also commonly quisquis and quicuvqne ; as, Quidquid non licet, nefas
putare debemus, ^Ve ought to consider wrong whatever is unlawful. In qiiascunque partes velint, prqficisci licet, They may go in whatever direction they
please.
LESSON
we
Certainly
Is the
He
39.]
are willing.
is
is
?
;
203
dun-
kerchief.
Brandy.
*Vmum
Tobacco.
*Tabacum,
Smoking tobacco.
*Tabacum fumarium, n.
*Tabacum sternutatorium.
adustum,
n.
i,
i,
n.
herba nicotiana,
ae,/.
Snuff'.
i,
Farina, ae,/.
Vinim ex malis confectum.
Flour.
Cider.
Pomum,
The fruit.
The apple.
The pear.
The gardener.
The relative.
The cousin.
Malum,
Pirum,
n.
i,
i,
i,
pomum malum.
n.,
n.
Hortulanus, i, in.
Cognatus, i, in. propinquus, i, m.
Consobrinus, i, m.
consobrina,*
;
aej/
brother-in-law (= husband's brother, wife's bro-
The
ther, sister's
fetch us some
tobacco ?
He does fetch us a little.
Will you call (go for) your
cousin ?
am
in.
i,
frater
marltus sororis.
husband).
The husband.
The wife.
The handkerchief.
The valet, servant.
Levir,
Maritus, i, m.
Uxor, oris,/
conjux, ugis, m.
conjux, ugis,/.
Sudarium, i, n. muccinium, i, n.
Famulus, servus, i, in.
minister,
;
willing
to go for him.
Are you desirous
of drinking
some of my brandy ?
No, I would rather drink pure
Arcessere
cum non
nolo.
aquam puram.
water.
To- intend, think of.
Cocfilo,
are,
atum (ali-
dri,
quid facere).
Do you
to-night
I do intend to go,
Cogitasne hddie
vesperi
saltatum
ire ?
?
sir.
* The Roman
Sic
est,
ddmine, cdonto.
&
LATIN GRAMMAR.
204
[LESSON
What do
They
they intend to do ?
are intending to write
39.
letters ?
To know.
Not to know
mlo
Scto, ire,
swim.
To be
able
Ivi,
Hum.
(to be ignorant).
----*.
atum.
1 xt-1
JNatoj are, avi,
I
(to
have the
power or opportunity).
j
(
Pres. Indic.
Pres. Subj.
Does
this
Plur. Queamus,
!Num piier iste
Latinam) ?
He
An
cannot.
write an English letter
Can you
I do not
it.
Where do you
know how.
scit.
Haild scit. Nescit.
legere potest Francogallice ?
know
Latine (linguam
Non
He
queatis, queant.
scit
Non sum
peritus.
intend
to
go
(think of going) ?
I think of going into the country.
Does your cousin wet his handkerchief ?
He does not wet it.
He does wet it.
Quo
ire cdgitas ?
Pus
ire cdgito.
Humectatne consobrinus
darium (siium)
Non
tiius su-
humectat.
Non
I cannot.
Exercise
74.
Do you
LESSON
EXERCISES
39.]
205
76.
75,
Is he a merchant ?
He is not one.
What is he ?
He
I am going into my gara physician.
Whither are you going ?
den, in order to speak to the gardener.
What do you wish to tell
him ?
I wish to tell him to open the window of his room.
Does
your gardener listen to you ?
He does listen to me.
Do you wish
No, I have a mind to drink some beer have
to drink some cider ?
I have none
but I will send for some.
When will you
you any ?
Do you send for apples ?
send for some ?
Now.
I do send for
some.
Have you a good deal of water ?
I have enough to wash
my feet.
Has your brother water enough ?
He has only a little,
but enough to moisten his pocket-handkerchief.
Do you know how
to make tea ?
I know how to make some.
Does your cousin listen
to what you tell him ?
He does listen to it.
Does he know how
to swim ?
He does not know how to swim. Where is he going to ?
He is going no whither he remains at home.
tailor.
is
Exercise
75.
desire to drink
brandy
Exercise
Do you
76.
No,
Do
you
sell
206
[LESSON
LATIN GRAMMA.K.
40.
*?
Lesson XL.
PEXSTBI
QUADRAGESEVIUM.
XXXVII.
A.
10).
E.
g.
Pater ejus et mater, qui mortui sunt, His father and mother, who are
dead. Arbitrum habebimus Civilem et Veledam, apud quos pacta sanshall have Civilis and Veleda (a woman) as arbitrators,
cientur,
Farent pletati fideique
in- whose presence the compact will be ratified.
dii, per quae* populus Romanus ad tantum fastigii vend, The gods
bestow their favor upon piety and faith, by which the Roman people
has attained such eminent distinction.
Duilius delectabatur crebro funali et tibicine, quae sibl nullo exemplo prwatus sumpserat.
We
were
nonentities.
Scaldem, quod (sc.flumen) infiuit in Mosam, ire constituit, Caesar resolved to advance towards the river Scheldt, which empties into the
Moselle.
Cf.
Lesson XXII. B.
3.
LESSON
40.]
AGREEMENT OF RELATIVES.
207
it
When,
calling, esteeming,*
&c, the
relative clause
different gender from the antecedent, the relative may agree either
with that noun or with the antecedent.
E. g. Est genus quoddam
liominum, quod Helotes vocatur, There is a class of men (which
DomicUia conjuncta, quas urbes dicimus, Asis) called the Helots.
Thebae ipsae,
semblages of dwelling-houses, which we call cities.
quod Boeotlae caput est, Thebes itself, which is the capital of Boeotia.
Flumen, qui provinciae ejus finis erat, The river, which was the boundary line of that province.
7. The relative sometimes agrees with an antecedent implied in
a possessive pronoun, an adjective, or in the context generally. E. g.
Scauri dicendi genus ad senatoiiam sententiam, cujus ille erat princeps,
vel maxlme aptum ridebatur, Scaurus's style of oratory seemed to be
most admirably adapted to senatorial speaking, of which (i. e. of the
lllud quidem nostrum consilium jure
senate) he was the princeps.
laudandum est, qui .... noluerim, That plan of mine is justly entitled
Veiens helium exortum, quibus f
to praise, who was unwilling, &c.
Sabini anna conjunxerant, The Veian war broke out, with whom the
Sabines had united their arms.
8. The neuters quod and quae sometimes refer to a noun of a
different gender, especially to res.
E. g. Sumptu ne parcas ulla in re,
quod ad valetudinem opus sit, Do not spare expense in anything which
may be necessary for your health. Otium et abundantia earum rerum,
Cf.
I. e.
Lesson XXXTV. C.
with the Veil implied in the adjective Veiens.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
208
[LESSOX
40.
When
relative
is
We
relative pronoun.
The Latin
relative frequently assumes the force of a demonand becomes equivalent to the English and this (these), since
this, although this. &c.
as, Quae cum ita sint. Since these things are
so.
lies loquitur ipsa, quae semper valet plurimum. The thing speaks
for itself, and this is always the most powerful argument.
Magna
12.
strative,
quam
Equivalent to pro tua prudentia, which also occurs in the same sense.
LESSON" 40.]
209
Oculorum
Our
The
Consilium,
intention, design.
my
It is
I intend
intention,
(to
anything).
It is his intention to
m
lo receive
do
to go
Propositum
so.
/
a
j7
(ani/thina
v
J
J sent).
J
lo
Who
i,.
-,i
cc
j.n
(with
eiiort).
obtain, get
v
e
'
'
(
-<
The
them
centum.
\
Recipere (aliquid ab aliquo).
Excipere, aceipere (aliquem).
Consequor, i, ciitus sum.
~
A
e
/
\
Assequor,
(aliquid).
&c.
Non aceipit.
Quo tempore
li-
cipis ?
in the evening.
PrincXpdtus, us, m.
preference.
f.
The
Amicus
I receive
dli-
dres partes) ?
ndster.
Accipitne peciiniam, epistolas,
bros ?
Our
tain)
n.
books
i,
(fdcere
rr
propositum,
mild
this.
To
est
quid).
our intention to do
It is
n.
i,
do Propositum
Stabiilum,
stable.
Caecus,
Blind.
priores paries,
pi.
i,
n.
um
a,
oculis captus,
a,
um.
Sick,
Aeger,
ill.
To be
sick or
ra,
rum; aegrotus,
a,
um.
ill.
Poor, needy.
Inops,
is
pauper,
eris
egenus,
a,
um.
To
To
take, conduct.
by the
hand.
To
extinguish,
To
light, kindle.
rr,
lo
set
put
Manu
Dare mantis
Extinguo,
out.
on
fire.
<
To
ducere aliquem.
alicui.
ere, nxi,
nctum.
Projiciscor,
i,
-fectus
-s
rei).
sum
(dep.).
neiJ '
rr
rr
lo Dgo on,
leave.
-J
18*
Abeo,
LATIN GRAMMAR.
210
T
,T
any one
Is
Ecquis aeorohis
*
qufe
sick ?
.
Nemo
j N ^mQ
\
No one is sick.
Do you conduct any one ?
1 am conducting my good
[LESSON
40.
est ?
-
mdrbo
lab6rat ?
est ae<irotus.
mdrb(f lab6rat
Dueisne aliquem ?
Diico vero nliolam me'am bdnam.
little
daughter.
(
xi
i r
i
the blind
Does the boy guide
)
,
,,
-r.
man
'
He
Do
ho
vV
*.-[
4.
house
Do you
sets fire to
design to leave
of setting
To-morrow morning.
Cras mane.
Do I set out ?
You do not set
Egdne
Non
out.
Exercise
Do
eas accendit.
Estne tibi propdsitum abire (disce-
It is
out
(Les-
Homo nequam
it.
dere)
my design.
When do you think
Datne
A Rem
Dat manus.
Extinguisne candelam ?
tmmo vero (earn) accendo.
^
KnXXXYJSl
Ducit.
proficiscor ?
proficisceris.
77.
They do intend
my
We
LESSON
EXERCISES
40.]
211
78, 79.
Exercise
78.
*?
Do
of the one
of the
do receive one more. Does your
He does receive one more. What
does the physician receive He receives good tobacco, good
and good pocket-handkerchiefs. Does he receive brandy He
friends ?
He
many
receives as
other.
as
snuff,
Exercise
Do you
79.
They do answer
Do your
answer your
do not extinguish
them. Do you extinguish the
Does
Does your servant
the candle He does
He does intend
man intend
your warehouse on
He does receive
on
Does your servant receive
He
some. Does he receive
many of them
my
ceives quite
many. Do you receive anything to-day receive
something every day. Dost thou conduct anybody.
conduct
nobody. Whom do you guide?
guide my
Where are
conduct him my neighbors, order
you conducting him
wish them a good morning. What
your son He
a phy Does your servant guide any one He guides my
Whom must guide Thou must guide the blind man. Must
he conduct the
person He must conduct him. Whither
must he conduct him He must conduct him home. Whither
Dost thou
he leading the horse He
leading
the
When does the
guide the
or the blind man guide
morning.
foreigner intend
depart He intends
depart
At half past one. Does he not wish remain
At what
remain.
here He does not wish
to-day.
friends
letters ?
fire?
light
it?
light
to set
this
it.
to set
fire ?
shirts?
fire.
it
as
valet.
as
as
re-
son.
to ?
in
to
to
is
sician.
is
child.
sick
is
is
child
to
into
stable.
both.
to
o'clock ?
it
this
to
to
LATIN GRAMMAR.
212
PENSUM
Lesson XLl.
[LESSON
41.
UNUM ET QUADRAGE-
SIMUM.
OF THE COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.
The property
A.
may
be
This
attributed to an object either absolutely or relatively.
difference has given rise to several distinct forms of one and the
same
adjective, called
Degrees of Comparison.
its
When
r
T\ e have thus found three forms of adjectives
Comparative, and the Superlative.
the
Positive, the
with
Tarn
Two
The
tarn
relation of equality
is
long.
2.
The
relation of inferiority
is
likewise expressed
by the
positive
;; ;
LESSON
But
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.
41.]
it is
;;;;;
213
adjective already
REGULAR COMPARISON.
C.
&
Comparative.
Positive.
Longus,
longior,
Brevis,
brevior,
audacior,
Audax,
Superlative.
longissimus
brevissimus
audacissimus
Felix,
felicior,
felicissimus
Iners,
inertior,
Diligens,
diligentior,
inertissimus
diligentissimus
Doctus,
doctior,
doctissimus
ANOMALOUS COMPARISON.
Some
-D.
mode
of
comparison.
Adjectives in er form their superlative by simply adding
1.
E.
g.
Acer,
acrior,
Celeber,
celebrior,
acerrimus
celeberrimus
Pauper,
pauperior,
Pulcher,
pulchrior,
Vetus,f
Nuperus,
pauperrimus
pulcherrimus
veterrimus
nuperrimus
beautiful,
following in
limus to the root
:
(lis
more
beautiful, mosi b.
The
2.
recent,
more
Facilis,
facilior,
facillimus
Gracilis,
gracilior,
gracillimus
slender,
Humilis,
humilior,
humillimus
Compounds
3.
ticipial
This root
nation
iners
form
in dicus, ficas,
in ens.
is
as, longus
As,
like,
more
like,
most
long-i, brevis
like.
slen.
simillimusj;
similior,
brev-is,
audax
its
case-tenni-
audac-is, felix
felic-is,
t The original form of this was veter ; and the superlative of nuperus is derived from the adverb nuper.
But all other adjectives in ilia
X So the compounds difficilis and dissimilis.
have
issimus.
; ;;;
[LESSON
LATIN GRAMMAR.
214
maledicentisamiis
munificentissimus ;
benevolentissimus
maledicentior,
munifieentior,
benevolentior,
Maledicus,
Muniflcus,
Benevolus,
41.
slanderous,
munificent.
benevolent.
The
4.
from a
different root
p^jo r
major,
minor,
optimus
pessimus
maximus
great, greater,
minimus
plus*
plurimus
melior,
Bonus,
Malus,
Magnus,
Parvus,
Multus,
<jr<
atesL
Dexter,
(
Dives,
^
Extera,/
Juvenis,
dexterior,
dextimus
divitior,
di vitissimus
extimus
^ extremus
(
Cjuvenior,
(junior,
interior,
posterior,
\
<
superior,
I
G.
The
and frugiy
young.
;t
<
Superus,
outward.
Postera, f.
right
rich.
ditimus;
dirior,
exterior,
Inferus,
to the
infimus
[mus
postremus
postumus
supreinus
hoc.
summitus
hind.
|
>
>_
high.
DEFECTIVE COMPARISON.
E. The comparison of some adjectives is defective
e. they occur only in some of the forms of comparison.
:
i.
1.
The
Comparative. Superlative.
Positive.
Citerior,
citimus,
Deterior,
Interior,
deterrimus,
intlmus,
nearer;
worse :
inner;
Oeior,
ocissimus,
faster
*
f
(=
crier,
LESSON
;;;;; ; ; ; ;; ;;;;
:; ;;; ;
potissimus,
preferable
Prior,
Jormer
Propter,
primus,
proximus,
Ulterior,
ultimus,
The comparative
Apricus,
nearer
farther ;
215
3.
DEFECTIVE COMPARISON.
41.]
Potior,
2.
,;
sunny.
Bellus,
aprieissimus
bellissimus
Comis,
comissimus
Consultus,
Diversus,
Falsus,
Inclytus,
consultissimus
diversissimus ;
proficu
falsissimus
false.
Invictus,
Invitus,
invictissimus
invitissimus
Novus,
Nuperus,
novissimus
ri( ir.
nuperrlmus
recent.
Par,
Persuasus,
Sacer,
Vetus,
parissimus
persuasissimus
sacerrimus
pt rsuadegl
sac nd.
The
pretty.
Agrestis,
Alacer
Arcanus,
Caecus,
Declivis,
Doses,
Diuturnus,
Jejunus,
Juvenis,
>iL
different.
renowned.
unconquerable.
inclytissimus;
unwilling*
equal.
veterrimus
Adolescens,
affable.
old.
:
adolescentior
agrestior
young.
alacrior
sprightly.
arcanior;
caecior
Si
declivior
desior
diuturnior,
je junior,
rural.
<
-ret.
blind.
steep.
sluggish.
long.
fasting.
junior;
longinquior;
opimior
young.
Longinquus,
Opiums,
Proclivis,
procllvior;
sloping.
Pronus,
inclint
PropiiKjuus,
Salutans,
pronior;
propinquior
saint arior
salutary.
Satis,
satior
Satin*,
saturior
satt d.
Senex,
Secus,
senior
sequior
inferior.
distant.
opuli nl
in
I><
d forward.
a r.
tier.
old.
Silvester,
silvestrior
woody.
Sinister,
sinisterior
left.
Supinus,
suplnior
supine.
* Satior and
which may be
LATIN GRAMMAR.
21C
4. The superlative
adjectives in bills, ills,
[LESSON
41.
is
alls,
Those ending
doubtful
idoneus.*
blus,
2.
in us
Participles in dusj
bundus, ready to
empty
vacuus,
and verbals
in
bundus:%
amandus, mori-
as
die.
Almus,
gracious.
Blaesus,
Balbus,
Cadiicus,
Calvus,
lisping.
Impos,
Lacer,
stammering.
Mancus,
crippled.
falling.
Medio.cris,
inferior.
Memor,
mindful.
wonderful.
'bald.
maimed.
Mirus,
Mutilus,
mutilated.
Mutus,
mute.
Canus,
white.
Cicur,
Claudus,
Compos,
Egenus,
tame.
lame.
crooked.
possessed of.
needy.
Ferus,
wild.
Nefastus,
Par,
Dispar,
Sospes,
Guar us,
expert.
Trux,
grim.
Jejunus,
hungry.
Vulgaris,
common.
Curvus,
Many
wrong.
equal.
unequal.
safe.
any kind,
Such are
1. Those denoting the material of which anything is made,
possession, or descent
e. g. aureus, ferreus, ligneus ; Romanus,
G.
signification.
Atheniensis
2.
paternus, patrius.
Those denoting a
* But
fjuis,
e. g.
unicus,
larly
pin-
and
t Of the participles in ns and tus, many are used adjectively^ and regularly
compared; e. g. amans, amantior, amantissimus ; doctu's, doctissimus, &c. But
and nefandissimus,
impious.
LESSON
41.]
single
aesfivus, of the
INFLECTION OF COMPARATIVES.
summer
217
hestermcs, of yesterday
hiber-
cult.*
4.
very
lus
as,
garrulus, talkative
parvulus,
anhelus,
Compound
of various colors
andXIIL).
Thus:
m. &/.,
Altior,
Singular.
Masc. & Ftm.
Nom. altior
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
is
altioribu
altlorem
altius
altiores
altiora
altiores
altiora
altius
altiore or
-i,
pulclirior, venustlor,
more
handsomer, prettier
divitior, richer,
-i
as
quite as &
1 hey
cood as ours.
J are l
Is
my
table as high as
it is
brevlor,
&c.
long
<
morati,
They
longior, longer;
Non
{ ,
altioribii;
facilior, easier
than yours.
altioribus
-I,
major, greater;
difficult;
rotundior, rounder
not as n
good as yours.
J
altiorum
altiorum
altioribus
altiora
altiori
It is better
,
altiores
altioris
difficilior,
T
It
Neui.
Fern.
altioris
altiore or
&
altioi'i
So decline
Is
fasc.
altius
altior
shorter
Plural.
Neut.
quam
nostri ?
alta,
quam
19
latin
218
It
is
not as high as
it is
long.
<
It is
Altior est
Is
Estne
Whose
quam longa.
quam alta.
quam longior.
quam mensae
est
omnium
vero
illud
Meus
e'st,
maxi-
nor
est,
omnium
Cujus
minimus
minimus.
Est.
is this ?
<
Liber
is
my
Fratris est.
brother's.
Whose
TJtra
tuane
rum
sunt,
quam
ilia
Batavo-
'?
Well, properly.
{adv.).
_
Melius, scientius.
Levis, e.
Better.
Light (not heavy).
Heavy.
Gravis,
Easv.
Facilis, e.
Difficult.
est,
taeniarum pulchrior
an mea ?
Short.
est
mum.
Qui's pileus est
is
Huge.
Long.
tiiae ?
Ciijus
Hoc
It
Do you
est
altior
It
It is
alta
41.
It is.
Whose book
[LESSON
gka:.i:\iar.
e.
Difficilis, e.
Magnus,
a,
um.
-3
Grandis, e.
Ingens, tis.
Longus,
B re vis,
a,
e.
um.
LESSON
EXERCISES
41.]
Rotimdus,
Rich.
Dives,
Curtus,
Exercise
219
81.
80,
a, urn.
a,
um.
itis.
80.
?
He is not so tall, but
thy hat as bad as that of thy father ?
It is
Are the shirts of the Italians as white
better, but not so black as his.
They are whiter, but not so good.
as those of the Irish ?
Are the
They are not longer, but
sticks of our friends longer than ours ?
Who have the most beautiful gloves ? The French have
heavier.
Mine are fine, yours are
them.
"Whose horses are the finest ?
but those of our friends are the finest of all.
finer than mine
Is
It is good, but yours is better, and that of the
your horse good
Englishman is the best of all the horses which we are acquainted with.
Have you pretty shoes ?
I have very pretty (ones)
but my
brother has prettier ones than I.
From whom (a quo) does he re-
Is
your brother
taller (grandis)
Is
'?
than mine
them V
good
as
as
his
mine
Is
It is better.
sell
sells
We
We
Exercise
81.
Is
;;; ;;;;
[LESSON
LATIN GRAMMAR.
220
Lesson XLII.
pensum
42.
altesoi et quad-
RAGESIMUM.
OF THE COMPARISON OF ADVERBS.
Adverbs derived from adjectives or
A.
and ending in e, ter, or 6,* are compared like
participles,
their prim-
itives.
The comparative
of the adverb ends in ius, like the accusaand the superlative assumes the
termination
E.
e.
g.
Superlative.
Comparative.
Positive.
Longe,
longius,
Pulchre,
pulchrius,
longissime
pulclierrime
Facile,
facillus,
facillime
Audacter,
audaeius,
audacissime
Leviter,
levius,
levissime
Prudenter,
Tuto,
Raro,
prudentius,
prudentissime
tutius,
tutissiine
rarius.
Hon orifice,
honorificentius,f
rarissime
honorificentissime
honorably.
Saepe,
Diu,
saepius,
diutiusjj
saepissime
diutissime ;
long.
far.
handsomely.
easily.
boldly.
easily.
prudently.
safely.
rarely.
often.
Comparative.
Bene,
Male,
melius,
pejus,
op time
Parurn,
minus,
magis,
minime
maxime
plus,
pluriinum
Multum,
The
C.
parison
following
Positive.
list
Superlative.
Comparative.
have been
much
|j
cleterrime
ocissime
more.
Superlative.
ocius,
seems
bad.
little.
deterius,
well.
pessirae
adjectives.
worse.
swifter.
On
The
diutus.
||
LESSON
COMPARISON OF ADVERBS.
42.]
primum
ubenime
prius,
before, sooner.
uberlus,
more copiously.
N5ve,
Nuper,
novissime
nuperrime
Paene,
paenissime
Penitus,
penitius,
newly, lately.
recently.
almost, entirely.
inwardly.
potius,
potissimum *
rather.
meritissimo
deservedly.
Merito,
Satis,
satius,
Temper!,
Valde,
temperius,
Secus,
221
sufficiently.
seasonably.
valdlus,
greatly.
seems,
The end.
The beginning.
differently.
Initium,
i,
Finis,
n.
Exordior,
To
begin,
To
end,
iri,
m.
&
f.
ceptum.
orsus
sum
(dep.)
(aliquid facers).
Initium facere (alicujus rei faciendae).
commence.
conclude.
quid).
Will you begin to speak
I
am
Is
(=
he beginning to speak
to
discourse).
He
is
beginning.
am
not concluding
Not
No, he is finishing.
Are you finishing your
I
letter ?
it.
yet.
Already.
Before.
(Conj.
Do you
willing to begin.
and
subj.)
quam
aiidis
quam
Do you
Num
listen ?
Niim
ldqueris
prius
(ausciiltas) ?
* Also more
19*
tibialia
trahis
tmmo
quam
caligas ?
rarely potissime.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
222
He
is
[LESSOX
42.
'?
tdem non
everrit.
Often, frequently.
quam
As often as you.
As many times as you.
Non
Tiini saepe
minus
quam
tu.
saepe
(frequenter)
tu.
quam
Saepius (frequentius)
Not
as often as you.
Admodum
mature.
Sero tarde.
Sero admodum.
Pervespeii (in the evening').
Late.
Quite
late.
NimiSj nimium.
Too.
Too
late.
Too
Too
early (generally).
post tempus.
Sero,f nimis sero
Nimis tarde, tardlus. %
Nhnio mane.
Nimis mature, maturius.J
Praemature.
Nimis magnus (grandis).
Major, grandior (sc. aequo).
Nimis parvulus perparvulus.
;
Too
great.
Too
little
(small).
Too much.
To
Jento,
breakfast.
The
Do you
tu.
tire,
Jentaculum,
breakfast.
atque
later
n.
Jentaculum siimo
i,
breakfast as early as I ?
I breakfast
cwi, citwn.
Jentaculum sumere.
ae'que
than
mature
tu.
maturius, se-
you.
LESSON
EXERCISES
42.]
Does he
Sumitne
breakfast before be
begins to work ?
No, indeed, he works before he
jentaculum, priiisquam
opus facere incipit ?
Minime vero initium flicit operandi, antea quam jentat.
Venione praemature ?
Immo vero (nimis) sero venis.
;
breakfasts.
Do
Niim
ldqueris nimis ?
vero, ego non satis ldquor.
tmmo
Exercise
Do you
223
82, 83.
I begin
82.
to speak.
Exercise
83.
You do
We
LATIN GRAMMAR.
224
[LESSON
43.
much wine
eensum
Lesson XLIII.
quadragesimum
TERTIUM.
THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE COMPARATIVE.
fiiit
116-
mulo*
more warlike
than Romulus.
atque dementia.
reason
What
Nothing
is
more
more
commendable,
Ldcruna
Ne
Fortuna plus
libsit.
humdnis
consiliis
This
mdna
Fortune
human
designs.
pdllet.
ples:
= quam Romiilus
quam
aurum
(est),
(fuit).
quam
quam ratio quam
quam placabilitas atque dementia
&c v and
virtutes sunt,
est.
liu-
sunt,
{figura seu species) est,
in general every ablative after a comparative.
t This, and the two following examples, show that the same rule applies also
to the comparative of adverbs.
But this is only so when the comparison relates to the subject of the sentence.
LESSON
43.]
Neminem* Romanorum
eloquentiorem fuisse
Cicerone
veteres
225
judiearunt.
Cicero.
Remarks.
1.
Among
the most
common forms
Melior tutidrque
quam
Nullum
mae non
fdit,
quam
filius
Ga-
biis.
B.
in
infinitive fuisse,
is
and consequently
in-
understood.
The
||
LATIN GRAMMAR.
226
qudm
hdminem
lEgo
qudm
tibi.
calidiorem
vidi
qudm
gestae
qudm ab Hanrilcare.
Drusum Germanicum minorem
natu, qudm ipse e'rat, fratrem
sunt,
43.
We
[LESSOX
amisit.
Longinqua
Claudius was.
sola
diicis
patientia mitigabantur,
eodem
milite,
itinera
alone,
he
himself
tolerante.
enduring
soldier.
Remarks.
Instead of quam with an object accusative,! the ablative sometimes occurs in prose and frequently in poetry. E. g. Est boni consults suam salutem posteriorem salute commiini ducere, It is the duty of
a consul to consider his own safety secondary to that of the commonwealth. Neminem LycurgoJ out majorem out utiliorem virum Lacedaemon genuit, Lacedasinon produced no man either greater or more
Quid prius dicam solitis parentis laudibus ?
useful than Lycurgus.
What shall I say (sing) before the accustomed praises of our parent ?
1.
A relative or demonstrative pronoun is commonly in the ablawhere we would expect the object accusative with quam. E. g.
Hie Audio, quo graviorem inimico non liabui, sororem suam in matrimonium dedit, He gave his sister in marriage to Attalus, than ichom I
had no enemy more mortal. Hoc mihi gratius nihil facer e potes, You
2.
tive
could not do
3.
me
The comparative
inferior
is
this.
occasionally followed
by the
dative.
The
Ne
man
happy.
Nee quidquam
aliud libertate
quam
tibi
LESSON
43.]
mon
227
com-
liberty.
The conjunction
E.
g.
9.
The comparative
is
non magis (non plus) .... quam, no more .... than (but rather less)
non minus .... quam, no less .... than (but rather more) non menon deterior
lior .... quam, no better .... than (but rather worse)
E. g. Animus
.... quam, no worse .... than (but rather better).
in aliquo morbo non magis est sanus, quam id corpus, quod in morbo est,
In sickness the mind is no more (= as little) sound, than (as) the body
in disease.
P atria liominibus non minus cara esse debet, quam liber i,
Their country ought to be no less dear (== equally dear) to men than
Luctus non Romae major, quam per totam Hispa(as) their children.
niam fuit, There was as great a sorrow throughout entire Spain, as
there was at Rome.
;
Non
Plus
tertia
pars interfecta
est.
More than
It
were killed.
was manifest, that there were no
less than (at least) two hundred
horsemen among the Carthaginians,
* There
is
LATIN GRAMMAR.
228
[LESSON
vixit.
43.
ou more than
(over) a year.
Reversus
est in
ebus triginta.
Asiam nanus
Kon
est
dmplius
less
than
A space
sexcentorum.
longius milia
thirty days.
pedum
He
di-
six
passuum
oclo.
No
Remarks.
and minor, when these
1. Quam is
words denote a definite age of life. E.g. Major* (quam) quinque
annis naius, Older than five years. Minor (quam) decern annos nalus,
likewise omitted after major
years.
Sometimes, however, these comparatives are regularly construed with quam or an ablative. E. g. Plus quam quatluor milia,
More than four thousand. Amplius duobus milibus, More than two
Minus tribus medimnis, Less than three medimni. Plus
thousand.
quam annum, For more than a year.
2.
D.
When
attributed to the
tives
comparative with
Celer
tuns
quam
est,
qudm sapiens.
Artem juris habebitis, magis magnam atque ilberem, quam diificilem atque obscurant,
Pestilentia mindcior quam periculdsior.
Paiili
Aenu'lii cdncio
quam
fiiit
verier,
g.
Your
grdtior populo.
E.
simply.
magis
disertus
An
assault as obstinate as
to
the
it
was
fierce.
Remarks.
The construction of adverbs is precisely the same:
Temcre
magis, quam satis caute, Rather rashly than with sufficient caution.
Magis honeste, quam vere, More for honor's sake than correctly.
Foilius quam felici us, More bravely than successfully.
Non conlumeliosius quam verius, No more contemptuously than truly, &c.
2. Of these two constructions the double comparative with quam is
1.
the most
common.
is
in the positive
LESSON
43.]
degree
as,
But
ly.
Vehementius quam cautc, More impetuously than cautiousan exception to the general rule.
this is
The
E.
229
pressed.
is
frequently sup-
E. g.
comparative
text.
Quam
ceteri, solito,
As,
una
is
aequo).
Ocius omnes imperio laeti parent
They
bre'vior
ly.
rti,
it is
uttered.
auspices.
the acuter diseases physicians
To
F.
adhibere sdlent.
Avords
all
(sc. dicto).f
variously modified
by other
Much
nus,
2.
Punctum est, quod viriinus, et adhuc puncto mimoment, and even less than one.
By the ablative of the thing, in respect to which one object is sufurther even.
Life is but a
Our
virtute,
By
the ablative of the measure or quantity, by which the differestimated. E. g. Dimidio minor. Smaller by one half. Decern
Uno die longiorem mensem aut
annis minor, Younger by ten years.
month longer by one day or by two days. Uno digito plus
biduo,
3.
ence
is
* Compare A.
1.
20
Diuiius
LATIN GRAMMAR.
230
habere,
To have one
To be
[LESSON
-13.
many.
pairfo, parvo,
desire.
5. Instead of the ablatives tanto, quanto, aliquanto, the adverbial
accusatives tanlum, quantum, aliquantum, are sometimes employed.
E. g. Quantum domo inferior, tantum gloria superior evasit, He turned
out as much superior in renown, as he was inferior by birth.
Exercise
84.
'?
'?
We
LESSON
44.]
Lesson XLlV.
PENSUM
231
QUADKAGESIMUM
QUARTUM.
CONSTRUCTION OE THE SUPERLATIVE.
The Latin
A.
tinct relations
two
dis-
mdximae.
Numitdri, qui
regnum
erat,
stirpis
mdximus
legat.
mdxime
Three
letters
He
bequeathed his
Numitor, the eldest
Miltiades enjoyed the
distinction, both for
ancestors
his
florebat.
were handed
in one day.
I replied
longest of them.
and
me
to
the
to
kingdom
of the
to
line.
very highest
the glory of
for
his
own
modesty.
quod
non habet.
Pessima
sit,
milli
be
placet.
Miser homo
est,
qui
ipsi
II.
The
quality denoted
it
attributed
homo
Jionestissim us-X
For
The
Your
ly)
was most
welcome to me.
letter
(= extreme-
He
and
liberally,
you
will
oblige
LATIN GRAMMAR.
232
feceris.
miserior siim,
es miserrima.*
quam
tii,
quae
44.
most
optimosque adolescent.es
adjunxeris, et mihi gratissimum
Ego
[LESSON
great favor.
miserable than yourself, "who are extremely ruiser-
am more
erable.
Mars
Mars himself
class).
ex
ipse
aVie fortvssimum
of men.
est.
me proximi
maxi-
quique.
me
tolerabile est.
Miltiades
maxime
nitebatur, ut
The
C.
superlative
mini-
. .
the).||
is
(the
Many
(all)
E.
be trusted.
sometimes linked
by means of
ut
to
.
another superla.
ita,
as
.... so
g.
The
speaking.
timescit.
* The
ity
is
common.
connection with an ordinal; as, Quinto r/uoqae anno, In every fifth year. Septimus quisque dies, Every seventh day. becimum quemque mUitem, Every tenth
soldier.
is
LESSON
lit
44.]
siispicatur.
233
The
improbos
-will
Tcim
'lll
mitis,
qudm
qui lenissi-
us.
lenient
me
be as acceptable to
anything ever was.
It will
You
will oblioe
will attach as
plurimum.
Grata da res, ut quae mdxime senatui linquam, fiiit.
Caesar sit pro praetore eo jure,
quo qui Optimo.
ureatlv, if
as
you
much importance
recommendation of mine,
you ever did to any.
That affair was as grateful, as any
ever was to the senate.
Caesar can be propraetor with as
good a right, as any one ever
to this
as
was.
Do'mus celebratur
mdxime.
Mater
miiltos
E.
The
ways
filium
aim
tit
is as much frequented,
ever was.
For many years already the mother
has wished her son killed, and
now more than ever.
The house
as
jam annos,
cum mdxime,
tum ciipit.
eral
ita,
et
nunc
interfec-
it
may
be increased in sev-
camp
Caasar
fortifies
his
in
the
cdpias armat.
eorporisque dolorit is tin inn
bus, qudnti in hdminem mdximi cadere possunt.
Sic Caesari te commendavi, ut
Tan
* Here
With
as
much
and body
fall
to Ca?sar
the lot
I
mind
suffering of
can possibly
of man.
as
to
20*
A'erb is
com-
234
LATIN GKAJDIAE.
[LESSON
44.
and urgent
3.
By
far
and perspicuously
perspicue, as clearly
as I can.
F.
SUM.
Indicative.
Singular.
I have
been
Thou hast been
He has been,
Plural.
We
have been
fuimus
Ye have 1>< n
fuistia
They have been, fuerunt or fuere.
fiii
fiiistl
<
fult,
Subjunctive.
Plural.
That we may Jiavt been
That ye mini hurt been
Singular.
fuerim
That I may have been
That thoumayst have been fueris
That he may hare been, fuerit,
I
I
Nc
r,
>>
at
any
all
as, altfui,
Nunquam,
at the market
have been there.
Have I been there ?
You have been there.
You have not been there.
Has your father been there ?
He has not been there ?
Have we been there ?
Yes, ye have been there.
Have you been at the ball ?
I have been there.
j>olui,
Fiii.
Egdn'
ibi
fiii
'?
Fuisti.
(Ibi)
non
fuisti.
Fuitne pater
Non
An
tiius lllic ?
fiiit (lllic).
nos
ibi
fiiimus ?
Sane quidem,
niistis.
Interfuistine saltatidni ?
Interfui.
(
there ?
nulla tonpure.
Fuistine in fdro
Niim
illi
interfuerunt
Illine interfuerunt
N6n
?
fueritls
en, fucrint.
time.
1><
compounds of sum
the
interfui, I
r.
mag haw
That they
fuerlmus
interfuerunt.
Interfuistine
linquam spectaculo
Tu niinquam
tile
'i
niinquam
FuisLine
jam
interfui.
interfuistl
interfuit.
in hortulo
'!
LESSON
T
EXERCISES
44.]
,-,
been there.
have not yet
^
You have
m
lbi
.
fiii.
,
,.
nondum fin.
Tu ibi nondum fuisti.
Neque llli unquam ibi fuerunt.
Fuistine jam apud patrem rneam
Ego
father's ?
Nondum
< -a
(
235
85, 86.
eo)
nondum
fiii.
The
Spectaculum,
play, spectacle.
Exercise
i,
n.
85.
Italian.
Exercise
Has
Dutchman been
8G.
in
er.
What
does
lie
been
at
my
cousin's house ?
and cider
He wishes
Have
there.
buy some
you already
Has your
to
We
LATIN GRAMMAR.
236
[LESSON
45.
departs.
to
Lesson
Amavi,
bcnpsi,
.
1.
have loved
(just
now), or
definite,
and corresponds
to the simple
The
historical narration.
definite are:
Filium unicum adolesquid dixi, me habere ? imo habui,
I have an
What, did I say " I have one " ? No, I have had
Trojans have been, Ilium has exFuimus Troes, fuit Ilium,
one.
Ferus omnia Juppiter Argos transtulit,
isted (but is now no longer).
Cruel Jupiter has transferred everything to Argos (and it is there
3.
centulum habeo.
only son. Alas
Ah !
We
now)
*
is
E.
g.
&c, but
;;
LESSON
45.]
237
2.
3.
4.
Audivi,
1.
Remarks.
The
Lesson XXVIII.
2.
The second
3.
The second
C.
1-5).
first,f
-4- s),
dix
or
exit, bib,
is
Some verbs
alo
alui, colo
Many
5.
lavo
seciii,
colui,
pono
posui, &c.
verbs
lewi, veto
cresco
Grammar.
6. A number of verbs reduplicate the initial consonant in the second
do
curro cucurri,
poposci, mordeo momordi, &c.
Compounds generally form the second root
verbs
(= ad
affero (adferd)
root;
posco
dedi, sto
as,
steli,
\\
exaudio
* Most
didici,
confeci,
u.
in
mettii, &c.
metuo
This s, preceded by c,
as, dico
exaudivi, &c.
acid,
|
attuli
as,
7.
was
disco
clixi,
figo
When
preceded by
scripsi, &c.
When preceded by
as,
minuo
minxd,
actio,
fixi,
i,
a vowel;
as, edo
An n in
edi,
the
defendo
first
||
d, either
defendi
root
is
LATIN GRAMMAR.
238
8.
The
[LESSON
45.
by changing
&c.
First Conjugation.
Subjunctive.
Indicative.
Amavi.
I loved,
Sing,
have loved.
Amaverim,
amavi
that
amaverim
Sing,
amaveris
amavisti
amavit,
amaverit,
Plur. amaverimiis
Plur. amavimus
amaveritis
amaverint.
amavistls
amaverunt or
-re.*
Second Conjugation.
Subjunctive.
Indicative.
Montii,
min ded.
Sing,
monuerim
Sing,
montii
montiistl
monueris
monuit,
monuerit,
Plur. monuimiis
Plur. monuerimus
monueritls
monuerint.
monuistis
monuerunt or
-re.
Third Conjugation.
Subjunctive.
Indicative.
Legi,
Sing,
I read,
Legerim, that
have read.
Sing,
leg!
I may
have read.
legerim
legeris
legist!
legerit,
legit,
Plur. leglmus
Plur. legerimus
legistis
learerltis
legerunt or
legerint.
-re.
Fourth Conjugation.
Subjunctive.
Indicative.
Sing,
audivi
audiverim
audivisti
audiveris
audivit,
audiverit,
* The form
in trunt is the
more common
of the two.
LESSON
-15.]
Pluk.
2-59
Pluk. audiverimQs
audivimiis
audlverltis
audivistis
audiverunt or
audiverint.
-re.
Remarks.
the syllables
root,
by an
The same
takes place with evi of the second and third conjucomplesse, nesti, nestis, for complevisti, eomplcvisse, nevisti, nevistis, and deleram, consuerunt, nerunt, instead of deleSo decressem, decresse, quiessem siris,
veram, consueverunt, neverunt.
The termination dvi of novi and its compounds,
for decrevissem, &c.
and also of the compounds of moveo, suffers a similar contraction as,
norunt, nvsse, cognuram, commossem, instead of noverunt, novisse, &c.
b.)
gations
as, complesti,
c) In
change
d.) The syllable is, when preceded by an s or x, is sometimes syncopated in the perfect tense of the third conjugation as, dixti, surrexe, evasti, divisse, for dixisti, surrexisse, evasisti, divisisse, &c.
But
this contraction is antiquated, and used sometimes only by the poets.
;
essim,
*
t
Habuistine
Habui.
coat ?
it.
faxint
meam tdgam
God grant
Dii immortelles
LATIN GRAMMAR.
240
No, indeed,
Have
it ?
had
Non
it.
Habuitne vinum ?
Habuit vero aliquantulum.
Nullum
Non
'?
Nihil habuerunt.
Utrum vere locutus
Vere locutus est.
He
He
tile
It
ball
evening ?
does take place.
When
an erravit
Locum
habere.
rei.
rei.
It
est,
est,
take place.
Does the
habuit.
habuit.
To
45.
An
He
[LESSON
tidni ?
Heri.
Heri
Yesterday.
hesterno die.
Nudius tertius.
Primum, iterum, tertium, quartum,
The
Postremum, ultimum.
yesterday.
the second
time, the third time, &c.
&c. (adverbs).
last time.
This time.
Nunc
Another time.
(
Non uno
Many
times.
Several times.
Time and
As many
Quoties
times.
tempore.
ac
iterum.
times ?
So (as) many
....
Iterum
airain.
How many
saepius,
semel
atque
Quotiens f (adv.)
(adv.)
Tottes, totiens.
(
Quoties ....
toties.
Sometimes.
Formerly,
LESSON
To
EXERCISES
43.]
be accustomed, ivont.
241
87, 88.
sum (aliquid
facerf).
It is
lawful, right.
(alicui
ALIQUID FACERE).
go to the
to
market sometimes ?
am accustomed to go there
again.
wrong
I been
in
unquam
saltatum ?
tempdribus.
tvi vero semel atque iterum (lterum ac saepius)
r
Ivistine
Ego vero
ivi diversis
Have
sometimes.
Have you ever gone to the ball ?
I have gone there several times.
I have gone there time and
And
buying
books V
You have not been wrong in
Immo
buying.
vero
h'cuit ?
quosdam emere
tibi
licuit.
Exercise
87.
We
'?
Exercise
'?
We
We
88.
21
LATIN GRAMMAR.
242
What
[LESSON
45.
'?
for smoking,
Exercise
How
89.
often have
'?
LESSON
46.]
Lesson XLVI.
PENSUM
243
QUADRAGESIMUM
SEXTUM.
OF THE PERFECT PASSIVE.
The
A.
Amatus sum
com:
Subjunctive.
or
loved, or
is
Thus
Amatus sim
may
Sing,
or fuerim, that
or fuerimus
amati sitis or fuerftis
amati sint or fuerint.
Remarks.
1.
The
2.
The
first
The
* So
estis,
if the subject is feminine, Sing, amata sum, es, est; Plur. amatae sumus,
sunt; and when neuter, Sing, amcitum est; Plur. amata sunt.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
244
46.
B is
scriptum, nubo
nuptum.
changed into p ; as, scribo
Sometimes the root is changed before the addition of t : as,
gestum, rumpo
cultiim, frango
r upturn,
fraction, gero
&.)
c.)
colo
[LESSON
sperno
When
d.)
the
root ends in
first
nosco nutum,
root
or
A number of verbs form
and those
esum, defendo
likewise s
e.)
as, excello
in sco
sc
quiesco
their third
crelum,
cresco
g.)
bibitum,
The
4.
E. g do
morsum, &c.
root.
datum,
sto
root
pello
folio
verro
Rem.
in it
arcesso
third
it
as,
as, blbo
arcessltum, cu-
stdtum,
curro
cursum,
mordeo
5. Verbs which are irregular in the second root are generally likesectum, lavo
wise so in the third as, seco
lavatum (but lautus or
Iotas'), fero
apertum, mitto
rnissum, salio
latum, aperio
salventum, &c.
sum, venio
Inceptive verbs in sco generally want the third root, and so many
For these, and other irregularities of verbs, the student may
consult the list of irregular verbs at the end of the book, or his lexicon
6.
others.
Has
Fui'tne in ddio ?
(
?
I
No
\
I
Who
affectus est.
praemio orn at us ?
Adolescentulus praemio ornatus est.
Num
Non
An
siimus
l'llae
reprehensae sunt
Have ye been
We have
We
hended
sent ?
Estis missi ?
Num
estis missi ?
sunt.
LESSON
46.]
245
The
perfect tense of
deponent verbs
Thus
Subjunctivk.
Indicative.
Hortatus sum or
horted,
fui,
I have
ex-
I exhorted.
sum
formed
is
:
Sing,
hortatus
Plur.
or fueris
or fuerit,
hortati sumus or fuimus Plur. hortati slmus or fuerimus
hortati estis or fuistis
hortati sitis or fueritis
hortati sunt or fuerunt.
hortati sint or fuerint.
or fui
hortatus es or fuisti
hortatus est or fuit,
hortatus
sis
hortatus
sit
Have you
unquam Latine
Locuiusne
es
Nunquam
locutus sum.
to Avrite
letters ?
He
Sane quidem,
sdlitus est.
so).
Who
ence
Our
We
Qui's
Ndster amicus.
ipsi principatum conseciiti
Nosmet
have obtained
siimus.
Num
He
* Blandiri alicui
21*
is
Quantum
pecuniae
largitus
est
ille ?
LATIN GRAMMAR.
246
tmmo
[LESSON
46.
less.
The
The
The
Rex,
king.
successor.
sellor.
The
regis,
m.
Successor, oris,* m.
Patronus (i, m.) causarum ; causidicus, i, m. jurisconsultus, i, in.
;
office,
employment.
Learned.
To succeed (one in
Miinus, eris, n.
Doctus, eruditus, a, um.
Succedo, ere, cessi, cessum (in ali-
office).
'
To grow
be taken
sick, to
Aegresco, ere,
.f
ill.
To
To
grow
\ Flo
well.
-
TT77
What
.
7
has become
of
J him
<
He
He
He
<
v,
r,
<
>
i
I
Whom
-,-,.
morbum
Vero quidem,
mercator.
ex liberis ?
Liberi fmnt homines adiilti.
,,,
,,.,,.
rmnt ex liberis homines adulti.
fit
Inciditne in
fallen sick ?
sum
vero, factus
Quid
TT
you recoveredt vour health i
Have
J
I
-,
Non
He
'
Has he
sum) sanus.
factus
yer, a king.
(fieri,
incidit.
Factusne es sanus?
n
Lonvaluistine ex mdrbo
Convaluistine
Non factus sum.
,
Non
convalui.
succeeded
(in j
Exercise
Why
90.
'?
From
refei-o, -erre,
6.
-tfili,
-latum.
LESSON
EXERCISES
46.]
Why
247
90, 91.
yesterday.
have we been esteemed ?
Because we have been
studious and obedient.
have these people been hated ?
Because they have been disobedient.
By whom has the room been
swept ?
How many times has
It has been swept by your servant.
it been swept ?
It has been swept twice.
Has your book been
read as often as mine ?
It has been read oftener than yours.
has that book been burnt?
Because it was a worthless one.
Have
you been commanded to write ?
I have not been commanded to
write, but to speak.
Whither has the young man been sent ?
He
has been sent into the country.
By whom have you been instructed ?
I have been instructed by my parents and masters.
Has the
book been torn by any one ?
It has been torn by our children.
Have our shirts been washed ?
They have not yet been washed.
When were our glasses broken ? They were broken yesterday.
Have you been punished as severely (tarn severe) as I ?
I have
been punished more severely than you.
By whom were these letters
written ?
They were written by our enemies.
Has our friend
been loved by his masters ?
He has been loved and praised by
them, because he was studious and good but his brother has been
despised by his, because he was naughty and idle.
Why
Why
Exercise
91.
enlisted.
his office.
his
ill,
this
in
ill.
his
scio)
it.
it ?
?
I
father set
hat
it.
friends
set
set out.
set
to
to
their
the
flattered
flatter
it.
flatter
father
flatter us.
at
at
to
at
to
the-
to go.
in office ?
his father.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
248
Lesson XLVII.
[LESSON
47.
SEPTIMUM.
OF THE SUPINES.
in um always implies a purpose (to,
for the purpose of), and is chiefly used after
verbs of motion, such as eo, abeo, venio, mitto, missus
As,
sum, do, &c.
The supine
A.
in order
to,
Eo
Venio questuin,
sciscitatum, gra-
tulatum.
Redeo
obsecrfitum,
spectatuui,
hiematum.
Missus sum bellatum, consiiltum.
go off into
exile, to
defend
my
to
wage war,
to
consult.
Do
alicui
aliquam niiptum.
I cive
some one
in marriaae.
They came
Non
lbo.
demand
to
restitution
ac-
diictus siim.
Missus est
precibus
and
quibus
suppliciisque
deos
sciscitatum,
pdssent placare.
He
Remarks.
1.
The verb
the English /
* The
sion, the
u = ui).
ire
will,
is
is
sometimes equivalent to
perditum? Why will you
supines in um and u are, in point of form, nouns of the fourth declenformer in the accusative, the latter in the ablative or dative (when
Their construction, however, shows them to be parts of the verb.
LESSON
make
THE SUPINES.
47.]
249
unhappy ? Fuere cives, qui seque remque publicam perThere were citizens, who were engaged in ruining both
themselves and the republic.
But ire with the supine is frequently
nothing more than a circumlocution for the same tense of the verb
as, ultum ire == ulcisci, to revenge
raptum eunt
eripiunt, they plunder; perditum eamus
per damns, we may ruin.
yourself
ditum
irent,
The supine
2.
in
um
retains
its
verb.
E.
g.
itur,
XLVIII. B.)
Many verbs want the supine in um. In these cases (and often
where the supine exists), the purpose implied in the verb of
motion may be indicated by various other constructions as, Venio
spectatum, ad spectandum, spectandi causa, spectaturus, ut spcclem, or
spectdre, I come to see, for the sake of seeing, about to see, &c.
In
general, the use of the supine is not extensive, and the best writers
more frequently prefer the gerund with ad or causa, or the future
participle in urus.
(Cf. Lesson XXX. D.)
4.
also
and the
like.
E.
g.
It is
It is
If
Si
Thus we must
optimum
est tarn
jucundum
cdfjnitu
gnum
It
is
do or
est fdctu.-\
Quid
say.
it is
ausi sunt.
di-
Is there
anything so delightful to
to hear as a discourse
know and
weighty arguments
and
The
* The
[lesson
latin grammar.
250
-17.
Remarks.
1.
The supine
in
is
infinitive passive,
the passive voice.
but frequently better translated actively. The supines thus employed
The principal are diclu, audita, cognitu, facta,
are not numerous.
inventu, memor.at
.
The
foedus, &c.
The supine
3.
Pudet
as,
dictu,
in u
It is
difficilis,
a) The
It
is
to drink.
Facilis divisui,
were rarely
knowing.
to divide.
Inf.
To do
done.
To make (do)
made.
made.
To make (manufacture)
To take off
taken off.
Easy
Agere
Facere
Pkkf.
egi,
feci,
Supine* f
actum.
factum.
confeci, confectum.
Exuere exui, exutum.
Conficere
In these cases the supine appears really as the ablative of a verbal substantive.
But here the verbals in io are by far more common; e. g. a frumentalione redire, to return from a foraging expedition.
forms
actum, factum, &c. may either be regarded as the supine "to
The
t
act/' '"to do," or as the neuter of the perfect participle "acted." "done," &c.
LESSON
47.]
with.
To dare
To cut
To mow
dared.
mowed.
To burn burnt.
To wash washed.
To pick up picked up.
To preserve preserved.
To tear
cut.
combuConcremare
atum.
Lavare
lavatum
Tollere
sublatum.
Servare
atum.
Seponere
positum.
Lacerare
atum.
avi,
sustuli,
avi,
posui,
avi,
Quid
Ego
Has he
fecisti (egi'sti) ?
nihil feci.
Non
detraxerunt.
Niim nos capita nudavimus
Vos
capita
non
e'i
dixit ?
Egdmet
ipse.
Esne
frater amici
tii
nudavistis.
He
mei
Slim vero.
am.
to him.
gloves have you picked
Cum quo
hdmine locutus
es ?
>
Collociitus
Locutiisne es amico
cum tiium) ?
Locutus sum
Quae
(ei,
tiio
illo.
(ad ami-
ad eum).
digitabula sustulisti ?
(Sustuli)
(lautus,
lotus).
coinbussi,
lavi,
Has
collociitus
stum.
Which
up?
sum.
Audere ausus sum.
Secare
sectum.
Metere
messum.
Colloqui
messiii,
He
He
dixi,
Comburere
detraxi, detractum.
dictum.
Loqui locutus sum.
Detrahere
Dicere
secui,
torn.
251
tiia.
Servavistine
(servastine)
meos ?
(Eos) non servavi.
Quos libros combussisti
libros
Niillos (combiissi).
Eiro
non
lillos
libros combiissi.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
252
Have you
torn any
have torn some.
Has he torn any ?
-17.
shirts ?
Laeeravi nonmilla.
Xiim quae
Non
Tj i
ie has torn none.
.
<
-t
"washed
laceravit ?
laceravit.
M1
.,
JMulla laceravit
What have ye
[LESSON
Quid lavi'stis ?
Muccinia nostra Candida
lavirnus.
kerchiefs.
Quid secuerunt
Exercise
92.
have nothing
"What has
What hast thou
write
do He has
your brother
done have done nothing. Have done anything You have
What have your children done They have
torn my
beautiful books. What have we done You have done
torn
Has the
nothing but your brothers have burnt my
Has your
already made your coat He has not yet made
shoemaker already made your boots He has already made them.
Have you sometimes made a hat? have never made one.
Hast thou already made thy purse have not yet made
Have our neighbors ever made books They made some formerly.
How many coats has your
made He has made
or
forty of them. Has he made good or bad coats He has made
(both) good and bad (ones). Has our father taken
hat off?
Have your brothers taken
He has taken
coats off?
Have you anything
to
to
do
to do.
to
letters.
clothes.
their
fine chairs.
tailor
it.
it.
tailor
thirty
his
it off.
their
Am
Exercise
93.
I came
Did you come to complain ?
I did not come to complain
They
to inquire and to congratulate.
Were they sent to see?
were sent to see and to congratulate.
Did he return (Redivitne) to
make war ?
Have you spoken
No, he returned to sue for peace.
to my father ?
When did you speak to
I have spoken to him.
him ?
Have you someI spoke to him the day before yesterday.
times spoken with the Turk?
I have never spoken with him.
How many times have you spoken to the captain ? I have sj>oken
LESSON
INFINITIVE MOOD.
48.]
253
We
XLVIII. pensum
Lesson
We
duodequinqua-
GESIMUM.
OF THE INFINITIVE MOOD.
A.
The infinitive mood expresses the action of the
verb in an indefinite or general manner, but at the same
time represents it either as completed or uncompleted,
i.
e.
Hence
1.
verb
the
and
The present infinitive active, derived from the first root of the
as, anwe, monere, legere, audlre, to love, admonish, read, hear.*
* Compare
22
Lesson
XXIV. B.
C.
LATIN GRAMMAR,
254
[LESSON
48.
heard.*
The
adding
4.
xsse ; as,
The
The
as,
by combining
esse or fuisse
esse or fuisse, to
loved, &c.
B.
the infinitive
First Conjugation.
Infinitive Active.
araare, to love.
Infinitive Passive.
to be loved.
Pres.
Perf. ama\isse (amasse),
amari,
to
amatum
esse, to be
amatum
have loved.
Fut.
amaturum
about
about
be
iri, to
to
be
loved.
to love.
Second Conjugation.
Pres. monere, to remind.
moneri, to be reminded.
Perf. monuisse, to have remonitum esse or fuisse, to have
minded.
Fut.
been reminded.
moniturum
about
to
esse, to be
remind.
monitum
be about to be
iri, to
reminded.
Third Conjugation.
Pres.
Perf.
legere, to read.
legisse, to
legl, to be read.
have read.
lectum esse or
fuisse, to
have
been read.
Fut.
lecturum
about
to
esse,
to
be
read.
lectum
Iri,
to
be
about
to
be
read.
Fourth Conjugation.
Pres. audlre, to hear
Perf. audlvisse (audisse),
audlrl, to be heard.
to
have heard.
Fut.
audlturum
about
* Compare
%
esse, to
to hear.
audltum esse or
fuisse, to
have
been heard.
be
audltum
iri,
to be
about
to be
heard.
Lesson XXXIII. B.
f See pnge 239, Remarks.
the nominative, amatus (a, um) esse or fuisse, &c.
amaturus (a, um) esse, &c.
LESSON
CONSTRUCTION OF "FORE,
43.]
255
UT.'
Remarks.
Instead of the future infinitive active or passive, the periphrastic
forms fore,* ut, or futurum esse, ut, with the subjunctive, are often employed, especially when the verb has no supine or participle in virus.
E. g. Spero fore (or futurum esse), ut venias, for Spero te venturum esse,
Credo fore ut epistola scribal ur, instead of
I hope that you will come.
Credo epistolam scriptum iri, I think that the letter will be written.
So also in the past tenses Sperdbam fore, ut venires, I hoped that you
might come.
Credebam fore, ut epistola scriberetur, I thought that the
letter would be written.
And of an act completed at some future
time Spero fore, ut veneris (perf. subj.), I hope that you will have
1.
come. Sperdbam fore, ut venisses, I hoped that you might have come.
Credo (Credebam) epistolam scriptam fore, I think (thought) that the
letter will be (would be) written.
Neuter verbs (unless they are used impersonally) have genMany of this class want
the supine and future participle, and have consequently fore at.
2.
E.o-.
Ire,
lvisse,
iturum
Venire,
venisse,
Esse,
Posse,
Velle,
fuisse,
venturum esse,
futurum esse.
voluisse,
To carry
carried.
Afferre
Bib ere
Ferre
Pvrtdre
drink.
brought.
To send
To write written.
To learn
To
To give given.
To lend
To go gone.
To come come.
be acquainted
To know
with) known.
brino;
lull,
latum,
avi,
dtum.
attuli,
avi,
si,
didici,
learnt.
avi,
ivi,
(
(
Bibistine de vino
(any of it).
Has he brought me the book
Non
'?
This
is
meo
bibi.
Apportavitne
brum
*
vidi,
lent.
allatum.
atum.
missum.
Mittere mi
scriptum.
Scribere
Discere
visum.
Videre
Dare dedi, datum.
Commodare
atum.
Credere credldi, creditum.
Ire
itum.
Venire veni, ventum.
Nosse novi, notum.
Cognoscere cognovi, cognitum.
scripsi,
seen.
(to
Supine.
blbi,
Apportare
sent.
see
Pekf.
Inf.
To
fore, ut possim.
fore, ut velhn, &c.
potuisse,
To drink
esse,
(attulitne)
mihi
li-
LATIN GRAMMAR.
25 G
He
lias
brought
[LESSON
Apportavit (attiilit).
Misenintne nobis litteras ?
( Dederiintne litteras ad nos
(Xon miserunt.
\ Dedcrunt niillas.
it.
48.
j"
They have
letters ?
sent none.
Scripsimusne schedulas ?
Scripsimus vero nonmillas.
We
hominem ?
(Eum) non vidimus.
Vidistisne
An
vidistis
Vero
librum
meum ?
qui'dem, vidimus.
Sane qui'dem,
eiro
vi).
Notine
learn to write
tibi
fuerunt homines
illi
Non
fuerunt.
Discisne scribere ?
Do you
'?
I have learnt
Didici.
Latinas)
it.
Of whom ?
Of my master.
When
meo).
Quando mihi umbraculum
commodavisti ?
(a magi-
stro
me
that
um-
brella ?
Nudius
(I lent
illud
tertius.
fields ?
He
did go out.
Exiit.
Quo tempore
into
venistis in
urban
Quando advenerunt
(illi)
ddmum
siiam ?
They came
this
morning.
seen my cou-
L bi
sin ?
I have seen
To
get,
done).
vidisti (conspexisti)
him
Ego eum
in the theatre.
(anything
See page 170.
order
to
he
| Curare
\
Jubere
meum
'?
jussi,
jussum.
dvl, aturn.
LESSON
To
48.]
Aliquid
Aliquid
\ Aliquid
( Aliquid
j Aliquid
( Aliquid
j"
To
To
Are you
getting a coat
made
(
?
(
am
(
\
He
it
vero
unam
confici.
unam conficiendam.
unam confici.
Ego unam conficiendam curavi.
Ciiro
Jussi
Curavitne
his shirt
has (had
reparari jubere.
reficiendum curare.
lavari jubere.
abluendum curare.
confici jubere.
confieiendum curare.
j Jiibeo
257
done).
endos
ed?"'
Reficiendos eos
The cravat.
To bind (a book).
*Focale,
is,
Compingo,
non curavimus.
n.
ere, pegi,
pactum.
Curavistine interdum
cienda ?
Curavi
vero
foctilia
interdum
refi-
nonniilla
reficienda.
times.
to
be bound ?
I have ordered it to be bound.
By whom have you had your
books bound ?
I have had them bound by our
didisti?
Ego
compingendos
The bookbinder.
Exercise
credidi.
*Bibliopegus, i, m.
*Librorum compactor,
oris,
m.
94.
22*
LATIN GRAMMAR,
'2^>$
[LESSON
48.
what o'clock ?
At a quarter to eight.
Have you sent your little
boy to the market ?
I have sent him thither.
When did you send
him thither ?
Have you written to your father?
This evening.
I have written to him.
Has he answered you ?
He has not yet answered me.
Have you ever written to the physician ? I have never
written to him.
Has he sometimes written to you ?
He has often
written to me.
What has he written to you ?
He has written to
Have your friends ever written to you ?
me something.
They
How many times have they written to
have often written to me.
you ?
They have written to me more than thirty times.
Have
Has he ever seen
you ever seen my son ?
I have never seen him.
Hast thou ever seen any Greeks ?
you?
He has often seen me.
Have you already seen a Syrian ?
I have often seen some.
I
Where have you seen one ?
have already seen one.
At the theatre.
Have you given the book to my brother ?
I have given it
I have given
to him.
Have you given money to the merchant ?
some to him.
How much have you given to him? I have given
to him fifteen crowns.
Have you given gold ribbons to our good
neighbors' children ?
Will you give
I have given some to them.
some bread to the poor (man) ?
I have already given some to him.
Wilt thou give me some wine ?
I have already given you some.
When didst thou give me some ? I gave you some formerly.
Wilt thou give me some now ?
I cannot give you any.
Exercise
95.
is
is
will
to
to
earlier
at
yojar
thither ?
to ?
to
place.
It
to
to
it.
learnt.
it
it.
it
it.
at
others.
it.
others.
it
o'clock ?
early.
It
yet.
ball.
thither
ball
late ?
o'clock
earlier
I ?
five.
LESSON
TARTICIPLES.
49.]
259
had it mended.
Hast thou already had thy boots mended ?
I have
not yet had them mended.
Has your cousin sometimes had his
stockings mended ?
He has several times had them mended.
Hast
thou had thy hat or thy shoe mended ?
I have neither had the one
nor the other mended.
Have you had my cravats or my shirts
washed?
I have neither had the one nor the other washed.
What
stockings have you had washed ?
I have had the thread stockings
washed.
Has your father had a table made ?
He has had one
made.
Have you had anything made V
I have had nothing made.
Lesson XLIX.
pensum
undequinquage-
SIMUM.
OF PARTICIPLES.
A. Of the four participles of the Latin verb, the present active
and the future passive are formed from the first root of the verb, and
the future active and perfect passive from the third. (Cf. Lesson
XXVIII. B. 8, 9, and D. 1, 2.) The terminations of these participles
for the respective conjugations are
Pres. Act.
Fut. Act.
Perf. Pass.
Fut. Pass.
1.
1.
1. citus, 2. itus, 3.
1.
andus,
2.
tus*
4. itus.
4.
zendus.
B.
The following paradigms exhibit the participles
of the several conjugations in regular order
:
First Conjugation.
ACTIVE.
PASSIVE.
be
loved.
to love.
Second Conjugation.
Perf. monitus, a, \xm,reminded.
Pres. monens, reminding.
Fut. monlturus, a, um,about Fut. monendus, a, um, to be
to
Pres.
Fut.
legens,
Third Conjugation.
Perf. lectus,
reading.
lecturus, a,
to
reminded.
remind.
read.
um, about
Fut.
a,
legendus,
read.
um, read.
a, um, to
be
LATIN GRAMMAR.
260
[LESSON
49.
be
taken.
to take.
Fourth Conjugation.
Pres. audiens, hearing.
Fut. audlturus, a, um, about
be
heard.
to hear.
Perf.
having exhort-
Fut. Act.
about
to be
Remarks.
The
3.
assume the
love), or a
adjectives,
C.
and F.)
The
5.
also
The
* Compare page
118, note *.
LESSON
CONJUGATIO PERIPHRASTICA.
49.]
261
exvsus, jierosus,
The
English perfect participle active, of which Latin verbs genis commonly rendered either by a separate clause,
or by the ablative of the passive participle.
E. g. " When he had exterminated the kings," is either Quum reges exterminasset, or passive,
Regibus cxtermincitis, The kings having been exterminated.
The lat6.
ter
is
The
CONJUGATIO PERIPHRASTICA.
D, The participles in rus and dus, with the auxiliary sum,
give each of them rise to a new conjugation, called the conjugaIn this connection the participle in- rus detio periphrastica.
notes an intention, and that in dus, necessity or propriety. (Cf.
Lesson
1.
XXV.
C.
D.)
Amaturus sum,
E.
lam
g.
about
to love
Subjunctive.
amaturus sim
amaturus essem
amaturus fuerim
amaturus fuissem.
Indicative.
Pres. amaturum
2.
Perf. amaturum
esse.
Amandus sum, I am
to
Subjunctive.
sim
essem
fuerim
fuissem
In DICATIVE.
amandus
amandus
Imp.
Perf.
amandus
amandus
Plup.
Fut.
amandus
Fut. Perf. amandus
Pres.
fuisse.
sum
amandus
amandus
amandus
amandus
cram
fui
fueram
ero
fuero.
Infinitive.
Pres. amandum
* And
about
about
t
Perf. amandum
esse.
to love.
Subj.
that
I may
might
be,
be,
to love.
\
loved,
fuisse.
by you, by men, by no
loved,
tibi,
I shall have to be
hominibus, nemini,
LATIN GRAMMAR.
262
[LESSON
49.
Participles
adjectives.
The noun
may
be either in the nominative, as the subject of the sentence, or in one of the oblique cases
governed by another word.
Participles govern the same cases as their verbs.
E. g.
Hie adolesce ntul us est
jiissis tiiis
(erat, erit)
obedient.
Abitiirae congregantur
(congregabantur, congregabiintur) in
loco certo.
This youth
ticular place.
est,
perse'-
perse-
dum
Lex
imperans ho-
Jacet corpus
dormic'/itis,
ut mdr-
tui.
Proditionis inshniddtus, ad
crimina respdndit.
Brundiisium venimus,
licitate navigandi
iisi
omnia
tiia fe-
Magna
Magna
Brundusium.
There are many men, who never
think of the weather, when they
are about to sail.
great many offences are prevented, if (where) there is a witness near those (who are) about
committing them.
I consider those happy, to whom it
is vouchsafed either to achieve
things destined to be recorded,
or to record events destined to
be repeated.
LESSON
F.
2G<
USE OF PARTICIPLES.
49.]
est.
(in the
act of)
writing.
Tiberius,
Rhenuin,
trajeclitrus
commeatum dmnem
Dionysius, after having been expelled from Syracuse, was engaged in teaching at Corinth.
Tiberius,
transmi-
plies.
sit.
Sunt
divitiae
in
eertae,
sdrtis
humanae
ciinque
tate permansurae.
Pisistratus
qua-
levi-
human
primus Homeri
libros,
plenimque
Ut
fortune.
said
is
to have first
arranged the poems of Homer,
which were confused before, in
the order in which we have
them now.
do not positively affirm anything,
since I am myself uncertain and
Pisistratus
distrustful of myself.
Although the mind, like the eye,
does not see itself, it yet per-
Platonem
Epicurus
legens.
ptates pcrsequitur
mi natim.
dmncs no-
I read Plato.
Epicurus enumerates
catalogue
the entire
of pleasures without
Hushing.*
Remarks.
1
Participles
without (with
* So also non loquem, without speaking, &c. But the Englishas, non expecof the perfect participle;
verbs)l also expressed by the ablative
any help, &C.
lato auxilio, without expecting
264
3.
GRAMMAR.
LATIN*
[i.r.ssox 49.
tieiple
4.
After habeo, teneo, possideo, and similar verbs, and also after
volo,
Perfidiam perspectam
cused.
ExercUum coactum
habebat,
He
XXX.
An
EXKRCISI
Are you about
to
love?
am
Are
about to love.
they going
must be read.
By whom
to read
(tectums')
to
to
to
to
lent
it.
Is
to
it.
to
sell
is
to Bell tb<
it.
his
sell,
to
to
is
little
bis
letter
It
LESSON
EXERCISE
49.]
97.
'2tio
not
be
(accendendus)
be extin Must you out on ajourney*V must
out?
was obliged
out
When was he obliged
am not
the garden?
morning. Must you go (eundum)
Must we breakfast (jeniandum) now? We
obliged to go
What
breakfast
be done by us? We must
are
It
must ho road by
lighted?
guished.
his friends
fire
lighted
to
It is
set
it
is
to
set out.
IIo
to sot
to sot
into
this
there.
not to
speak Latin,
yet.
and write
to
is
our friends.
letters to
Exercise
7.
Hare you
mend
Bhirts to
{reficienda).
and
Where
to
be repaired V
have left it with (apud) the hatter.
Es the stranHe is coming in order to bring you Qibi
ger coming to our house ?
allatwus) the tobacco you have bought of him.
Hid that happen
(i r, nit) before (nn/<
It happened
or after the building of the city?
-Did Socrates live (vixitm Socrates) after the oirth of
after (pout).
No. he lived before it.
Christ ?
Was your brother rewarded?
\'o
on the contrary, he Buffered {<ni'<rtiis est) a merited punishment.
Do you sec the sailors coming ?
I do not see them coming, but
found
going away (abeuntes).
Where did you find your gloves ?
them lying on the table.
Did you find your neighbor sitting by the.
lire?
No,
found him walking (ambulatUem) in hi- garden.
1
* Prqfici* ndurnni
i
libi est
>:)
And
XXV.
D.
LATIX GRAMMAR.
2G6
Lesson L.
PENSUM
[l.ESSOX
50.
QUIXQUAGESIMOI.
Amabam,
"(
_,
T t
Lttterae
.
in loving).
j I
Scribtbam,
,
'
..
letter.
With
multaneous with
it.
E.
g.
vinit, al-
When
Qua
terapestate Carthaginienses
at-
ecleriter ad principatam
pervenit.
Habebat] enim
opulent people.
<|ue opulenti/i/eire.
Cimon
At
sdtis
Cimon
rapidly advanced to
highest office of the state.
the
For
LESSON
50.]
The iEqui
in their walls.
Csesar began to invest Alesia. The
town was situate on the top of a
hill, whose base was washed on
two
sides
tended
cingebant.*
by
Ante
ebant.
To
by two rivers. In
town a plain ex-
front of this
id
II.
267
sides the
on
all
the remaining
hills.
and usages.
E.g.
L. Cassius identidem in
quaerere solebat, cui
caiisis
bono
fui'sset.
Dicebat melius,
Hortensius.
Majdres
quam
ndstri libertis
scripsit,
ndn
miilto
Socrates dicebat
bed),
dmnesin
satis esse
III.
(=
eo,
dicerc sole-
quod
scirent,
eloquentes.
To
as an eyewitness.
E.
g.
Eddem
fere
tempore
pons
had been
vadum
killed.
in
it
was
re-
rcperi-
ebcVur.
Remakes.
1.
E.
g.
conalus, i.e. an
Consules sedabant tumultus, sedan-
The language of
LATIN GRAMMAR.
268
[LESSON
50.
do mterdum movebant, The consuls were attempting to quell the insurrection, but in doing so they sometimes only excited it.
Cato pro
lege, quae abrogabatur, ita disseruit, Cato spoke in favor of the law,
which it Avas attempted to abolish, in the following manner.
2.
The imperfect
dition as past,
is
though
still
Manus
(=
5.
see D.
and E. of
this
On
Lesson.
E.
1
g.
| Ixd.
(
Sub j. amarem,
Ind.
4.
LESSON
50.]
209
active
is
exhibited
First Conjugation.
Subjunctive.
Indicative.
Amfibam,
Sing,
I was
loving.
amiibam
amabas
Amarem,
amarem
Sing,
amares
amaret,
amfibat,
Plur. amabamtis
Plur. amaremtis
amaretis
amarent.
timabatis
amabant.
Second Conjugation.
Subjunctive.
Indicative.
monebam
Monerem,
Sing, monerem
monebas
moneres
monebat,
moneret,
Plur. monebamns
Plur. moneremus
monebatis
monebant.
moneretis
monerent.
Third Conjugation.
Subjunctive.
Indicative.
(1.)
Sing,
legeres
legebat,
legeret,
legeretis
legebant.
legerent.
I was
faciebam
faciebas
faciebat,
Plur.
Plur. legeremus
legebatis
Faciebam,
Sing,
legerem
legebas
Plur. legebamtis
(20
Legerem,
faciebamiis
doing.
Facerem,
Sing,
facerem
faceres
faceret,
Plur. faceremus
faciebatis
faceretis
faciebant.
facerent.
23*
LATIN GRAMMAR.
270
[LESSON
50.
Fourth Conjugation.
Subjunctive.
Indicative.
Audiebam,
I was
Audirem,
hearing.
I might,
that
could,
audiebam
Sing,
audirem
Sing,
audiebas
audlres
audiebat,
audiret,
Plur. audlremus
Plur. audiebamiis
audiebatis
audlretis
audiebant.
audirent.
1. Apportabam.,1 was bringing; curabam, I was orddbam, I was giving lavabam, 1 was washing secabam, I was
cutting.
2. Audebam, I was daring; egebam, I was needing; liabebam, I was having jubebam, I was commanding videbam, I was seeing.
3. Arcessebam, I was calling (fetching)
convalescebam, I was
getting better diligebam, I was cherishing frangebam, I was breaking mittebam, I was sending ponebam, I was placing scribebam, I
was writing;
capiebam, I was taking cupiebam, I was desiring fugiebam, I was fleeing. 4. Aperiebam, I was opening esuriebam, I was
desirous of eating scditbam, I was salting veniebam, I was coming,
So conjugate,
dering
&c.
E.
The following are more or less irregular in the
formation of the imperfect
:
1.
Ind.
Subj.
2.
Eram,
Essem,
I was.
that
I might
be.
S.
Poteram, Iivas
able.
Possem,
Ind.
Subj.
S.
I might
that
be able.
P. poteramus, poteratis,
poterant.
P. possemus,
possetis, possent.
adessem and
So the remaining compounds of sum, viz. aderam
intereram
-proderam
prodessem (from
interessem, I was present
prosuni), I was conducing; praeerat
praeessem, I was presiding
over super eram
superessem, I was left, &c.
3.
So
Ind.
Subj.
Ibam,
I teas
going.
Irem,
I might go.
that
S.
ing
LESSON
50.]
I was
Vellem,
4.
Vdlebam,
Ind
S.
Ind.
willing.
that
271
I might
be willing.
P. volebamus, volcbatis,
volebant.
;
P. vellemiis,
I was
Ferebam,
5.
bearing.
Ferrem,
Ind.
S.
Subj.
velletis, vellent.
mallem,
;
was preferring,
I might
that
bear.
P. ferebamiis, ferebatis,
ferebant.
P. ferremtis,
ferretis, ferrent.
Fiebam,
6.
Ind.
Subj.
So
I was
becoming.
Fierem,
also the
(being)
compounds of fio,
warmed
I might
that
become.
viz.: calefltbam
calefterem, I
was
friyeflebam
frigefierem, I was made cold; labelabefterem, I was shaken, &c.
(Compare Lesson XXXIII.
;
flebam
Remark.)
j^.
Edebam,
7.
Ind.
S.
Subj.
S.
I was
eating.
Eclerem,
that
I might
eat.
The
9
The preteritives odi,
(am acquainted with) and
I hate
memini, I remember novi, I know
consuevl, I am accustomed, having a present
signification in the perfect, employ the pluperfect in the sense of the
;
imperfect.
Thus,
Oderam
odissem,* I ivas hating.
Memineram
meminissem, I was remembering.
Noveram
novissem, I knew (was acquainted ivitJi).
Was
Egdne amabam
I loving ?
pluperfect
amus,
is
alls, ant.
Xon
?
amabas.
Quid nobis apportabat ?
LATIN GRAMMAR.
272
He
[LESSON
50.
Were
When,
Do you
speak
while (conjunction).
listen
when
(while) I
(c.
Ind.
and
Subj.).
Does he
was reading?
I
Quum, cum
gisti (legeres).
He
came home
Tenebat
vertfsti ?
Ludebat.
Erasne Berolini eodem tempore,
quum et ego ibi eram (essem) ?
Ego ibi eo tempore non fiii.
Cupidiisne sdmni erat amicus ndster, quiim domum venit (veneret) ?
He
was sleepy.
What did your brother intend
to do?
He was intending to go into the
Bus
ire cogitabat.
countrv.
* But the imperfect subjunctive thus employed does not express duration or
continuance of an action or state (as does the indicative), but a mere statement
of what lias occurred (like the perfect indefinite).
Compare B. Rem. 5, and
also E.
f On the genitives Lijjsiae, Berolini, Luietiae, Sec, see Lesson LVI. B.
LESSON
50.]
Num.
Non
Quo
27o
mus
Ibant in
ho'rtos.
den.
Was
He
was wont
to
say that
we
Scribebatne melius
quam
locutus
est ?
'?
ipsos
cogndseere.
Niim majdres nostri Latine loqueb;intur (ldqui solebant) ?
Non
come
in order to see.
anything to eat ?
He had nothing either to eat or
to drink ?
The boy fell from the roof, so as
to break his leg.
I did
Had he
Ego vero
veni, ut viderem.
Habuitne, quod ederet (esset)
Non
habuit,
beret.
Puer de
bi-
geret.f
Exercise
98.
he reading ?
He was reading.
At what time ?
He was
reading this morning, between {inter) seven and eight o'clock.
I was writing a letter to
Were you writing when I came home V
He was not
my brother.
Was he studying when I went out ?
studying when you went out, but when you were at the theatre.
No, I was playing while
Were you working while I was playing V
When was he writing the letter ? He was
you were working.
Was he getting better when
(engaged in) writing it at midnight.
Where were
He was not getting (any) better.
you saw him ?
I was in my garden.
you, when I was calling the physician ?
Were you opening the window when I was passing (praeteribam) ?
They
Were the children breaking our glasses ?
I was opening it.
What did you do when I was going home ?
were not breaking them.
What did
I was reading the book which our friend has lent me.
He said nothing.
your brother say when you entered his room ?
Was
* Not by the perfect subjunctive, which is generally used only with reference to an"action just completed (with the perfect definite).
t The perfect fregerit would convert this into a statement of what has just
" The boy has (just now) fallen from the roof, so that he lias
occurred
broken his leg."
:
LATIN GRAMMAR.
274
[LESSON
51.
Were you
diligent
He was both
diligent
'?
Lesson LI.
pensum
unum et quinouage-
SIMUM.
OF THE IMPERFECT PASSIVE AND DEPONENT.
The
A.
from the
1
2
o
B.
ited
is
formed
active,
( Ind.
amabar, lavabar, apportabar, dabar.
\ Scjbj. amarer, lavarer, apportarer, darer.
monebar, habebar, jubebar, delebar.
( Ind.
Subj. monerer, haberer, juberer, delerer.
I
Ind.
Subj. legerer,
The
First Conjugation.
Indicative.
Amabar, / was
Sing, amabar
Subjunctive.
loved.
Amarer.
that
Sing,
amabaris or -re
amabat ur,
Compare page
162, note
*.'
I might
be loved.
amarer
amarere or
amaret ur,
-ris
LESSON
51.]
275
Pluk. amabamiir
amabamini
Plur. amaremtir
amabantur.
amarentur.
amaremini
Second Conjugation.
Subjunctive.
Indicative.
/ was
Monebar,
reminded.
monebar
Sing,
Monerer,
monerer
monerere or
Sing,
monebaris or
monebatur,
Plur. monebamtir
monebamini
I might be
minded.
that
re-
-ris
moneretiir,
Plur. moneremur
monereminl
monebantur.
monerenttir.
Third Conjugation.
Subjunctive.
Indicative.
a-)
Legerer, that
Sing,
Sing, legebar
legerere or
legebatur,
legeretur,
Tlur. legebamur
Plur. legeremur
legebamini
legeremmi
Capiebar,
Sing,
be read.
legebaris or -re
lesebantur.
(2.)
I might
legerer
I ivas
-ris
legerentur.
taken.
Caperer, that
Sing,
capiebar
I might
be taken.
capiebfiris or -re
caperer
caperere or
eapiebatur,
caperetiir,
Plur. capiebamur
-ris
Plur. caperemur
capiebaminl
caperemini
capiebantur.
caperentur.
Fourth Conjugation.
Subjunctive.
Indicative.
Audiebar,
Sing,
I was
heard.
audiebar
Audirer, that
Sing,
audiebaris or -re
audiebatur,
Plur. audiebamur
be heard.
audlretur,
Plur. audlremur
audiremini
aucliebaminl
audiebantur.
I might
audirer
audirere or ris
audlrentur.
lavabar, I
[LESSON
LATIN GRAMMAR.
276
51.
jwnebar,
Remark.
s-um,
possum, volo, and their compounds, have no passive voice. Of eo, the
Few and
third person singular ibatur, Iretur oecurs impersonally.*
The compounds of
ferrer regularly.
its compounds have ferebar
facio, which change the radical a into i, have a regular, imperfect as,
interftcerer, while those which retain a generally take
interficlebar
Edo has edebar
calefierem.
fierem; as, caleflebam
flebam
ederer regularly, except in the third person singular subjunctive,
where
essetur
may
We
They were
despised.
Egdne amabar ?
Tu non amabaris, sed
An
tu atque
ille
amabamini
iEequid
Was
Legebatiirne liber
Sic est
5?
Non amabamur.
It
frater tuus.
legebfitur.
Dederuntne
tibi
librum, ut legere-
tur ?
tmmo
vero mihi
eum
dederunt, ut
laceraretur.
torn.
Was
heard ?
No, we spoke in order
to
be un-
Non
ve'ro
geremur.
derstood.
Were
Niim
They were
Non
illi
interficiebantur ?
interficiebantur.
Calefiebatne eotTea ?
est vero.
Factum
1st
Conj.
Indicative.
Arbitrabar
Subjunctive.
I was
comitarer, / was
Dominabar dominarer, 1 was
Hortabar hortarer, / was
Morabar morarer,
arbitrager,
Comitabar
thinking.
escorting.
ruling.
exhorting.
i"
* But
seo,
the transitive
compounds
ivas staying.
as, ad'ibar
and tran-
LESSON
51.]
277
I was
mererer, J was earning.
Miserebar misererer, / was
Tuebar tuerer, / was defending.
Yerebar vererer, 1 was fearing.
Fungebar fungerer, / was performing.
Labebar laborer, I was
Loquebar loquerer, / was speaking.
Obliviscebar
I was
Sequebar sequerer, I was following
Blandiebar blandlrer, I was
Expeiiebar experirer, / was experiencing.
Largiebar
/ was
Mentieoar mentirer, / was
Fatebar
2d Conj.
faterer,
confessing.
Merebar
pitying.
3d Conj.
falling.
obliviscerer,
4th Conj.
forgetting.
flattering.
largirer,
lavishing.
lying.
Partiebar
partirer,
I was
dividing.
Whom
I Avas exhorting
Was
my
he escorting
Quem hortabaris ?
meum filium hortabar.
son.
!Ego
Num
his friend ?
ille
tur?
He
Eum
Where were ye
TJbi
We
Morabamur
any
good ?
No, I was acquiring
less favor
than hatred.
Were we defending your broth-
er
non comitabatur.
morabamini
Lutetiae.
merebar.
mur ?
'?
Ye were
When
bantur
tailor ?
They spoke
profecto.
colloque-
'?
with us
retur
flatter us.
fmmo
retur.
He
24
LATIN GRAMMAR.
278
Primum
Afterwards, then.
Hereupon, upon
At
[lesson
this.
Deinde, dein
first
51.
exinde, exin
(adv.').
no.
At
He came
Upon
after-
he
laboravit,
deinde autem
lusit.
afterwards.
this (then)
Primum
said.
Here
charta
tiia.
Nunc
est tibi
Hddie ego
in
laborandum.
publicum non prd-
deo.
Yesterday
my
father departed.
As soon
quum primum.
(With the Perf. Indie.)
Ubi,
as (conj.).
am
est.
ut.
as I
my
As soon
as he
stockings.
heard
this,
lie
departed.
usually do after
supper ?
Afterwards I sleep.
To
Is
lit
Quum primum
He
Dormio,
sleep.
live
to
is
yet
be
alive.
is
no longer
(still) alive.
our cousin
asleep)
He
does
To
alive.
still
sleeping (yet
still
sleep.
give away.
off.
fa-
wi
(u),
Hum.
(friii,
fru-
amnunc
cut
ire,
eti-
Bono
Amputo,
To
nunc
Is
cere soles ?
Deinde (postea) ddrmio.
He
me
traho pedibus.
fectus est.
What do you
To
Simul
LESSON
51.]
To
To
To
279
Jugulare aliquem.
Jugulum
alicui praecldere.
Abscidere (praecldere)
alicui
au-
res.
him
Quid
ungues.
Abscide'runt ei aiires.
Praecideriintne aiires cani
ears.
the
dog's
'?
He
He
(-secui, -sectum)
injiiriae ei intulerunt ?
Resecare
Praeciderunt.
Amputaverunt
ei caput.
Praeciderunt ei jugulum.
Kesecabasne tibi ungues ?
Non reseeabam.
Num quid abalienavit ?
gam.
To
Advenio, ire,
[ Abeo, ire, ivi
arrive.
To go
a place).
j
j
At
ex aliquo
cum
(adv.y.
abl.).
faciens.
Advenitne tandem ?
Advenit vero.
last ?
has arrived.
has not yet arrived.
Loud
or
LOCO.)
friends.
He
He
itum.
essum.
essi,
(ab aliquo, ab
Sine (prep,
Without speaking.
word.
Has he arrived at
entum.
(ii),
length, at last.
Without (prep.).
Discedo, ere,
eni,
Ndndum
(adv.).
advenit.
Tandenme veniunt ?
Factum est.
last ?
Ma^isterne
fa-
[LESSON
LATIN GRAMMAll.
2g0
Loquitur vero
51.
clare.
_
Leiiendum
(voce
clarius
tibi
est
claridre).
Exercise
09.
Wny
Have
me.
I Loved him because he bved
did you love that man ?
have
already seen him.
V
the
of
captain
the
son
seen
you already
here.
No, he spoke Latin and Greek.
Did he speak English?
\\ hum was the master
was in Italy.
I
were von at that time ?
was exhorting his scholars. Were they not con-
exhorting?
He
bad. Were you able to defend (ttte'ri) your friends? 1 was not able
you? They were
to defend them. Were they accustomed to flatter
accustomed to flatter me. "Did you com.- in order to flatter me ?
Is your friend's brother still
\ [came in order to talk to you.
They
He is still alive. Are your parents -till alive?
alive?
()
Was
rived
at
at
last.
! am learning it
Are you at last learning French?
have
As soon as
What do you do after breakfast?
last- -
I take
off my clothi
breakfasted, I begin to write my letters.
Do you drink as Boon as you have
soon as I have taken oil' my hat
They slept
What did they do alter BUpper?
I do.
eaten?
alter wards.
LESSON
52.]
Lesson LTL
PENSXJM
281
ALTERtM ET
QUIX-
QUAGESIMUM.
OF THE USE OF THE INFINITIVE.
A. The infinitive may be regarded as a verbal substantive
of the neuter gender singular number, and may as such stand
either a> the subject of a finite verb in the nominative, or as its
object in the accusative.
Bene
siitia
e*st
limn.
Hoc
exitiosius erat
siamiin
Apud
chn
quam Vespa-
hunting
est
in
(=
invidia)
non
ctfdit
sapientem.
Tgnd&cere muni)
Nihil est aliud,
vere, nisi
hon
humanum
/''"
iU
et
est.
be.dii
vi-
g.
vendri.
Invidire
stands
ii
is
a matter of the
high-
praise.
Envy
mounl
etrtcU vivere.
to
honorably and
living
correctly.
1 L
The infinitive stands as the objeci accusative after
transitive or auxiliary verb-, and sometimes after prepo-
E.
Bitions.
]'tiir,
liii
acis,
is.
Lliinnibal,
ulctdria
Cupio
te
cdnsulem
videre.
el era-
ctpere.
mi nut
lirbes moc'nilms
cinyere didicerunt.
24
There
between
(iraecis (ialli
not
bul
victory.
bal,
nereis.
my
ing lo\ ed
the art of BUrrounding their ci
cities with walls
from the Greeks.
The
he Gauls
h,i\
learnt
LATIN GRAMMAR.
282
dm
Solent
dmnes, qui
cocjildre
magna negdtia
52.
who wish
to accomplish great
objects, are
accustomed to de-
All
volunt dgere.
[LESSON
liberate long.
quisque debet
Stios
Every one
tue'ri.
own
Romani perscribere.
ndn
ploits
people.
do not cease to exhort and to
et hortdri et orore et
tnonere ....
his
Sallust resolved
Pompeium
bound to defend
&c).
is
(friends,
"YVe
desistimus.
fidelity.
Observations.
The
1.
Willingness
or
Courage
c.)
fear;
or
as,
like; as,
&c.
knowledge
;
infini-
valeo
to
audeo ;
dubxto,
vereor.
d.)
Habit
c.)
To
or
custom
as, assuesco,
as coepi, incipio
/.)
Purpose
or
recuso, &c.
endeavor:
:
g.) Passive
believed.
tior,
&c
Remark.
also followed
by the subjunctive, with one of the conjunctions ut, ne, quo. quomXnits,
&c.
With some of them the latter construction is even the most common. (Cf. Lesson LIV.)
2.
tives,
The
infinitive is sometimes put after certain nouns, adjecand verbs, instead of an oblique case of the gerund. This
construction occurs.
LESSON
52.]
(= continuandi)
283
3. After the auxiliary verbs volo, malo, nolo, cupio, incipio, and
others enumerated under Obs. 1, the noun or adjective of the predicate is in the nominative, when the quality denoted by it is regarded
as already existing in the subject but when the quality is not present, or missing, the infinitive following these verbs has a subject of its
own in the accusative,! and the noun or adjective is likewise in the
accusative.
E. g. Volo et esse et Jiaberi c/ratus, It is my wish both to
be grateful and to be considered so.
Vos liberi esse non curatis ? Do
you not care to be free ? Judicem me esse, non doctort m, volo, I wish
myself to be a judge, and not a teacher. Ego me Phidiam esse mallem,
quam vel optimum fabrum tir/narium, I would rather be a Phidias, than
the best joiner in the world.
Timoleon maluit se di/igi, quam metui,
Timoleon wanted himself to be loved rather than feared.
Gratum se
videri studet, He strives to have the appearance of being grateful.
;
Nummus,
The coin.
The copper coin.
The
The
i,
m.
silver coin.
Nummus
Nummus
gold coin.
(Nummus) aureus
i,
lloman,
money.
English
cupreus,
i,
argenteus,
m.
i,
m.
seu
aureolus,
m.
As, gen.
m.
m.
Denarius, i, m.
Aureus, i, m.
Obolus, i, m.
assis,
Sestertius,
i,
Drachma, B6,f.
Mina, ae, f.
Taientum, i, n.
Pecunia Eomanorum, Graecorum,
Anglorum
signo signata.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
284
[lesson
52.
To
contain, consist
quid).
of.
Efficior,
To be
An
as
estimated the
is
fourth
part of a sesterce.
denarius contains four sestertii or sixteen asses.
The aureus consists of twentyfive denarii, or one hundred
The
Aestimo, are,
As quarta
avi, atuni.
habet sex
obolorum.
obolcs.
ui,
centum
sesterces.
A drachma
-fectus
i,
Valeo, ere,
How many
Ex
qudt grdssis
Ex
quattuor et viginti.
Grossus,
To
Accipere
receive
received.
have you
re-
ceived ?
I have received thirty talents of
i,
efficitur thalerus ?
m.
accepi, acceptum.
Quantam peciiniam
Accepi
accepisti ?
gold.
We
Kos centum
sestertios accepimus.
sestertii.
Have you
I
received letters
To
projnise.
promise to come to me ?
I do promise it.
Can he give us what he has
promised ?
He can give you all that he has
promised you.
Pollicerisne te ad
citus es).
Do you
To
Sane quidem,
are, avi,
Arcesso, ere,
* Verbs
Voco,
call.
me venturum
polliceor.
by the
atum (aliquem).
itum (aliquem).
ivi,
Ablative.
LESSON
52.]
To wear
To
out.
spell.
How ?
qui*
ner?
Thus.
In
285
this
manner.
pacto.
Well.
Badly.
So
Does
Sic
so, indifferently.
know how
already
lie
spell ?
He
does
How
satis,
know how.
Scit vero.
Quemadmodum
Latin am V
(in
learn Latin ?
I have learnt it so.
How did I write my letters ?
am
calling
my
little
brother.
Qudmodo
Vdcor
Audio
called a learner.
lie, to
epistolas
am
linguam
Whom
How
didicisti
hoc pacto.
scripsi
ego
Qudmodo
You have
lit-
Didicit.
Di'dici earn
meas
mediocrlter, utcunque.
to
(quis) vocaris ?
discipulus.
discipulus.
tdgam
Detrivi'tne siiam
his coat ?
be placed.
To dry (neuter).
To dry, make dry.
To put out to dry.
Siccesco, ere,
Exponere
Where
The construction
of imponere
is
alicui bei, in
kem
or in re.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
286
Colloeaverunt ea in
(in or-
the
hearth ?
I have put a little upon it.
Do you put out your coat to
it
expdno.
f ta est,
out.
sella.
dry ?
do put
52.
Ubi
'?
[LESSON
Ecquid
their stockings to
in
exposuerunt
sole
tibi-
They have
Non
not.
Exercise
exposuerunt.
100.
'?
How many
How
there
contains
a talent The
minas. Will you lend
Are
your coat
lend
me
you but
worn
your shoes worn out? They are not worn
Will you lend
them
my brother
lend them
him. To whom have
you
your hat have not
have given
somebody.
To whom have you given have given a pauper.
in
sixty
talent
to
I will
it
to
out.
it is
out.
to
lent
to
I will
lent
it ?
it
Exercise
it
it
to
to
101.
ACCUSATIVUS CUM INFINITIVO.
LESSON; 53.]
287
boy spelt?
He has spelt so so.
How have your children
written their letters ?
They have written them badly.
Do you
know Spanish?
I do know it.
Does your cousin speak Italian ?
He speaks it well.
How do your friends speak ?
They do not
speak badly {non male).
Do they listen to what you tell them?
How hast thou learnt English? I have
They do listen to it.
learnt it in this manner.
Have you called me ?
I have not called
Is he come ?
you, but your brother.
Not yet.
Where have you
wet your clothes ?
I have wet them in the country.
Will you put
them to dry ?
I will put them to dry.
Where have you put my
hat ?
I have put it upon the table.
Hast thou seen my book ?
I have seen it.
Where is it ?
It lies upon your brother's trunk.
Does my handkerchief lie upon the chair ?
It does lie upon it.
When have you been in the country ? I was there the day before
yesterday.
Have you found your father there?
I have found
him there.
What has he said ?
He has said nothing.
What
have you been doing in the country ?
I have been doing nothing
little
there.
Lesson LIII.
pensum
quixquagesimum
TERTIUM.
OF THE ACCUSATIVUS CUM INEINITIVO.
A. The infinitive may have a subject of its own in
the accusative, but is then rendered into English by a
separate clause introduced by the conjunction " that."
E.g.
Orpheum poefam ddcet
Aristdte-
niinquam fuisse.
nesciebam vitae bre'vem
An
esse
Egdne me
dicisse
non gaiideam
Orpheus never
les
Or was
existed.
I not
of life is
eternal ?
I hope, that our friendship does not
stand in need of any witnesses.
May I not rejoice, that I have heard
and
learnt
something
accusativus cum infinitivo may, like the simple instand either as the subject of a finite verb in the nominative, or as its object in the accusative.
B.
The
finitive,
LATIN GRAMMAR.
288
Legem brecem
facilius
esse
oportet,
quo
[LESSON
law should be
may be more
ab impen'tis teneatur.
53.
brief, so that
easily
it
remembered
by the uneducated.
Omnibus
It is for
be
Facinus
num;
est, vinciri
civem
scelus, verberdri
Roma-
It
prope
cogitdre.
iraciindum
esse,
aliud
irdtum.
Nccesse
est
safe.
dptimis.
Victor em pdrcere victis
aequum
est.
um
good
should
Tempus
est
all
citizen
parricidium, necdri.
Aliud
the advantage of
It
the citizens.
Remarks.
The
sentence,
is
II. The accusations cum infinitivo stands as the objectaccusative after the following classes of verbs
:
1.
As
verbs signifying
* Literally, " That a Roman citizen should be bound," &c. But in this
construction it is often preferable to use the active infinitive in English: to
bind a Roman, &c.
LESSON
53.]
289
believe, hope, and the like,* and also those denoting joy,
sorrow, shame, anxiety, and wonder.
E. g.
know,
Vides nos,
si
spe
You
is
so,
we
are
beatioris vitae.
life.
ali-
extraneous one.
have heard that Pompeii was
destroyed by an earthquake.
Imagine yourself to be the person,
which I am.
I consider
We
Sperant,
maximum
se
friictum
esse captures.
orem fieri.
Minime mirdmur,
claris
2.
operibus
As
him
lost,
whose shame
is
gone.
piidor.
They hope
am
sorry that I
by your
te
tills
prae-
laetdri.
am
my
deed
is
not informed
letter.
We do
Tibi favemus,
te
cupinius.
"Utrum corporis,
an
tibi
mattes
Rem ad arma
deduct studebat.
Posluldbimus nobis
Mud
concedi.
We
We
nosmet ipsos.
Germani vin um ad se omnino importdri non sinunt.
know ourselves.
The Germans do not
allow,
on any
among them.
in a discourse, but
the rhythm.
commands
As, for example, audio, video, sentio, animadrerto, cor/nosco, inteUigo, permemini, recordor, obliviscor, and in general all the
verba sensuum
et ajjfectuttm.
25
LATIN GRAMMAR.
200
[LESSON
53.
3.
report,
Tliales Milesius
dquam
dixit esse
initium rerum.
Herodotus
cum
Croesi fitium,
scrlbit
infant.
esse).
me abs
Confi/eor,
te cupisse lau-
dari.
Dicaearchus vult
efficere, dniinos
esse mortales.
water
was the first principle of things.
Herodotus writes that the son of
Croesus spoke when he was an
Tliales, the Milesian, said that
drum
Magnum
Caesar.
(sc. esse).
The
mathema-
lauddri fecit
probdbit, quantus
sit,
ticus.
it is.
Isocratem Plato
a Sdcrate.
C
tive,
mended by
Socrates.
The
may
infinitive, either with or without a subject accusastand as the apposition of a noun, adjective, or demon-
strative pronoun.
E.
g.
Haec
benignitas etiam re'i publicae est litilis, re'dimi e servitudine cdptos, locupletdri tenui-
dres.
Mud
Id injustissimum ipsum
tiae
mercedem
est, justi-
quatrere.
This
is
also a
to the
bounty of advantage
commonwealth
to
redeem
D. In impassioned exclamations and interrogations the accusative with the infinitive sometimes stands independently as
the object of the emotion or passion expressed by it.
E. g.
Mene
Shall
my
* The principal verbs of this class are dieo, trado,prodo, seribo, re fern, mintio,
confirmo, nego, osiendo, demonstro, perhibeo, polliceor, promitto, spondeo, &c.
To
these add face re, " to represent," and ej/icere, " to make out or prove."
LESSON
Me
5o.]
I not among
esse ?
otic
Tune hoc,
291
You say
dentia praeditum ?
men !
Remarks.
1. After verbs of seeing and hearing, the present participle* or ut
("how"), with the subjunctive, is sometimes put instead of an infinitive, and the verbs of joy, sorrow, &c. are also followed by the sub-
junctive, with
quod ("that"
After one of the past tenses, the accusative with the present inequivalent to the English imperfect, and the accusative with
E. g. Vldi te scribere,
the perfect infinitive to the English pluperfect.
Vldi te scripsisse, I saw that you had
1 saw that you were writing.
Dixit Cajum laudari, He said that Cajus was (then) praised.
written.
Dixit Cajum laudatwn esse, He said that Cajus had been praised.
4. The verb memini, " I remember," is commonly followed by the
3.
finitive is
present infinitive, even when the act denoted by the latter is already
completed.
E. g. Memini PampMlum mihi narrare, I remember
me
Memini Catonem
(that Pamphilus told me).
remember Cato discussing the question with me
But also by the perfect: Meministis me
(to have discussed, &c.).
ita distribuisse initio causam, You remember that in the beginning I
have made this distribution of my argument.
Pamphilus
mecum
telling
disserrere, I
and
me
also after
juvat,
satis
me pudet,
E.
The present
g. Nervii,
See Lesson
t Cf. Lesson
XLIX. F. Rem.
LIV. H.
3.
% Instead of se
faciuros
{esse).
LATIN GRAMMAR.
292
[LESSON
53.
Cato affirmat,^ se
they would do whatever they were commanded.
Pontinium non triumpJiare* Cato affirms that, while he is alive,
Pontinius shall not triumph.
vivo
ut,
ses, I
The majority of
and
3),
which
et
10. When the infinitive, preceded by a subject-accusative, is followed by another accusative of the object, it is liable to give rise to an
ambiguity, which may be avoided by converting the infinitive active
Aio,
te
Romdnos
vincere posse (I
vinci posse.
The pronominal
and the
te, se,
eum, nos,
vos, eos,
(=
* Non
triumphaturum.
LESSON
EXERCISES
53.]
203
102, 103.
tliink, that what I have to say I do not say -with reference to mvself,
Subdue cibvm unum diem atMetae,
but with reference to the orator.
ferre non posse (= se non posse) clamablt, Deprive an athlete of his
usual food for a single day, and he will declare that he cannot endure
it.
then,
you
if
si voles,
will, that
Exercise
102.
behooved
neces-
'?
it
It is
Is
it
Exercise
103.
'?
to
feel
(it)
at
(mortdlis) ?
feel
so
is
positively
to
does not
lent us.
command us
to
Does
to write,
o,
he command us to write ?
but to read the books which he has
to
to
that
ill
said
thirsty.
write
so.
off (abire)
(in urbe)
was
'?
to
to
He
it
is ill.
to
ita se
eerie),
his
it)
at
it.
it
all.
it.
will
will
will
*?
is
will
in
writing
I do see (it)
Did he see that
did not see it.
Did they hear that I was
They did not hear you.
Does he hear
riaht ?
(it).
25*
LATIN GRAMMAR.
294
[LESSON
54.
deny it.
was wrong.
pretend (it).
to
not promise
to
(se
to
(se
(it).
Lesson LIV.
PENSUM
QUINQUAGESIMTJM
QUARTUM.
Of
B.
Volo,
uti
you
to
do
this.
cias.
The
sancti habedntur.
master.
tribunes demand the privilege
of being regarded sacrosanct.
The senate compelled Publius Lentulus to resign his praetorship.
Remark.
Volo ut and malo ut may thus be employed instead of
the infinitive but nolo ut is never said. The verb recusare, to refuse,
(the opposite of concedo,} may have either the infinitive or ne.
;
C.
Verbs denoting a resolve or endeavor to accomplish or
prevent anything, are followed by the subjunctive with ut or ne,
when a new subject is introduced; but when the subject remains
the same, they generally have the infinitive, and sometimes
only ut or ne.
LESSON
54.]
" NE.'
295
Verbs of this class are statuo, constituo, decerno, tento, paro, meditor,
euro, nitor, contendo, and the expressions consilium capio, in animum
duco or arihnum induco. But operam do, I endeavor id {hoc, Mud)
;
ago, I aim at, strive; nihil antiqinus habeo (or duco), quam, I have
(consider) nothing more important than and video, in the sense of
euro, have commonly ut only.
E. g.
;
dare (or ut
He
He
ad
Statuit
litteras
te litteras
ad
te det).
to you.
deat
Qui sapientes
appellari vdlunt,
inducant animum divitias, hondres, opes contemnere.
influence.
Opera ddnda
It should
ut verbis utd-
est,
et
quam
6mne
Id
studuisti, isti
fdrmae ut mores
conshniles forent.
We
Videndum
litate
cis,
and an injury
to
no one.
D. Verbs of requesting, exhorting, persuading, and commanding generally have the subjunctive with ut or ne ; but
sometimes also the
infinitive.
Te
Te
I beseech
to
be
diligent.
sis.
lllud
admoneo, ut quotidie
ciindiae.
Moneo
tibi
obtestorque,
genere
uti
qui
hds,
propinqui
sunt,
vou by
caros habeas.
Caesar Dolabellae
remind
dixit, ut
ad
me
and conjure
cherish those
The
who
you
to
are akin to
birth.
[LESSON
LATIN GRAMMAR.
20G
scrtberet,
primum
Italiam
in
ut
me)
(requesting
to
come
to
venirem.
Themfetoclesj0ersuas#pdpulo,td
navium
me
quam
54.
centum
aedificaretur.
Remarks.
ut is
1. With the verbs of this class, the longer construction with
preferred by the prosaists of the best period, but later writers have
more frequently
castra muniri,
He
camp should be
fortified.*
Lei me know.
The bud causes
Facito ut Bciam.
JSol efficit, ut 6vama.fidreant.
all
things to flour-
ish.
Epamindndas
perfecit ut auxilio
Qua
nisi ut
ab dmnibus audacia
co^noscatur.
tiia
to
be deprived of the
By
grow
which you
else,
will
Remarks.
ut is sometimes a mere circumlocution
same tense of the verb following it. E.g. Fecit, ut dunitlerct
milttes, instead ofdimisit mitttes, He dismissed his men.
" or " suppose," and efficere, " to
2. Fac, in the sense of " imagine
1.
for the
* Yet jubeo ut hoc facias (or without the ut: jubeo tibi hoc facias) and veto
ne hoc facias likewise occur in harmony with the general rule.
LESSON
54.]
''
UT
"
297
make
"
out " or " to prove," have the Aec. eum Inf.* But efficttur,
follows," has sometimes ut ; as,
quo efficitur, ut. From which
follows that, &c.
Facere, " to represent," is usually connected
Ex
it
it
Those
1.
superesf, reliquum
To
tur.
these
may be added
acctdit
Restat, ut his
respdndeam.
It
ut*
"
occurrit, contingit,
vt/tit,
remains
now
for
me
est)
"it
is
to reply to
these.
Si hacc enuntiatio
sequitur, ut falsa
non vera
est,
sit.
in
it
Forte
evenit, ut in
Privernate es-
semus.
nun
Fieri
potest, ut quia
Rtfmae
at
Rome when
"When was
which
liceret ?
is
he is at Athens.
the ease, that that
lawful was unlawful ?
it
Remarks.
we sometimes
nt.
(('t'.
Lesson
LIU
/>'.
I.)
or moris est, and consuetudo est, " it is customary," "it usually happens," are often followed by ut, like accidit, &c.
Mos
2.
praetors.
and
Such arc
peto, postulo
volo, nolo,
* Compare
page 290.
Compare page
290, note.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
298
Ve'lim fieri posset,
lit,
&c.
quam
I
me'tuat,
cives laudent.
stiilti
wish
it
[LESSON
54.
ing you.
mi
Sine, te exorem,
me
Allow
pater.
to
entreat
you,
my
father.
me absentem
te peto,
tiia
hd-
My
dillgas
atque defendas.
Pdstulo, Appi, etiam atque etiam
considered.
si
I ask of
you
me
my
res agatur.
Herus me
jussit
Pamphylum
die observdn m.
Fdc sciam
in
(=
facito ut sciam).
Do
Cdce credos.
Fremont dnmes
not beliei
Every one
licet
commanded
master
to -watch
Pamphylus to-day.
Pray let me know (inform me).
.
allowed to murmur.
should serve philosophy in
order to acquire true liberty.
Virtue necessarily prevents the access of pleasure.
is
You
E.
e.
Gaudeo, quod
te
interpeUavi.
salvum
te
ad
trios recepisti.
expectata
mina.
tibi
non mittam
car-
am
REMARKS.
Quod
employed
is
chiefly
LESSON
54.]
THE CONSTRUCTION OF
"
QUOD."
299
(=
to this"), &c.
hoc, id,
It
is
Mud, and
is
cumstance
that."
E.
g.
Augebat
iras,
quod
soli
Judaei non
cessissent,
The fact
We
cion had not only given offence by the fact that he had mismanaged
the interests of his country, but also because he had exhibited a want
of faith in friendship.
4. Quod stands also in expressions like aelele, quod, or adde hue,
quod (add to this that, besides), and after facere in connection with
an adverb like bene, male, &c. E.g. Bene facis, quod me mones, You
do well to remind me. llumaniter fecit, quod ad me venit, lie acted
humanely by coming to me.
5. Quod, stands with several different senses in constructions like
the following:
a.) At the beginning of a sentence, in the sense of " as to," " with
respect to."
E.g. Quod scribis ie velle scire, qui sit reipublicae status,
summa dissentio est, As regards your expressing a desire to know the
Quod
state of the republic, (I have to report) the greatest dissension.
mild de nostra s/u/u eratularis, minime miramur te luo opere laetdri, As
to your congratulating me on my present condition, I am not at all
letter
to
me.
300
LATIN GRAMMAR.
Exercise
Do you
me
[LESSON
5J.
104.
you ?
I do not wish
Do you desire me to write to
you, but your brother, to go with me.
your father ?
I do wish that you would write to him.
Do you
allow (sinisne) me to go to the ball?
I do not allow you to go
there.
Does he suffer (pcititur) letters to be written by us ?
lie
Did they compel you to resign your office (?nudoes not suffer it.
They were not able to compel me (me cogere).
nere) ?
Did he
He did urge me.
urge (fiagitavitne) you to go out with him ?
He does refuse.
Have you deterDoes he refuse to come to us ?
I have not determined (to do so).
mined to learn Latin ?
Has
He has resolved (to do
he resolved (decrevitne) to study French ?
He is exerting himself
What is he aiming at (Quid dgit) ?
so).
Do you endeavor
(Id agit ut) to commit this book to memory.
(studesne) to become diligent ?
I do strive to be diligent and good.
Must we see to it, that we love our neighbor ?
must see to
wish
by
all
We
it
Exercise
105.
Allow me
to entreat
you
to write.
Pray
let
me know when
you are
coming.
Do not believe that he is your friend. Are you glad that
I have written to your friend ?
I am delighted (detector) that you
have done it.
Are you sorry that you have lost your book ?
I
am very sorry that I have lost it.
Is he surprised that I did not
bring the doctor ?
He is surprised that he does not come.
Do
you thank me for having liberated you from trouble (molestid) ?
I
do thank you with all my heart (ioto pectore)
Do you congratulate
me for having recovered ? I do congratulate you.
does his
master complain ?
He complains of this, that he is negligent and
idle.
Why
LESSON
IMPERSONAL VERBS.
55.]
Lesson LV.
pensum
301"
QUINQUAGesimum
QUINTUM.
OE IMPERSONAL VERBS.
A. Impersonal verbs are those which are used in the third
person singular only, and without reference to any definite subThey are in English commonly introduced by the project.
noun it. E. g. Tonat, it thunders ; pluit, it rains ; oportet, it
behooves.
Remarks.
Impersonal verbs thus occur in all the conjugations, and in all
the moods and tenses of complete verbs.
E. g. 1. Constat, it is mani2. nocet, it is hurtful; 3. accldit, it happens; 4. convenit, it is
fest
Constdre, to be manifest tonuit, it thundered ?ioceat,
agreed upon.
let it be hurtful, &c.
1.
also
ashamed of yourself
4. The majority want
B.
Impersonal verbs
classes.
I.
They
are
Those serving
may
Perfect.*
Fulmlnat,
fulminavit,
Infinitive.
diluculare,
fulgurare,
fulminare,
Gelat,
gelavit,
gelare,
grandinavit,
grandinare,
Present.
diluculavit,
Dlluculat,
Fulgurat,
Grandinat,
fulguravit,
* Of some
26
to designate the
is
it
daicns.
it
lightens.
it
it
thunders.
freezes.
it
not used.
hails.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
302
Present.
Peffect.
Lapidat,
j lapidavit,
I
Lucescit,
55.
INFINITIVE.
lapidure,
lapidatum
it
rains stones.
est,
lucescere,
lux it,
Luciscit,
[LESSON
luciscere,
it
grows
light.
illuxit,
illucescere,
Illucescit,
ningere,
noctescere,
it
snows.
it
grows dark.
pluere,
it
rains.
it
thaws.
roravit,
regelare,
rorare,
it <l<
Tonat,
toniiit,
tonare,
it
thunders.
Vesperascit,
Advesperascit,
vesperavit,
advesperavit,
vesperare,
)
advesperare, )
it
becomes evening.
Ningit,
Noetescit,
ninxit,
pluvit, >
5
(pluit, [
regclavit,
Pluit,
Regelat,
Rorat,
ws,
dew falls,
The
obligation, or permission
Present.
(
Mlscret (me),
--
Pi get (me),
Perfect.
J
(
Poenitet (me),
Infinitive.
miseruit (rarely)
_v
mlseritum est,
mlsertum est,
piguil or,
plgitum
w _
miserere,
( if
mores mo
to nitn.
Jj
I
1 nave pity.
est.
plgere,
it
poemtere,
it
chagrins, iris.
poenituit,
r<
pt nts me,
re-
pent.
Pudet (me),
Taedet (me),
Oportet (me),
Libet (lubct),
Licet (mihi),
Decet (me),
Dedeeet (me),
Li(j[uet (mihi),
puduit, or
puditum
taeduit (rare///),
| pertaesum est,
oportuit,
>
( libuit, or
( libitum est, )
or
\
\ licitum est, j
<
<
pudcrc,
est, \
it
sham ps
nte,
I am
ashamed.
taedere,
it
wearies, disgusts.
oportcre,
it
behooves.
libere,
it
pleases.
llcere,
if is
liciiit,
dedecuit,
decere,
dedecere,
it
licuit,
liquere,
it is
decuit,
it
lawful, allowed.
becomes,
misbecomes,
manifest.
R F.MARKS.
1.
verbs
The
is
subject of the emotion denoted by some of the foregoingput in the accusative as, Miseret me, te, ilium, It moves \nv,
;
LESSON
IMPERSONAL VERBS.
55.]
303
you, him, to pity (i.e. I pity, you pity, &c). Pudet nos,vos,illos,
We, you, they are ashamed. So also oportet me, ie, ilium; decet (dedecei) nos, vos, &c.
But libet and licet are followed by the dative
(jnilii, tibi,
2.
&c.).
The verbs
libet,
licet,
The
which
is
Thus
Perfect.
Present.
Infinitive.
Accidit,
Contingit,
contigit,
Evenit,
evenit,
Fit,
factum
Attinet,
attlnuit,
attinere,
Pert I net,
Accedit,
Conducit,
pertinuit,
pertmere, \
accedere,
conducere,
there
it is
accidere,
contingere,
cvenire,
accidit,
")
it
est,
fieri,
accessit,
conduxit,
happens, occurs,
comes
to
pass.
J
)
Constat,
constitit,
constare,
Convenit,
Debet,
convenit,
dcbuit,
convenire,
debere,
it
belongs
to,
per-
tains.
it
be added.
is to
conduces.
evidt nt.
agreed on.
it
is
it
ought.
displeases.
( (lisplicuit,
Displicet,
displlcere,
it
doluit,
dole re,
it
fiiit,
esse,
expedivit,
not nit,
]
expcdlre,
prodesse,
(me),
fugit (me),
fallere,
f-
Dolet,
Est (= licet),
Expedit,
Prodest,
Fallit (mo),
(lisplieitumest,
fefellit
Fugit (me),
Praeterit (me),
(me ),
praeteriit
it
escapes
it
begins.
it
concerns.
it
delights.
it
hurts.
mcepit,
mcipere,
interfuit,
interesse, 7
Refert,
re tul it,
rcferre,
Juvat,
juvit,
juvare,
)
\
Delectat,
delectavit,
deleetare,
Nocet,
Obest,
nocuit,
nocere,
obfuit,
obesse,
patere,
pat nit,
j pliicuit,
I
Praestat,
placitum
est,
pracstitit,
my notice.
fugere,
>
praeterire,
Incipit,
Placet,
vantageous.
Interest,
Patet,
pains (grieves).
U is lawful, one mag.
it is expedit nt, ad-
it is
plaecre,
it
praestare,
it is
clear.
pleases.
preferable, bet-
ter,
remains.
Restat,
restitit,
restare,
Solet,
sol ere,
Assolet,
assolitum est,
Stat,
stetit,
assolere, j
stare,
it
is
Succurrit,
succurrit,
succurrere,
it
suggests
it
7
it is
usual.
resolved.
itself.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
30-4
[LESSON
Present.
Perfect.
Sufricit,
suffecit,
sufficere,
it
Suppetit,
suppetivit,
there
Vacat,
vacavit,
suppetere,
vacare,
Remark.
55.
Infinitive.
suffices.
on hand
is
there is leisure
(left).
it
pleases.
can
only be an infinitive (either with or without a subject accusative) or
an entire clause, but sometimes also the nominative of a neuter pronoun.
(Cf. Lessons L1L, LIIL, LIV.)
A'erbs thus used impersonally
IV. The third person singular passive, especially of intranverbs denoting motion, and which otherwise do not admit
E. g.
of the passive voice.
sitive
Curritur, there
Itur, there
is
Aditur, there
Ventum
est,
is
running.
Dlcitur.
Trad it ur.
approaching.
some one has come.
Scribitur,
is
is
it
going.
said.
is
it
it
related.
is
writtt
Pugnatur, then
is fighting.
Persuadetur, th re is persuading.
Certatur, it is contended.
Sentitur, it is pera wed.
weeping.
Ridetur, there is laughing.
Bibitur, there is drinking.
is
Remarks.
The
1.
cised,
is
agent, by which the activity denoted by these verbs is exercither left indefinite, or expressed by the ablative with a or
Does
it
thunder?
Toiuitne ?
Does
it
rain ?
Is
growing
grandinat
light or
dark
Grandinat vera.
Niiui pluit
it
Ndnne
Xon
pluit
ninjiit.
LESSON
55.]
305
It is
growing dark.
Yesperascit.
Is
it
hailing hard.
Did it freeze last night
It did not freeze.
It
is
Is
it
foggy
It
is
(foggy).
Non
is
Lucet.
does shine.
The sun
gelavit.
shine.
(is
blinding)
my
Lumen
eyes.
solis
praestringit.
The weather.
Good,
fine,
TempestaSj
coelum,
i,
n.
terrhna.
weather.
face, countenance.
eyes
f.
The
The
alls,
the ey esight
lorum.
Tonitrus, us, m.
The thunder.
The thunderbolt.
The snow.
The hail.
The fog, mist.
The rain.
Fulmen,
inis, n.
Grando, inis,/.'
Nebula, ae,/
The
sunshine.
The
parasol.
Umbclla,
dus.
ae, /.
Nebulosus, a, um.
Valde, vehementer (adv.*).
Utor, uti, usus sum (aliqua re,
Foggy.
Hard, violently.
To have (use, enj oy).
ALIQUO).
To
shine.
To
shine brightly.
The wind.
To
To
To
blow.
cease (rest).
rise.
Windy.
Stormy.
Srong, vehement.
Is
it windy
blow ?
Does the
wind
2G*
a,
um.
306
It
LATIN GRAMMAR.
windy.
is
blow.
Has the wind risen ?
No, it has ceased.
It is not stormy.
It is
tmmo
vero quievit.
Coelum non est procellosum.
Tempestas valde ventosa est.
J
(
The spring.
The autumn.
Valde
ventus.
flat
To
55.
very windy.
To
[LESSON
or itinera facere
(abroad)
travel.
Iter,
peregrinari
ride in a carriage.
To
To
To
facere).
Iter pedestre facere or conficere.
foot.
To
travel
(make a tour) on
foot.
To
like,
sum (aliquid
facere).
Do you
(in
back.
Where
Quo
It is
Equitavit in silvam.
Jucundum, injucundum
pleasant') to
Is it pleasant to
go on
est
aliquid
facere.
Estne jucundum
foot.
ire
pedibus (pe-
des) ?
Est profecto perjucundum.
.
It is
very pleasant.
Did he go on
foot or in
Utrum
a car-
riage ?
ivit
tus est ?
tmmo
Exercise
106.
snowed.
because
to
it
* Pedes,
-itis, ?.,
'?
(to
one
who
goes on foot.
If (si)
LESSON
EXERCISES
55.]
106,
307
107.
sort
o'clock in
until
It is
It
it ?
is
is
it
it
fine
it
it
It
it
Is
it.
into
fast.
into
it
it hails.
it
It
it
hail
It
hail,
it
to
it
is
it
I will
in
it
eyes.
It is
is
into
It is
It
to
it
this
there, if
to
to
est)
(si
Is it
is
it
this
Is it fine
is
it is
to
if (si)
Exercise
107.
He does intend
Does the Pole intend to drink some of this wine?
Do you like to go on foot when
to drink some of it, if he is thirsty.
I do not like to travel on foot.
you are travelling (iter faciens) V
I did not go on foot,
Did you travel to Italy (in Italiain) on foot ?
Do you
because the roads (viae) were too bad (nimis lutulentae).
I like to ride on horseback.
Has your
like to ride in a carriage ?
He has never gone on horseback.
cousin ever gone on horseback ?
I rode on
Did you ride on horseback the day before yesterday ?
Does your brother ride on horseback as often as
horseback to-day.
Hast thou sometimes ridden on
He rides oftener than I.
you ?
Will you go (in
I have never ridden on horseback.
horseback ?
I will ride thither.
Do you
a carriage) into the country to-day ?
Does your father like travelI do not like (it).
like travelling ?
ling in the winter ? - He does not like travelling (to travel) in the
Is it good
winter; he likes travelling in the spring and summer.
It is good travelling
travelling (pleasant to travel) in the spring?
in the spring and autumn, but it is bad travelling in the winter and
Have you sometimes travelled in the winter ?
I
in the summer.
Does
have often travelled both in the winter and in the summer.
He travels no longer but he formerly
your brother travel often ?
When do you like to ride on horseback ?
(quondam) travelled much.
Is it
I like riding on horseback in the morning, after breakfast.
It is good travelling there.
good travelling in the country?
They are runWhither are they running ( Quorsum curritur) ?
Have they (has any one) come (ventumne es\)
ning to the forum.
They have not yet come.
Was there laughii g
into the house ?
LATIN GRAMMAR.
308
[LESSON
56.
Lesson
To go
wards the
In Italiam,
in
Germaniam,
in
To
city.
Germany,
dere.
B.
name
urbe esse.
in Germania, in Africa
blico, in
In
Italia,
demorari.
Rdmae,
To be
To
stay in Italy, in
Germany,
in
Africa.
To
live at
Rome,
in Paris,
London,
Berlin, on Lesbus.
To
LESSON
Ex
hdrtis,
blico,
Ex
NAMES OF PLACES.
56.]
ex theatro, a loco
pii-
ab lirbe venire.
Italia,
ex Asia, ab Africa
fii-
gere.
Roma,
309
To come
To be
Remarks.
The names of cities sometimes occur -with
4. If the
name
connected with
it,
In answer to the question Whither? and Whence ? the accusaablative with and without the usual prepositions.
E. g.
Doctas Athenas or ad doctas Athenas, To learned Athens. (In) CarIpsa Samo, From Samos itself.
thaginem Novam, To New Carthage.
De vitiferd Vienna, From vine-bearing Yienne.
b.) In answer to the question Where ? the ablative with in, where
the genitive would otherwise be required, and the ablative without in
in all other cases.
E. g. In ipsa Alexandria, In Alexandria itself. In
Athenis tuis, In your Athens.
Alba Helvia. f
But without in :
CarthagXne Nova, in New Carthage.
c.) When one of the words oppidum, urbs, locus, &c. stands in apposition with the proper name of the town, it is commonly preceded
by the preposition but in answer to the question Where f these
a.)
tive
and
a'
LATIN GRAMMAR.
310
[LESSON
56.
riae florentissimam,
To
5. The poets frequently answer the inquiry Whither? by the simple accusative, where in prose a preposition is required. E. g. Ttaliam
Lavlnaque venit litora (sc. in), He came to Italy and the Lavinian
Speluncam eandem (sc. in) deveniunt, They come into the
coast.
same cave. Verba refers aures (= ad aures) non pervenientia nostras,
You utter words which do not reach our ears.
So likewise the question Where ? by the ablative without in. E. g.
Silvisque agrisque viisque corpora foeda jacent, The foul bodies lie
scattered through the woods, and in the fields and on the ways.
This
poetical license is imitated by the prose writers of the silver age, who
frequently omit the in ; as, medio agro, Gabind via, regione for in regione, &c.
6.
a.)
cities
Almost, nearly.
About.
Circiter, circa
Scarcely, hardly.
Vix, paene.
(Adverbs.)
; ferme.
(Adverbs.)
LESSON
56.]
How
(What
am
is
Quotum annum
your
old
is
agis ?
Decimum annum
How
311
ago.
your brother
Quotum annum
agit
fratereulus
tiius ?
He
He
is
is
scarcely
two years
To be born.
The year.
old.
Nascor,
Annus, i, m.
Major natu,* minor natu.
Maximus, minimus natu.
Older, younger.
The oldest, youngest.
Are you
(sorore
Yes, I
How
am much
old are
Sum
older.
you
est.
natus sum.
i,
tiia
tiia) ?
(Cf. Less.
es ?
LVIL
am
How
She
is
is your sister ?
about twelve years old.
She
is
old
A. Rem. 2.)
Viginti fere annos natus sum.
Quotum annum habet sdror tua ?
Duddecim circiter annos habet
be
take
me
(natus est).
dcto annos habet.
6cto paene annos nata est.
Quid aetatis tibi videor ?
Vix
You seem
to
be about
annorum
Videris esse
thirty.
circiter tri-
ginta.
To seem, appear.
The age (of life).
Videor,
Aetas,
visus sum.
eri,
atis,
/.
Major (quam)
I
(older
viginti
annos natus
sum.
viginti
sum.
He
Minor (quam)
nos natus
est.
et
triginta est.
To understand, comprehend, J
seize.
Comprehendo,
ere, di,
sum.
by or with respect
to birth."
So
with
is
literally
/ am
old.
less perfectly; it
LATIX GRAMMAR.
312
Do you understand me
(i. e.
what
!Num
intellisis,
XXX.
son
I say)
Xon
[LESSON
intelligo
quid dicam
56.
(Les-
C. 2.)
(comprehendo), quid
dicas.
the
man ?
Intellexistine, id
quod
Sane quidem,
Do you comprehend
Intelligisne istum
that man.
homo
dixit
intellexi.
hdminem
(i. e.
Parum (minus)
intelligo.
sed
dicis,
minus comprehendo.
stand you.
The noise.
The wind.
To bark.
The barking.
To hear, perceive.
Strepitus, us, m.
Ventus,
m.
i,
bus (aliquid).
Do you perceive
wind ?
I do perceive
the dogs
Ego vero
it.
the barking of
said ?
my
opinion
it.
Whose dog
It is the
Audi'vi.
it.
I do seize
canum
I have heard
Do you
percipio.
Audivistine latratum
is
dixi-
Non
exceperunt.
Capisne meam sententiam
Capio vero.
this ?
Englishman's.
To read.
To read through.
To
remain, stay.
To
stay, abide.
To
take.
To
beat, inflict
Lego, ere,
legi,
Perlego, ere,
lectum.
lectum.
legi,
Demorari, commorari.
ere, mpsi, mptum .*
Capio, ere, cepi, captum.
Accipio, ere, cepi, ceptum.
Verbero, are, avi, atum.
blows upon.
Percutio, ere, cussi, cussum.
Ferio, ire,
Amitto, ere, amisi, amissum.
j Perdo, ere, didi, ditum.
Sumo,
To
strike.
To
lose.
&c, generally.
* Sumere =
hold
of,
" to take
its
something offered.
LESSON
To
56.]
lose at play.
To know
313
(anything).
To
D.
take away.
" to carry
Obs.
With
is
alicui or ab aliquo
Has
Have
away
Niim homo
iste
quidquam
abstu-
lit?
Non
vero
nihil
quidquam abstu-
lit.
Abstuline
tibi
aliquid?
Dempsitne
pane
aliquid de
(ille)
nostra ?
Nihil dempsit.
Quid sustulit servus ?
de mensa
sustulit.
the table.
table to be
Jussistine
mensam
tdlli ?
cleared off?
I have not yet done it.
Will you take away these books ?
Nondum jiissi.
I will.
Non
the book
which you lent him ?
Did he stay at his home, or at
his father's ?
They were
Who
unwilling to take
has beaten our dog ?
it.
Ecquid
vis tollere
hos libros ?
vdlo.
ei
est,
coman in
paterna ?
Permansit in paterna.
Num acceperunt, quod
eis dedisti ?
Accipere noluerunt.
Quis canem nostrum
verberavit
(perciissit) ?
Nemo eum
No
Have you
Niimquid
verberavit.
amisistis ?
Nihil amisimus.
* Aha,
Be
27
LATIN GRAMMAR.
114
[LESSON
56.
Do
tiius
alea perdidit ?
I do
not
know
it
Do you know
man
Nondum
yet.
much
as
as this
homo
*?
know as much.
Did you know that ?
I did not know it.
How many books has your
I do not
cous-
them,
reading
five of
he
at present
is
the sixth.
did our friends remain
Where
at
He
tibi
notum
h'bros
consobrinus
fuit.
Quam
multos
jam perlegit ?
Perlegit jam qumque,
tum legit.
et
nunc sex-
commorati sunt
Commorati sunt ddmi.
Tenuerunt se ddmi.
home.
Will (does
give
ddctus sum.
Fuitne hoc
tiius
Non aeque
!Non
in already read ?
didici.
Placetne patri
me
tiio
mandare
milii
aliquid faciendum ?
Ciipit vero tibi
quiddam faciendum
mandare.
to do.
Exercise
108.
Will you lend my brother a book I have lent him one already.
Will you lend him one more
lend him two more.
the poor have given them money.
Have you given anything
How much money has my cousin given you He has given me
he has given me only two crowns. How old
only a
your
Are you old he am
twenty years
brother He
How old are you I am hardly eighteen years
not
Am younger
thou am about twelve years
How old
than you do not know. How old
our neighbor He
Are our friends young we (ejusdem
years
not quite
They are older than we. How old are they
The one
nineteen, and the other
twenty years
your father old mine He older than yours. Have
Has your friend
you read my book have not quite read
Do you understand
book He has almost
me do understand you. Does the Englishman understand us
He does understand Do you understand what we are
Dost thou understand German
you We do understand
Do we understand
do not understand
but am learning
the English We do not understand them. Do the Germans un?
to
I will
little
is
old.
is
so old.
as
as
art
old.
is
thirty
old.
as
old.
is
as
aetatis nobiscimi) ?
(alter)
(alter) is
as
as
Is
finished his
?
I
is
it
finished
old.
yet.
it.
telling
us.
it.
it
yet,
it.
LESSON
CONSTRUCTION OF TIME.
57.]
315
Do we understand them
derstand us They do understand
We hardly understand them. Do you hear any noise hear
nothing. Have you heard the roaring of the wind have heard
Whose
What do you hear hear the barking of the
the dog of the Scotchman.
dog
us.
it.
is this ?
I
dogs.
It is
Exercise
109.
is
Lesson
LATIN GRAMMAR.
316
menses in
To
To
urbe demorari.
Tres hdras, sex menses, per trien-
To
Duas hebdomades,
nium cum aliquo
ires
[LESSON
57.
three months.
live with any one three hours,
six months, for three (entire)
habitare.
years.
N6ct.es diesque alicui assidere.
To
sit
Annum jam
He
is
tertium et vicesimum
by
tieth year.
regnat.
est.
ters.
Kemarks.
is sometimes also expressed by the Ablative.
Triginta annis vixisse, To have lived for thirty years.
Quattuordecim annis exilium tolerdre, To suffer exile for fourteen years. But
this is rather an exception peculiar to writers of the silver age.
1.
E.
Duration of time
g.
expressions,
This day,
week.
By
verses.
natdll
vic-
Remarks.
In before the ablatives anno, die, hord, &c. rarely occurs. In
tempore can only be said when tempus has the sense of " emergency ";
in tali tempore, under such ciras, hoc in tempore, in this emergency
The English " betimes " (" in time," " in season ") is
cumstances.
In this sense the adverbial
in Latin either tempore or in tempore.
1.
LESSON
CONSTRUCTION OF TIME.
57.]
317
tempori and temperi are also used, from which the comparative tempemore seasonably, earlier.
rius,
2.
by
The English
interdiu
die
day.
3. Substantives which do not of themselves denote any division of
time, but are still used to express that relation, are put in the ablative
partly with in, but frequently without it.
So initio and principio, in
in
atorial,
and Latin
exhibitions.
The time
is
expressed by
by the Accu-
0.
E.
g.
quaginta
nullum
Romanum
exercitum viderant.
Quattuor tragoedias sexdecim
diebus absolvisti.
Fretum Euripi
septies die
red-
D.
The
a
cities
Roman army
years.
You have
finished
four tragedies
in sixteen days.
procat.
done
is
quam (=
He makes
The
Abhinc
Abhinc
dies tres.
)
tribus diebus. C
-,,
(
j*
Ante hos tres dies.
)
T1
Tl ree
These
* But when
six
/r
,
hre * da>' S b(
a
T
three days
ago.)
1 hese (J
i
j
-,
tore this.
months a^o.
the in
bello
27*
318
LATIN GRAMMAR.
[LESSON
57.
Remark.
The question How long ago f is sometimes also answered by the simple ablative e. g. paucis his diebus, a few days aoo,
within a few days before this time.
;
c
\.
x. *
SlX m0nths before
.
* d^
Q^rrbufpS. }
Note.
/
g lven CTent
0^
,n
)-
(** -n t).
The words ante and />os are usually put before the Accuand after the Ablative. But they may also stand between the
numeral and noun. The numeral may be either a cardinal or an
ordinal.
Thus the English " Three days before," and " Ten years
sative
after,"
may
be expressed as follows
Ablative.
Accusative.
Decimum
F.ibius tertio
post
annum.
diebus ante.
die ante.
ante diebus.
ante die.
fiierat.
M.
Tribus
Tertio
Tribus
Tertio
Romulus.
He was made
Remarks.
Post and ante are usually put after their ablatives, or behveen
them, as above.
Sometimes, however, they occupy the first place
1
* This and the next following examples show that ante and post may (as
prepositions) be followed by an accusative, indicative of the time before or after
which the event has taken' place. When this is the case, the preposition usually comes after the words diebus, annis, &c.
LESSON
57.]
"POST," ETC.
319
2. The word ante may also stand in the sense abhinc, " ago," " before the present time" (cf. D.), but not vice versa.
3. Ante and post, followed by quam with a verb, give rise to the
same variety of expression. E.g. Anno ipso, antequam natus est
Ennius, An entire year before Ennius was born. Numa rex annis
permultis ante fait, quam Pythagoras, Numa was king many years be-
4. After the ablative of time, and also after pridie and postridie,
the words ante and post are sometimes omitted, especially before quam.
Thus Quemadmddum tertio anno rapuere (sc. ante), As they had
plundered three years before. Anno trecentesimo altero, quam (=
postquam) condita erat Roma, Three hundred and two years after the
founding of Rome. Pridie quam (= antequam) occideretur, The day
before he was killed. Postridie ad me venit, quam (= postquam) expectaram, He came to me the day after I had expected him.f
:
The
ablative, with
(=
Relations of time are also expressed by ad or usque ad, " until "
"till"; de, "at," or "during"; and sub, which cum.
" towards," or " about," but cum. Abl. " at," " by," " during."
Ace.
conversed
E.g. Ab Jiora octavd usque ad vesperam collocuti sumus,
from the eighth hour until evening. De nocte surgere, To rise during
the night. De multci nocte vigilare, To watch late at night.
Sub luSub luce, By daylight. Sub exitu anni, At
cem, Towards daylight.
the close of the year.
Sub iempus edendi, Towards (near) dinnertime.
6.
(cum Ace),
We
m r
bite,
lo
Why ?
to
wound
7
7V
biJ bitinq.
(
A
on what account
Mordeo,
'
ere, momordi,
'
.
I _
morsum.
T
7
x
Morsu
vulnerare (aliquem).
Cur ? quamobrem ? quapropter
-.
qua de causa
* Thus the English " Two hours before (or after) he had died," may in
Latin be expressed as follows: Duabus horis antequam (postquam) decesseAnte (post) duas horas, quam decesserat
Altera hord antequam (postquam) decesserat
Ante (post) alteram horam, quam decesserat
f Instead of quam, ex quo and quum, "since," may also be used, with post
omitted; e. g. Triduo, quum has dabam lilteras, Three days after writing this.
So also the mere ablative of the relative e. g. Octo diebus, quibus has Utleras
dabam, Eight days after the date of this.
rat
LATIN GRAMMAR.
320
What
Why
is
not
the
reason
(==
that
quod.
because).
Why
I beat
57.
Because.
For
[LESSON
quia.
bitten
dit.
t
Ego eum
mdrsu vulneraverit.
Ciir non (quin) medicum
Why
me
arcessis ?
Eum
ejus
Why
Ciir
intelli-
Eum
intel-
non pdssunt.
Novistine hdminem, qui mihi baculum siium commodavit ?
ligere
has
know him.
I do
Do you
!Novi, vero.
out?
Does the tailor show you the
coat which he is mending ?
He does show it.
Do you
see the
man who
is
Ostenditne
Sane qui'dem,
hdrtulo
Eum
]
"]
[_
To
or any-
est
in
non video.
f Opperior,
wait, remain.
quam
ostendit.
in
the garden ?
I do not see him.
To
tdgam,
tibi sartor
reficit ?
Maneo,
iri,
ere, nsi,
Expccto, are,
nsum.
aci, citum.
thing.
To
Opperiri aliquid.
am
Opperirisne
Ego vero
Manetne
trem
the
Is
master
He
is
Num
epi'stolas tiias ?
(eas) opperior.
(opperitiirne)
servus hero
siio
(Ei)
fru-
praestolatur
suam
non
praestolatur.
LESSON
57.]
tant.
To owe.
Debeo, ere,
quid).
How much
Debesne
one anything?
to
me
alicui aliquid ?
iii,
any one.
do you oAve
321
I do.
ego. ;.
Num
Nobis
nihil
Debeo
tibi
debuerunt.
multa.
things.
The master.
The shilling.
The pound.
Herus,
i,
i, m.
Libra (ae, /.) pondo
pondo
Five pounds of gold.
To
return,
come back.
From (any
At what
or simply
(indeclr).
place).
m.
*Shillingus,
cum
Abl.).
soles ?
there.
He
At nine
Revertitiirne
mane
in the morning.
servus
illinc
bene
Reverti
mane
(sc.
hdra).
* This verb is crenerally reverter in the present; but in the perfect reverti
(from the active reverto), more frequently than reversus sum.
| iSee Lesson LVI. C.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
322
At
How
long
57.
Quam dm ?
[LESSON
ivhile
Longer.
Dm
at dinner).
During
play-time
(while
playing).
For the space of two, three,
four days.
(For) three entire days.
For three months.
During twenty days.
For many years.
Kow for the third year (already three years).
(Within) these twenty years.
Within the next three years.
A minute.
man
mer.
viginti.
Proximo
triennio..
*Horae sexagesima
mentum, i, n.
Mensis,
How
Tres menses.
Dies viginti.
Multos annos.
entire.
quatriduum
Annus,
month.
triduum,
(Ace.)
Dies, m.
Whole,
the
Biduum,
A day.
A year.
The summer.
The winter.
The age.
The century.
How
Inter ludendum.
(Lesson
&f.
i,
(sc.
pars)
mo-
YIH. B.)
in.
is, m.
Aestas, atis,/.
Hiems, emis,y!
Aetas, atis,/
Saeculum,
i,
n.
Quam
diu
cum hdmine
grum
collocii-
tus es ?
Qiic4m
gram.
LESSON
EXERCISES
57.]
How
Moratdsne es dm m urbe ?
Moratus sum ibi ldngum tempus.
Quam diu commorari vis nobis-
cum
with us ?
I desire to remain with
hour, a month, a year.
you an
323
110, 111.
Exercise
110.
Why
Why
we
'?
We
Exercise
111.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
324
[LESSON
58.
Lesson LVIII.
pensum
duodesexage-
SIMUM.
SYNTAX OF THE ACCUSATIVE.
A.
The accusative serves to designate the direct object of transitive verbs, active or deponent, and stands
in
Whom?
or Wliat?
(Cf. Les-
son
Graeciam
Uberavit.
like a shade.
sequitur.
Remarks.
When
the verb is changed into the passive voice, the objectE. g. Pater ajilio amdaccusative becomes the subject of the verb.
1.
LESSON
53.]
325
2. In addition to the accusative of the immediate object, many active verbs admit of another noun in the Genitive, Dative, or Ablative.
These verbs are then said to govern two cases. E. g. Pater
jilio
lis
of,
and disgusted
(abl.) se privavit,
Lessons
Me
weary
his eyes.
Cf.
is
sometimes entirely
it
commonly happens.
5.
The verb
itself is
sometimes omitted.
This occurs,
28
LATIN GRAMMAR.
32G
may be
of facere
Nihil aliud
supplied.
[LESSON
(sc. fecit)
quam
5S.
helium com-
Ilia nocte
paravit, His only thought was the preparation of a war.
nihil aliud (sc. factum est) quam vigilatum in urbe, That night there
was nothing but watching in the city (i. e. every one kept awake).
E. g. Quos ego
c.) In a'sentence left unfinished by aposiopesis.*
....
Whom
I will
....
A transitive
navem agere
= navigare, &c.
The
Mirum
somniavi somnium.
Juravi verissimum pulcherrimumque jusjurandum.
triumphavit
Siccius Dentatus
cum imperatdribus siiis triumphos novem.
and honorably.
Siccius Dentatus, with his generals,
Remark.
Instead of a noun of the same root with the verb, one
of kindred signification merely is often put. E. g. Proelia pugnare, to
*
given.
rhetorical figure
employed
in
ellipsis.
LESSON
58.]
327
fight battles
aleam ludere, to play at dice saltare Turnum or Cyclopa, to dance the Turnus or the Cyclops Bacchanalia vivere, to lead
a Bacchanalian life
O/ympia vincere or corondri, to conquer, to be
crowned at the Olympic games judicium vincere, to gain one's case.
;
Many
C.
employed
commonly
verbs, though
Such
are,
shame.
fear,
resipere,
A variety of others,
3.
mon
ambulare,
to spend in sleep
and proper'are,
to
to walk, act. to
fastidire, to
make
sleep, act.
;
festinare
ludere, to
Remark.
noun or
On
these accusatives,
To
live,
To
inhabit.
To
live
reside (in
On
all
2.
Domicxlium habere
(aliquo loco).
Incolo, ere, iii, cultum (aliquam
Habitdre,
or
TERRAM, URBEM).
on or near (a
river)
street,
LATIN GRAMMAR.
128
Where do you
I live in the
53.
"Ubi habitas ?
live ?
fifty.
What
[LESSON
Domicilium habco in
numero qmnquagesimo.
Quam
S;'u
live in ?
He
lived
Incdluit inter
Rhenum
Alpesquc.
the Alps.
What
street
do you live on
num-
five.
To
live
Apud
of any one.
To
No,
haoitare.
live in the
coun-
immo
tavi.
Do you
live
um)
I do not live with him, but with
my
father.
Apud
lui-
bito.
Habitatne amicus
eodem
Quo
loco
tii
campum nuignum.
pore
Via, ae, f.
Till, until
Numerus,
(Prep.).
;
i,
vicus,*
ing.
to-morrow.
i,
m.
m.
j In, usque in
etiam mine
The street.
The number.
tiius
loci,
Till
(tii-
Usque
ad meridiem, vesperam,
mane (tempus matutinum).
Usque ad diem crastinum in cra;
stinuin.
Till the day after to-morrow.
Until late at night.
Till daylight.
Ad
Ad
Up
Ad
lucem.
tem).
to that time.
Vtcus
is
id
tempus
ad
id locorum.
LESSON
Up
To
58.]
Ad
to a certain time.
this place, hither,
(Adv.)
*Hebdomas,
adis,
ad
Eo
as
The week.
tempus quoddam.
Hucusque, hactenus
hunc usque locum.
thus
329
ad
f, or hebdomada,
ae, /.
*Dies
*Dies
*Dies
*Dies
*Dies
*Dies
*Dies
Sunday.
Monday.
Tuesday.
Wednesday.
Thursday.
Friday.
Saturday.
lives with
still
dies dorninicus.
lunae.
Martis.
Mercurii.
Jdvis.
Veneris.
Saturni.
Niim amicus tuus apud te etiam
nunc (hddie etiam) habitat ?
live with
me no
solis
Xon
longer.
vero
habitat.
How long
(ddmi
te
tiiae)
habi.ta.vit ?
Ilabitavit
XXXV. B.)
Quiim diu (quo xisque) apud patrem meum moratus es ?
Commorutus siim apud eum usque
ad undecimam ndctis.
How
night.
Dum
Dum
Until I return.
Until I bring you the book.
Subj.)
dfieram.
Until
my
To be
wished.
wished, Cupere
Optare
Posse
can been
| Quire
willing, to
been
To
Diim (donee)
brother returns.
wish
desire
wish,
could.
Has he been
To be able,
able,
cuplvi, cupitum.
avi,
willing to go for
28*
atum.
potui,
Ivi,
the physician V
He has not been willing to go
for him.
Did he wish to go out this
He
frater revertitur.
vdlui,
willing,
desired.
morning
Yelle
Itum.
eum
ndluit.
Non
cupivit.
LATIX GRAMMAR.
330
Nuin hoc
do
willing to
[LESSON
58.
facere voluerunt ?
this ?
-willing.
be found.
French
D.
Obs.
Quis, aliquis
homines.
on).
General assertions,
in
which
English
in
&c, may
we employ
in Latin be
By
2.
esse
3.
the
first
person plural
as,
Si cogitamus, If
as,
we
Dicunt eum
reflect (if
one
reflects).
4.
By
scias, It is
5.
6.
By
By
By
as,
Licet videre,
One can
sec
say.
(we may
see).
7.
est, It is
as,
In villam revertendum
Nondum
apport&ti sunt.
Quid dixerunt?
Nihil dixerunt.
Quid factum
?
est ?
New.
My
new garment.
His new clothes.
Novus,
a,
um
recens,
tis.
mea
recens or nova.*
Yestimenta sua (ejus) recentia
(nova).
Testis
Recens, not yet worn out, and nova, just made, or after the latest fashion.
LESSON
58.]
My new
Milites novi.
brush.
(-te)-si,
have no time
brush
to
i,
or
extergere
m.
detergtre
-tersuni).
am ndvam ?
Non ego earn nondum
331
friend.
me-
extersi.
Ndnne
it.
eum
deter-
gendum.
Exercise
112.
live?
do
house. Do you
where you did
Does your friend
lie no
there
where he did
Where does he
longer
where he did
present
He
William Street
WUhelmiana), number one hundred
Where your brother He
and
the garden.
He gone
Where your cousin gone
the garden. Did
Have you seen
the play yesterday did go
you go
my friend have seen him. When did you see him saw
do not know.
him
morning. Where has he gone
the servant brushed my clothes He has brushed them. Has he
How long did he remain here
swept my room? He has swept
noon. How long have you been writing? have been
writing
midnight. How long did
work You worked
the morning. How long did my brother remain with
four o'clock
evening. How long hast thou
you He remained with me
been working? have been working
now. Hast thou
write
the day
long
write have
to-morrow. lias
long
work lie has
the physician
work
to-morrow.
Must I remain long here You must remain here
Sunday.
Must my brother remain long with you lie must remain with us
Monday How long must I work You must work
the
long
to-morrow. Have you
speak have
day
speak. Did you speak long spoke
an hour
the next
Have you remained long my room have remained day.
long
moment. Have you
house have
How long have you
long
Sunday. How many triumphs did Dentatus celebrate He
of a
docs your father
brated nine. What
and a tranquil (tranquUlus) one. Who
He
a retired
was wont
dance the Turnus The Romans were wont
dance
I live in the large street (in plated)
Where do you
He lives at his friend's house.
Where does your father live ?
They live in the large street, numWhere do your brothers live ?
live at
live at his
still
lives
live
live
still
still.
cousin's ?
live
I live
'?
live ?
live.
live at
'?
(in via
lives in
fifteen.
is
to ?
is
to
is
thither.
in
into
is
to V
this
lias
it.
Till
until
until
in
until
to
till
to
to
still
still
after
till
to
till
till
till
after
to
this
still
to live in
still
in
to live in this
to live in
it ?
life
live
it
Till
cele-
sort
still
till
still
it.
in
till
till
to
still
(vivere) ?
(otiosus)
lives
to
to
it.
[lesson
latin grammar.
332
Exercise
"".
113.
with me no
Does your friend
How Long has he lived with you? has lived with me only a
remained there
the ball?
year. How long did you remain
the carriage?
midnight How long have you remained
Have you remained the garden
have remained an hour
now. Has the captain eome
now? have remained there
has the merhere. How
lure
has come
the end of the road. Has the
&r
has come
chant come
He has come m
the end of the
Turk come
What do you do the morning read. And what
you do thru breakfast and work. Do you breakfast before you
breakfast Dost thou play instead
read before
read No,
of working? work instead of playing. Does thy brother go to
does not bo the
the garden
the play instead of going
What do you do the evening? work. hat bast
thou done
and have
have brushed your
evening?
Didst thou remain Long the theatre?
the
wait here
few minutes. Are you
mained there but
my father returns.
How long must [wait? Sou must wait
me. What have they
Has anybody come? S
speak
you. Have they not
wanted? They have wanted
They have been
w dt What
wait
been willing
wait
you waited
him
man?
do von say
still
you
live with
IT.-
lives
1I'
at
in
till
in
till
as
till
far as
in
it.
as
as
1I'
far
as for as
II-
forest
as far as
there.
in
far as
<lo
Sir,
into
play.
thi<
\\
clothes,
theatre.
to
to
1I-
in
at
re-
willing
t<>
till
to
to
to
to that
willing to
not
lli\<-
to
tell
tir
me
long
to
'.'
al
it.
it
have shown
it
to
Lesson LIX.
PENSUM
QXDESEXAGESIMDM.
in,
inter,
oh.
j><
,-.
and take an
Such are
ire,
meare,
ambuUx
8ic.fi akofogvt,
currere,
tabre,
vaga
LESSON"
59.]
lairare, vigUare,
The
sedere, &c.
may
following
rest or situation
serve as specimens
333
^eutek.
Active.
adire,
to
approach,
alloqui,
to
address,
antegredi,
to precede,
rom
ire,
to rjn.
"
loqui,
to
"
gradi,
to ir<rfl\
"
dere,
crepare,
to clatter.
"
"
rid ere,
jatere,
to
to
li>
undi rgo,
11
ire,
to
go.
sedere,
currere,
to sit.
fluere,
to flow.
"
volare,
tofly.
"
iff,
t<>
"
labi,
"
eminere,
Bcandere,
eircumsedere,
to
increpare,
to chide,
surround)
irridere,
to
interjaeere,
to be situate
ohire,
to
ride,
'/'
obsidere,
to
!>
percurrere,
to
run
praeflucre,
to flow be/t
between,
pass) through,
praetervolare,
to
hurry
subire,
to
undi rgo,
by,
Bubterlabi,
''
i
r,
to <"
supereminere,
Buprascandere,
transcendere,
,1,
(,.-, ,-,
speak.
to Sit.
to
laugh.
.
run.
go.
to j>roj< r(.
to
climb.
tn CT(
fcransvolare,
(pass) over,
to fly
tofly.
Ex AMPLES.
7" nunc dUoquor, A fricane.
Cato allatrdre Scipionis magnitur
Annus
yndre inftuxit.
Euphrates
/"
no
Populus
Niim
'"
pi.
tiiuin
nonnumquam
dig-
'/'
i
slight
the
meritoi bus.
hie
fluctus, flucius
sojx fi 'iiiim I
ndmen
?el
transcendi re pdtuit,
gem
Bdlet
ve*nit
ACC.
me'diam
of.
not prat
Qui
Babyloniam
iransnatart
aucasum
<
el
ran-
[las
I
ertops
3
all
others,
<>ur
lucasus, or
Bwum beyond
the
the
Rem
irks.
or figurative sense.
sis transiri potest,
ante, in,
as transitive verbs,
ft,
ob,
Mors pro
334
LATIN
GRAMMAR
[LESSOR
59.
g.
In spem
Ad
libertatis ingredior, I
to
me.
<
<-"j)i<i*
trajecit,
lespont.
B. The impersonal verb- j>< mtet, piget, pudet, taedet, mtseand verttum est are followed by the accusative of the person
1..
affected by the emotions denoted by them.
rct.
I
I
We
We
).
me
Miseret
Yentum
Remark.
stands in the
tmpudet.
('.
eum).
(te,
est
m.
The
i
<_r
T>
am
am
(yon are. he
(you are, he
is)
Borrj.f
is)
chagrined.
are ashamed.
(you, thev) are disgusttd.
(you) pity, be nil
(ye, thei
object
Tho impersonal
E. g.
me,
t, nos.
Jt
am
de-
lighted, &c.).
LESSON
ACCUSATIVE
59.]
IN
It escapes
me.
ammo
esse,
valde
me
me
nisi
Ndn me
pro
or notice, I
am
spirits.
juvat.
Nos,
my memory
do not know.
I know very well.
Every one of you is aware.
Mr
Te
335
TO."
Unless
jacebimus.
Vetera exempla
fdllit,
fugit,
fictis fabulis
jam
am
mistaken,
we
shall fail.
haberi.
now
examregard-
ed a> fictions.
aware, that practice is the
best teacher of oratory.
Who were not afraid to assert
pleasure to be the highest good
esse dpti-
know very
ponere.
am
Remarks.
of tin-; class differ from those of B by
sometimes admitting a subject nominative, although never a personal
one.
E. g. Candida pax homines, trux decet ira feras t Gentle peace
becomes men, ruthless ferocity wild beasts.
1.
"
2.
ed,
and
oporti
it
'.,
t.
:;.
Decet ami latet are sometimes construed with the dative, hut
Thus, /'/ nobis decet, Thus it become> us.
only by the older writers.
Latet mi/ii, I am ignorant of the fact.
ih<-
Equus micat
English
aiiribus
el
in,
as
tremit
Pontificem praeire
Ingdnium
jiissil
moUimur ab
placida
ini'irifiir
teneras
rubdre
to*
its
ears
and trem-
its limits.
He ordered
verba.
arte.
(/>'
Lit.
hit.
We
Lit.
The maidi u
with respect
drtus.
Virgo
to,
//'.
is .<wm,>. <i
to
as to '"if mi
as (< ht r < keeks.
need.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
336
He
59.
front of
ictus ceeiuit.
Tacita ciira
[LESSON
dnimum
incensus.
iety.
Nudae brdcMa
Bare
ac lacertos.
as to their
Remarks.
of Greek origin, and occurs chiefly in pocalled synecdoche.
This construction
etry.
It is
Among
2.
dered by
the accusatives thus representing other cases, and renof as to, with respect to, are included,
in, for,
The
a.)
is
following,
in prose
even
mag-
(=
We
To steed
riA
from)
(pilfer,
^r J '
abstract)
AB ALIQUO).
To commit a
E.
Furtum
theft.
= on any one).
alicui
to take
away
theft
on any one ?
No one has stolen anything from
Niimquis furtum
fecit alicui ?
any one.
What have
What have
They
eum
vero
aliquis.
LESSON
59.]
"
" OMNIS,"
" UNIVERSUS.'
CUNCTUS,"
Omnis, e
All.
sus, a,
um
cunctus, a,
337
univer-
um.
Omnis signifies " all," " the whole of," and sometimes
Cunctus generally appears only in connection with a collective noun, or in the plural, in the sense "all together," or as many
Universus (== unus and
as there are of a certain class or number.
versus) is " all collectively," " the whole," " entire."
F.
Obs.
" every."
All
All
All
All
his
money.
Omnis
this
wine.
Omne
hdcce vinum.
Omnes
Omnes
these children.
these good children.
The entire people.
All the citizens (as a body).
The whole of the (the entire)
family.
For three entire days.
All as a mass, without exception.
All men.
hi liberi.
hi liberi bdni.
Cunctus pdpulus.
Ciincti cives.
Familia universa.
Triduum universum.
Omnes universi.
6mnes homines universi (hdmi;
DeS )'
Everything which
a
Omne quod
all that.
(quodciinque)
omnia
quae (quaeciinque).
(ciincti,
uni-
versi).
To
dye, color.
nctum.
To
color, paint.
To
white.
Green
Yellow gray.
Brown
Black
a,
blue.
anything
red.
To dye
curare.
a,
caeriileus, a,
a,
black,
viridi,
&c. inficcre.
What
Quo
colore
tdgam tiiam
inficerc
vis ?
Ciipio
eum
ptinnum
Tingisne
tiium
colore
viridi ?
No
am
Did he get
No
dying
it
his hat
he has got
it
Non
red.
dyed blue
dyed white.
29
LATIN GRAMMAR.
338
The color.
The dyer.
The word.
The speech.
How is this word
Yerbum,
Sermo,
It
is
vocabulum,
n.
i,
m.
name
Q#dinodo
written ?
written with a z.
his
is
n.
i,
onis,
Qudmodo
written ?
written thus.
is
How
59.
lum
It
[LESSON
scribitur
Scribitur littera
Germany.
nomen
ejus ?
~.
Holland.
*Ho!landia, ae,/.
England.
Spain.
Italy.
France.
America.
terrarum.
foederatae.
ica.
Switzerland.
Helvetia, ae./.
Turkey.
Bornssia, ae,/
Turcia, ae,/
Rus>ia.
*Russia. ae,/
Prussia.
Ruthenia, ae,/
Londimun. i. //.
Paris.
Lutetia. ae,/ (Parisii).
New York.
*N6vum Eboracum, i, n.
Rome.
Roma, ae,/
As far as my brother's.
Usque in do'mum mei fratris.
As far as England, Switzerland, Usque in Angliam, Helvetian!,
:
London.
America.
As
far as
Aniericam.
London,
Paris,
New
York.
As
To
travel; to
Rome.
male (under-
take) a journey.
(Iter facere
(
(
to
be abroad.
set out
place.
factum.
su.<cijjtre
susce-
pi, susceptum.
Peregrinor,
ari,
Peregrinatum abesse
Contendere (aliquo).
ci,
atus sum.
abfui.
i, feet us sum.
to travel towards a JProficiscor,
Tendo, ere, tetendi, tensum.
To be on a journey,
To
< Peregrinaliones
before the
LESSON
EXERCISES
59.]
When
do you intend
England ?
Quo tempore
to start for
am
my
travelling to
to Italy, to
in
Angliam
proficisci
edgitas ?
339
114, 115.
Quo usque
fecit iter ?
mare Atlanticum
usque in Americam.
Iter per
Quo
tendis ?
fratrem, in Italiam,
Tendo ad
brother,
London.
fecit
Lon-
dinum.
Exercise
114.
Have they stolen anything from you (has anything been stolen from
you) ?
They have stolen all the good wine from me.
Have they
stolen anything from your father?
They have stolen all his good
Have you
do not know.
Do you know how this
I
word is written ?
It is written thus.
Do you dye anything ?
What
dye my hat.
What color do you dye it ? I dye it black.
color do you dye your clothes ?
We dye them yellow. Are you
He is very much
sorry?
I am not sorry.
Is he chagrined?
They are ashamed
Are they not ashamed?
(vedde) chagrined.
and disgusted.
Are you delighted that your brother has come ?
I am very much delighted.
Do you know that your book has been
Are
stolen?
It has not escaped my notice that it has been stolen.
you addressing me ?
I am not addressing you, but the stranger (who
is) standing by your side.
not seen
father
is ?
it.
Exercise
115.
What color do
I get it dyed.
get your trunk dyed ?
What color dost thou get
you get it dyed ?
I get it dyed green.
Does your
thy thread stockings dyed ?
I get them dyed white.
cousin get his handkerchief dyed ?
He does get it dyed. Does he
What color have your
get it dyed red ?
He gets it dyed gray.
friends got their coats dyed ?
They "have got them dyed green.
They have
What color have the Italians had their carriages dyed ?
He has two
had them dyed blue.
What hat has the nobleman ?
Do you
hats, a white
Have
I a hat ?
LATIN GRAMMAR.
340
[LESSON
60.
burnt
our good
How
have
them
have you travelled?
have
travelled as
as Germany. Has he travelled
America. How far have the Spaniards
He has travelled
has
London. How
gone They have gone
poor
as here.
man come He has come
he come
my
your house lie has come
eral.
it ?
to
often.
this
it.
it
to
thither.
to
to
to
travelled.
to
to
thither.
to
to
to
to
thither.
in
five
in
all
all out.
letters ?
'/
ships.
all
finished
all
far
all.
as far as Italy ?
far
as far as
as far as
far
lias
as far
Lesson LX.
YI.UBS
as far as
father's.
as far as
'?
this
PENSUM
SEXAGESIMUM.
The
A.
Qui's
dam
Who
Catiline
men.
whom
he seduced, in per-
nicious crimes.
Demdcritus
Polyaenum geome-
Antigonus
iter
6/nnes celat.
Remarks.
These verbs occur frequently with one accusative only, and docere sometimes without any case, like the English " to teach," " to
1.
LESSON
instruct."
aliquid
60.]
341
2. ^Vhen docere and edocere signify " to inform," the thing is expressed by the ablative with de.
E. g. De ilinere hostium senatum
edocet, He informed the senate of the enemy's route.
Sulla de Ids rebus docetur, Sulla is informed of these things.
So also celdre aliquem
de re.
An
E.
g.
instituo,
erudlcit,
itself
Jphicrates exercitum omni discipline militari erudivit, Iphicrates instructed the army in every military discipline.
B.
Verbs signifying to inquire, to ask, or demand,
likewise admit of two accusatives: one of the person,
and the other of the thing.
Such verbs are
Moo jure
Nunquam
te
E.
interrogo,
g.
I
which I am entitled.
have never asked the gods for
riches.
Orationes
me duas
You
pdstulas.
are
demanding two
orations of
me.
Pacem
ie dmnes poscimus.
Caesar Ae'duos frumentum quo-
tidie flagitabat
tari.
about
cos.
Sunt, quae
We
te
voluinus
percon-
this thing.
Ave
Remarks.
Verbs of asking or demanding sometimes have also aliquid ab
E. g.
atiquo, and those of asking or inquiring aliquem de aliqua re.
2Q *
j
LATIN GRAMMAR.
3-42
Quid
[LESSON
60.
acta Uia vita, quid stucUa, quid artes a tejlagitent, tu videbis, See
what your past life, your studies and science demand of you.
yourself,
&c.
2. After peto, I ask (beseech), and quaero, I ask or inquire, the
double accusative never occurs, but the construction of those verbs is
petere aliquid ab aliquo, or petere ab aliquo, ut or ne, and quaerere
E. g. Quod ne facias peto a te, Which I
aliquid ab (de, ex) aliquo.
beseech you not to do. Eadem secreto ab aliis quaerit, He makes the
same inquiry secretly of others.
predicate.
Such are
nomino, nuncupo, I call, name, nomihabeo, judlco, existuno, puto, arbltror, I hold, esteem,
consider, think ;
intelllgo, agnosco, reperio, invenio, I perceive, learn,
find
fcicio, reddo, creo, detigo, designo, declaro, I make, render,
nate
duco,
Quds
me praebeo, me
exhibeo,
among
Catsarem saluta-
bant.
us.
structor in philosophy.
mum
g.
called anger
The
Octdvium sui
me prae-
dixit.
Stellas
E.
opti-
habemus.
We consider
world
L.
Muraenam
cdnsulem renunti-
avi.
pdpulus
creavit.
The
consul.
Caesar
had
appointed
Cavarius
king.
Pompey
lesson
60.]
313
Remarks.
In the passive construction of these verbs, the accusatives arc
both converted into nominatives, of which one stands as the subject,
and the other as part of the predicate. E. g. Ira bene ab Ennio initium insaidae dictum est.
Oetavius a suis Caesar salutabatur.
Ancus Marcius rex a populo creatus est, &c. (Cf. Lesson XXXIV. C.)
1.
D.
I.
o,
them.
E.
me miserum !
O hdminem fortundtum 1
Popiilum vero praecldrum
!
and frequently
g.
lieu (elieu)
miser um!
Ecce me
is
or
Me
Alas
Wo
is
me
O fortunate man
O people truly great
!
am
and noble
Behold an unhappy
!
man
Pro deorum atque hdminum
dem !
Hem Ddvum
Et bene nos
fi-
tibi
bene
And
te !
Remarks.
1.
* An
may
likewise be followed
Ovid. Fast.
by the
2.
637.
vocative.
344
GRAMMAR.
LA.TIH
Vae and
are
lici
commonly put
[LESSON*
E.
Ah wretched me
Hei mite Wo is me
2. En and ecce are more frequently put with the
ru
.'
En
am
But
g.
Eccetuat
CO.
litterae!
nominative.
E.
g.
(=
comedy
ego
ilere
The
II.
cis
and
in
citra, circa
fra, inter, intra, juxta, ob, penes, per, pone, post, praeter, prope,
propter, secundum, supra, trans, versus, and ukra, arc invariably
followed by the accusative
in and sub only in answer to the
;
question Wkitherf
Remarks.
These prepositions generally precede words governed by them,
except versus, which i> commonly put after. E. g. Brundusium versus,
Towards Brundusium. Ad oceanwn versus, Towards the ocean*
1.
<
(
,
From
abovi
down.
sup nun
>,
rm (adv.
).
v
J
'
,
From
From
loco.
A sammo ad imum.
top to bottom.
the foot (bottom) to the
Ab imo ad summum,
top.
O.i
u the
toil
ofr.i
the
mi
lull.
1
,
....
At the
ri'
lo
t ]
till'
top
ote
1
.
(1
till'
-11
lull.
*
-
(
(
To be
<
up, below.
^
erally
in
Ad
T
In
supenorem partem
^
In
radfcibua mdnns.
summum collem.
,m;u "
...
coins.
ddmum
:
Su(insummo)
Intra (in imo; esse.
gumma urlOrc
don
lu inferidri parte
Bub
as, in
sammo
mmitc,
LESSOX
"
CITRA,"
To go upward?, downward.
To come from above.
Ascendo*
To go
up, to ascend.
Escendo,
to
descend.
Descendere
embark
IN,
(ab,
AD LOCUM).
de, ex loco
ad li- urn)
Ascendere mo'ntcm.
Ascendere in equum,
a mountain.
to
sum.
sum.
trc, di,
ere, di,
(MONTEM,
To come down,
345
in
in
in,
ml vim.
a ship.
Ascendere gradum
dignitatis,
ad
honores.
Escendere vehiculum,
in
malum.
Ex
in
planitiem
mast
To descend from
more elevated
superidribua Idcis
descendere.
To
fliimine
velii.
Where
is
your father
Lr <>ii)<_r
t<>
Qud
down
am
in the
snh (Rest).
Motion).
On
this
To
this suit
).
be Bituate) on this,
on the other Bide of the Rhine.
To conic to tin-; Bide ot' ilie river
live
(to
to
that
across) the
Js
he on
lie
is
tlii-
Bide
in
\
(beyond,
una slim.
Prep, ct Adv.).
Prep. cum Ace).
Trans,
rrep. et Adv.).
Trans, ultra (Prep, cum Ace).
citra
Cis, trans
Rhdnum
incdlere (situm
t
is (citra) tinmen ventre.
Trans (ultra) cdllem abire.
(
hill.
side or
on that
bevond.
Thither,
summa ddmo
i-ro in
i,
Esne
Iinino
( 'is,
basement
To
<
Xo.
is
in thai direction.
* Compounded of
ad+
horsum (ado,).
hunc Idcum.
luc
In
).
So etcendo
senndo (T climb).
ex -\- senndo ; <t>de -+- scando.
The first and Becond of these verba may be used either
transitively with the accusative, or intransitively with the preposition in, "'/,
&c. The last of them [descendere) is always neuter.
t This is sometimes expressed by a compound of cm; as cisnlpinvs, cttrhern&mu, cismontaniu, living or situate on this Bide u( the Alps, Bhine, mountain.
And again transalpinus, transmarinvs, &c.
sci
ndo
LATIN GRAMMAR.
346
The
hill,
The
river, stream.
The
present,
60.
m. ; mons, tis, m.
m.; flumen, inis, n.
Fluvius, i, m.
the mountain.
Collis, is,
Amnis,
is,
Donum,
<
gift.
The new-year's
[LESSON
i,
n.
Miinusculum,
miinus,
i,
eris, n.
n.
Strena, ae,/!
present.
with anything).
Dono (muneri)
To
receive something as a
present from any one.
To
accipere aliquid ab
aliquo.
Reddo,
\
(alicui aliquid).
Eeddiditne (restituitne)
tibi
librum
ilium ?
again ?
Pie has returned it.
Reddidit vero. Restifcuit.
quo accepit hocce anno frater
From whom did your brother
receive a new-year's present
tiius strenam ?
this year ?
He received one from his father. Accepit unam a patre.
Did he ever make you a pres- f Deditne tibi linquam aliquid dono ?
ent ?
\ Donavitne te linquam aliqua re ?
He has already made many Dedit mihi jam multa muneri.
presents.
Donavit mihi vero jam multa.
(
Will you return (restore) me Xiim vis milii muniiscula mea remy little presents ?
stitiiere ?
I am not willing.
Non vdlo. Kdlo.
Have you already commenced Fecistine jam initium epistolae scri-
your letter ?
have not yet begun it.
Must our presents be returned
bendae
Ndndum
must be ascended.
Where
from
He
come
evening ?
came from the theatre.
this
Where
are those
from
* On
this
TJnde
Ex,
Ex
(Prep,
"Unde venis
the garden.
?
feci.
men coming
Venio ex hdrtulo.
Unde (ex quo loco) venit
hddie vesperi ?
Ye nit a theatre
Unde homines llli veniunt
frater
tiius
LESSON
60.]
347
Descenderunt de mdnte.
the
mountain.
ere, ui, itum (aliquo preTIO).
[ Allcajus pretii esse.
Tanti, quant i, pluris, minoris (sc.
( Valeo,
To
be worth.
To
be worth so
much, how
pretii), valere.*
less.
To be worth
Decern
little, least,
ducentisf pondo
sestertiis,
auri valere.
nothing.
(sc.
pretio) va-
lere.
that horse
be
(,
fortiisse
iste
equus
est ?
about a hundred
crowns.
This is worth more, less than
It
\ Quanti
worth ?
is worth
ille.
that one.
The one
not worth so
is
much
file
as the other.
How much
This
is
is
this thing
worth
is
worth nothing.
You
To be
(To
or worth more
better
Haec
Haec
Hoc
Hoc
excel).
nihllo valet.
all his
fellow-students.
es.
Ndnne ego
meus
You
Tanti non
it.
He
That
non
(alter)
alter.
mmo
es.
Tanti non
Hoc
cellit.
Exercise
116.
do call you.
Where are you ?
I am on
Do you
I am not coming up.
Where
the mountain are you coming up ?
will you come down ?
are you ?
I am at the foot of the mountain
Why can you not come down ? Because
I cannot come down.
call
me
* And
And
LATIN GRAMMAR.
348
[LESSON
60.
have sore
live ?
feet.
lives
river.
side
this
Is
side.
It is
side
this
It
Is
side
this
side
It is
is
this side.
It is
Is
is
to
to
to
stick ?
it
to
?
to
this
to
to
his
it
and a German
Exercise
117.
received presents?
I have received some.
What
presents have you received ?
I have received fine presents.
Has
He has received several.
your little brother received a present ?
From whom has he received any ?
He has received some from my
father and from yours.
Do you come out of the garden ? I do not
come out of the garden, but out of the house.
Where are you going
I am going into the garden.
Whence comes the Irishman ?
to ?
He comes from the garden. Does he come from the same garden
He does not come from the same.
from which you come ?
From
which garden does he come ?
He comes from that of our old friend.
hence comes your boy ?
He comes from the play. How
much is that carriage worth ?
It is worth five hundred crowns.
Is
this book worth as much as that ?
It is worth more.
How much
is my horse worth ?
It is worth as much as that of your friend.
Are your horses worth as much as those of the French ?
They are
not worth so much.
How much is that knife worth ? It is worth
nothing.
Is your servant as good as mine ?
He is better than
yours.
Are you as good as your brother ?
He is better than I.
Art thou as good as thy cousin ?
I am as good as he.
Are we as
good as our neighbors ?
are better than they ?
Is your umbrella as good as mine ?
It is not worth so much.
Why is it not
worth so much as mine ?
Because it is not so fine (iion aeque ele-
Have you
We
LESSON
61.]
349
Do you wish
your horse do wish
How much worth worth two hundred
Do
have bought one already. Does your father
buy
you wish
buy one, but not
intend
buy a horse He does intend
gans) as yours.
to sell
'?
is it
it.
to
It is
to sell
florins.
it ?
to
to
yours.
Lesson
sexagesi-
B. The dative after transitive verbs denotes the person or object, with reference to which an action is performed, and stands in answer to the question To whom ?
or For whom ?
E. g.
Pater filio li'brum dedit.
Date ip'dnem pauper ibus
Pisistratus sibi, non patriae Megarenses
Tu
vicit.
tiias inimicitias
dondres te
ut reipublicae
vicisti.
The
Give bread
Many
termined by the
living.
Remarks.
1.
The
accusative
entire clause.
In this dense
is
often omitted, or
tibi occas,
commonly
30
its
place supplied
tibi seris,
tibi
by an
eidem metis,
LATIN GRAMMAR.
350
[LESSON
61.
plough, harrow, and sow for yourself, and for your benefit you
Promilto tibi, tegulam ilium in Italia nullam reliclurum, I
assure you he will not leave a tile on a roof in Italy.
You
also reap.
When
E.
g.
esurio,
non
tibi.
am hungry on my own
account,
Non
Civitas
maximeque
reipublicae.
Romana parum
cabat liberdlibus
olim va-
disc'qjlinis.
We
our
tomed
to
get married
to
one
husband.
Neque
Nor
but
all his
friends besides.
Remarks.
The pronominal
intelligo, I
ait
tandem
nobis Sannio
2. After the verbs esse, fore, suppetere, deesse, and defit, the dative
denotes the person in possession or in want of the object designated
by the nominative. E. g. Sunt mihi libri, I have books. Est homini
cum Deo similitudo, Man has a resemblance to the Deity. An nescis,
longas regibus esse manus ? Or are you not aware, that kings have long
hands ? Si cauda mihi foret, If I had a tail. Si vita (mihi) suppetet,
If I have life left (if life remains).
Lac mihi novum non aestate, non
frigore defit, I have no lack of fresh milk either in summer or in
winter.
Cui res non suppetat, (ei) verba non desint, (The orator) who
has a poor subject, should have words at his command.
LESSON
61.]
351
E.
g.
aequus.
Piiblius dictator leges secundissi-
mas
plebi,
adversas nobilitdti
tul it.
You
ous.
Useful
or Injurious
utilis, bonus, saluber, salutaris, frucnoxius, funestus, pestifer. damnosus, perniciosus, &c.
E. g. SalubrXor meliorque inopi, quam potenti, More salutary, and
better for poor than for rich men.
Ratio pestifer a multis, admodum
paucis salutaris est, Reason is destructive to many, and advantageous
to few.
Universae Graeciae utilis, f Useful to entire Greece.
2.
tuosus
inutilis,
3. Pleasant or Unpleasant
gratus, acceptus, dulcis, jucundus, laetus, suavis ; ingrdtus, injucundus, molestus, gravis, acerbus, tristis, &c.
E. g. Scientiae suavitate nihil est hominibus jucundius, Noth:
ing
esses,
4.
tile
* The' adjectives similis, dissimilis, par, and impar are also followed by the
genitive, especially when they denote similarity of character or intellect. E. g;
mei, tui, sid, nostri, vestri similis, like me, you, &c, or my, your, &c. equal.
Cnjus paucos pares haec civitas tulit, Like whom this
Dispar sui, unlike itself.
Aequalis, in the sense of "contemporary," is
state has produced but few.
more commonly followed by the genitive as, ejus aequalis. Also substantively with an adjective; as, meus aequalis.
t But also' utilis or inutilis ad aliquid. E. g. Homo ad nullam rem utilis, a
man
LATIN GRAMMAR.
352
[LESSON
61.
6.
or
to another:
ajfinis, cog-
alienus, con-
There
7.
is
Known
or
unknown
aptus, idoneus,
8. Fit or unfit, suitable or unsuitable:
accommodatus, commodus, necessarius, paratus, promptus, procllvis ;
with credibility.
9.
Easy
or
difficult:
facXlis, expedltus,
commodus;
difficilis,
in
Homo
LESSON
61.]
353
arduus, invius.
E. g. Juvenis caecus, contumeliae opportunity, facilis
blind youth, exposed to contumelies and to injuries.
Id
Inula virtuti
si tibi erit commodum, If that will be convenient to you.
nulla est via, No way is impassable to virtue.
injuriae,
10.
Verbals
in
bills,
and compounds
To
affirm, contend.
To deny.
What do you say
Quid
it,
have
it
Ego
not.
it
te-
tenuisti ?
no
amplius.
Contendisne,
been correct ?
I say that I have not been correct.
I affirm that you have been
wrong.
No
me eum non
tibi affirmo,
Ndnne eum
it ?
but I have
atum.
nere.
longer.
Do you
are, avi,
ais ?
locutum
vere
te
(esse) ?
me vere locutum.
Affirmo, te erravisse.
Nego,
Non jam
more, no longer.
(or
jam non)
Non am-
pllus.
Do you
Does
It
Is
it lie
upon the
He
is
table ?
\ Inpositane
Some, a
It is
me a little water ?
you some.
I must.
tbi
30*
aliquantulum
!fego tibi
Necesse
est,
Lesson
mensae
little.
necessary,
est
Impdsita est.
Jacetne hurni etiam nunc
dquae
I can give
posuisti ?
Sita est.
Ubi pennam
me
among
(Cf.
oportet, &c.
XXXIV.
D.)
is
even
LATIN GRAMMAR,
354
was
It
necessary,
I was
[LESSOX
Necesse fuit,
me
61.
oportuit, &c.
obliged.
Is
it
market ?
necessary (for some one)
It
is
to
go there.
Eundumne
Necessene
to go to the
in order to
Eiindum
5
Necesse
forum ?
forum
est in
est ire in
est vero.
est.
dili-
gentes.
diligent.
6pus
est
multa industria et
dili-
gentia.
What must he do ?
He must go for a book.
What must
I do ?
Opus
You must
sit still.
To
Tacitus, a,
still.
livelihood,
sedeas quietus.
quiet.
Silent,
The
est
est, lit
Necesse
sit.
Still,
librum appdrtet.
Opus est eum.apportare librum.
Quid facere mini opus est ?
Quid opdrtet faciam ?
Necesse
subsistence,
Victus,
lis,
um
m.
silens, tis
copia victus
id,
competency.
cul-
tumque.
To have enough
to
Not
to live on,
have a competency.
to
have enough to
Non
live
on.
Have you
Habere ad sumptum.
Habere unde aliquis vivat.
a (comfortable) sub-
sistence ?
I have a comfortable one.
I have not a competency
I have scarcely anything to live
Habesne ad sumptum ?
Habesne unde commode vivas ?
Ego de victu cultuque non labdro.
De'est mihi in sumptum.
Yix habeo unde vivam.
upon.
To live.
The expense.
Beef.
Bubiila,* ae,/.
Yervecina, ae,/.
Yitulina, ae,/.
Porcina, ae,/.
Perna, ae,/.
Mutton.
Yeal.
Pork.
Ham.
A piece
* With
of ham, &c.
bubiila
porcina,
sometimes expressed.
the
word
is
understood, and
LESSON
61.]
What must
buy
| Quid mini
\ Quid opus
beef.
Emenda
355
emendum
est,
ut
est ?
emam ?
What must
(should) I do ?
Opdrtet te operari.
Opdrtet tu operere.*
Quid nos facere opdrtuit ?
What ought we to have done ? j Quid nos feceremus opdrtuit
?f
\
ought to have attended to Opdrtuit nos dperam dare studiis.
our studies.
Quid vis ? Quid cupis ?
What do you wish ?
( ()pus est mihi pecunia.
You must
(ought) to work.
We
I
How much do
Egeo pecunia,
Estne
rus.
you want ?
That is all I want.
Do you not want more (money)
I do not need any more.
What does he (want) need ?
Is that all
He
hard.
Exercise
118.
was
house.
is
it
it
table.
it.
it?
it.
for
*
t
chair.
It lies
I tell
I tell
ill.
it.
is it ?
at his
out.
it ?
&c.
On
this genitive
compare
LATIN GRAMMAR.
356
[LESSOX
G2.
I want some.
How much are those stockings
worth ?
They are worth twelve kreutzers.
Is that all you want ?
That is all.
Do you not want shoes?
I do not want any
Dost thou want much money?
I want much.
How much must
thou have ?
I must have six crowns.
I low much does your brother want ?
He wants but six groshes.
Does he not want more ?
He does not want more.
Docs your cousin want more ?
lie does
not want so much as I.
What do you want?
I want money and
boots.
Have you now what you want ?
I have what I want.
Has your brother what he wants ?
lie has what he wants.
any stockings?
LXIL
Lesson
PENSUM
ALTERUM ET
AGESIMAL
SEX-
Continued.
A.
The dative also follows intransitive verbs signifying to benefit, favor, please, trust, and their opposites,
and those signifying to command, obey, serve, or resist,
to approach, menace, and to be angry.
LESSON
62.]
357
medeor
nio, succurro,
fragor, obsto, renilor, repugno, resisto, invideo, aemulor, obtrecto, convicior, maledko.
Placeo, arrideo, displiceo.
Doniinor, impero ; pareo,
cedo, ausculto, obedto, obsequor, obtempero, morigeror (== morem gero),
audiens sum, servio, inservio, ministro, famulor, ancidor, praestolor.
Credo, fldo, confido, diffldo.
Immineo, propinquo, appropinquo,
impcndeo, occurro.
Minor, commlnor, irascor, stomachor, succenseo.
The impersonal verbs conducit, conli.ngit, expedite licet, placet^ &c.
Examples
to
auxilidtae sunt.
licet
siii
cdmmodi
It is
Non
causa, no-
cere dlteri.
tage.
Efficit
hoc philosdphia
medelur
dnimis.
Germani ab parvulis
labori ac
dur'diae student.
infancy.
rum
health too
valetudini pdrceret.
Alii Sudanis,
alii
Cinndnis pdrti-
illi,
little.
Some favored
that of China.
bus favebant.
Nimium
Menedeme,
indulges
You
Mene-
demus.
Alioruin /audi atque gldriae miixi-
me in rider sdlet.
Nemo alterius, qui suae
No
Prdbus
invidct ne'mini.
confidit,
virtuti invidet.
obe-
own.
The world
to
is
him the
seas
obedience.
Sto expectans,
si
rent.
Onmino
irdsci amicis
non temcre
sdleo.
whether they
have any commands for me.
I am not accustomed to be rashly
angry with my friends
I stand waiting to see
Remarks.
1.
Some
To demand anything
LATIN GRAMMAR.
358
[LESSON
62.
ndri alicui aliquid, to menace any one "with anything. But most of
them are always neuter, and only admit of an impersonal construction
E.
in the passive.
envied, traduced.
moded,
You
am spared,
are incom-
reviled.
accusative or abla-
produce)
g. Obtrectdre (to
alicui, alicui
or rem. Auscultare (to 'listen to) and praestolari (to wait for)
Dominari (to rule over) alicui, in aliquem or in
alicui or aliquem.
Fidtre and confldere (to trust, confide) alicui, alicui rei or
civitate.
aliquci re.
Cedo tibi, concedo tibi, "I yield, concede to you," are
followed by an accusative or ablative of the thing as, cedo tibi locum,
cedo tibi agri possessione ; and concedo tibi libertdtem, loco, de victoria,
Res mild conveI concede to you your liberty, my place, the victory.
but impersonally convtnit mild
nit, the thing suits or becomes me
tecum de aliquci re, I agree with you about something.
rei
B.
those
prae, sub,
and super.
(Cf.
1.
ject.
Affero,
Afflgo,
/ attach
to.
tie io -
to.
LESSON
62.]
Applico, I attach
I implant.
I brand, imprint upon.
Interjicio, / cast among.
Interpono, / interpose.
Objicio, I throw before (to).
Offundo, I pour out to.
Oppono, I place against.
Insero,
to.
I cast
around.
Comparo, I provide for,
Circumjicio,
Inuro,
I link to.
I mix with.
I place
upon.
I cut
Inf ero,
/ carry into.
I put or pour
Ingero,
Injlceo,
into
Substerno,
Alludo, / allude
Annuo, I assent
to.
to.
to.
Consono, I harmonize
with.
Excello, I excel.
Incido, Ifall upon (into).
Incurnbo,
(sit) upon.
Supervivo, I survive.
Inciibo,
/ nod
To
these
inesse, to
be in
3.
head of)
4.
under.
Indormio,
I spread
Acquiesco,
Adhaereo, I adhere
over.
into.
2. Intransitive
Accedo,
/ set
Praeficio,
into.
/ throw
359
over,
:
adesse, to be present
be among praesse, to be before (at the
superesse, to remain over (left).
subesse, to be beneath
interesse, to
The compounds
(alicui), to give
one
of
satis, bene,
bail or satisfaction
satisdare, satisfacere
one.
Examples.
Natiira
sensibus
rationem
ad-
junxit.
Sthenius est
is,
qui nobis
assidet.
He who
is
sitting
by our
side
is
Sthenius.
Who
just, the
LATIN GRAMMAR.
360
[LESSON
62.
hdininem con-
Natura
vi rationis
force of reason.
hdmini.
ciliat
conferuntur.
terror incidit
Magnus
Pompeii
Pompey.
exercitui.
Non
What
quam
pueritiae
we
conversation did
fall
in
with?
Old age steals no faster upon youth
than youth does upon boyhood.
adolescentia
obrepit.
Judicis
It
est,
innoce'ntiae
the body.
is the duty of a judge to help
(protect) innocence.
I desire neither to be remiss towards the republic, nor to be
subve-
nire.
Neque
deesse,
reipiiblicae vdlo.
above
Cut
Gellius
bono
benedixit
What
Satisfdcere omnibus
non possum.
ml (==
it.
unquam
patriotic
You
quod
rrahi) malefeceris.
Remarks.
Many
2. Verbs compounded with the prepositions ab, do, or ex, are commonly followed by the ablative, but sometimes by the dative. E. g.
Alicui Uberiutem abjudicdre, to take away one's liberty alicui imperium abrogdre, to deprive one of his command. Alicui aliquid dero;
LIX
Lesson
A. Rem. 1.)
f Posco, ere, poposci,
To
ask,
[_
LESSON
62.]
To ask, request
(as a favor)
To
money.
To beg money of any one
To ask any to come (to write, to
hear, &c).
To entreat any one by letter to
come.
To
361
(aliquem aliquid.)*
Pecuniam ab aliquo petere (pdscere, postulare).
orare.
ut veniat, ut scri-
(Cf.
bat, ut aiidiat.
page 295.)
ab ali-
litteras
any one
to
quo, ut veniat.
Rogfire, orare aliquem, ut veniat.
to
Id ut
request, beseech
come.
I request
do
What do you
I
facias, te
rogo.
so.
ask (want) of
me ?
Nor do
te
rogo atque
eum j lives.
Quid a me pdstulas (petis)
Quid me faeere vis ?
dro,
lit
Nihil pdstulo.
to
quidquam pdstu-
lo (peto).
little
Do you
bread.
ask (beg) him for some
money
him
Do you
me
Do
ask
you
pecuniam
Rogavit.
for
for some.
for
my
anything
book.
us for
it.
Do
te
I ask (beg)
I ask
Rogavitne
De
loqui.
Do
* On
anij-
Petisne aliquid a m ?
Rogasne me aliquid ?
Peto a te librum.
Rogo te librum.
Num pi'leum a nobis postulant
Kon postulant.
'?
31
LX. B.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
362
62.
Loquiintur de eo multum.
Quid tu de eo censes (jiidicas) ?
Ego eum librum bdnum esse cen-
What do you
I say that
[LESSON
say to it ?
is a good book.
seo (jiidico).
To judge,
think (say).
(ALIQUID DE ALIQUO.)
Is
it
right
tmmo
contented (satisfied)
with anything.
In
with your
contented with
esse.
acquiescere
(-evi,
novo contentus?
Sum eo contentus.
Haud siim eo contentus.
Qua de re loquiintur ?
Loquiintur de pace, de belio, de
libro
re
your book.
am
aliqua
new
umbrella ?
I am contented with it.
I am not (at all) satisfied with it.
Of what do they speak ?
They speak of peace, of war, of
With what
erravisse censeo.
etum).
satisfied
eum
contentum
Aliqua, re
To be
To be
vero
Contentus, a, um.
Content, satisfied.
(es-
se) ?
Are you
Censesne,
<
my new
Qua
Qua
tiio.
re es contentus ?
in re acquiescis ?
mea
nova.
coat.
Are you
satisfied
ter?
I
am
satisfied
Are you
I
am
Are ye
with him
satisfied
with
this
Niim vdbis
man ?
satisfied.
To correct corrected.
To study
To
satisfacit ?
Studere, studiii,
studied.
Emendare
\
ask, interrogate.
avi,
atum (aliquid).
Corrigere
rexi, rectum.
Interrogo, are, avi, atum (aliquem
To
inquire (carefully
minutely).
and
\ Percunctor,
the
ari,
sum.
atus sum.
interroga-
visti ?
LESSON
62.]
litera-
He does
Do you
363
Operam
study it.
study to become a doc-
lit-
teraruin ?
r
Sequitur.
dat.
fieri
medicus
tor ?
( Solvo, ere,
To pay.
\ Numero,
(in
gen-
i,
solutum.
eral).
thing.
To pay money to
To pay a debt.
creditors.
To be
dum.
have paid him.
They have not yet paid for the
[Ego
eum
Pro
libro
nondum
solverunt.
book.
How much
I
sol-
visti ?
it.
Qu an tarn
do pay him.
did they pay you for the
What
knives ?
They paid
them.
me
Niimquid
sartdri
pretium
vestis
^solvit ?
rum V
Ego vero
sdlvo.
Quid
pro
tibi
pretium
ciiltris
calceo-
solverunt ?
lis)
grandem.
Nihil pro iis solverunt.
Solvistine pro libro tiio
peciiniam
Sdlvi.
sdlvi.
dissdlvi-
Omnino
aut
magna ex
parte.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
364
[LESSON
62.
m. ; avunculus, i, m.
Patruus,
The uncle.
Merces, edis,/!; pretmmoperae,i,n.
The wages, fee.
*Honorarium, i, n. ; salarium, i, n.
The honorarium salary.
Pensum, i, n. ; discenda, n-pl.
The lesson (to be learnt).
The exercise, task (to be Pensum imperatum, i, n. ; exercii.
tlum, i, n.
Exercitatio (onis,/.) scribendi, dicendi, &c.
Pensum imperatum absolvere (absolvi, absolutum).
Schola, ae,y.
written)
The
exercise, practice,
e.
g.
To do
cises.
The
by the teacher).
To
on any
deliver a lecture
re.
subject.
of any one.
To attend or frequent lec-
The
(-Ivi,
Ituin).
tures.
teacher, preceptor.
sir.
Have you
cises
'?
Exercise
mu-
119.
fine
Is
all
is
all
letter.
to
tell
tell
will
so.
tell
wilt
for
will
letter.
(for)
(for)
for
it.
tailor for
it.
for
'?
it.
his
will
I will tell
it
LESSON
63.]
" DUS."
365
Exercise
Whom
120.
Lesson
tek-
TIUM.
ly expressed
* Compare
31*
Lesson
XXV.
D.
is
common-
[LESSON
LATIN GRAMMAR.
3CG
Legendus mild
sae'pius
est
Cato
63.
uuijor.
Nflul
esS
solum, sed
frue'nda etiam sapientia erf.
.fiecfo
ft'&i
invictdque
moriendum
est.
Ut
tibi
dum,
ambuMndum
sic
Nothing
much
quam invidia.
N6n pardnda nobis
et
ungen-
is
to
be feared by
men
so
as envy.
Wisdom
must
sleep.
Rem auks.
Instead of the dative, the ablative with a or ab sometimes occurs,
E.g. Eros a te colendus est, Eros must be
as after passive verbs.
i venerandos a uobis putdtisf
worshipped by you. Non maj
Do you not think that our ancestors are to be venerated by us?
1.
The
dative
is
We
b)
any one.
VERBS POLLOWED BY
TWO
DATIVES.
Ampla ddmus
aepe/w.
dedecori
a pleasure to us.
serves as an argument
An ample mansion often
It ia
It
domino
a di-honor to
its
becomes
master.
* The dative thus suppressed is generally mihi, tSn, nobis, vobis, komimbiu,
&c., and easily supplied from the context,
t bee Remark 1.
LESSON
63.]
Attains
edstris
ss*
utilitdii
emolumehto
et
r<
leaves
Caesar
his
kingdom
to
the
as a present.
five
cohorts
as
praesidio reh'nquit.
Pausanias venit Alt ids auxilio.
neque accipitur.
Nunia fiducia calamitdli
gave
Attains
Romans
307
ipublicae
the Athenians.
Virtue alone can neither be offered
nor received as a gift.
Too much confidence is wont to be
a source of calamity.
Exert yourselves, so that you may
be able to become an honor to
yourselves, useful to your friends,
and a source of profit to the
esse possitis.
commonwealth.
Remakes.
The
mon
Instead of the dative of the end or object, the nominative or accumay also be put, and sometimes the preposition ad or in. E. g.
//
argumentum, indicium st, This is proor, an indication (ei idencc ).
Exercitum ad praesidium (for
Dedit inilii aliquid donum (for dono),
praesidio) retiquit.
Dan ali fuid in dolem, To give anything as a
3.
sative
>
So
dowry.
C.
name
also
j>r<>
argurm nto
est.
sometimes
in the genitive
ndmen
fest nrihi
E. g.
Balbus, Btflbo,*
My
name
is
Balbus.
or Balbi.
Ndmina
his
fuerunt.
Cat
pdstea Appio
ndmen.
Claudia
ftiit
* The dative stands by attraction in the same sense as the pronoun mihi
(ad, alien, Sec).
LATIN GBAMMAB.
368
Quorum
Capildni fuit
(Uteri
[LESSON
C3.
co
gnomen.
Ndmen
Mercurii mihi
Remark.
My
est.
After
name
the expressions
is
dare,
Mercury.
addere,
indere,
dicere,
D.
iiiijx
rtio}
He
Ten
sdnguim m).
I)eusdnimumcircumded\tc6rp(>re
(or corpus dnitno circiimdedit).
I
)on<> tibi
pecui
'-"1:1.
nid).
Terentia
atia sends
you greeting.
impe"rtil
Gnatho.
fnuuit (cxuit)
ments
to
bis
best compli-
Parmeno.
sibi vestem.
Caesar hd
armts exuit
Remarks.
1.
So
ali</>i<l
rt
and ah
aliqua
re. to
vents the march of the soldiers, cuts them off from the army.
lius accusatori aqua atqu<
-dixit, Vitellius forbade the accuser
the use of water and fire (i. e. exiled him).
1
LESSON
63.]
3G9
The
dative
also
is
Such-
1
Adverbs, especially those derived from adjectives which covern
the dative.
As propius, proxime, cominus, obirfam, praesto ; convenienter, congruenter, constanter, amice, &c.
E. g. Propius Tiberi, quam
%kermopylis, Nearer to the Tiber than to Thermopylae.
Quam proxwie kostium castris, As close to the enemy's camp as possible. Obviam
ire alicui, To go to meet anyone.
Convenienter naturae mvere, To
live agreeably to nature.
Bene mihi, bote vobis, bote omnibus, Health
to me, to you, to all (in drinking).
.
2.
The
interjections vae
is
To
eat, to tale
and
tibi
hei,
'
tibi
food.
Sing,
others.
<
manducare.
(^
Pees. Ind.
and
Hem
edo,
etlis
or
es, edit
or
C->t
To
eat or to
or edint.
consume any-
To
Vescor,
(CARNE, LACTE,
&c.).
The breakfast.
The lunch.
The dinner.
The supper.
To breakfast
To eat a lunch.
To dine.
To sup.
Jentaculum,
Prandium, i,
(
dine at
Quota
have dined
* Sop page
loniz airo.
i.
iituin.
loena, ae, f.
('(cno, arc. a\
five.
n.
n.
i,
(sc. h(ira)
coenas
no.
Quinta cocik
).
Several ether syncopated forms of this verb resemble those of esse, but
have c long by nature. K. g. edere or ess( ; ediiur or estur; ederem or essem
The teuses derived from
(Imperf. Subj.); e~ue, edtte or es, este (Imperat.), ^c.
the second and third roots arc regular.
I
LATIN GRAMMAR.
370
Ego
[LESSOX
Post
Niim
Quo
an post
fni-
eum jentavi.
vis
Gustare non
ciipio.
cibo vesciintur ?
milk.
seri-
trem tiium
Do you
te,
te,
live
prandi.
They
me
sup late
tii.
(mecum)
Do you
G?,.
liicte.
j"
To
try, to
make an
To
try,
endeavor
attempt.
do
To
Fortunam
(to
anything).
sis?
belli tentare
seu expe-
riri.
He
is
trying.
Are ye endeavoring
We
to write
to see ?
this
Id
facere
jam
tentavi
(conatus
sum).
Tentandum
est,
ut
rem melius
facias.
Have you
tried
(i.
e. tasted) this
wine ?
I have tasted it.
Whom are you looking for ?
I am looking for one of
brothers.
An uncle of mine.
A neighbor of ours.
A relation of yours.
(Some) one of his cousins.
(Some) one of their friends.
Gustavistine istud
vinum
Gustavi.
my
Quern quaeris ?
IJnum ex meis fratribus (quaero).
Unus ex
LESSON
63.]
To
look
or
inquire
after
some one.
To
Do
aliquem.
Quaerere sen
They
exquirere
(de aliqua re).
relations.
ndstris.
"Whom
We
Quern quaeritis ?
Quaerimus aliquem (quendam) de
friends.
familiaribus
am
He
for anything V
is
to see
me
Tentatne me videre ?
\ Ecquid me visere ten tat
(iter).
The parents.
The acquaintance.
A piece of bread.
A glass of water.
A sheet of paper.
(
-<
Fragmentum, i, n. (broken
Segmentum, i, n. (cut off).
Frustum,
Libellus,
i,
i,
n.*
m.
Domuncula,
aediciila, ae,/.
Corculum, i, n.
Imagiuncula, ae,/.
Infantiilus,
i,
n.
Puerculus, pupulus,
i,
m.
cis),
Exercise
um, f
m.
Tiro, onis, m.
apprentice.
off).
n. (bit).
i,
Frustiilum,
pi.
The
The
triis.
Quaerisne aliquid
Does he try
aliquid
Quaeruntne aliquem ?
Quaerunt vero (mum ex cognatis
our
371
i,
discipulus (artifl-
vi.
121.
Not yet.
already dined ?
At what o'clock do you
At whose house (apud queni) do you
dine ?
I dine at six o'clock.
With whom did
dine ?
I dine at the house of a friend of mine.
I dined with a relation of mine.
What have
you dine yesterday ?
have eaten good bread, beef, apples, and cakes.
you eaten ?
have drunk good wine, good beer,
What have you drunk ?
Where does your uncle dine to-day ?
lie dines
and good cider.
He eats
with us.
At what o'clock does your father eat supper ?
Do you eat supj:>er earlier than he V
I eat
supper at nine o'clock.
Have you
We
We
LATIN GRAMMAR.
372
[LESSON
63.
At what
do you breakfast break At what o'clock did you eat supper yesterday
AYe ate supper What did you eat We ate only a
meat and a small piece of bread. When did your brother sup
Where are you going am going
He supped
my
of mine,
breakfast with him. Do you dine
a
order
Art thou
early We dine
hold my gloves
am
hold them. Who has held your hat? My servant
Has your
Will you try speak
has held
Have you ever
brother ever
do exercises He has
make a hat I have never
make one. Have we
tasted that beer? We have not tasted
Which wine do you
Have
wish
wish
that which you have
Have they
the Poles tasted
brandy They have tasted
They have not drunk much of Will you
drunk much of
tobacco have tasted
already. How do you
o'clock
lie.
late.
little
after
to
to ?
father.
relation
in
to
willing to
late.
willing to
to
it.
tried to
I will try.
tried to
tried to
it
to taste ?
little
tried.
yet.
tasted.
to taste
that
it.
it ?
taste this
I find
it.
find
it
thirsty.
itis').
is
it ?
taste
it
is
is
is
Is his
it is
Is this
to
Exercise
Whom
disgrace.
it is
122.
We
What
LESSON
64.]
Lesson LXIV.
pensum
373
sexagesimum
QUARTUM.
A noun
A.
Of what?
Ddmus
?'um.
na
genitive, in
Cae'saris.
Arbores
The house of
silvd-
nectaris.
Amor
Lectio Ubrorum.
virtutis.
Desideriuin
otii.
Spes
salutis.
Numa
The
trees
sunt
divini
civitdtis.
aiictor juris
fiiit,
rum
Ctesar.
virtue.
est.
pat in the
Of whom?
of the forests.
The calamity of
war. Rivers of nectar.
The love of virtue. The reading
of books. The desire of ease.
The hope of safety.
Reverence is the guardian of every
Fliimi-
Belli calamitas.
is
vivo-
est pdsita.
Remarks.
1. The genitive serves to express a variety of relations, such as
origin or source, cause and effect, quantity, quality, measure, time,
character, the whole of a given mass or number, the object of an
which anything
is
made, &c.
The
2.
LATIX GRAMMAR.
374
plirastus's style.
InexplebXlis
[LESSON
64.
is
My
cum
Metus ab
hoste,
Amicitia
or adversus aliquem, Hatred against any one.
Cura de republlcd, Anxiety for
allquo, Friendship for any one.
Odium
in
the commonwealth.
E. g.
4. The objective genitive is sometimes a personal pronoun.
Commendatio tui, The recommendation
Accusator mei, My accuser.
of you. Ratio sui, Regard for one's self. Misericordia vestri, Com-
Cura
passion on you.
jrenitive is
nostri,
possessive
Ex
The
fig-tree.
An
(=
(=
(=
(=
The
genitive,
and stands
8.
is
sometimes omitted.
* Yet this rule is sometimes reversed, the possessive pronoun being put instead of the genitive, and the latter for the former. E. g. Orlgo sui (= sua),
His origin.
Conspectus vestri (= Tester) venerabilis, Your venerable aspect.
And on the other hand, invidia, fiducia tua (for tui), Envy towards, confidence
Injuriae meae (for mei), Injuries done to me.
in you.
So always mea, tua,
sua, nostra, vestrd causa (never mei causa, like honunis causa), For my (your,
iScc.) sake, on my account.
LESSON
GENITIVE OF QUALITY.
64.]
375
a.) When it has already been expressed, and can easily be supplied
from the context. E. g. Julius quaestor Albucii fuerat, ut tu Verris.
Julius had been quaestor to Albucius, as you to Verres.
Animi lineamcnta sunt pulchriora, quam corporis, The features of the mind are
fairer than those of the body.
In portion, qui Menelai vocatur, Into
the port which is called the port of Menelaus.
When
b.)
uxor, films,
Ad
it is
filia,
E.
g.
To
et consilii
mdgni
et virtutis.
man
of great
judgment
and
virtue.
Oppidum mdximae
auctoritdtis.
Classis
man
of very
little
sleep.
You
galleys.
Remarks.
may also be expressed by the ablative with praedior ornatus understood, and the extent of time or space
by the accusative, with natus, latus, or longus expressed. E. g. Vir
man of (endowed with) the highest
summo ingemo (sc. praedxtus),
Puer
ditch fifteen feet wide.
genius.
Fossa quindecim pedes lata,
boy twelve years of age.
decern annos natus,
1.
The
quality
tus, instructus,
'
2. The accusatives secus, genus, pondo, and libram (or pi. libras),
occur instead of the genitive in expressions like liberi virile secus,
Male children. Aliquid id genus (== ejus generis), Something of that
kind.
Arcs omne genus (= omnis generis), Birds of every species.
Corona aureq lib ram pondo, A golden crown of a pound in weight.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
376
More
Libentms, potlus
tance.
To do anything willingly
to do
To
(to like
it)
like,
thing.
love, to
be fond of anything.
libentiori
Libentissime, libentissimo
Invito amino, gravate.
\ Invitus, a, um.
Facere aliquid libenter,
mo, lubens, &c.
ammo.
ammo.
libenti ani-
To
64.
("
Cupide, libenter, libenti ammo.
\ Lubens, tis ; non invltus, a, um.
(eagerly,
-willingly
gladly).
Very (or most) willingly, &c.
relucUnwillingly,
with
[LESSON
(aliqua re.)
Amare
aliquid.
(am fond of
I like to study
my
studies).
I like to eat, drink.
Juvat
me
edere, bibere.
he fond of fish
He
Do
is
fond of them.
like a large hat
you
No, I
like
small
\ Appetitne pisces ?
Jtivat.
Appetit.
?
(a
tight)
one.
Do you
like to
hear
my brother ?
am
Chicken.
Fowl.
* An
eum, &c.
impersonal verb
Id non
inviti faciunt.
(Caro) gallinacea.
Altiles,}^/?/. or altilia,
n.p>l.
te,
LESSON
64.]
ium
Pisces,
Fish.
Pike.
177
(pi. o/piscis,
Salmon.
Trout.
Do you
ocis,
is,
m.).
m.
comedere gallinaceesoces ?
Ea omnia maxime appeto.
( Comedere non delector.
Delectarisne
am,
(_
By
To
nisi invi-
tus.
Memoriier (Adv.)
ex memorial.
memory.
to
alti'lia,
(aliquid).
To commit verbally,
in part.
To know by
Memoria
heart.
memoria ha-
tenere, in
bere (aliquid).
Have you
by heart
Memoriae ea
them to memory.
Do you know them by heart
(commisimus).
Tenesne ea memoria?
I do not
Do
know
Non
them.
your scholars
by heart ?
They do not like
Does he learn
heart ?
Pie does
word.
like to learn
his
it
often ?
times f
teneo.
Ecquid
discipuli
tiii
memoriae com-
lesson
by
word
for
How many
How
mandavimus
fideliter
mittere delectantur ?
Non delectantur.
Ediscitne j^ensum siium ?
it.
commit
Edidicimus profecto.
Quam
saepe
Quoties
QuotXens 1
year.
How many
day
Semel,
in
quinquies
hebdomade.
f.)
Ego
quam
He
siimit
he eats five
eats oftener
times a day.
What time (of the day) do you
go out V
;
32*
ter in die
cibum
ciipere sdleo.
cibum
LATIN GRAMMAR.
373
Prodimus
mane.
Si
If (conjunction).
(=
s%,
&
Indie.
Subj.).
tibi
Respondesne,
ns ?
Respdndeo.
do reply.
weather
Do you
of
in
64.
si
I do intend to
TJie
(cum
Ego quod
[LESSON
Tempestas,
state
the weather).
si
atis,
coeli status,
(cum) interroga-
f.
its,
si
coelum,
i,
n.
m.
Bad,
windy,
weather.
Warm,
unfavorable
very
Tempestas
cold,
weather.
Severe,
stormy,
weather.
Dark,
moist,
dirty,
cold
calida,
frigida,
perfri-
gida.
cloudy
rainy
nebulosa.
pluvidsa.
weather.
Steady, excellent weather.
dry state of the atmosphere.
fine, clear, serene sky
(weather).
Changeable,
inconstant
weather.
Tempestas
certa, egregia.
What
Yarium coelum
of weather is it ?
the weather'?
It is fine weather at present.
What sort of weather was it yes-
at\s,f
varietas coeli.
Quae
est
coeli qualitas ?
is
terday
siccitas,
sort
How
Tempestas mine
Qualis
est
bona (serena).
tempestas
erat
hesterna
(heri) ?
Malus erat
How
is
yesterday.
the weather to-day ?
It is fine, clear
weather to-day.
warm
The weather
is
too dry.
Dark, obscure.
Tenebricdsus, a, um.
1 Coecus, a, um.
Caliginosus,
a,
um.
LESSON
64.]
It is
No,
a,
um.
um.
{ Subobscurus, a,
Clarus, a, um.
J
Clear, light.
Is it
Obscurus,
379
Illustris, is, e.
um.
Dry.
Siccus, a,
it is
quite light in
it.
(illustre).
Is the night
a dark one
?
j"
Is it
moonlight
?
(
It
is.
There
is
Ndx
no moonlight
to-night.
sun.
(to
notice,
v
mark,
Vid ere.
Cerm'sne milites
Observdre.
lllos
Cerno vero
hdmincm,
meam
I perceive him, who is coming.
I see also him, who owes me
notavisti ?
notavi.
troeiintes (qui in
unt)
I perceive those who are going in.
I see the child which plays
(played).
I see the man who has my money.
ceptum.
cepi,
Nullum (neminem)
pecumam
qui
tenet.
video.
venit, percipio.
et
qui
money.
The
expers imbrium.
est
( (OoUl^percipio, ere
silet.
est solis.
l^Notdre.
Luna
est illunis.
Nimis
Terra
'
Miles,
soldier.
itis,
Qudque
Also (likewise).
m.
(jjut
after
the
emphatic
Exercise
123.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
380
Do you
[LESSON 6U
Do
you understand
How
How
'?
Do you
it ?
I do understand it.
underspeaks to you ?
I do not understand him
"Why do you not understand him
I do not understand him because
he speaks too badly.
Have you received a letter ?
I have received
one.
Will you answer it ?
I am going to answer it (RescripWrus
sum).
stand the
man who
'?
'?
Exercise
124.
the weather
your room
not
Do you wish work mine do wish work
this
fine
it is
Is
It
it
Is
cold.
It is
cold.
is
Is it
it
'?
thither, if
light in
it.
is fine.
to
it.
Is it light
thither."
thither,
It is
to
It
it
It is
Is
light in
it
in
It is
to
in
light there.
there.
Is
it
is
it
light in
is it
It is
LESSON
65.]
381
It is damp there.
Is the
not damp.
Is the weather dry ?
It is not moonlight
Is it moonlight V
it is very
damp.
Why is the weather dry ? Because we have too much sun
and no rain.
When do you go into the country ? I intend going
thither to-morrow, if the weather is fine, and if we have no rain.
Of what does your uncle speak ?
He speaks of the fine weather.
Do you speak of the rain ?
do speak of it.
Of what do
those men speak ?
They speak of fair and bad weather.
Do they
not speak of the wind ?
They do also speak of it.
Dost thou
speak of my uncle ?
Of whom dost thou
I do not speak of him.
speak ?
Do you inquire after
I speak of thee and thy parents.
any one ?
I inquire after your uncle
is he at home ?
No, he is
dark there.
Is
weather damp ?
It is too dry.
it
The weather
is
We
Lesson LXV.
pensum
sexagesimum quin-
TUM.
THE GENITIVE OF THE WHOLE.
Nouns denoting a measure
A.
tives or
part,
Substantives denoting,
.) Definite measure; as, medimnum,
modais, concha ; amphora, congXus ; sextarius, hemina ; jugerum (of
land) punctum, vestigium (of time), b.) Definite weight; as, as,
libra, pondo, uncia, mina, talentum.
c.) Quantity or number in general
as, mensura, modus, vis, copia, multitude, acervus, numerus, grex,
globus, &c, and negatively nihil.
1.
4.
The adverbs
sat, satis,
Examples.
Conon pecuniae quinquaginta
lenta civibus
siiis
ta-
donavit.
* Which
Conon made
his fellow-citizens
LATIN GRAMMAR.
382
de'nos
modios ac tdtidem
bras, trecenos
dleili-
qudque niimmos
viritim divi-it.
Injtigere Leontinidgrimedimnum
fere tritici seritur.
Flumina jam
lactis,
jam flumina
nectaris ibant.
Justi'tia nihil expetit^jrefcu.
L'ndique
ad inferos tantundem
vide est.
Romani ab
sole orto in
multum
proponebant
himet ipsL
Quid causae est, cur philosophos
nonlegant?
and
a?
[LESSOX
many
6.5.
libras of
oil, Caesar
the people
three hundred sesterces to each.
At Leontini nearly a mcdhnnuin
of wheat is usually sown on an
acre of land.
Now streams of milk, now streams
of nectar flowed.
Justice seeks no reward.
The distance to the other world is
the same from every place.
The Romans stood in battle array
from sunrise till late in the day.
The Gauls proposed this consolation to themselves.
He saw only so much of the enemy
as was in front of him.
I give you the same advice as I do
to myself.
What is the reason why they do
not read the philosophi
also
among
divided
Remarks.
1. After the neuter pronouns and adjectives hoc, id, Ulud^aliqwd,
quid ? quantum, &c the genitive is sometimes again a neuter adjective
used substantively; a<. aliquid boni, quiddam mali, quid unci? &c
This construction is, however, confined to adjectives of the second
declension.
Those of the third, and comparatives in us, generally
remain adjectives in agreement with the pronoun as, aliquid turpe\
mi morabUe ; * uu Uus ahquid quid gravius f
:
2. The genitives gentium, terrdrum, loci, and locorum after the adverbs ubi, ubique, ubicunque, usquam, nusquam, unde, hie, hue,
eodem, quo, quocunque, quoquo, aliquo, and longt serve to add emphasis to the expression.
E. g. Ubi gentium?
Ubi terrdrum? Where in
the world V
Aliquo terrdrum, Somewhere, in some place or another.
Quo loci for quo loco ; eodem loci for eodem loco. To these add the
expressions of time, ad id focorum, up to that time adhuc locurum,jxp
to this time
interea loci, meanwhile
postea loci, afterwards.
:
3. The adverbs hue, eo, and quo, in the sense of "degree" or "extent." are also put with a genitive.
E. g. Hue arrogantiae, To this
degree of arrogance. Eo insolendae, To that extent of insolence.
Quo amentioi
4.
tridie,
and,
among
E. Lr
Pridie
>
* But in connection with one of the second declension, sometime* nho the
genitive; as, aUqtddnovi ac memorabiHs; gtadquam, turn dico lir'U.*. ted hum
So, on the other hand, adjectives of the second declension are often in agreement with the pronoun; as, aliquid bonum, novum, equally correct.
LESSON
65.]
diei,
383
on the following
rum
the city.
G. "When the adverbs of quantity sat, satis, aliunde, ajjfatim, parum %
partim, and mmis arc followed by the genitive, they may be regarded
E. g. Satis honorum, satis suas substantives of the neuter gender.
perque vitae erat, There were honors enough, there was life enough,
and even more than enough. Potentiae gloriaeque abunde, An abundance of power and glory. - [ffatim st homXnum, There is a sufficiency
of men.
Nimis insidiarum, Too many
Lepuris parum, But Little wit.
stratagems.
Eorum partim in jxatipa, partim in acie illustres sse eo/ucrunt, Some of them wished to distinguish themselves by their display,
and others on the battle-field.
<
The demonstratives
rptod or
8.
The
"up
Up to
and sometimes
after interjections.
E.g.
J'<>-!nris
tenus,
chest.
to,"
the
Foederis
me!
The
* But more frequently with the accusative; as pridU or postridie urn <litm.
By Livy and Tacitus
f By Cicero ana Caesar rarely except in the plural.
i
both numbers.
frequently
Tantum mercedis, quantum.
\
\ For id campi, quod.
in
384
LATIN GRAMMAR.
[LESSON
65.
The pronouns
2.
and their compounds quieunque, quisSo also multi, plunmi, plerique, pauci, quol, quot&c.
cunrjue, quotus, quotas quisque, aliquot, tot, ceteri, and reliqui.
nullus, nemo,
qms,
ille,
ediquis,
4.
Animdlium
dliei
rationis cxpertia
Examples of
all
these
scripts for
He
enemies.
grc>ssus est.
Nemo
No man
is
wise at
all
times.
sapit.
Many, the
Equal
to
kings.
?
the
philoso-
~N eque stult or um
quisquqm beatus,
cecidit.
phers i
Xot a single fool was ever a happy
man, nor a wise man not happy.
The former of these fell on the
battle-field.
Major Xeronum.
Senidres Pa-
trum.
mus
omnium
justissi-
fuisse traditur.
The
Quorum
Of whom
tator.
LESSON
65.]
385
Remarks.
The
E.
genitive plural.
Primus Romdni
stitiae nulla,
generis,
Of all
3. The partitive (pronoun or adjective) commonly takes the gender of its genitive (as in all the above examples), but sometimes also
that of another noun expressed or implied in its connection.
E. g.
Indus omnium flununum maxXmus, The Lulus the largest of all rivers.
Hordeum frugum omnium molissimum* est, Barley is the softest of all
grain.
(Ego), qui plurima mala omnium Graecorum in domum tuam
intuit, I who of all the Greeks have done your house the greatest
injury.
4. An adverb may take the place of the partitive.
E. g. Caesar
omnium fere oratorum Latlne loquitur elegantissime, Caesar speaks the
most elegant Latin of nearly all the orators. Gallus maxim e omnium
nobilium Graecis litteris studuit, Of all the Roman nobles Gallus paid
most attention
5.
E.
the whole
and
Duae
g.
sometimes put
(=
Of their
prisoner.
This
est,
is
filiae
is
done
chiefly
by poets
historians.
G. Instead of the genitive, the prepositions ex, d<\ inU r. in, and ante
arc sometimes used, especially after superlatives, numerals, and unus.
E. g. Acerrlmus ex omul hut nostri* sensibus, The acutest of all our
senses.
Unus ex (or do) multis, One out of many. Acerrimus inter
Sapientissimus in
recusantes, The most violent among those refusing.
Ex quibus
septem, The wisest among the seven (sages of Greece).
(sc.Jiliis) rellquit duos, Of which (i. e. number of sons) she has left
two.
7. When the partitive denotes the entire number referred to, it
stands in the same case with its noun. E. g. (Xos) trecenti conjuror
vlmus, Three hundred of us have conspired. Numerate, quot ipsi silis,
33
in
agreement
LATIN GTIAMMAK.
38G
[lessox
G.">.
Count how many there are of you in all. Nostri (posa. pronS) septuaginta cecidtrunt, Our men, seventy in number, it'll.
Neque hi udmo(him sunt multi, Kor does the (entire) number of these amount to
many. (Cf. Lesson XVIII. G.)
When
the pronouns and adjectives above enumerated as partido not denote parts of a whole, they stand adjectively in agreement with their nouns.* E. g. Alter consul, doctissimus Romanus,
8.
tives
the English
is
In
To speak of anything
to
this respect
De
any
one.
bere,
ldquor ?
Vidsnepiierum,ci(/usfratercdriem
nieum neCU it ?
Video infantem, ciijus pater heri
out yesterday.
I see the man, whose dog you
Video hdminem,
Do you
profectus
de-
my
stroyed by fire).
Do you
house
I
ciijus
ciinem ne-
conduxisti.
ductum.
ere, duxi,
deleta est)
I
est.
ego emi.
Vidi mercatdres, quorum tabernam
<
Do you
I
de quibus
Conduco,
be
tiius Iibros,
cavisti.
non
ldqueris,
video.
have killed.
Do you see the people, whose
horse I have bought ?
I have seen the merchants, whose
shop you have taken.
To
To burn down
te-
do see him.
have had a talk with the man,
whose library has been burned.
(igni
ciijus
domus
absiimpta
or
Video.
cujus bibliotheca
est,
colloquium
haljui.
lit
tibi
commo-
davi?
ttterque,
r unique
But
also
LESSON
I
65.]
have read
Have you
Factum est.
Habesne chartam, quae
it.
want (need)
I have that which I want (need).
I have what I want (need).
"Which book have you ?
I have that which I want.
He
man
opus
tibl
est?
'!
Which
387
Quos
elavos
est.
est.
est.
homo habet
Quae
Which
digitabula habet ?
Digitabula fratris habet.
Video liberos, quibus mala dedisti.
gloves has he ?
He has those of his brother.
I see the children to whom you
gave apples.
De
speak.
Towards
take the
Ad
way
Dresden.
to
meridiem versus.
direct
(to
Iter d/h/uo
)
'iirsuiii
suum dliquo
dirigere (rexi,
~)
r<
way
Which way
liberi dili-
In Italiam versus.
To
quorum
gentes fuerunt.
To
lis,
Te?*sus (prep.).
(to).
Loquor de
c/itiu).
Viam
or
Iter iriire
or ingredi.
(road).
Qudrsum
has he taken ?
iter
dircxit).
He
way
to Lcip-
sic
Which way
will
And
have
I
He
you take
upon)
this
-)
way.
I that one.
So
I
that.
lost
my
so that
out.
He
Quam viam
inire vis ?
money,
So
Iter
7 (eonj.
Peciiniam
B. and
C.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
388
He
Eum
was
[LESSON
sic diligebat, ut is
haberetur
65.
ejus viilgo
fi'lius.
his son.
Was
he so stupid as to consider
that
Adeone erat
For
Nam:
(conjunct.).
I cannot
am
alone.
Ego
.lut
Obs.
or.
The
disjunctive
Am
I slave to you, or
Enough
illam vitam
of our
affairs,
you
tibi
non
potest.
el
Sice
C.
itt
Or (disjunctive conj).
Either
stiiltus,
esse arbitraretur ?
life ?
Sum
vel, -ve.
out.
vel.
sice.
things.
g.
to
or (and)
De ndstris rebus
mium miilta.
satis, vel
sum
etiam ni-
Ant nemo,
Every body
either water, or
or earth, or some
mixture of these, or a part of
air,
or
is
fire,
them.
The
* Enim
first
pdssunt.
sapiens
aut,
si
quisquam, Cuto
fiiit
:U : r,
aut ignis, aut terra est, ant aliquid, quod est concretum ex his,
aut ex aliqua parte eorum.
Serius a Romanis poetae vel cdgniti vel recepti sunt.
always.
by
LESSON
EXERCISES
65.]
389
125, 126.
Exercise
125.
Exercise
126.
33*
LATIN GRAMMAR.
390
[LESSON
66.
To
learn well, and who are obedient and good.
To those who are hungry
to eat and to drink ?
He has taken the way to
and thirsty.
Which way has he taken ?
Where did you reside when I was at BerVienna (Vindobonam).
Where was your father when
I resided at Munich (Monaci).
lin ?
He was at Strasburg (Argent or ali).
you were at Bale (Basiliae) ?
Were you in Spain when I was there? I was not there at
At what time did you breakfast when
that time I was in Italy.
I breakfasted when my father breakfasted.
you were in Germany ?
He cannot come, for he is himCan the physician come to-day ?
It is
Is it true that every man is either good or bad ?
self sick.
This lesson must either be written or learnt by heart.
true.
Did he
should never praise those who are (either, vel) bad or idle.
He had the headache, so that he
come to your house last evening ?
some
to those
whom
who
do you give
We
pensum
Lesson LXVI.
sexagesimum sex-
TUM.
OF THE GENITIVE AFTEK ADJECTIVES.
Many
A.
an
affection or activity of the mind, such as desire or disgust, knowledge or ignorance, and many of those denoting likeness, equality, community, property, plenty,
and
E.
object.
quam
Graecarum
mind
conscious of rectitude
the false reports of
laughs
fame.
cia ridet.
Omnes immemorem
at
Cato was
experienced in public
benficii ode-
runt.
Alexdndri
similis
esse
vdluit.
maxime
forti-
ttido.
Memdria communis
drtium.
The
veritdtis.
studiosus fuit.
Cyri et
g.
He
est
multarum
of man.
Memory
is
common
to
many
arts.
LESSON
66.]
Galli sunt
homines
The Gauls
insueti labo-
men unaccustomed
are
to labor.
ris.
tJtinam te, frater, non solum vitae, sed etiam dignitatis meae
superstitem reliquissem
Refe'rta
i
391
quondam
reorum
The
Italy
life,
but also of
was formerly
my
full
rank
of Pythago-
reans.
Destitute of human help, the senate directed the people and its
prayers to the gods.
fiiit.
fying*
my
Pythago-
Italia
Would
by the
1. Desire or disgust
avidus, cupidus, studiosus, fasfklidsus.
So also aejnulus, amicus, inimicus, invidus, which sometimes, however,
have the dative.* E. g. Cupidus, avidus contentionis, Fond of conten:
tion.
Knowledge,
2.
skill, or
ignoeance
g.
insclus, nescius,
Ejus
rei consci-
Conscious
of,
3.
disposition, or character %
proprius, publicus,
sacer, afflnis, communis, soclus, viclnus, alienus, insuetus ; to which
E. g.
add superstes and supplex. (All these also with the dative.)
Dissimilis Alexandri, UnSinillis homtnis, Like man (in character).
Par, dispar alicujus, Equal, unequal to any one.
like Alexander.
Aequalis temporum illorum, Contemporary with those times. Proprium
Romani generis, Peculiar to the Roman nation. Insula eorum deorum
Communis xdriusque nostrum,
sacra, An island sacred to those gods.
Common to both of us. Afflnis alicujus culpae, An accomplice to
similis,
some crime.
stes
4.
Alienum suae
Plenty
or
want
dignitatis,
* Compare
page 351.
and rudis also occur with the ablative. E. g. Omni genere
Familiar with every kind of literature. Jureperiius or conperltus,
litterarum
The adjective conscius may have either the
sultus instead of juris p&ritus, &c.
genitive or dative of the thing, but the person is always in the dative. E. g.
conscius facinoris or facinori, privy to a crime; but alicui conscium essefaciSibi conscium esse alicujus
noris, to be in the secret of a crime with any one.
t Perltus consultus
rei, to
%
be conscious of anything.
Compare page
351.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
392
[LESSON
C6.
quence.
Remarks.
Poets, and their imitators in prose, extend this construction to
many other adjectives, especially to those denoting an affection of the
mind. E. g. Ambiguus consilii, auxius futuri, benignus vini, certus
sceleris, dubius viae, impiger militiae, integer vitae, interrltus leti, incautus futuri, incertus sententiae, laetus laboris, modlcus voluptatum,
pervicax irae, piger periculi, securus futuri, segnis occasionum, socors
futuri, timidus lueis, &c, in all of which the genitive stands instead of
the more usual ablative or accusative, with de, in, or ad.
So after
adjectives generally, the genitive is sometimes employed (by the same
class of authors) instead of the ablative, to express the relation " with
respect to," " in regard to," " in " as, Diveisus morum, Different in
respect to manners. Integer vitae, Irreproachable in life.
1.
esse soles.
" NS."
participles
rans, patlens
colens, negligens,
religion.
* Potens, impotens, consors, and princeps never occur with the ablative;
annpnfi, particeps, expers, exheres, rarely.
Of the rest (re fains, plenus, &eJ,
some have the ablative even more frequently than the genitive. L\ g. Insula
referta divitiis, an island abounding in wealth.
LESSON
66.']
" NS.'
393
do'mini,
quam canis ?
Sumus natiira appetentissimi
ho-
We
honor.
nestdtis.
quod
Is there
They lauded
they considered
it
productive of
pleasure.
Eques Romanus
bene
est,
sui negotii
He
is a Roman knight,
ages his business well.
qe'rens.
who man-
Remarks.
Participles in ns, when used as such, are followed by the case
of the verb to which they belong.*
E. g. patiens frlgus, laborem,
(actually) enduring cold, hardship
but patiens frigdris, laboris, capable of enduring cold, hardship.
(As participles proper, they denote
1.
as adjec-
tives,
To
Curro,
run.
To run up
(to),
down,
out,
To run away
(flee).
Behind.
Behind
Behind
Behind
Behind
Post
Post
Post
Post
the door.
the stove.
the ear.
one's back.
stand behind the door.
run behind the house.
To
To
Where is he running
Pone
(pone) fores.
(pone) fornacem.
(secundum) f aurem.
tergum, post, &c.
fores assistere.
Quo
to ?
ciirrit ?
Qudrsum cursu
ten-
dit ?
He
is
cem.
Cf.
Stcundum
Lesson
LXIX.
E.
= "close behind,"
"next
to.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
304
Where
[LESSON
Qudrsum cueurrerunt
tenderunt)
66.
(eiirsu con-
si'lvam.
the woods.
(to-
The
The
The
The
Non
aufugiebant.
stove.
fireplace.
Focus, i, m.
Furnus, i, m.
oven.
blow, knock.
The push
Ictus,
us,
verber,
in.
plaga,_ae,/.
Pulsus, us, m.
the kick.
aufugie-
i,
m.
oris,
n.
dis.
The stab.
The sting.
The blow with a stick.
The stab with a knife.
The fisticutf".
The sword stab.
The sword.
The broadsword, spade.
The sabre.
The point of a sword.
Ictus, us,
Punctum,
plaga, ae, /.
n.
i,
Spatha, ae,/.
Acinaces, is, m.
INiucro, onis,
Ensem
To draw
m.
Gladium
the sword.
m.
(e vagina) educere.
stringere
(stnnxi,
stn-
ctum).
To
sheath
sword.
(put
up)
the
Gladium (ensem)
vaginam
in
re-
To be
with any-
thing).
cinctum
esse.
To
si,
sum.
(aliquem
foras,
&c).
To
strike.
Ferio, Ire,
Percutio, ere, ussi, ussum.
Pulso, are, avi, atum.
To
beat.
To
Aliquem
To
castigate,
with a
punish
lashinof.
one
verberare, pulsare,
verberibus caedere.
Aliquem verberibus castigare.
or
(-ti,
-sum).
LESSON
66.']
To
Plagam
395
To
To
(-xi,
ctum).
Alicui
pulsare).
To be
To wound one
cutere).
Tergo
plector.
( Pulsari et verberari.
with a sword-
cut.
To
(
(
Ictum
stab one.
To
stab
To
this
man
corpori
alicujus
infigere
-fixum).
(-fixi,
a blow ?
Inflixistine (intulistine)
plagam ?
Sane quidem
him one.
ego
ei
hdmini
tinam
isti
inflixi
(intuli).
Did
that
boy
strike
Duxitne piier
alapam ?
his fellow
ille
condiscipulo
siio
cuffs.
He
What was
The
beaten
soldier
is
he that
< In
ribus ?
f
Eum.
In eum.
est) ?
stick.
Was
he beaten hard ?
Yes, he was beaten to death.
Verberatus
est
tem.
No
with
the
Ndn
vero
vulnerabar caesim.
edge.
* On
XXXIII. A. Rem.
3.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
!96
They
calce
66.
(pedis
verberibus) ?
!Non percusserunt.
The
eum
Percusseruntne
The (military)
The firelock.
The gun.
The rifle.
The cannon.
[LESSOX
Praefectus militaris.
(i, n.) igniferum.
officer.
*Telum
*Sclopetum,
n.
i,
*Bombarda, ae,/.
*Tormentum
n.) bellicum.
(i,
The powder.
The ball, bullet.
The cannon-ball
The shot; the report
*Sclopetus minor.
*Pulvis (-eris, m ) pyrius.
*Glans, -dis,/'.
*GIobus (i, m.) tormentis missus.
Ictus, lis, m. ; fragor (oris, ?n.) teli
of a
firelock.
igniferi.
The
To
load a gun.
To
load a cannon.
inis, n.
in sclopetum
indere (didi, dltum).
Pulverum cum globo in tormentum
indere.
To
shoot,
/ -,-l
(mth
v
jire
j:
fire-
arms).
Uoonum
( Emittere icfum
<
To
shoot with a
mm.
To
To
To
To
with cannons.
shoot or discharge ar-
fire
shoot
(some one or
at
fire at
thing.
Are you
am
firing at
any one
fired at
igni-
e sclopeto mittere.
Plumbum mittere.
Sonum edere (insonare)
sclopeto
minoris modi.
Tela tormentis mittere.
JSarrittas
mittere.
Peto, ere,
ivi,
itum
(aliquem
seu
Telo
ignifero pelere
aliquem
seu
times did he
Tela conjecere
(-jeci,
-jeetum) in
aliquem.
Petisne aliquem telo ignifero
fire at
that bird ?
He
,_ 7
telo
firing at a bird.
How many
..
(tnsonare)N
aliquid.
To
telo ianifero.
J
ALIQUID TELO).
something).
To
firo
Glandes
j~
eclere
*?
petivit ?
it
several times.
Petivit
eum
pliiribus
tempdri-
bus.
How many
fire ?
times
Qudties sdnum
ignifero
'1
pxier
edi<Jit
telo
LESSON
He
66.]
pistol.
Sdnum
107
modi.
He
Sdnum
sclopeto.
unquam
sagittas ?
times.
all
their
eum omnia
Tela in
on him.
Do you hear the report of a
gun ?
Audisne fragorem
No
Ndn
conjecerunt.
missiles
What
They
Why
me.
sclopeti ?
'?
Ciir
eum
offendis (fddis) ?
Exercise
127.
34
LATIN GRAMMAR.
398
[LESSON
67.
At whom did
I have fired three times.
fired a gun ?
Have you fired
you fire ?
I fired at a bird which sat on a tree.
Why have you
I have fired a pistol at him.
a gun at that man ?
Because he gave me a stab with his sword.
fired a pistol at him ?
I am not fond of it.
I am very
Are you fond of contention ?
Why does your
much devoted to the study of Latin literature.
Because he is not accustomed (insuetus) to labrother not work ?
I do not wish to be like
bor.
Do you wish to be like that man ?
Was Cyrus the equal (par) of Alexander? He was not his
him.
He is not
Is your father skilled in the law '(Juris perltus) ?
equal.
Have you
the
of
strangers
of
eloquence among the Romans
them. Who was the
Are you attached your
Romanorum) Cicero was the
Can you endure huncountry am very much attached
he eager
praise
ger and cold cannot endure (them).
What does
He excessively eager (appententissimus)
be
behooves us
be
knowledge
behoove us
skilled in
city full
Is
it.
first
(referta)
(quis
to
to
it.
for
Is
for
is
to
'?
and
(intelligentia)
It is full
first.
in
thirsting after
to
It
it
it.
virtue.
Lesson LXVII.
PENSUM
SEXAGESIMUM
SEP-
TIMUM.
OF THE GENITIVE AFTER VERBS.
After verbs of valuing or esteeming, and also
buying and selling, hiring and letting, the
indefinite price or value is expressed by the genitive.
A.
after those of
Such verbs are aesttmo, facto, pendo, duco, piito, 7iabeo ; aestfmor,
emo, mercor, vendo, veneo, liceo, taxo ; stare,
flo, pendor, and sum ;
constdre, &c.
The genitives representing the indefinite price or value are,
a)
Substantives like nihili, " (for) nothing"; Jlocci, nauci, pill, pensi, teb) The neuter adjectives
runcii, assis, " for a trifle," " a mere song."
Cdmmii
regis
auctdritas
mdgni
aiiri et
authority of
was held
habebdtur.
Nulla vis
The
argenti pluris,
est.
aesti-
No amount
King Commius
in high esteem.
We
summum bonum.
LESSON
67.]
Pravi homines
siia
pdrvl pendere,
Bad men
nihili
sit
jam
sit.
qudnti
tdnti,
Pythius vdluit.
399
the
man
is
manded.
Ve'ndo
pluris,
quam
ceteri.
De
Driisi
quam
I sell my grain
others.
Every misfortune
is of as
much
we have rated that.
cost the human family
account as
No
pest has
ira.
With
you
tu scribis.
mdgni
ainari et
pendi pdstulo.
how much
was
of-
es-
write,
fered
^go a meis me
no higher than
it
for.
Remarks.
The
definite
To
the genitives of the price or value add hujus, boni, and aequi
Rem hujus non facto, I do not care that * tor
it.
Rem boni facto, or rem aequi bonique facio (or consulo), I consider it just and proper, I acquiesce in it (let it be so).
2.
bomqne
in expressions like
3. The verbs coeno and habtto likewise occur with the genitive of
the price.
E. g. Quanti habitas ? What do you pay for your lodgings V
Tantine coenas, quanti habitas ? Do you pay as much for your
dinner as you do for your lodgings ?
The
5.
price or value
me
nothing.
price.
B.
*
I. e.
A straw, rush.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
400
[LESSON
67.
memini,
so-
The
non
destitit.
He
obli-
viscerentur
Grammaticos
officii sui
commone-
We
mus.
duty.
Discfpiilos
id
praeceptdres
quam
unum moneo,
siios
ut
non minus,
their studies.
praeteri-
forgotten.
Bdni
They
who
are
Homines interdum
res praecla-
rissimas obliviscuntur.
Niinquam liberos meos adspicio,
quin Planch merltum in me
recdrder.
Men
what
I call to
mind
my
obliga-
tions to Plancus.
Remarks.
Neuter pronouns and adjectives
We
2.
Memini (in the sense of " I think of," or " I make mention "),
and moneo, with its compounds, also take the ablative with
recordor,
de.
E. g. De homine importunissimo ne meminisse quidem volo, I do
not even wish to mention the importunate man. De Her ode et de
* Verbs
(Lesson
LX.
C.)
LESSON
67.]
401
Mettio meminero, I will bear in mind Herod and Mettius. Velim scire,
quid de te recordere, I should like to know what you recollect with
reference to yourself.
Terentiam monedtis de testamento, Remind Terentia of the will.
3. The accusative of the person (reminded of, remembered or forgotten) rarely occurs, except after memini, when used in the sense of
"I still remember or recollect" (a person seen or known before).
E. g. Antipdter, quern tu probe meministi, Antipater, of whom you have
an honorable recollection. Cinnam memini, vldi Sidlam, I remember
China, I have seen Sulla. But memento mei, nostri, Remember me,
us.
4. In this construction is included the expression venit milii in mentem (cdiquid or alicujus rei), " something occurs to me." Thus, Venit
Tibi tuarum virtutum veniat in mentem.
mini Platonis in mentem.
But also, Res milii in mentem veniebat.
Omnia mihi in mentem
venerunt.
The impersonal
miscret,
ventum
est,
miseretur,
E.g.
Sapie'ntiam\
Me
civitatis
morum
piget taedet-
que.
Niinquam Atticum
gdtii
pertaesum
susce'pti
ne-
e'st.
misei^et,
fnltris salute
obsecrdntium, miseredtur.
You
mine
te
miserescat
Let
me'i.
my
poverty
to
pity.
Mhilne
te
ciferare in via ?
Remarks.
misereor and miseresco, " I pity," adopt the
construction of miseret ; but miserdri and commiserari are followed by
the accusative. E. g. Nihil nostri miserere 1 Have you no compassion
1.
* Compare page
334,
34*
Wisdom
is
here personified.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
402
[LESSON
67.
Iraeciae,
These impersonal verbs sometimes (though rarely) occur per(i. e. in the plural, and with a subject nominative).
E. g.
liaec (nom.) pudent ?
5.
Nm
sonally
te
To forget.
he
they
You forget
Ye forget
Is
Obliviscor,
obliviscitur.
Obliviscimmi
forget.
He
Oblivisceris
forgets.
us,
Ecquid
mei,
obliviscuntur.
illorum
nostri,
tiii,
obliviscitur ?
us,
non
obli-
viscitur.
Obliviscerisne
aliquid
(alicujus
rei) ?
forgetting my pen,
per, my book.
am
my
pa-
Has he
me.
Oblltusne est
tibi
librum appor-
tare ?
Vero
eum mihi
apportare oblitus
est.
Have you
Oblitiisne es,
eum
advenisse ?
Non
oblitus sum.
Potesne oblivisci diei
!Ego ejus
nunquam
illius ?
oblivisci
pos-
sum.
him
quod (quae)
ei dixi ?
LESSON
He
"has
67.]
by no means forgotten
You have
Non
it.
vero
minime
me
Litteras ad
forgotten to write to
403
oblitus est.
dure oblitus
es.
me.
You
To belong
(any one).
to
Mea,
tiia,
mensa
sunt.
est.
these ?
est.
Centurionum (digitabula)
Meus
Ndstri sunt.
'
become).
{suit,
tiii
mine.
To Jit
fratris
Est ejus.
is this ?
eo oblivfsceris.
Does
Whose book
cum
Cdlloqui
These shoes
very well.
fit
Hi
calcei
Do
these boots
fit
those
men ?
Aptaene sunt
illis
istae
viris
ca-
ligae ?
They do not
Does
this
does
Non
them.
garment
It fits (suits)
How
fit
fit
me
you very
this
hat
well.
sit ?
It sits
Admodum
It
Te quam dptime
very well.
becomes you very well.
See, whether this dress becomes
me.
Contempla,
suit,
suit
(please)
Do
friends ?
decet.
satin'
haec
me
vestis
deceat.
Convenire
To
bene sedet.
Placere
Probari
alicui.
(-cui,
-cltum) alicui.
alicui.
Convenitne (placetne)
iste pannus ?
Placet.
fratri
txio
Probatur.
tuis pla-
LATIN GRAMMAR.
404
They do
suit
They do not
Does
It
suit
it
does suit
suit
(fis)
them.
me
minus placent.
Non probantur
(lis).
you
to do this V
to do it.
67.
Probantur.
Placent.
them.
[LESSON
To become
becomes,
It
(jnoralhj).
is
morally proper.
j
Does
not become
It does
Did
become you
it
it
become him
(aliquid facere).
Decetne
te
est
to
do
this ?
Tuunme
me
to
do
id facere
it.
to write ?
become him.
Does it become you
<
to
dibus
foot?
It does not become me.
It does not become an orator to
be angry.
It
proper, just.
not proper.
ejus.
(tuunme
est)
ire pe-
cere
It is
te
Me
proper, just.
Is it
is
Erat
Decetne
go on
hoc facere ?
hoc agere ?
Decebat.
It did
It is
Par est.
Par non
Justum
est.
est.
Nefas
est.
To
please, to be one
ure (It pleases).
's
pleas-
una simul
him
to
go with
you.
It does not suit him to go with
you.
Did it please him to write to
you
Ei non placet
ire ?
(libet)
It did please
What is your
What do you
Quid
Quid
I wish
litteras
him.
pleasure ?
wish ?
you to bring
book ?
Do you want anything
me
the
ire ei
(placitiimne)
dare ad te
Collibitum est.
vobiscum una
ire.
non
est.ei
tibi collibet ?
vis (imperas) ?
Niim quid
peras
LESSON
67.]
Do you want
anything else
As you please.
But concerning
Num
Ut
405
Ut
placet.
jiibes.
the republic, it
me to write
h'bet
plura scribere.
any more.
(Pldceo,
To please
(to like).
<
Pro bo?'
atus sum.
ari,
Amdeo,
ere, isi,
isum (alicui)
Probatiirne
Vehementer mihi
dislike
How
them very
do you
like
it
Ab
it
very
I like this
eo abhdrreo.
Qudmodo
(i. e.
hie
locus
tibi
placet
(probatur) ?
Hie locus mihi arridet (mihi valde
placet, probatur).
Hie locus mihi praeter dmnes arri-
this place) ?
I like
hicce
well.
here
tibi
liber ?
Perplacet.
it
I do not like
(placetne)
well.
place extremely.
det.
It
is
my
delight.
To
st in
deliciis meis.
Pecunia
To buy anything
mere
Solvere
ipraese?is
seu numerdta.
merdtam).
for cash.
aliquid pecunia
numerata
(die oculata).
To
To
sell
On
credit.
buy,
Do you
sell
anything on credit.
Vendere
No, I wish
I prefer to
Does
it
to
buy
for cash.
suit
not
re ciipio.
Die oculata
Convenitne
emere malo.
tibi vendere mihi pe-
credit ?
It does
Immo
suit
me.
Non
cdnvenit.
To
To succeed
an
(in
attempt,
very
is
UT
res cedit
SUBJ.)
(procedit,
succedit)
successful.
My
(MIHI,
ifea
successful.
My
67.
of persons)
The
[LESSON
LATIN GRAMMAR.
406
successit.
sit,
very well.
Do you
succeed
There
He
is
is.
in
There
learning
Adest.
any wine
Is there
There
is
Sunt.
Est.
are.
Adsunt.
Ad mdnum est.
Ad mdnum sunt.
iEstne (adestne)
^st.
Adest.
vinum
Ad manum
some.
est ali-
quantulum.
There
is
none.
Were
there
many
Non
?
Nemo
there.
TAderant permiilti.
< Aderat vis (cdpia,
(
will
not
adest.
Adfuitne aliquis?
Adfuit vero non nemo.
Aderantne miilti (homines)
there ?
adest.
multitiido)
ma-
gna.
Siintne homines, qui litteris studere ndlunt (ndlint) ?
LESSON
67.]
407
neve laborare
studere vdlunt (ve-
nei-
neve
litteris
lint).
it
delights
and
jiivat.
sci-
ences
There are many who are fond
of beino; engaged in the liberal
.
arts
and
To
To
sciences.
(
Teneo, ere,
Retineo, ere,
ntum.
ntum.
\ Mundo, are, avi, atum.
\ Mundum facere, emundare.
keep, retain.
clean, cleanse.
ui,
ui,
Directly, immediately.
This instant.
Clean.
inkstand.
The
Instantly, in a
moment,
sud-
ex-
templo.
Vdlo.
Retinere
I will
not keep
my money.
-<
my
inkstand
eum non
Pecunia mea
tibi
ciipio.
non retinenda
meam
Pecuniam
tenere
te
est.
non
opdrtet.
confestim.
Mundus, a, um.
*Atramentarmm, i, n.
Puncto (momento) temporis
denly.
You must
vestigio,
ris,
rium?
I will clean
it.
Exercise
128.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
408
[ LESSON 68.
Exercise
129.
What
is
Lesson LXVIII.
PENSUM
DUODESEPTUAGE-
SLMUM.
GENITIVE AFTER VERBS.
Continued.
LESSON
GR.]
itrgere,
to' an"
account
ieneri,
to accuse, arraign
be guilty of;
to
vnterrogdre, to call
guilty of;
become
convincere,
condemn absolm
captdre, to
to
E.
re,
g.
counjYdi.
sive avarice.
increpftit edicto.
accuse
army,
the
fpsum
summon;-
solvere, liberdre,
Galba
se alligdre, se adstringere, to
obligdn,
obstringi,
convict
coafgutire, insimUldre,increpdre,increpttdre,
- - aocusdre, incusdre, age~re, deferre
ar~
;
charge (accuse)
cessere, postuldre,
10'.)
(light
or cowardice ?
Galba, in an edict, reproved the
people for cruelty even.
Mutiades was accused of treason.
lie who charges another with dishonor should look into his own
breast.
Caesar
repetunddr
Furti se obligavit.
He was
rum *
Dolabellam
postuldoit.
guilty of theft.
condemned
for treason.
The judge
Remarks.
genitive of the crime may be explained by crimine or noiiunc] understood. These ablatives are sometimes actually put. E.g.
Ne absens invidiae crimine accusaretur.
Nomine sceleris conjurationisque damnati sunt.
1.
The
impietdtis,
and
others.
demned as an assassin.
4. The punishment or
fine to
is
like-
Thus
On
35
E.g. Quindecim
LATIN GRAMMAR.
410
[LESSON
6S.
The
construction of the above verbs extends to several adjeccompertus, noxius, innoxius, insons, manifestus, &c.
E. g. Reus est injuridrum, He is accused of trespass. Manifestus
rerum capitalium, Clearly convicted of a capital offence. Noxius conSacrilegii compertus, Found guilty
jurationis, Guilty of conspiracy.
5.
tives
as
reus,
of sacrilege.
B. After
E.
stood.
Neque hoc
g.
tdnti laboris est, qudnti
Est
adolescentis,
majdres
natu
vereri.
Hoc
doctoris intelligentis
quo
quemque.
ferat
Tdrdi ingenii
est,
dere,
sectari,
fdntes
est,
natura
vi-
sua
riviilos
con-
rerum
non
videre.
this
ficulty as
nulin errore
quae
Science
Nor
perseverare.
error.
est,
sci-
relates
to
those
things
lintur.
tion.
Petulantia magis
tium,
quam
est
adolescen-
senum.
viri
fiunt.
belli
LESSON
68.]
You know
esse scis.
411
that I
am
Pompey.
and money
already en-
tirely for
Eamilia pecuniaque
gentiliumque
The
agnatorum
slaves
shall
become
e'sto
Remarks.
The
of negotium, &c, which is commonly assumed to explain this construction, is sometimes expressed. E. g. Non liorum tem1.
ellipsis
Sapientis
praeceptoris
Officium
est
proprium *
Id
judlcis,
vin,
hominis puto.
In all of
which examples the omission of these words would leave the sense
unaltered.
liberi esse
We
of a prudent man.
4. When the genitive has a gerundive connected with it, esse stands
in the sense of "to contribute or conduce to." E. g. Regium imperium initio conservandae libertatis atque augendae rei publicae fuit,
At first the royal government contributed to the preservation of liberty, and to the advancement of the common weal.
(=
est
5. In this construction are included the expressions moris est
in more, est in more positum), or consuetudinis est, It is a characteristic
feature of the manners and customs (e. g. of the Greeks, &c.) est
operae
est operae pretiwn), it is worth while, &c. ; instead of which
mos est, consuetudo est (e. g. Gallorum, Graecdruni), may also be em;
(=
ployed.
O.
interest
and
by the
* Compare
So
iris) est.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
412
Magni
pdtius, vel
hddie, ciijus
e'st
istam legem manere ?
intersit,
maxime
judices, hoc
in-
adscripsi,
quod
ferebat.
Humanitatis plurlmum
refert.
68.
me,
to Cicero, or rather to
terest.
Non
It is
mehercle utrkisgue.
Quis
Ve'stra,
mea
[LESSON
or,
by
ment
to humanity.
Remarks.
1. The degree of importance is expressed either by genitives like
magni, permagni, parol, pluris, tanti, and quanti, &c, or by adverbs or
neuter accusatives used adverbially as, multum, plus, magis, maxime,
parum, paulum, minus, minime, valde, magnupere, niliil, &c. The genE. g. Magni refert, hie quod
itive of the person is often omitted.
Quod
velit, It is a question of great consequence what this man wants.
permagni interest, pro necessario habetur, That which is of great importance is often deemed a matter of necessity. Hoc non pluris refert,
quam si imbrem in cribrum geras, This is of no more consequence than
if you were to pour water into a sieve.
;
3. In the sense of " it profits, it conduces to," these verbs also take
the dative or the accusative with ad.
E. g. Cui rei id te assimuldre
relidit 1 What advantage was it to you to pretend that ?
Magni ad
honorem nostrum interest, It contributes greatly to our honor.
To
To
cast or
in, forth,
To throw
one.
throw
&c.
stones
jactum.
cast, throw.
at,
upon,
at
some
missum.
Refert
="
it
LESSON
6S.]
To
To throw
413
stone into
the river ?
Injeci vero linum aliquem.
me ?
He does
Num
Non
it upon you.
an eye upon that
not throw
Did you
book ?
cast
paper
was
Were
you
me
cdnjicit (con-
Non
not.
into prison ?
lie
now
Factum est.
mine jacet
tJbi
In
Jacebat super
ere, xi,
ctum.
Duco, ere, xi, ctum.
Traho, ere, xi, ctum.
Rapio,
ere, put,
I
;
to seize
(hurry off).
To draw
the wagon.
To draw
the sword.
mensam
Traho,
lapis ?
Where
ad
fliiinine.
It
To drag
se
pedes regis ?
Se non prostravit.
j Conjectusne est in carcerem
( Datusne est in vincula ?
To draw, pull.
te jactabant
(conjiciebant) ?
Non jactabant.
Projecitne (prostravitne),
Was he thrown
He was.
adjiciebat.
Niimquid lapides in
at the feet
of the king ?
He did not prostrate himself.
in te cdnjicit (ednfert).
Conjeci profecto.
Adjiciebatne oculos ad chartam (or
chartae) ?
Where
in
He
culpam
fert)?
(in
mensa).
plum.
Currum
To drag one
To drag one
To drag one
into servitude.
to punishment,
to death.
To hurry one
chains.
* Stemo,
35*
LATIN GRAMMAR.
414
68.
into
vincula).
prison.
Ndnne eum
straxerunt
into slavery ?
They
[lesson
Factum
did.
Does the
liorse
draw the
servitudineni
in
est vero.
car-
ab-
riage ?
The
horse does
iEquus.
it.
Dolor,
oris,
Malum,
i,
m.
n.
To pain
of
(bodily or mentally
to
To
doluit,
dolere
Dolorem facere or
hurt (of
(mihi ali-
efficere alicui
(bodily).
Dolorem
sons).
To
Ddlet,
pain, hurt
n.
i,
quid).
things).
To
Detrimentum, damnum,
Jactura, ae,/.
things).
To cause pain,
To
Injuriam
alicui inferre.
self.
To
To
one's
Damnum
(detrimentum)
alicui in-
ferre (afferre).
Dam no
alicui.
To
Does
It
me
much.
Does anything pain you
by
Damnum
re.
dolorem ?
My
It
pains me,
My
when
am whipped.
Niim cuiquam
cisti (effecisti)
'?
LESSON
tt
Has
lie
68.]
r
hurt your feelings
i
-i
He
415
^^ m ^^
Aegrene
tibi fecit ?
Is mihi
etiam attulit.
Niimquis tibi ndcuit (injuriam
111-
tulit) ?
No
Nemo.
Were
Nemini
(milli).
Fuitne
tibi illud
(injury) ?
jiiriae intuli V
fmmo
to
overload
me
(-but, butuni).
with bene-
civilities,
at-
tentions.
On
Immo
pdtius
me
multis et magnis
Dolendum est.
Mors ejus dolenda est.
Dolendum est, quod non in vita est.
Dolendum est, quod non matiirius
venerunt.
be useful (to
any one).
To be wholesome, good
one's health, to
for
good.
\_
do you good ?
does do me good.
This is excellent for me (does
me much good).
What is the servant doing with
It
his
nisi offi-
beneficiis cumulasti.
sooner.
this
mihi non
cia tribuisti.
Does
potXus, im-
or kindness.
To show one
To
tribuisti.
slioiv
one kindness.
fits
the contrary
To do one good,
To
damno (detrimen-
to) ?
Have
No, on
broom
Conducit.
scdpis
servus
siiis
conducit.
facit
(inceptat)
LATIX GRAMMAR.
416
Piirgat
it.
Ego ex eo
68.
cubieulum.
(iis)
Quid hoc ex
out
of this wood ?
I wish to make nothing at all out
of it.
Have they done anything with
him
[LESSON
nihil
quidquam
facere
eiipio.
Xumquid de
eo
(e'i)
fecerunt ?
Xihil fecerunt.
nothing.
by
pa.s-s
(any
or. before
Praeterire, translre
To walk by or before.
To ride by or before.
"When did you
pass
by
(aliquem, ali-
QUEM LOCUM).
my house.
visti?
(
squander.
(
all
their
dered
He
Eifundo,
Abjiriebiintnc illiquid
arms
and weapons.
nos p>raeter-
filio
lavish,
cum
To throw away.
To
lir-
has he squan-
entire
Facilitates siias
dmnes
profudit.
fortune.
thrown away
I have
(lost)
an
entire hour.
Exercise
How many
twice.
Have you
130.
have killed
it
have shot at
it
fourth.
Do you shoot
at the birds
LESSON
69.]
Have
They have
417
fired at us several
It lies
upon the
table.
chair.
stick ?
is
river.
it ?
it
se)
into
It
guilt
Is
est)
to
litteras
to
to
is
to
it
what
is
is
It is
to
est to
liable
it
it
is
It
liable to err.
Is
to
is
right.
Lesson LXIX.
PENSUM
UNDESEPTUAGESI-
MUM.
SYNTAX OF THE ABLATIVE.
The ablative serves to express a variety of relations, of which
most important are those of cause, condition, modality,
AH these
QUALITY, TLACE, TIME, DIFFERENCE, and NUMBER.
relations are in English indicated by means of prepositions, such as
A.
the
2A
LATIN GRAMMAR.
418
[LESSON
69.
lias
obiit
supre-
mum.
Italy
We
We
ctimur.
ind-
and
rejoice at
its
correction.
By
The
Minturnenscs rcinvigorated
who had been exhausted
by fasting and the effects of the
Marius,
sea.
colcmus.
citias
In culpa
If
we
on
They
are
culpable,
their duties
who
neglect
ness.
Diverse duobus
avaritia et
luxuria, civitas Romuna laborabat.
* These
on account
vitiis,
The Roman
luxury.
by
for.
propter neglitjentiam.
= propter fnidus
See note
\
5.
Compare note
2.
et
enwlumenta, or fructuum
et
emolumentomm
gratia.
LESSON
69.]
419
Remarks.
After passive verbs, the impersonal cause alone stands in the
ablative without a preposition, and the personal agent requires the
preposition a or ah.
(Cf. page 165.)
1.
=
=
=
also
The
4.
tion with
lives.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
420
through.
[LESSON
69.
means of
g.
Lycurgus established
auctoritdte
Benevolentiam ci'vium
his
laws by
tery.
Katuram
usque
expe'llas furca,
You may
tamen
pitchfork, yet
reeiirret.
return again.
came
The Britons of
vivuni.
Remarks.
rarely employed, when the means or instrument
has reference to & person, but generally either per with the accusative,
E. g.
or the periphrasis alicujus opera, benefieio, consilio, culpa, &c.
Per te salvus sum, I am safe through your instrumentality. Delrimenta
per homines eloquentissimos importdta, Evils introduced by the most
Quorum opera
per quos) plebem concitdtam existieloquent men.
mdbcint, By whom they supposed the people to have been roused.
Eqiiitem Homanum benefieio tuo conservdvi, I have saved a Roman
knight through your kindness.
Cujus indicio
per quos) haec
cognoverant, Through whom they had become informed of this.
1.
The
ablative
is
(=
(=
2. Per with the accusative is often put instead of the ablative of the
means, especially when reference is had to external circumstances.
E. g. Per vim ei bona eripuit, He robbed him of his property by main
force (by forcible measures).
Per litteras aliquem certiorem facere,
To inform any one by letter. Per simulationem amicitiae me perdidcrunt, They have ruined me under the pretence of friendship. But the
material instrument is always expressed by the ablative.
E. g. Vulnerare aliquem gladio, cultro, sagittis, To wound any one with the
sword, with a knife, with arrows.
in
anything).
To devote
To spend
beguile
time to anything.
impereeptibly, to
time with any-
Contero, ere,
trlvi,
trxtum.
(tempus
ALIQUA RE).
thing.
Qua
in re te'mpus
teris) ?
consumis (cdn-
LESSON
69.]
my
I spend
Tempus
studies).
How
Qudmodo vitam
life ?
consumpsit
He
life
idleness
He
was
and
was
feasting.
sit.
entire days
He
by the
fireside.
in the habit of
wearing
and
writing.
Immo
vitam.
Fefellit
in banqueting.
spatiosam
ndctem convi-
viis.
tJbi
He
consumamus
Maxime
The vacation.
Travelling.
Feriae, arum, f.
Peregrinatio, onis, f.
The
Convivium,
banquet.
anything.
-<
one.
opdrtet.
i,
Ab
non assequi
Propositum
To
To
n.
sum).
Fine excidere
(-cidi,
Ordinem non
servare.
Suis partibus deesse.
Has
Deeravitne ictus
It
Factum
You have
36
means.
To miss
He
(consiimpsit)
contrivit
ndctem ?
Hdras fallebat jucundis sermdnibus.
all
Qudmodo
He
By
siiam
uselessly in
life
(aetatem)
Aetatem siiam
in perpetual
travelling.
He
421
est.
Deerrasne itinere
Non
deerro.
Eum non inveni.
Ordinem non
Defuisti
Fine
tiiis
servasti.
partibus.
excidit.
(-cutus
).
LATIN GRAMMAR.
422
The
[LESSON
69.
Ordo,
inis,
vicis,
Ex
In turn, in order.
It is
my,
To
To
do any-
thing).
(aliquid facere).
You have
failed to
come
to
me
morning.
have neglected to perform
tliis
You
obligations.
one
To
from
(learnt)
have
hddie
mane
neslex-
Offi'cia tiia
misisti.
?
aliquo.
any-
all.
you
heard
tiio ?
cogndvisti ?
De quo
pisti) ?
my
father.
your brother
has arrived.
To
assure
thing)
(one
of
any-
To persuade.
you sacredly of this.
I wish you to be persuaded of this.
I assure
ance
me
IStl.
Accepi.
I assure
mittere praetermisit.
Venire ad
your
friend ?
I have heard.
(news)
To hear anything of
Of whom
agere.
Praelermitto, ere, mlsi, missum.
Negligo, ere, lexi, ledum.
To happen,
Nuntium accepi a
patre.
fra-
trem advenisse.
Confrmo, are, avi, atum.
Affirmdre (alicui, aliquid).
Persuddeo, ere, si, sum (alicui
DE ALIQUA RE).
Hoc tibi sancte affirmo.
Hac de re tibi persuaderi
velim.
vdlo (velim).
Persuadeas
tibi
Persuasum
tibi sit.
Persuadeas
tibi
velim,
me
tuis con-
non defuturum.
Volmtne tibi persuaderi, se
consiliis non defuturum?
siliis
tuis
LESSON
69.]
To happen
to
Facta
est
(accidit)
calamitas gra-
vissima.
pened.
Accidit ei
malum pessimum.
Magnam
tune.
I have
423
with)
He
..
Facta
serious
in calamitatem incidit.
est mihi injuria gravissima.
injustice.
The good
fortune
Contingit mihi
Fortuna secunda
happi-
ness.
fortune,
Fortuna adversa
misfor-
tune; calamity.
To
meet (any
chance).
one
be, to exist, to
by
-j
malum,
i,
n. ; ca-
Occurristine alicui ?
Yenistine alicui obviam ?
6bviam veni fratri tiio.
Obviam veniebam
minum.
be found.
multitiidini hd-
Ibi, illic
Ne
Ne
Ne
Ne
Ne
Not even.
many
lamitas, atis, f.
Occurro, are, ri, sum.
there
casus secundus
Are
felicitas, atis,/.
The bad
To
felicitas.
ibidem (adv.).
quidem.
quidem.
unus quidem.
semel quidem.
pdpulus quidem.
Vicus, pagus, i, m.
liber
horses in this]
village ?
miilti)
There
is
ibidem invenias.
hoc anno cdpia vini ?
ifest ejus vero cdpia magna.
Poma hoc anno nulla sunt (reperi^festne
lintur)
in
France ?
There are a great many there.
cogallia ?
To
rei,
ad
LATIX GRAMMAR.
424
Of what
use
Cui usui
that ?
is
It is
good to
It
is
"Tsui est
eat.
Hoc
this
is
not
is
fit
man good
is
niilli
Quarn ad rem
for ?
for anything.
,n n
Kood-ior-notninw fellow.
a ~
-,
est hoc ?
ad vescendum.
est)
less)
He
TT
He
69.
It is of
What
[LESSOX
,,
book ?
There are none in it.
Is the stuff, which you
bought, good ?
No, it is good for nothing.
The
The
Homo
c
(!
Reperiiintur nulla.
have
Xon
ve'ro
tii
est).
fault, defect.
Yitlum,
material,
Textum,
stuff.
Exercise
my
nihili est.
emisti,
bdnum ?
;'
n.
i,
i,
.; pannus,
i,
m.
131.
gloves
'?
Exercise
Do you
132.
officer.
this
this
he has
for ?
LESSON
70.]
425
'?
Lesson
A.
which anything
Litterae
cum curd
ddigentiaque
scriptae.
Cum
dignitdte
quam cum
pdtius
cadere,
ignominia servire
We
nos opdftet.
Cum ifa
Cum
Cum
Ipse
et diligenlid
scripsit.
36*
There
He
in silence.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
426
civi-
The
[LESSON
70.
submit to that
patiently.
tas.
Sidera
cursus
conficiunt
siios
maxima celeritdte.
Cum maxima offensione Patrum
consulatii abiit.
Deos semper
piira,
Integra, in-
neremur.
The
stars
Remarks.
manner has adverbial force, and may often be
E. g. cum curd, i. e. diligenter : cum silcnresolved into an adverb.
tio, i. e. tacite, clam ; cum fide,
e.fdeliter; cum voluptate, i. e. libenter : cum bona gratia,
e. benigne, &c.
1
The
ablative of
i.
i.
arrived.
Cum exercitu, cum copiis, cum militibus, &c. iter facere, To
march with one's army, forces, soldiers, &e. llomam cum fehri veni,
I came to Rome with a fever.
But also without cum " as, Egressus
omnibus copiis, Having marched forth with all the forces. Ingenti
exercitu ab urbe profectus, Having left the city with a large army.
Duumvir decern navlbus venit, The duumvir came with ten ships, &c.
Castra clamore invadunt, They invade the camp with a clamor.*
lk
est.
With
is
a Mede.
Domo
They
Carthaginie'nses sunt.
are
Carthaginians (inhabi-
tants of Carthage).
* The
"cum."
wretched
number.
LESSON
ABLATIVE OF QUALITY.
70.]
He
is
427
life.
est.
Quieti, aldcres
We
dnimo sumus.f
illi,
industrid infe-
rior.
omnibus prae'stitit.
(=
abounding
brief
in
in
apothegms,
and
the comprehension of
things.
Non
e*tiani toto
cdrpdre perhorresco.
I
'
am
Remarks.
This ablative serves to restrict, limit, or define more particularly
the words with which it is connected, and occurs in a great variety of
expressions.
E. g. med sententid, med opinione, meo judicio, in my
opinion or judgment re, in reality, in fact nomine, in (or by) name
genere, by birth domo, by residence eloquentid, in eloquence, &c.
1.
Instead of
the poets
and
this ablative
7"
XL
428
LATIX GRAMMAR.
e.eislcre,
It is
miiltae indiistriae et
magni
exstiiit
ceieritate ingenii
Carneades.
Mdgno
sum
timore
So
bene
sed
sperSmus.
also without esse:
Est
virum
qua&dam,
The
curta-
infinite
LXXI
a certain Zeno, a
Remarks
may be explained by
B. and
for
man
flumen, ripusque
ablative of quality
we hope
prat ruptis.
1.
There was
vir,
altitudtne.
Difficili transitu
in
the best
{(tr<\).
spelunca
am
Fiiit
of but moder-
la-
inr, nvru
quadam
an
bo ris^/i/if.
divinS
rerum veterum,
studio
70.
mdgno
[LESSON
inMructus, praedttus%
(Cf. Lessons
LXXI.
B.)
I.
2. This ablative differs upon the whole but little from the genitive
ofquality.f except that the latter expresses rather natural than acThe genitive of
quired qualities, while the former is applied to both.
quality, moreover, seldom occurs in the plural, and comprises also determinations of measure which are never indicated by the ablative.
Sometimes the genitive ami ablative both occur in the same eonstruction, as in the example
Muri na mediocri ingenio^ S:e.
IIoic long
Very
Tor
long.
long time,
while (past).
a
a great
>u<ini
Quam
longum (tempos) ?%
diu
Quam dudum
LESSON
70.]
How
Jam dudum.
(past)
I,
you, we,
Longms,dIutius(quainego,tu,n6s).
(
long
since?
is it
-j
Qudm longum
Qudm diu est,
tempore)
It
now some
u n
f J
T
Jam
diu
est,
dum)
long since you
have break- (
*
fasted?
Is it
Estn
Haud longum
fasted.
I
Jam dudum
have
breakfasted.
Jam
fasted.
It
"
ienta
jentavish
ex quo (quiim)
est,
ex quo (quum)
e*st,
perdiu
ex quo* tempore
e*st,
jentavi.
an hour since
is
quum
V*
jentavi.
It is
ex
'
jentavi.
is
- um
lull
idiu,
It
ex quo.
est,
am
IrV
Estne jam
It is
quo.
(ex quo).
time since.
not long since.
It is
It is
Jcnn
ex quo ?
quiim (or ex quo, sc.
est,
^x
quum
'
{already)
v
JJ lone,
J since.
is
429
have break-
est,
ex quo jentavi.
fasted.
/,;>;hours).
r
liro
hours chid
J (irithtn
v
r
tiro
Three years
ago
(within
three
years).
A
An
\
(
hour and a
i
,..
...
-i
abhinc.
Diii> abhinc hdras ct dimidlam.
>
.,
,.
.,._
,,
Abhinc sesquihoram.
-i
,..
h'THS.
(''/'IS
..
SoSesquinora
halt ago.
^ wo
AbhinC
,,
Is
it
T
It is
Hi
ow
,
.,
great while.
a
long
is
it
since
you saw
>
-
I
Is
...
vidisti ?
-'
'
'
non
vidisti
annum
Ego eum
year).
anno abhinc).
Estne jam Idngum tempus, ex quo
it
this
country
Have you
country
lived
long
in
this
vidi
Abhinc
Degi'sne
(lino
LATIN GRAMMAR.
430
I
[LESSON
Annus jam
est
tertius,
Rome
these three
70.
ex quo
quo Rdmae
habito.
J
1 Tertius
jam annus
est,
ex quo
(_
He
twenty years.
[_
How long is it
since he
was here
America
Quam dm
aderat
He was
It is
Ame-
rica mcolit.
J
1
est,
cum
in
incolit.
ex quo
est,
tempore
in these parts.
aderas.
It is
since.
est,
ex
quo or quiim.
It is scarcelv six
months
since.
sunt,
ex quo or
qmim
It
is
(cum).
fTres prdpe anni sunt, ex quo or
quiun.
<
[_
It is
now
est,
ex quo or
cum
Jam
fere
annus
est,
ex quo or cum.
Almost, nearly.
Scarcely.
Abhinc
aliquot hdras.
'?
twenty times.
I have seen
hundred
times.
divi.
Yidi
eum
saepius
quam
centies.
LESSON
How
70.]
long
Ex
431
quo tempore
diu
Ex
quo ?
Quam
A pueritia, a piiero.
Since childhood.
Since the memory of man.
From time indefinite.
How long has he been dead ?
Post
hdminmn memdriam.
ex tempore.
quo tempore (quam dm) mdr-
Infinito
Ex
tuus est ?
He
has been
this
great
Mdrtuus
(for)
these
(for
three
Tres
dead
est
while.
He
dies.
days).
Unum mensem.
Duos annos, biennium.
Quam ldngum tempus est, ciim
How
long
here ?
is
it
since
you are
hie
ades ?
Tertius jam dies
is three
est, cum adsum.
days since I am (
here.
( Tres dies adsum.
I am here since yesterday.
Adsum ex hesterno die.
long is it since he is at Ex quo tempore ddmi est ?
It
How
home
Ex mane
Ex longo
is
already a
month
since
he
Unus jam
is
here.
tempore (longissime).
est mensis,
cum
hie est
(adest).
C Sto, stare,
To
How much
statum
steti,
cost,
you
hodierno-
stiti,
statum.
me
me
five shillings
tibi stat ?
It costs
half.
It costs
and a
Cdnstitit mihi
me
quinque
shillingis et
quadrante.
quarter.
as
much
as yours did
quam meus ?
Cdnstitit mihi
quanti
tanfci,
tibi tiius.
you.
cost
It
me
a high price,
Cdnstitit mihi
not
much, nothing.
To purchase, buy.
(sc.
Compdro,
On
pretio).f
are,
av'i,
atum.
432
[LESSON
LATIN GRA^IMAE.
Ego
Comparavistine
die?
,
tria
paria
70.
ravi).
yes-
terday ?
I brought three quires of paper
and a picture.
The pound
Ego
Libra, ae,/!
(weight).
pondo
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
(measure).
ring.
Tabula
picture.
The
small picture.
The
pair.
f
^
imago
(-inis)
A
A
you buy ?
have bought (purchased) ten
pounds of meat, five pounds of
tobacco, and twenty quires of
)ulorum.
Bina digitibula.
Diio
of gloves.
f:
pictura, ae,/.
( IVir digital
A pair of gloves.
pail's
picta. ae.
;
Par columbarum.
pair of doves.
Two
pondo, or simply
Digitus,
picta
libra
Duodecim
inch.
The regiment
(inclccL).
half-pound.
dozen.
foot
hesterno
aliquid
]aiia
digitabulorum.
Quam
miilta comparasti
pondo
car-
nis ?
Ego
ciirnis
pondo decern,
tabaci
pondo
paper.
I
I
Ego
bis
Dedi
Exercise
Have you
eis
133.
LESSON
EXERCISES
70.]
433
133, 134.
and write ?
Some are able to read, others to write and not to read,
and many both to read and to write
there are a few who are
neither able to read nor to write.
Have you done the exercises ?
We have done them. Are there any faults in them ? There are
no faults in them, for we have been very assiduous.
Has your
many children ?
He has only one, but he is a good-fornothing fellow, for he will not study.
In what does he spend his
time ?
He spends his time in playing and running.
Why does
his father not punish him ?
He has not the courage to punish him.
What have you done with the stuff which you bought?
I have
thrown it away, for it was good for nothing.
How has your son
written his letter ?
He has written it with great care and diligence.
He has written it with extreme negligence (negligentissime).
Have you heard your little brother spell ?
I have heard him patiently and in silence.
No, he is
Is your friend an Englishman ?
a Frenchman by birth.
Are you an American by birth ?
No, I am
a German.
Are they Romans ?
How
No, they are Russians.
many are there of them?
They are a hundred in number.
Are
they equal to us in industry ?
They are not our equals.
Do they
not excel us in humanity ?
They do not excel us.
are not
inferior to them in diligence.
Is our friend a man of much talent
(ingenio) V
He is a man of high talent and of the most distinguished
virtue.
They are men of low stature, of small talent, and of no virtue.
friend
'?
it
134.
These
four years.
Has your
has been there these ten years.
It is long since I dined, but not
He
How long
long
Is
We
Exercise
is
it
you supped ?
It is
you received a letter from
since
since
How long is it
It is not long since 1 received one.
your father V
since you received a letter from your friend who is in Germany?
Is it long since you spoke
It is three months since I received one.
It is not long since I
to the man whose son has lent you money ?
It is a great
Is it long since you saw your parents ?
spoke to him.
Has the son of my friend been living long
while since I saw them.
How long
He has been living there a fortnight.
in your house ?
I have had them these three months.
have you had these books?
How long is it since your cousin set out ? It is more than a month
since he set out,
What is become of the man who spoke English so
I do not know what is become of him, for it is a great while
well ?
Is it long since you heard of the officer who gave
since I saw him.
It is more than a year since I
your friend a stab with his sword?
I
How long have you been learning German ?
heard of him.
Are you already
have been learning it only these three months.
Have
You see that I am beginning to speak it.
able to speak it ?
They
the children of the French noblemen been learning it long?
have been learning it these five years, and they do not yet beoin to
Why can they not speak it? They cannot speak it, bespeak.
2B
37
LATIN GRAMMAB.
434
[lf.SSOX
71.
Lesson LXXI.
PEXSUM
UNUM ET
SEPTr.Y-
GESIMUM.
THE ABLATIVE AFTER VERBS.
After verbs of buying, selling, valuing, estimatlike, the noun denoting the price or value
E. g.
put in the ablative.
A.
and the
ing,
is
twenty
Isdcrates ve'ndidit.
lli<
line
talents.
dreel talents.
tis.
Qtu'nta
Scnipulum
aiiri
valebal sestertiis
trict /lis.
est, asse
carom
est.
Magnoe homines
non fortuna.
virtute mefimur,
The
What one
Quod rectum
tip
est,
nee magnitude
U mpore.
Remarks.
1.
by the ablatives
mar/no, pcrmar/no, plurtmo, parvo, minima (. pretio)^ but other verbs
of this class more commonly take the geiu'tives magni, permagni, &c.
(Cf. Lesson LXV1I. A.)
selling are also followed
LESSON
71.]
435
talento,
"washed (I bathe) for a quadrans. So est in the sense of " it is worth "
as, Sal in Italia est sex tattle, In Italy salt is worth (sells for) a sextans.
B. Verbs of plenty or want, and corresponding tranfill, endue, enrich, or to deprive, and the like, are followed by the ablative.
sitive verbs, signifying to
The kingdoms
abounded
Asiae.
of
Asia
always
in sold.
The
and method.
be free from guilt is a great
liberation
Vacare culpa
magnum
est sola-
omnibus*
explevii
tium.
Dens
To
consolation.
Itonis
miindum.
Templum Junonis
res locupleldre
egre'giis pictu-
voluerunt.
hdminum
al-
exercili-
God
ierinama with
tallest
men.
bus,
Demdcritus dicitur
dculis se pri-
V (ls.SC.
ndn inddo
etiam augeri
Consilio et auctoritate
ndn
orbdri, sed
senectus
solet.
Democritus
Remarks.
The
may
also be
put
LATIN GRAMMAR.
436
fill
The
2.
prison
To
is
this
already
Completes
[LESSON
jam mercatorum
career
71.
est,
of merchants.*
full
and remunerari,
in expres-
sions like afficere aliquem beneficio, honore, praemm, to bestow a kindness, an honor, a reward upon any one; afficere aliquem ignominia,
injuria, poena, morte, to inflict a dishonor, an injury, punishment,
To
this rule
bereaved
4.
Opus
est,
" there
is
need,"
is
The person
is
(as opus
est,
self?
free,
The
abterreo
and
and
expello, ejicio,
remoceo
abeo, exeo,
desisto,
Ne
opiflces qui'dem se
bus suis removerunt.
* On
t
But
also
from their
mare vacuum ab
hostibus.
LXVI. A.
288.
whom
they have
ing to Lesson
\
(ati) drli-
trades.
LESSON
71.]
Among
te'cto
Germans
it
was consid-
ne-
fas habetur.
pdtrid pepulit.
It
re'gio
inhuman
to prevent strangers
royal domination.
Flaccus petitioned to be released
from the laws.
Release the state from perhaps a
groundless apprehension.
civitatern
is
liberdvit.
Exonera
the
437
vdno fdrsitan
metu.
We
mortis metu.
Remarks.
1.
The verbs
exsolvere, exonerare,
and
by
liber,
ab,
The
The
host, inn-keeper.
Hospes,
property, fortune.
Facultates,/i pi.
itis,
m.
caupo, onis, m.
bona, orum, n.
res familiaris.
The patrimony.
Patrimonium, i, n.
( Totus, a, um.
< Integer, gra, grum.
The entire, whole all.
( Omnis, is, e.
Expendo, ere, di, sum.
To spend, expend.
To draw and spend (out of ( Erogo, are, avi, atum.
:
To
To
ing,
Depromo,
ere, mpsi,
mptum.
squander.
&c).
m6do
g nsumo,
'
'
'
37
LATIX GRAMMAR.
438
How much
than
disti ?
quam
*?
pdtius minorem,
expendisti.
quam
?)
(
You have
tii
Immo
I.
71.
[LESSON
Quid siimptus
ego,
feci ?
Quantum
Ad
tibi debeo ?
centum thaleros consumpsisti.
dollars.
How much
inn ?
He has
spent
nearly
all
money he has.
Has he much property
means)
the
(large
Tenetne
magnas
facultates
He
mony.
Did he squander what he had
He
Kon
nam patrimdnium
integrum dilapidavit.
amplius
siiuni
Profuditne suum ?
Profudit ve'ro et suum et aliena.
Jluilo,
commodum ; jwoxime
rccens,
(adv.)
adj.
tis,
modo
Infans
He just now
iSlodo scribit.
Recens ad vena.
Homines, qui modo (prdxime) advenerunt.
Have you
writes.
just
come
He
What countryman
are you
am an
sic,
am
Paris.
a Londoner,
Ego fratrem
tiium
Roman,
From Sparta.
From Athens.
From Venice.
From Dresden.
From Berlin.
e's
modo videbam.
?
Lipsia,
Lu-
Parisiorum.
(Cf. Lesson
LYI. C.)
from Ddmo Londinensis, Romanus, Lipsiensis, Parisiensis sum.
(Cf.
page 195.)
Spartanus, i, m. (a. ae./.).
Atheniensis, is, m. 8c f.
Yenetus, i, m.
*Dresdensis, is, in. & f.
*Berohnensis is, m. kf.
tetia
Leipsic, a Parisian.
Cujas (cujdtis)
Advenis modo
Scripsit modo.
LESSON
71.]
439
From Vienna.
From New York.
From Cambridge.
To
To
Eratne in ministerio
tiio
(in
apud te) ?
Erat apud me in famulatu
famu-
latu
twenty
viginti
ann os.
years.
Ministratne
well (promptly) ?
He does serve me very well.
tibi
bene (parate)
admodum bene
(parate).
me
He
Deditne
to-day.
To
spoil,
To
soil.
damage, corrupt.
J.
Muccinium siium
No
Nemo.
book
Is the
is
Vestisne
my Non
pileum
tiium
vitiatus
saccharum vitiatum
ptum) ?
(corrii-
vestis
est.
is.
^Estne
fet profecto.
It is not.
It is
inquinavit.
(niimquis)
perdidit ?
termisit.
Ecquis
My
Is
tibi
Non operam
dress, clothe.
To
dress,
fit,
one)
Non
est
To
Dignum
esse (aliquo).
me
fits
Mirifice.
Haec toga
tibi
dptime cdnvenit.
Qudmodo mihi
sedet
(cdnvenit)
hicce pileus ?
Sedet
tibi
pulcherrime, mirifice.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
440
It does not
It
misbecomes you.
dren
He
He
clothe
you
does.
God
himself
(eo
minus cdnvenit.
dignissima est).
( Yesti'tne pater liberos siios ?
\ Paratne pater vestes liberis ?
Ye'stit.
Parat.
Paterae ti'bi vestes novas parat
Pater.
Deus
is
71.
Ti'bi
[LESSON
needy.
girl Avas
To be
Quemadmodum
dressed in blue.
dressed
in.
qua).
How
large, of
How
high
How
deep
what
Quam
magnus, a,
Quantus, a, um ?
um ?
(
}
Quam
altus (celsus), a,
size ?
\ Ciijus magnitudinis
I
How
high
is
his
-}
house
Quam
Quam
altus, a,
um ?
um ?
profundus,
a,
um
( Cujus profunditatis ?
Ciijus altitiidinis est ejus
ddmus
is
hii
h.
} Est
(
(Cf.
Lesson
D.
Obs.
How
It
is
He
feet deep.
fifteen
Behind these he
of
constructed
a rampart
twelve feet.
"We have not gone a foot beyond.
The plain of Marathon is about
ten thousand paces (ten miles)
from Athens.
The army was about a three days'
journey from the river Tenais.
He encamped three miles from
the city.
* This
How
exstriixit.
cir-
is
LESSON
71.]
He
true
passuum sex a
Caesaris
castris consedit.
Verus, a, am.
True.
True
Milibus
441
friend.
A true
Is
It is true.
Is
I
It
not so
it
scholar.
true
it
is
so.
do not deny
it.
I grant it.
house has been
burnt?
Is
it
house by
lost his
is
not true.
It is false.
Is
As
sure as I live, I
know
to
it
be
so.
As
whether
know
it is so.
The
The
The
The
The
The
has.
bere.
!Ne vivam, si scio, an
(ita se habeat).
Faber
<
has not.
this (dish) ?
I should like
I do not like
verum
sit
m.
i,
Claustrum, i, n.
Ostium, i. n.
door.
locksmith.
of a
thousand aurei.
He has fifty crowns per month
to live upon.
May I offer you (do you choose)
It
dilapidare ?
Clavis, is,/!
He
siiam
Rem
PhilosSphus,
saddle.
ddmum
amisisse ?
philosopher.
some of
flammarum
key.
lock (bolt).
The saddler.
Has he a comfortable income ?
He
gratam dsse ?
Estne verum, eum
vi
fire ?
It is really so.
It
some of it.
it.
(icis,
m.).
non prddest.
That
Reditus, us,
in.
Annuum,
.,
i,
usui est.
(reditus pecuniae).
LATIN GRAMMAR.
442
Annuus,
Annual.
Monthly.
rr
To board
-r,.
a,
Menstruus,
-a.
\
(with
an v one).
v
,,
-,
[LESSON
Alebarisne ab
< TT
um.
a, um.
(.
71.
illo ?
<
Exercise
Usus sum.
Alebar.
135.
He a learned
What has the shoemaker brought? He has brought the
Who are the men that
boots and shoes which he has made
have just arrived They are philosophers. Of what country are
they They are from London. Who
the man who has just
an Englishman who has squandered away
started He
France. What countryman are you I am a Spaniard,
fortune
Wilt thou go the locksmith?
an
and my friend
the locksmith He must make me a key,
Why must go
I
the one belonging
my room. Where did your uncle
have
the innkeeper's. How much did
dine yesterday? He dined
How much has he a month
he spend He spent three
upon.
upon He has tw o hundred
a month to
him,
the saddler You must go
he must mend
Must go
Have you seen any one at the market I have seen
the
a good many people there. How were they dressed Some were
blue, some in green, some in yellow, and several
dressed
red.
How much (quant did you buy your horse for I bought for
twenty pounds of gold. Did he
house for a high price
for a very high price (permagno)
(magna) He sold
he sold
Who
the
is
man who
man.
is
just
us.
is
all his
is
in
Italian.
is
for
for
for
to
lost
at
live
for
to
florins.
live
florins
for
for
saddle.
in
in
i)
sell
it
it
his
Did
it
thousand
talents.
Exercise
133.
Who
* From ah,
LESSON
72.]
443
You
it
since.
lias he served
Lesson LXXII.
PENSUM
ALTERUM ET
SEP-
TUAGESIMUM.
ABLATIVE AFTER VERBS AND ADJECTIVES.
The deponent
A.
Niivis
iitXtur.
id
arma Maceddniae
Eadem
Romani
intulerunt.
sumus.
Impedimentis castrisque
Romans directed
against Macedonia.
their
arms
fiincti
ndstri
Our
ters of the
potili sunt.
of entire Gaul.
et fe-
The Numidians
pally
subsisted
wild beasts.
princiflesh of
LATIN GRAMMAR.
444
Omne,
ore.
meorum
Nulla re
nisi
quam
officiorum conscientia.
niti
virtute
decet sapientem,
animique
consci-
entia.
[LESSON
72.
Eemarks.
1.
The verbs
iitor, friior,
Frui
ingenmm.
nistrationem regni.
Absinthium vescuntur.
Potior also governs the genitive; as, potlri rerum, imperii, domiThe construction of glorior is
nationis, to obtain the chief command.
either re, de re, or in re; that of nltor and innltor, re, in re, ad or
justly seek our honor in
in rem. E. g. In virtute jure gloridmur,
virtue.
Pompeii in vita nitebatur salus civitatis, The salvation of the
state depended upon the life of Pompey.
Ad immortalitatem gloriae
nitttur, He is striving after an immortality of glory.
2.
We
3.
E.
g.
Nemo
alterius, qui
To remain
true, faithful.
B. The preceding rule includes the adjectives dignus, indignus, fretus, alienas, praeditus, and contentus, which are likewise followed by the ablative. E. g.
Natus siim ad agendum semper
aliquid dignum viro.
Excellentium civium virtus imitatione, non invidia digna est.
Quam
tamen
Haec ad
am
dies oritur.
te scripsi liberius,/rei!ws
Pi'i
Epicurus confirmat,
bi'is
de'os
mem-
ness of duty.
are beneficent, nor do
they consider this attribute at
variance with their majesty.
Epicurus asserts, that the gods are
possessed of human limbs.
The gods
LESSON
Mens
72.]
est prae'dita
mdtu sempi-
natura contenta.
temporis ad vivendatur, eo debet esse con-
est
Quod cuique
dum
Is
motion.
te'rno.
Pdrvo
The mind
445
tentus.
Nature
Remarks.
1. Alienus, in the sense of " averse or hostile to," has commonly
either ab or the dative but in the sense of " unsuitable, incompatible," it has either the ablative or ab, and sometimes the genitive. E. g.
;
Homo
alienus a
litteris,
man
letters.
Am-
2.
When
genitive.
connected with a verb, it takes either the infinitive, or the subjunctive with qui. E. g. Dignus salutis.
Dignus, qui imperet, Worthy
to command.
Horatius fere solus legi dignus, Horace almost the only
one worth reading. So also contentus scripsisse, satisfied to have
written.
The
0.
A man
Young men
of illustrious descent.
ndti.
Fauno
et
ndbili.
nympha genitum
accepimus.
sanguine humdno, sed stirpe
Non
divina sdtus.
Qualis tibi ille videtur, Tdntalo
progndtus, Pelope ndtus ?
Remark.
When connected with an adjective, this ablative may
be regarded as that of quality, and always stands without a preposition.
But when no adjective is added, the prepositions ex or a are frequently employed. E. g. Natus ex Penelopa.
Belgae ab Germanis orti, &c.
#,
and
38
tenus.
(Cf.
Lesson XCIV.)
LATIN GRAMMAR.
446
[LESSON
72.
Remark.
In and sub take the ablative only in answer to the
Super only when it stands for r7e, " with respect
question Where ?
Subter is more commonly construed with
to," " with reference to."
the accusative.
E. Verbs compounded with the prepositions a, de, or ex are
followed by the ablative in a local sense, sometimes with the
E. g.
preposition repeated.*
Tu
ea
qua
extremes
Decddere provincia praetor jussus
est.
Ad
The
prastor
was ordered
to leave
the province.
Let us now return to those
already dead.
Friendship
excluded
is
who
are
from no
place.
Neminem
tor
meus
absterruit.
Ut
My
Res
memdria, de mdnibus
biintur.
Remark.
ela-
Things
slip
out of our
memory,
in
Lesson
idea of separation,
LXXI.
C.
others, are
Such verbs are pono, loco, colloco, statiio, eonstitiio, consido, habeo,
Verbs of
duco, numero, deflgo, mergo, incido, insculpo, inscrlbo, &c.
motion eo, venio, advenio, advenlo, and many others. E. g.
:
Cdnon nunquam
in
ho'rtis
suis
custodem impdsuit.
Stellas in deorum numero reposuerunt.
Dolor
in
mdximis mails
diicitur.
AvesquaedamsemTwa'nmergunt.
Legati in vultu regis defixerunt
duillos.
sig-
LESSON
PIIUASES
72.]
Decemviri
le*ges
in
duddecim
AND EXERCISES.
41
hi-
twelve tables.
He arrived in
butts scripserunt.
the laws
Italy, in
upon
the prov-
ince.
Profectua est
Romam, Ddlphos.*
Remark. Imponere,
Rome,
to Delphi.
lowed by the dative (aliquid alicui rei, according to Lesson JLXII. J!.),
and most of the above verbs frequently have in rem or re simply, instead of the in re of the rule.
E. g. imponere illiquid in rem ; inscutr
pare illiquid aliqua re, &e.
f MXseror, Gri, at us sum.
( 'omm'tsrrari (ALIQUEM, ALIQUID).
To
pity, commiserate.
To lament, mourn
or weep
1
(
}
-I
over.
"With
all
them?
-<
do pity
with
all
tliec
my
ALICUJUS.f
Denloro, are.
-v
Cici,
dlwn.
n
Defied, ere, evi, elum.
-
'
(ALIQUEM, ALIQUID.)
toto pectore (ammo).
Ex ammo,
one's heart.
(
Do you
Me
heart.
J
]
[_
Do
rum ?
Ego
ex
ani-
mo
Me
commiseror.
vero tiii (illius,
vestri,
corum)
We
Deilevi
mortem
ejus praematiiram.
[_
To
commit (
(anything
v
J
to any one),
]
(
qua
re).
^ \f^
dtdi dUwn
Concredere, committere mandare.
'
>
(ALICUI ALIQUID.)
unci
without
in,
LATIN GRAMMAR.
448
To
mittere.
To
To
Se
monev
(dedere)
dedere
se
alicui.
alicui.
me.
to
(hire
Tdtum
intrust
thing ?
He intrusted his
72.
tection of one.
Did he
[LESSON
suas.
He
me
apud me depdsuit.
Peciinias suas mihi mandavit (de-
( Pecunias suas
money with
(for safe-keeping).
and
He
He
in ejus
fidem
Ego
tradidisti ?
meum
linicum
filios
demandavi.
Credebat ei consilia atque occulta
sria omnia.
Se (an mum siium) mihi credidit.
Tdtum se mihi dedidit.
gistri ciirae
secrets.
me.
tirely to
Do you
mandavit).
Quid
Confidisne mihi,
them
Do you rely on me, him. us. them ?
ei,
nobis,
illis
'?
do
trust, rely
The
The
on.
plan.
Consilium,
secret.
Res
Secrets.
To keep anything
still
Mysterium,
(silent)
i,
about
Reticeo,
ere,
ALIQUA
Celo,
To
Palam facere
immo
aliquid.
pdtius id
mecum communi-
cavit.
(
?
^
(aliquid, de
Celavitne te mysterium
mystery
ciii
RF.).
publish, divulge.
the
n.
secret.
anything.
To conceal (anything from
any one).
Did he conceal
from you V
n.
The mystery.
To keep
i.
illis ?
rem occiiltam ?
rem (de re) ?
Xdn vero rem palam feci ego
Tenuistine
Reticuistine
:
considenitus.
To
offer.
Cf.
Lesson LX. A.
in-
LESSON
To
72.]
To
offer
you
Se (semetipsum)
Obtulitne
He
my
all
tibi
Is
in
power.
defero.
offered (granted)
you all you desired.
He offered him all his influence
Dii
tibi
6mnem
ei
suam auctoritatem ad
end.
tulit.
Did he
Num
in the matter ?
He has offered us his services of
his
est)
alicui offerre.
(pollicitiisne
dperam suam
sistance) ?
I offer
polli-
ceri.
Did he
Alicui
to one.
449
own
Operam suam
accord.
Voluntarily,
Unwillingly.
Invitus, a,
of his
own
(pollicitus est).
cord.
No, he
fessus est ?
um.
Discessitne invitus ?
Non
accord.
vero
dis-
cessit.
Ciyis Romanus.
Civis Americanus.
Incola (ae, m.) Londini, Lutetiae,
Eboraci Novi.
The
The
Mercator Hamburgensis.
Cervisia Argentoratensis.
Civis academiae Lipsiensis, Parisiensis, Cantabrigiensis.
Cambridge.
Oppidanus, i, m.
Rusticus, rusticanus,
inhabitant of a city.
inhabitant of the coun-
i,
m.
try.
Curare or
To
sibi
aliquid.
Rationem alicujus
rei habere.
clothes ?
do
Do
Habetne
Non
not.
We
38 *
habeo.
Curatisne valetiidinem ?
Habetisne rationem valetiidinis ?
Hebemus vero rationem et valetiidinis et rei familiaris.
ipsius respici-
LATIN GRAMMAR.
450
He
Sua
[LESSON
72.
ipsius
aliena respiciebat.
less
To
(alicui).
-nT-.n
Will you
take care
J
I will
(am not
of
meum equum
curare ?
^
,
.M
,
,
,.
\ V isne meo equo providere r
Yolo. Providere ei non nolo.
and Yitae suae salutique quam dptime
unwilling).
He
Visne
o (
myJ horse
-i
cdnsulit et prdvidet.
'
manner.
Exercise
How
137.
want of
true
your uncle has arrived assure you
he has
true that he has assured you of
ance? assure you
the
thoutrue
your
in
father's service ?
in his
at
spoiled
six years.
spoiled
that
it,
for
spoiled
it
in
that
Is it
it.
arrived.
Is
his assist-
it
that
it is
true.
Is
that
it
six
so.
just
for
sell
learned
men
it
sell his
it fits
it,
for
beautifully.
it fits
many
as
not (nonne)
Exercise
there,
138.
Why
LESSON
ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE.
73.]
knows them.
451
promise you,
pity him with
Do you consider (ducisne) that variance (alienum)
my
with your dignity
do not consider
Does
attend
He does attend he
(fungiturne) the
of
them. Have you experienced (perfunctus) the same dangers which
I have experienced? have not experienced the same. What do
they
upon They
upon
and milk. Who has taken
possession
of the baggage The
have made them What do you
masters of
the consciousness of
worthy of
promise
me
to
keep
it
secret ?
for I
heart.
all
at
(dignitas) V
to
(it so).
duties
justice ?
to
live
live
(poteri)
selves
virtue.
It is
soldiers
rejoice in (laetari) V
it.
in
fish
Is his virtue
I rejoice
imitation ?
Lesson LXXIII.
PENSUM
SEPTUAGESIMUM
TERTIUM.
OF THE ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE.
A.
noun and a participle in the ablative are often put independently of the rest of the proposition in which they occur, and serve as
an abridged form of a clause introduced by the conjunctions quum,
dum, si, quod, quamquam, quamvis, &c. Thus, Sole oriente (= quum
sol oritur), The sun rising, i. e. when the sun rises.
Servio Tullio
regnante (== dum Servius Tullius regnobal), Servius Tullius reigning,
i. e. while he was reigning, during his reign.*
Sole orto (= quum sol
orlus esset), The sun having risen, i. e, when (offer) it had risen. Cijro
mortuo (= quum Cyrus mortuus esset), Cyrus being dead, i. e. when
he was dead, after his death. This construction is called the Ablative
Absolute.
It most commonly designates the time or concomitant of an
action or event, but frequently also a cause, reason, condition, or
CONCESSION.
When
B.
an action or event,
in
pugnam.
rises, re-
* In this construction the present participle always refers to the time of the
action denoted by the verb of the sentence, which may be either present, past,
or future.
The perfect participle indicates an action or event anterior to that
expressed by the verb. (Compare Lesson XLIX. E.)
LATIN GRAMMAR.
452
Jove tondnte,
cum pdpulo
agi
non
[LESSON
is
73.
not right
est fas.
The
We
mundo
lius.
igni
subjecto.
exdctis, cdnsules
sunt.
creati
observe
that
water
foams
Remarks.
The noun entering
3. The perfect passive participle of the ablative absolute may frequently be rendered by the perfect active participle, which, in Latin,
does not exist except in deponent verbs.
E. g. Po?npeiuSj captis
Iiierosolymis, victor ex illo fano nihil tettgit, Pompey, having taken
Jerusalem (lit. Jerusalem having been taken), did not touch anything
out of that temple.*
* The ablative
want of a perfect
LESSON
ABLATIYE ABSOLUTE.
73.]
453
When
the perfect participle of deponent verbs is used in a pasmay stand in the ablative absolute, like that of transitive
verbs.
So likewise when the deponent is a neuter verb. E. g. Partilis copiis, The forces having been divided.
Periculo perfuncto, The
danger being overcome. Adcpta libertate, Liberty having been obtained.
Profecto ex Italia Valerio, Valerius having left Italy. Sole
orto, The sun having risen, &c.
4.
sive sense,*
it
Artes
repertae
Anxnr
brevi receptum
est,
ne-
The
num
scribit.
Flaminius fell
near Trasimenum in consequence of having neglected f the
usual religious
Natura
Quae
Quaenam
sollicitiido
vexaret
i'm-
rites.
EiT'ort is fruitless, if
nature opposes.
is
self.
is
est.
He
who, in spite of odium, punishment, or death before him, J nevertheless defends the common interest, must be considered really
a man.
The
D.
*
I. e.
I. e.
list
LATIN GRAMMAR.
454
[LESSON
noun
g.
nature guides,
it
is
impos-
sible to err.
pdtest.
Natus
Where
73.
est
The
Gallic
der the
command
of Csesar.
cdliimi,
est.
Romani, Hanmbdle
quam
se
lllio in-
vivo,
niin-
existimabant.
Caesare igna.ro magister equitum
constitutus est.
tu-
multu evasit.
Ascanius
was born
of
Creusa,
He
him.
Secundis rebus suis volet etiam
mdri.
He
will
even desire to
die,
though
in prosperity.
Remarks.
which most commonly thus take the place of
a) Certain nouns denoting
the participle in the ablative absolute are:
the action of a verb as adjutor, adjutrix, auctor, comes, dux, inlerpres,
1.
The
substantives,
propitious.
3.
This construction
is
* Such a participle does not exist in Latin, but is usually supplied in EngE. g. Natura duce, nature being our guide; Caesare imperatore, Caesar
being commander; lllio incolumi, Illium being yet safe, &c.
t Substantives of this class may frequently be resolved into a participle;
as, Eo adjutore, i. e. adjuvante.
Natura luce, i. e. ducente.
Fortund comite,
Polybio judice, i. e. judicante, Sec.
i. e. comitante.
But
sometimes
these
ablatives
absolute
may
referred
also be
to the ablaX
tive of mode or manner.
E. g. Bono gubernatore. The pilot being good. i. e.
with a good pilot. Probo navigio, With a proper vessel (ship).
lish.
LESSON
ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE.
73.]
455
g. Sereno per totum diem, The sky being serene all day lono\
Tranquillo pervectus Chalcidem, Conveyed to Chalcis while the sea
was calm.*
E.
The
E.
ablative absolute
perfect participle
alone,
is
subject
its
E.g.
Caesar temeritatem militum reprehendit, exposito quid iniqui-
Csesar, after
viam
ire constituit.
Excepto
esses,
cetera laetus.
Hannibal,
cdgnilo
insidias
sibi
Remarks.
The
1.
participles thus
The
principal one
An
lute.
E.
adjective sometimes supplies the place of this participle absog. Multi, incerto (=quum incertum esset) prae tenebris quid
peterent aut vitdrent, foede interierunt, Many, uncertain,! on account
of the darkness of the night, what to seek or to avoid, perished disgracefully.
The
Every
AnyJ
(one'), each.
(one')
J
\
please
vou -f
-J
cuJ usvis
en
Quil)bet,quaelXbet,quodlibet oy quid-
'
[_
* These may be
resolved into
Quum
Juisset.
f Lit.
X
111
LATIN GRAMMAR.
456
[LESSON
73.
Every
one, everybody.
Nemo
Every man.
Every child.
Omnes.
Omnis homo, omnes.
Omnis infans.
Everything.
Omnia, ium,
Every month,
year.
Quot mensibus,
Omnes
Every one
It
sees.
(of
in the
is
annis.
homines.
in ore
omnium
est.
all).
He knows
omnia potest.
non potest.
Ego omnia vidi.
Nihil est, quod non viderim.
file
Nihil
Quod cuique
A man's mind
is
the
dbtigit, id
quisque
man himself.
is est quisque.
quddlibet illi.
Quibiislibet tempdribus.
I give
Do nomen
please).
I myself) as well as
any one of
you.
pleasure tour to Corinth is not
everybody's privilege.
It belongs to a great judge to
decide what every one should
(i.
e.
qui-
vis.
te-
neat.
Mens cujiisque,
Non
to
his neighbor).
He
is
fit
for anything
Iddneus
(every-
thing).
est.
quaequae, quodquod or
quidquid, gen. cujuscujus.
Qulcpimque, quaecumque, quodcwnque or quidcumque, gen. ciijuscumque. (Cf. Lesson XII. C.)
Quisquis,
Every
one,
who;
everything
"Whoever
(may
(whosoever)
he
is \
be).
Quisquis
ille est.
\ Quicumque
Quisquis
is
est.*
es.
(habeat).
liicri est.
the gain).
Quisquis
in Latin.
LESSON
73.]
Whatever
(=
benefit
all
457
the
Quidquid beneficii
(all
benefit).
we
that
write).
Quocumque*
in loco quisquis
Quodciimque
est.
grum.
um, gen. tofius.
Universus, a, um.
Integer, gra,
The
whole, entire.
The
The
full
Totus, a,
(entire, complete),
entire (unbroken).
whole (entire) year.
A
A whole number.
A
The whole
The
(entire) city.
An
(act).
promenade
Ambulatio, deambulatio,
spatium, i, n.
Ambulatiuncula, ae, f.
Ambulacrum,
*Symphonia,
To go to the concert.
To be (present) at a concert.
To give a concert.
The concert-room.
Has he gone
to the concert ?
Were
many
at
the
con-
spatium,
f.
am-
Concentum
conficere.
esse.
us,
m.
ae,/".
*Odeum,
i,
n.
Obivitne concentum ?
Aderantne miilti (homines)
con-
hdminum magna.
Aderat vero
vis
Invenistine
miiltos
(ambulantes)
also
onis,
centui ?
cert ?
* So
n. ;
i,
Ambulationem
In ambulacra
*Concentus,
concert.
there
dmnes.
(ejus) integrum.
bulatio.
To take a walk.
To be on the walk (promenade).
The
societas.
short walk.
walk,
(ground).
Mundus
The
Patrimdnium siium
entire years.
The
universe.
For three
um.
a,
Solidus, a, um.
Annus integer.
Universa
entire society.
The
Plenus,
in
ambulacro
3d
LATIN GRAMMAR.
458
Invent non
To
cut,
To
cut
wound.
(
off.
cut into
73.
nisi paiicos.
Seccire, vulnerare.
To
[LESSON
(make an
Amputo,
in-
cision).
Omnino,
Entirely.
He
He
prorsus, plane.
Is digitum siiuni
amputandum
cu-
ravit.
go non
ejus
finger ?
digitum, sed
vulneravi.
his
finger,
He
my
has cut
Alone
Crus
leg.
secuit (incidit).
(all alone).
To
meum
pedem
Unus
solus.
-<
Xon
lucrum
Omnes
dmnes
dediixi.
siios
secum
addiixit.
along.
him?
He
brings nothing.
Nihil affert.
runt.
Did
To fall.
To fall gliding,
To
fall
To
slip
To
Frumentum
down,
down,
brother
to slip.
out, in.
out, in.
Diixi.
(-cidi,
LESSON
73.]
To drop (from
459
manu
Amittere aliquid de
negligence).
(or
ma-
nibus).
To drop
Has he fallen
(Intentionally).
Ceciditne
He
puteum.
Lapsus est ex equo.
Ex equo deeidit.
Poma ex arbdribus cadunt, deci-
The
fruit falls
from the
Lapsiisne est ?
1 ncidit vero in
trees.
dunt.
The
ring dropped of
its
own
ac-
delapsus
est.
Exciderunt
tibi
de
manu
digitabula.
Muccinium ei de manibus
delabitur.
chief.
Near,
Near
close by.
the
fire,
Juxta me,
by the
far
te, ilium.
Ad
fire.
I
Near (not
Ace).
Near
c.
Nun longe,
Near
that spot.
I live close
tT bi habitas ?
Juxta (prope) castellum habito.
Habitabat non ldnge a ddmo regia.
live?
by the
castle.
He
The groom.
Did you tell the groom
Cccidit
hand prdcul
Stabularius,
m.
(a) fliivio.
agaso, onis, m.
mihi equum ?
Factumst (= factum
the horse ?
I have told him.
to
do
Jussi
so.
cum
f Impedio,
To prevent,
i,
to bring
me
hinder.
thinking.
Where do you
est).
facere hoc.
itam
(aliquem
To
LATIN GRAMMAR.
460
[LESSON
f Retardatne
ing
1 Irnpeditne
[_
He
Or
you
did I prevent
sleeping ?
You have
he
qudminus
ne)
(or
davi ?
An
flight ?
He
te,
tmpedit.
ego te ad dormiendum retar-
An
from]
legas ?
Betardat.
[_
Was
te
gendum)
73.
Me
non
retardasti (impedisti).
was
Ison impediebat.
not.
Exercise
Whom
139.
horses
'?
them
offer
my
fine carriage to
uncle
to the
French
I do offer
officer.
it
to
Do you
Dost thou
offer that
him.
offer
good children ?
I do offer it to them,
for I love them with all my heart.
What have the citizens of StrasThey have offered me good beer and salt meat.
burg offered you ?
To whom do you offer money ?
I offer some to those Parisian
citizens, who have assured me of their assistance.
Will you take
care of my clothes ?
I will take care of them.
Wilt thou take
care of my hat ?
I will take care of it.
Are you taking care of
the book which I lent you ?
I am taking care of it.
Will this man
thy pretty
little
dog
to these
Who
will take
take care of my horse ?
He will take care of it.
The landlord will take care of him.
care of my servant ?
Does
your servant take care of your horses ?
He does take care of them.
Is he taking care of your clothes ?
He is taking care of them,
for he brushes them every morning.
Have you ever drunk Strasburg beer ?
I have never drunk any.
Is it long since you ate
Leipsic bread ?
It is almost three years since I ate any.
Does he
think himself (ducitne se) out of danger (sine periculd) ?
He never
can consider himself out of danger while his enemy is alive (his enemy being alive). Is the republic safe (salvus)? How can it be
safe under the administration of consuls like these (his magistrati-
uus) ?
Exercise
140.
brother-in-law ?
I have not hurt him
but he
has cut my finger.
What has he cut your finger with ?
With tho
knife which you had lent him.
have you given that boy a
blow with your fist ?
Because he hindered me from sleeping.
Has anybody hindered you from writing ?
Nobody has hinJered
me from writing; but I have hindered somebody from hurting your
Why
LESSON
74.]
461
Why
Lesson
E.
g.
tectum dmne
tenebant.
in,
and were
forced their
way
in possession of the
entire house.
Quum ddmum
intrdsset,
amico suo.
Cum ver esse coeperat,
dixit
he said
diibat se
30*
to his friend.
commencement of
he was wont to enter upon
bors and his journeys.
After the
spring
his la-
LATIN GRAMMAR.
4G2
Remark.
[LESSON
74.
B.
The
1.
ging the
pluperfect active
2.
The
loved.
legissem,
3.
read.
auclivissem,
4.
2.
Amavi
Monui
1.
pluperfect passive
by adding,
ciple,
is
As,
amaveram, amavissem, I had
monueram, monuissem, I had reminded.
Legi legeram,
I had
Audlvi audlveram,
I had heard.*
is
parti-
Indie,
As,
Lndic.
Amatus, monitus,
lectus, auditus
eram or fueram,
i"
had been
Subj.
Amatus, monitus,
The
3.
As,
Subj.
seciitus, blanditus
is
formed
I might
like that of
The
Subjunctive.
Indicative.
Amaveram, I had
loved.
Amavissem,
that
might have
loved.
Sing,
amaveram
Sing,
amaveras
amavisses
amaverat,
amavisset,
Plur. amavissemiis
Plur. amaveramus
amaveratis
amaverant.
* Subj.
that
I might have
amavissem
amavissetis
amavissent.
loved,
LESSON
74.]
So conjugate monueram
4G3
monuissem, legeram
legissem, audivtthese add apporlaveram, I had brought labor
rdveram, I had labored Icweram, I had washed dederam, I had
habueram, I had had studueram, I
given steteram, I had stood ;
had studied jusseram, I had commanded secueram, I had cut; videattulerum, I had brought dilexeram, I had cherram, I had seen
ished miseram, I had sent arcesslveram, I had called cupweram, I
ram
audlvissem.
To
had desired
And
comregularly fueram fuissem.
abfuissem adfueram adfuissem interfueram
profueram prqfuissem, &c.
so
pounds, abfueram
interfuissem
its
Remarks.
Verbs of the fourth conjugation (and generally those whose perfect ends in Ivi) frequently reject the v before the final eram of the
pluperfect indicative as, audieram, prodieram, quaesieram,* &c, and
1.
Ivissem
is
as,
audissem, prodissem,
2.
Had I loved ?
Egon' amaveram ?
By no means you had not loved. Mmime gentium non amaveras.
Had we given you a book ?
Niim nos tibi h'brum dederamus ?
You had not given me one.
Non dedenltis.
Had he stood by the fire ?
Steteratne apud carbdnes ?
ua
faCtum est>
He did. He had stood there, j oteterat.
f <=
(
Had you called the physician ?
Arcessiverasne medicum ?
;
^l
own
When
us ?
so.
What
me
a good morning.
These, however,
prodii, &c.
Non
Quum
litteras
invenissem.
Si penso imperato
dperam
dedisse-
affe-
cisses ?
wished
arcessiveram.
rant.
He
eum
Sane,
may
be referred
Factum esset.
Quid dixit, quum ddmum tuam
trasset
Me
(=
salvum esse
to the
in-
intravisset) ?
jiissit.
secondary form in u, as
audii,
4G4
LATIN"
GRAMMAR.
[LESSON
74.
The
_D.
Pluperfect Passive
is
thus inflected
Subjunctive.
Indicative.
Amatus eram
or fueram,
been loved.
Sixg.
fuera-
fuisse-
Erasne
Factumst.
that
we had been
sent
Factum
est.
they
had
not
been
Erant.
mus)
Because
issent)
ered.
Would
monitus ?
Monitus eram (fueram).
(fu erasne)
Quod non
chosen.
is
inflected like
* When the subject is feminine, then: amCita eram or fuera a, Plur. awatue
erainus or fueramus ; Subj. Sing, amiita essem or fuissem, Plur. amdtae essemus
When it is neuter: amdtum erat or fuerat, Plur. amain erant or
or fuiss'mus.
fuerant; Suisj. Sing, amdtum esset or fuisset, Plur. amiita eszcnt or fuissent.
LESSON
74.]
Indicative.
4.65
Subjunctive.
eram or fueram,
had exhorted.
Iiortatus
Sing.
Iiortatus
Plur.
ramus
semQs
So conjugate
Had you
Had
they
money
It
is,
lavished
their
say.
Non
It is clearly so.
ita plane.
if
he had
te
Ecquid
ddmi
te
fectus esset
done
tenuisses,
si
pro-
file ?
.1
tta em'mvero.
so.
we
had eaten).
(
-1
(
)
Quum
librum perlegissem.
(ut) librum perle'gi.
Postquam
Libro perlecto.
Quum panem
m
pdst
secuisset.
(libi
nt)
anem
sdcuit<
Quum
it,.
f
After (when) you had cut your- Post
self (after having cut your-j
.
e'rat ?
hercle vero.
the bread,
After haying
(when he had cut, &c).
cut
,,'*.
An
at
Tibine blanditus
left ?
you
as
not
te ciiltro vulneravisses.
(ubi ut) t g Cliltr0 vmne .
'
ravl sti.
self)-
[
r
(Tu)
vulneratus.
vdbis vestem induissetis.
Postquam (ubi, ut) vdbis vestem
ciiltro
Quum
induistis.
l^(Vos) veste
* And when
tum
ftmnfff.
the subject
2 T)
is
feminine:
indiiti.
amcita amdtae
when
neuter; ama-
LATIN GRAMMAR.
466
[LESSON
74.
After (when)
hunselL
he had warmed
^J
^am
Barba tua
Quum
(ubi Ut)
'
t0t0 "-
tonsa.
*****
uam
calefMt
cd
(ubi)
(refovit).
When
,
I
TTt
,,
(
)
(
,
cutout.
(
When
letter,
pubhcis
sum-
lectis),
c (
soon as I had dressed myself, 3
As
(refdto).
Quum
piiblica leijissem v
(actis
^ U1 acta
.,/....
f,
jentacuhmi
he
psi.
^m
said.
Quum panem
When
F.
set out.
Obs.
future action
secmsset,
carnem
secuit.
Quid
egit (fecit)
ille,
quum mandu-
cavisset ?
tvit ciibitum.
J
\
subjunctive.
rises.
The newspaper.
The accident
The death.
To go to sleep.
To rise, get up.
n. pi.
Casus, us, m.
Mors,
tis,
Cubitum
(E
f.
Ire.
rectum.
TMorior,
To
<
die.
To be
Iri,
mortuus sum.
Diem suum
or h
grieved (
1
i
i-
( Ahquid est mihi dolori.
Are you afflicted at the death of Dolesne amici ndstri mdrte ?
our friend ?
/,
,
,,
.r.
fTk
^oleo vero yehementer.
I am very
{
J much afflicted at it.
mi
Est
hi
prorsus
permagno
dolori.
I
afflicted
at v
(anything).
J
y
'
^^7^"^
LESSON
74.]
At what
is
your father
Quam
afflicted ?
tiius, in
He
is
afflicted
because he has
something.
to be
astonished
at.
Of what
my
!Ego amicum
queror).
friend.
tiius ?
Queritur
non
mittas h'brum.
the book.
Ne
De
his adversaries.
injuriis
adversariorum questus
est.
We have
Non
eodem
no right to complain of
everything that afflicts us.
At what are you surprised ?
am
meum
Quid (qua de
plain ?
prfter
or surprised
dolore est
To wonder,
467
Quid miraris ?
Miror te advenisse (quod adve-
rived.
nisti).
We
fiierit.
esset,
tiia
manu
cur
quod
scripsisses.
hand.
Do
Demirarisne factum
Prdrsus demiror.
Fortuna tua querenda
'
To
be glad.
meum ?
Gaudeo,
ere,
est.
gavlsus sum.
(re,
Inf.
To
be sorry.
On
LATIN GRAMMAR.
4G8
I
am
am
am
Are you
it.
for
tuum conspiceres
Dolebam ex intimis
f Patris
fa-
gaiideo.
Gaiideo,
tiii
me de
certidrem
C Comperio,
Can
valetudine patris
<
EnuncXo,
fieri.
ire, peri,
pertum.
(aliquid).
( Certiorem fieri
sensibus.
valetiidinem cogndscere
tiii
To pronounce.
(_
To hear
dicis.
'?
it.
am
mihi juciin-
74.
am sorry
Were you
est
Hoc
Gaiideo hoc.
glad of it.
sorry for
[LESSON
j Effero,ferre,
extuli,
datum.
Kondum
potest.
Eectene
litteras
enunciavit ?
rectly ?
immo perperam
badly.
Could the Austrian pronounce
Potuitne Austriacus
my name ?
He could not.
There are several words which
are pronounced alike in the
same cases.
Dear.
Grateful, acceptable.
Sad, sorrowful.
Disagreeable.
The prince.
The count.
The baron.
The Saxon.
The Prussian.
The Austrian.
The Christian.
The Jew.
enunciavit.
nomen meum
efferre ?
Non
pdtuit.
LESSON
REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS.
75.]
The
Homo
negro, Moor.
OpS, 6pis,
The
The
Indian.
Aborigines.
469
;
Aethi-
711.
i, m.
Autochthones, um, pi. m.
Indus,
Exercise
141.
What
Why
Lesson
A.
When,
third person
its person (whether singular or pluexpressed by the personal reflexives sui, sibi, se, and its
property by the possessive reflexive suns, a, um.
ral)
is
40
LATIN GRAMMAR.
470
[LESSON
75.
Magne-
to himself.
Tliemistoclcs domicilium
own
Lento gnidu ad vindictam
sui
account.
Etiam ferae
sibi injecto
terrore
mdrtis horrescunt.
Suum
Wild
h'nquitur.
Bellum
est,
Bestiis homines
suam pdssunt
liti
ad utilitatem
It is
Men may
sine injuria.
injustice.
Remark.
his brother
acie
restitit,
B.
The
se,
and
situs, a,
um, belong
to
an
* When quisque is thus connected with the reflexive, the latter commonly
precedes; as, se quisque, sibi quisque, suum cuique, &c.
t I. e. allquem nosse, " that one should know his own faults."
j This may be resolved into Tiberius Gracchus occlsas est, ejusque frater
occisus est.
So also, Antigonus et hujus^fo'ws Demetrius, &c.
LESSON
REFLEXIVE TRONOUNS,
75.]
Siii
nam.
Recte dici potest seientiam suam
his
tribuit.
Quid
sua eripere,
p
Kemark.
session of their
Reason
Ve
beC
and
men among
shaped by
own.
language
conciliate
themselves.
is
suum culque
lot in life
character.
tuts suos.
Justitia
own
Every
Conserva
471
Every man's
is
necessa
?
as-in A. Rem
Eg!
Z:ito!JX7 m dlSC ?
r{fnue ejus* I omit Isocrates and his disciple!
A "xand,! 1
Alexander
momens anulum suum dederat
ieS
S7
to Perd iccas
that he had commended the
to his charge, until his children
might become
Y^t^*
taEnSrf
eminent
of his empire
%7
In
O-
W ^I
Inf.,
7.
relatives,
ut,
Xn^^r
Homerum
suum
Me'us
me
si,
Nooneisanorator W I,oisunwillmg to
be like Demosthenes.
The
theirs.
My
your
'
LATIN GRAMMAR.
472
Quid
est
am are,
[LRSSOX
75.
What
sult
from
it
E.
g.
se
suisque* reservaret.
friends.
sibi-\
jiingeret.
With
destruction.
Remarks.
1. The reflexive is always put when a given person is to be contrasted with another, or its property with that of another (i. e. himself,
Ms own, as opposed to alius, alitnus). It is thus often put, even where
w e might expect
r
is,
ejus,
a.) When the oblique case, to which it relates, can easily be inferred
from what has gone before. E. g. Ei sunt ndti fid geimni duo, ita
forma simili pueri, uti mater sua {for eorum) non inter nosse posset, se.
<?o.<?, He had
two twin boys, so like each other, that their own mother
could not distinguish them.
Placetne a Carthaginiensibus captivos
nostros, redditis suis (sc. Us), recuperari ? Is it your pleasure to recover
our captives from the Carthaginians, after returning (to them) their
own ?
b.) When the construction admits of it, and the connection requires
a more emphatic indication of the subject. E. g. Cimon incidit in
candem invidiam, quam pater suits (== ejus), Cimon incurred the same
odium which his father had incurred. Non a te emit rex, sed p>rius
quam tu suum sibi venderes, ipse possedit, The king has not purchased
of you, but has himself possessed it, before you could sell his own to
him.
In this sentence se, sibi, and suis all refer to the new subject Atticus.
sui belongs to Scythae, and sibi to Ahxandro.
and secum refer to the speaker Ariovistus (expressed hi a preceding
sentence), se to Caesar, and sua to neminem.
t
Here
Sibi
LESSOX
IS,
75.]
473
a.) With reference to an oblique case of the same sentence, someE. g. Pisonem nostrum merito
times merely to prevent ambiguity.
Ackaei Maceejus amo plurimum, I love Piso clearly, as he deserves.
donum regem suspiedtum habebant pro ejus crudelitate, The Achaeans
suspected the king of the Macedonians on account of his cruelty.
Oratio principis per quaestorem ejus audita est, The speech of the
prince was heard by his quaestor.
b.) In dependent clauses, when a noun different from the subject is
referred to; frequently also instead of the more emphatic se.
E. g.
Judaei jussi a Caesdre, effigiem ejus in templo locctre, arma poiius sumsere, When the Jews were commanded by Caasar to place his image
in their temple, they preferred to resort to arms.
Curidne mihi
message was sent me by Curio,
nuntidtum est, eum ad me venire,*
Instead of
3.
sonal assiduity.
Far
Lon us
To
How
far
is
afar.
How far ?
To be
To be
To be
ff
I
\Longe, procul (adv.).
distant
abesse.
Multum
distare.
farther.
it
Tantundem
Quam
viae esse.
urbem
city ?
It is
It is
It is
Is
it
It
is
very far.
not far.
ten miles.
far from here to Berlin
not far.
How many
miles
is it
Perldnge
Non
est
Longe
?
est.
longe (ldngule).
est milia
Hand
Qudt
longe
milia
est.
passuum sunt
40*
passuum decern.
Berolinum ?
me
venire.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
474
It
It
is
from Bos-
fifty
miles.
is nearly a hundred miles from
Berlin to Vienna.
How far did the boy go ?
It
He went
He went
He said,
longe
abest.
ivit piier ?
far has
vanced
He
passuum centum
lia
Quam
passuum ducenta.
city.
as far as you.
How
75.
three steps.
Not
ESSON
twenty miles.
is
['
in his studies ?
mile.
The
step, pace.
processit ?
Haud
perldnge
proce'ssit.
distance.
miliaiium, i, n.
Passus, us, m.
'
'
To prefer,
til.
The
The
quam
(or
Mcdo, malle,
malm (cum
Inf.).
Anteponere,
anteferrc,
praeferre
(rem rei).
Aliquid libentius (potius) facerc,
like better.
quam.
Do
Ego
libentius ldquor
quam
scribo.
Does he
to study ?
stiidiis ?
J
]
Maviiltne
He
likes to
do both.
liidere
dperam dare
(^
Utriimque
(pdtius)
quiim
stiidiis ?
libenti
animo
facere
sdlet.
Do you
like
cheese ?
I like both, neither equally well.
Do you
fee ?
go
!M;ilo
He
Cervisiam
likes
ca-
libentius
quam vinum
bibit.
r
Ego biibulam
I prefer beef to veal.
vituh'nae
antefero,
antepdno, &c.
Ego biibulam vitulina
habeo.
(_
potiorem
LESSON
I prefer
75.]
Praedpto
reading to writing.
475
legere
pdtius
quam
scribere.
The
Vitulus,
calf.
Quick, fast.
i,
m.
vitula, ae, f.
Sloiu, slowly.
Do you
quam ego ?
Ego citius (facilius) disco, quam tii.
Manducat citius, lentius, quam ego.
Verba tiia non intelligo, propterea,
learn as fast as I ?
I learn faster than you.
He eats faster, slower than I.
I do not understand you, because
you speak too fast.
quod nimis
celeriter
(celerius)
ldqueris.
He
He
slower.
I trust that
soon.
you
will
be strong
Procede lente
Advance slowly
Festina lente
'
Cheap.
Dear.
as dear
He
He
Adj.
Adv.
sell
Venditne mercator
ego?
Minus care
tarn care,
quam
vendit.
Carius vendit
quam
tii.
meura
Pileum
quam
Hie
tiium
ego minoris
emi,
tii.
vir
sdlet, ut
emere
Haud
j)6z$it.*
scio (nescio),
quid
tibi velis.
say.
You
I assure
to
* Ut preceded by tam,
Lesson LXXXVIII. A. I.)
tibi,
cupidum
tantus,
&c,
esse.
(Cf.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
476
Be
[LESSON
75.
little
so good as to speak a
slower.
rne the
book
tius loquaris.
Exercise
How
142.
It is nearly a hundred
from Paris to London ?
Is it far from here to Hamburg ?
It
miles from Paris to London.
It is almost a hundred and
Is it far from here to Vienna ?
is far.
Is it farther from Berlin to Dresforty miles from here to Vienna.
It is farther from Berlin to Dresden than from Leipzic to Berlin ?
How far is it from Paris to
den than from Leipzic to Berlin.
It is almost a hundred and thirty miles from here to BerBerlin
I do intend to go
Do you intend to go to Berlin soon ?
lin.
Why do you wish to go this time V In order to buy
thither soon.
good books and a good horse there and to see my good friends.
It is nearly two years since I was
Is it long since you were there ?
I do not go thither,
Do you not go to Vienna this year ?
there.
Is it long since you saw your
for it is too far from here to Vienna.
I saw him but a fortnight ago.
Do your scholHamburg friend ?
They do not like to learn by heart
ars like to learn by heart ?
Do
they like reading and writing better than learning by heart.
I like cider better than beer.
you like beer better than cider ?
He likes to study better than to
Does your brother like to play ?
play.
Do you like meat better than bread ?
I like the latter betDo you like to drink better than to eat ? I
ter than the former.
far
is
it
'?
than to drink
my
but
Exercise
143.
What
derstand me ?
Ko, sir, for you speak too fast.
Will you be kind
enough not to speak so fast V
I will not speak so fast if you will
listen to me.
Can you understand what my brother tells you ?
He speaks so fast that I cannot understand him.
Can your pupils
understand you ?
They understand me when I speak slowly for in
order to be understood one must speak slowly.
Why do you not
buy anything of that merchant ?
I had a mind to buy several dozen
of handkerchiefs, some cravats, and a white hat of him but he sells
so dear, that I cannot buy anything of him.
Will you take me to
another ?
I will take you to the son of the one whom you bought of
Does he sell as dear as this (one) ?
last year.
He sells cheaper.
Do you like going to the theatre better than going to the concert ?
LESSON
I do
do not
REFLEXIVE VERBS.
76.]
477
like
'?
Lesson
REFLEXIVE VEKBS.
A. Reflexive verbs are those of which the action
terminates in the agent himself.
Verbs of a reflexive sense
in Latin are,
3.
The impersonal
moves me
verbs
me
to disgust, chagrin,
Inclinor,
I am
am
am
tormented).
deceived).
inclined.
I rejoice.
Laetor,
Moveor,
) T
7
y I am moved, excited.
^
Lommovcor, \
Mutor, I change, am changed.
Pascor, I support myself by, I feed upon.
'
-i
may be
re-
LATIN GRAMMAR.
478
Proficiscor,
Yescor,
To
I live
upon,
icay.
eat.
m
To represent to one s self (to
ii? /i.
imagine, suppose).
Mentiri.
(Proponere
\
A ^ mQ
^[^ere.
~
concip re ^qhld.
ari,
Gaudeo,
rejoice.
sibi (aliquid).
Co ^ tRthnQ
Laetor,
To
(re,
atus sura.
ere, gavlsus
sum.
To be ashamed.
To
Blandiri alicui
flatter
76.
[LESSON
any one.
eum.
te,
adulari aliquem.
To
Spem habere
Ace.
f
To
To
or behind
back
look
one's
self.
do not.
Does he not disguise himself?
He does do it.
Of whom are you afraid ?
I am not afraid of any one.
We
ui,
lii,
Vereor,
veritus sum.
eri,
video.
Yulneravistisne vos ciiltro ?
Yero, nos vulneravimus.
Niimquid nobis ipsi blandimur
Non blandimur.
Ndnne sibi larvam aptat ?
We
am
(cum
Ego me non
We
Timeo, ere,
Metuo, ere,
Yidesne
or in spe esse
et Inf.).
Factum
est.
Xeminem metuo.
Ego eum non timeo.
the
deity.
We were afraid
that
you would
not come.
You were
afraid that I
would not
Timebas,
ut scriberem.
write.
We
*
After verbs of
fearing;,
not" bv ne non
or ut.
LXXX'YIH.
III.)
A.
'
is
in the subjunctive.
LESSON
76.]
o?ie s self
The
time (in
j"
l
to
amuse
with anything.
pastime, diversion.
479
Tempus
Lucius,
m.
i,
oblectatio, onis, /.
oblectamentum,
Qua
Qua
amuse myself
re
n.
fallis ?
Hdras
in reading, in
tempus
i,
fallo
legendo, sermdnibus.
conversation.
He
Tempus (dtium)
Quisque, unusquisque
every, every
non.
omnes, nemo
time as he
sibi
way he
scri-
pleases.
best
ludendo,
one.
fallit
bendo.
in the
terit,
ut
placeat.
fallit
quam
optime potest.
6mnes de re loquuntur.
can.
In ore
omnium
Nemo est,
Nemo est
est.
qui nesciat.
quin (= qui non)
exi'sti-
met.
Every man
is
liable to err.
\
I have nothing to
with.
It
is
for
amuse myself
amusement,
for
pas-
time.
The
Nemo non
HumSnum
Non
errat.
est errare.
taste.
se?isus,
A man
of taste, of none
To have
To have no
taste.
To
mistake, to be mistaken.
To
soil,
To
deceive, cheat.
To
cheat, defraud
stain.
of anything.
Homo
elegans, inelegans.
intelligentem ; esse praeditum sapore.
Esse inelegantem, non sapere.
Erro, are, avi, atum.
Esse
taste.
i, falsus sum.
Inquino, are, avi, atum.
Maculo, are, avi, atum.
Fallor,
any one
Fraudare
LATIN GRAMMAR.
480
Credo,
To
Puto, are,
believe anything or
one.
any
believe in dreams.
believe in ghosts.
believe one's eyes rather
than one's ears.
To believe in God.
The God.
man
Mendacium dicere.
Mendax, acis, m. & f.
Credi'sne (tribuisne fidem)
mini
I do not believe him.
Do yon believe what I
yon
Non
am
credo.
Egdne
You
Kon
your book
man
he a
not (a
taste
is
ftillor ?
falleris.
Minimi credo.
it.
of taste ?
man of taste).
Non
non
est.
My
dico
Fraudavitne te aliqua re ?
tribuo.
tibi
Puto.
it.
Am I mistaken ?
He
Fidem non
telling
hd-
l'lli
I do believe
Is
fldem habere or
the story-teller.
alum.
Do
avi,
To
To
To
liar,
76.
believe.
To
The
[LESSON
his taste.
(=
equitare delector.
re,
de or in
aliqua re.
I rejoice at your happiness.
Gaiideo
Qua
He
rejoice ?
my
To go
To
to bed.
tiia felicitute.
Magnae
laetitiae
tiia et indiistria.
(E
lectd)
con-
rectum.
The bed.
Lectus, lectulus,
Sunrise.
Ortus
i,
m.
prima
lux.
LESSON
76.]
Sunset.
Occasus
At midnight.
At a quarter
Media
past eleven.
-}
gere
Ego
I rise at sunrise.
to
bed
multa nocte.
nocte.
Ci'rciter
early ?
rise
occidens.
solis, sol
Sero, tarde
Do you
lecto siirgo
Qua hdra
cum
ortu
solis.
sdmno
te das
(te in le-
ctum confers) ?
Ego media ndcte cubitum ire sdleo.
Lectulum se cdnfert cum occasu
go to bed at midnight.
goes to bed at sunset.
I usually
He
481
solis.
night
to
bed
vesperi
No, he rose
later.
To
is
have had
my
Nothing
He
P'dus,
i,
m.
or
To
He
He
te dedisti heri
hair.
hair cut.
j"
Nihil praeter
Non
but.
(cum Ace).
nisi.
Nihil praeter
aquam
bibet (bibere
sdlet)
He
I
To run away,
Are you
I
Is
afraid to
flee.
remain
Timesne manere
am
not afraid.
he afraid to write to you ?
He
is
Non
Timetne (metuitne)
ad te?
Non
not afraid.
timeo.
Exercise
litteras diire
timet.
144.
2E
41
[LESSON
LATIN GRAMMAR.
482
76.
I rejoice
What dost thou rejoice at ?
wish to give them anything.
What do your chilat the good fortune that has happened to you.
Do you rejoice at
They rejoice at seeing you.
dren rejoice at ?
Do you flatter my
I do rejoice at it.
the happiness of my father ?
Does this master flatter his pupils ?
brother V
I do not flatter him.
He is
Is he pleased with them ?
He does not flatter them.
much pleased (contentus) with them when they learn well but he is
Do you flatter
not pleased with them when they do not learn well.
Do you see yourself in
me ?
I do not flatter you, for I love you.
Why do you not remain
I do see myself in it.
that looking-glass ?
Does this
Because I am afraid of burning myself.
near the fire ?
I do not fear
Do you fear those ugly men ?
man make his fire ?
Why do those children run away ?
them, for they hurt nobody.
Do you run away
They run away, because they are afraid of you.
from your enemies ?
I do not run away from them, for I do not fear
I can write
them.
Can you write a Latin letter without an error ?
No one corrects them.
one.
Does any one correct your letters ?
How many letters have you already written
I have already
written a dozen.
I have not hurt myHave you hurt yourself?
self.
Who has hurt himself? My brother has hurt himself; for he
has cut his finger.
He is better.
I rejoice to
Is he still ill ?
hear that he is no longer ill for I love him, and I pitied him from
my heart. Why does your cousin pull out his hair ? Because he
cannot pay what he owes.
I have not
Have you cut your hair ?
cut it myself, but I have had it cut.
'?
Exercise
145.
and playing.
In
yourself?
I amuse myself in the best way I can, for I read good
books, and I write to my friends.
Every man has his taste what is
yours ?
I like to study, to read a good book, to go to the concert,
and the public walk, and to ride on horseback.
Has that physician
done any harm to your child ?
He has cut his finger, but he has
not done him any harm.
do you listen to that man ?
I listen to him, but I do not believe him for I know that he is a storyteller.
does your cousin not brush his hat ?
He does not
brush it, because he is afraid of soiling his fingers.
What does my
neighbor tell you ?
He tells me that you wish to buy his horse but
I know that he is mistaken, for you have no money to buy it,
What
do they say at the market ?
They say that the enemy is beaten.
Do you believe it ?
I do believe it, because every one says so.
Do you go to bed early ? I go to bed late for I cannot sleep, if I
go to bed early.
At what o'clock did you go to bed yesterday ?
Yesterday I went to bed at a quarter past eleven.
At what o'clock
do your children go to bed ?
They go to bed at sunset.
Do they
rise early ?
They rise at sunrise.
At what o'clock did you rise
to-day ?
To-day I rose late for I went to bed late last evening.
Does your son rise late ?
He must rise early, for he never goes to
bed late.
What does he do when he gets up ?
He studies and
then breakfasts.
Why
Why
LESSON
GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES.
77.]
Lesson LXXVII.
pensum
483
septuagesimum
SEPTIMUM.
OF THE GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES.
A.
Gender originally depends upon the signification
of words, and is in so far called natural gender or sex.
1. In substantives denoting living beings, i. e. men or animals, the
natural gender is either masculine or feminine, according to the sex.
Inanimate objects do not properly admit of any distinction of sex, and
are hence said to be of the neuter gender.
The Latin
objects^
When
its
signification,
NATURAL GENDER.
B.
e.
(i.
designated.
Hence, names and appellations of male beings are
masculine, and those of females feminine.
E. g. Caesar, Cleopatra, vir, mutter, pater, mater.
Remarks.
line
and gentiles of the plural number are considered mascuRomdni, Carthaginienses, &c. So also lemures, ghosts, and
Patrials
1.
;
as,
manes, departed
2.
is
spirits.
The names
neuter.
E.
g.
of
women
mea Glgcerium,
The only
exception to this law are certain secondary appellamen, which retain their original grammatical gender as determined by their form. Such are: Fem. copiae, military forces deli3.
tions of
favorite, darling
operae, operatives
sentinels.
Neut. auxilia, auxiliary troops
pium, a slave acroama, a jester.*
ciae,
excubiae, watch,
servitia, servants
?nanci-
vigiliae,
is
I.
There
* But
optio,
is
a lieutenant,
is
same species
E.
g.
oplio,
vir
f.,
choice.
484
midier, pater
LATIN GRAMMAR.
[LESSON
amita, ma-
mater, frdter
vacca..
taurus
comparatively few.
ritus
uxor,
soror, patruus
kind
Instances of this
77.
are
II. The noun is of the same root, but has a separate termiarnica,
E. g. films
nation for each gender.
film, amicus
serva, praeceptor
praeceptrix,
magistra, servus
magister
lupus
lupa.
Remark.
nepos
neptis,
grandson, granddaughter.
One and
sexes, without
with
it,
&c.)
as, hie
common gender
Such are
1.
The
following
names of persons
(or
Incola, inhabitant.
Index, informer.
Judex, judge.
Auctor, author.
Augur, augur.
Martyr,
Civis, citizen.
Miles, soldier.
Comes, companion.
Conjux, spouse.
icitness.
Municeps, burgess.
Parens, parent.
Praesul, chief priest.
Sacerdos, priest (or -ess).
Custos, keeper.
Dux,
communia).*
leader.
Exul, exile.
Haeres, heir.
Hospes, guest.
Hostis, enemy.
Satelles, attendant.
Testis, witness.
Among these are included adjectives of one termination used substantively; as, adolescens, afflnis, juvenis, patruelis, princeps, &c.
2.
Many names
of animals
as,
* Names of inanimate objects, which are sometimes of one gender and sometimes of another, are said to be of the doubtful gender as, finis, m. & f.
;
LESSON
77.]
Grus, crane.
Lepus, hare.
Perdix, partridge.
Serpens, snake.
Limax, snail
Mus, mouse.
Thynnus,
Sus, swine.
tunny-jish.
Vespertilio, bat.
E.
Some nouns
g. antistes
2.
From
of the
Remarks.
common gender
antistita, cliens
clienta, liospes
hospxta.
distinguish,
a) Masculine appellations of entire classes of persons in
the plural,
including also the other sex.
E. g. hi liberi, children filli, sons and
f
sisters
pa-
rentes, parents.
though including both sexes, are always of the same grammatical gender (i. e. always either masculine
or
feminine).
Such are: Masc. corvus, the raven; milvus, the kite;
passer, the swallow; turdus, the thrush.
F em. alauda, the lark;
aquila, the eagle felis, the cat; rana, the frog
vulpes, the fox * &c.
;
3.
Masculines.
(cf.
A.
The names of
2).
Such are
N6tus
Januarius,
Aprilis,
Julius,
No-
vember.
Euphrates,
Ister,
Tamesis, Tigris.
The Euphrates,
Thames, the
* When
Athos,
Pangseus.
Eryx,
Helicon,
or masculus
t
Mount
Tigris.
that gender.
41*
[LESSON
LATIN GRAMMAR.
486
77.
Exceptions.
Of
1.
the
Sura, Styx,
of barbarous origin, neuter.
Of the names
2.
of mountains, Aetna, Alpis, Calpe, Carambis. O/lare feminine and Pelion and Soracte, neuter.
II.
trees
islands,
cities,
The
mis, Sicily.
city of Carthage, Corinth,
los.
The
Pr-
Rome, Troezen.
fir-tree, pear-tree,
rosa.
Exceptions.
the names of countries and islands, Pontus, Hellespontus,
Those in tan,
Bosporus, Isthmus, and Sason (island) are masculine.
and plurals in a, are neuter; as, Latium, Samnium, Bactra, &c. So
1.
Of
Of the names
and
Delta.
of
cities,
3.
Of the names
acanjun-
robur, &c.
Such
are,
E. g-fas,
* Because
I
LESSON
77.]
487
being such, and linked to an adjective or pronoun of the neuter genE. g. A longum ultimum vale ; eras hesternum illud nosce te
der.
ipsum ; scire tuum pater.est dissyllabum (^4 long the last farewell
yesterday, which once was called "to-morrow"; the injunction,
" Know thyself" thy knowledge
the word "father" is a dissyllable).
;
To
take a walk.
To
sum.
\ Ambulcire, deambulare.
To go out to take a walk.
Ire or abire deambulatum.
To take any one a walking. Aliquem deambulatum ducere.
Vehiculo extra urbem vectari.
city.
To
country.
take a pleasure excursion into the country.
To
rus vectari.
master accus-
tomed to walk ?
He was accustomed to walk in
the garden every morning be-
ire ?
Quo
lebat
fore breakfast.
Do you
often walk ?
I take a
Ambulasne saepe
Do you
take
walking
your children a
tiios
ambulatum
morrow morning
Quo
mane
ire eras
edgitas?
work
Ducisne liberos
Excurrere rus
edgito.
I do.
Ciipio.
When
Quo tempore
I take a walk
Ambulatum ego
ciinque
abis
ddmi
ambulatum
quandofaciendum
ire sdleo,
nihil
invenio.
To
teach.
Doceo,
ere,
id,
aliquid).
doctum (aliquem
LATIN GRAMMAR.
488
To
(any one in
instruct
anything).
To
77.
utum.
Trado, ere,
ditum (alicui
didi,
ALIQUAM ARTEM).
art).
To
What
Erudio,
[LESSON
Doceri,
Quid
erudiri, institui
(ab ali-
QUO).
ddcet ?
te magister
you. ?
He
teaches
me
to read
and
to
Ddcet
me
legere et scribere.
write.
lan-
te
linguam Latinam
Ddcuit.
in dancing ?
sons in writing.
is instructing your
les-
Who
little
brother ?
His master, the Englishman,
is
in-
He
Are you
The
The
Docuitne
Immo
magister, Anglus,
instituit ?
eum
artibus
instruction.
Institutio, onis,
art, science.
To
To
dance.
reckon, cipher.
Ciphering (act of).
Arithmetic.
The Latin master.
sal-
tandi.
disciplina, ae, f.
Ratiocinatio, onis,/!
Ars ratiocinandi, arithmetica, ae,/!
The dancing-master.
The clergyman.
The scholar, savant.
To remember,
recollect.
Magister saltandi.
Clericus, ecclesiasticus,
i,
m.
Memini, meminisse.
Recorder, ari, atus sum.
Reminiscor, i,
.
one).
To remember
anything.
or recollect
LESSON
77.]
To remember
(recollect) (
<
Commeminisse
to
me, comes
to my mind.
Do you still remember that man
rei.
still
He
runi promissorum)
(illius
well.
recollect his promise ?
Does he
rei
or res.
'?
hdminis)
I
alicujus rei.
Something occurs
489
Ea (eorum) ndn
(sud-
recordatur (remi-
ni'scitur).
remember
my
Memini me
reading, seeing
hearing.
I
remember having
suffered the
Recdrdor
me eadem
same.
I wish to
Velim
re-
\
[
Memineris mei.
me memineris.
Reminiscerisne hoc ?
Facito, ut
Hand
reminiscor.
te or tiii.
Praeclare eos memini.
Ndstri reminiscitur.
recollects us.
Amicus
friend.
laudtindus
must we
punish
despise
and
amus opdrtet
Exercise
lou must
est.
Do you
ecquid de te recor-
Memini
Whom
scire,
?
Remember me.
He
dere
perpessum.
call
me?
rise, for it is
do
call
already
146.
you.
late.
What
is
your pleasure?
me
for?
I have lost all my money at plav, and I come
to be^ you to lend
me some.
What o'clock is it? It is already a quarter past six,
and you have slept long enough. Is it long since you
rose?
It
is an hour and a half since I rose.
Do you often go a walkino- ?
I go a walking when I have nothing to do at
home.
Do you wish to
take a walk ?
I cannot take a walk, for I have too much to do.
Has your brother taken a ride on horseback ?
He has taken an
airing in a carriage.
Do your children often go a walking ?
They
go a walking every morning after breakfast.
Do you take a walk
after dinner
After dinner I drink tea, and then I take a walk.
Do you often take your children a walking ? I take them a walking
every morning and every evening. Can you go along
with me?
I cannot go along with you, for I must take
my little brother out
a walking.
Where do you walk ?
walk in our uncle's garden
We
LATIN GRAMMAR.
490
[LESSON
77.
Do you walking
walking better than
take a
on horseing and drinking. Does your father
a carriage better than on horseback He
take a
back. Must one love children who are not good One ought, on
punish and despise them. Who has taught you
the contrary,
of (ab or apud) a French master. Has he
have learnt
read
read and
write He has taught me
taught you
arithmetic A German master has
brother
your
taught
"Who has
take a walk with us cannot go
taught
him. Do you wish
my German master. Does your
am waiting
a walking,
he
taking
take a walk He cannot,
brother wish
and
like
fields.
I like
eat-
ride
like to
ride in
likes to
to
to
it
to
also
to
to write.
to
it
for
for I
to
for
lessons
is
in dancing.
Exercise
147.
We have
Does he
He does not know
but
Italian ?
one.
Italian
What
also
we
have an
Italian
'?
who gives me
my
in German
very good (one),
know Polish He does
English. Does your father
and
learn
but he intends
summer. Do you
not know
What did you
remember your promise do remember
give you
promise me promised
German and
Will you begin morning
do
begin
evening,
Do you
or
the man whose
you please
no longer
son taught us dancing
him. Do you
them very well
my brothers do
when
Berlin,
saw them every day. Does your uncle
was studying
me assure you that he
you. Do
you speak German better than my cousin I do not speak
better than many Germans. Which of
well
he speaks
the best The one that was walking with me
your pupils speaks
your
yesterday speaks
the best of them
house
higher than my
high
but my
ours Yours
the highest house that
have ever seen Has your friend as many
You have more of them than he but my brother has
books
more of them than both of you together. W Inch of us has the most
money You have the most,
have but
crowns, my friend
for
father,
it is
lessons
also
in
it
yet,
to
lessons in
to
recollect
if
recollect
still
recollect
this
recollect
at
recollect
I will
I will
colUbet).
still
it.
this
this
it.
it
for
recollects
still
as he, for
all.
uncle's
Is
uncle's,
is
as I ?
?
as
it
it
it
it
as
for I
thirty
cousin's
as
is
;;
LESSON
GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES.
78.]
Lesson
491
DUODEOCTOGE-
SIMUM.
GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES AS DETERMINED BY THEIR
TERMINATION AND DECLENSION.
First Declension.
A.
Substantives of
and those
the
first
declen-
in us
and
es
mas-
culine.
E.
g.
ment
Aula, a hall; stella, a star; aloll, aloes; epitome, an abridga turban dynastcs, a ruler.
tiaras,
are damn, m. & f., a doc, deer lalpa, f. & m., a mole.
lludna, m., the Adriatic Sea; and jplanetae, m. pi., the planets. ] ) andectae, plural, is feminine, but the singular, pandecles, is masculine.
Manna, in the sense of " grain " or "crumb," is regularly feminine,
but the manna of the Israelites indeclinable neuter.
Exceptions
Second Declension.
B.
Of the
and
er are masculine,
perljilus,
the colon.
Exceptions.
1. Feminine are alvus, carbdsus, coins, domus, humus, and vannus.
So also the Greek aretus, apostroplius, dialect us, diametrus,dip>hfhou(/us,
exodus, methodus (and other compounds of r) odos), lecyihus, miltus, and
paragraph us.
2.
a lute f'lcus, the fig grossus, an unripe fig lotus, the lotusSometimes also faselus, a sort of boat,
flute phdrus, a lighthouse.
and pampinus, a vine-shoot. Haec melius signifies the apple-tree, and
Hie epbdus is a shorter verse haec epbdus, an
hie mdlus, the mast.
epode.
barbltus,
3.
and vulgus,
the vulgar.f
Third Declension.
The third declension exhibits
C.
the greatest variety of terminations, and includes nouns of every
gender.
I. Nouns of the third declension ending in
are masculine.
* Those
|
But vulgus
is
o,
;
;
LATIN GRAMMAR.
492
[LESSON
78.
career, a prison
Exceptions.
Feminines in o are,
a) caro, echo; Argo, and those in do and
go, except ordo, cardo, ligo, harpdgo, and margo ; b) abstract and
collective terms in io ; as, actio, lectio, portio, legio, &c.
Pondo, a
pound, is an indeclinable neuter.
1.
Of those
2.
in or, arbor
is
Cor, marmor,
feminine.
commonly indeclinable.
3. Of those in os, cos and dos are feminine
are neuter.
So are also the Greek nouns cetos,
Ador
neuter.
is
os, oi*is
chaos, epos,
Nouns of
II.
x,
and
E.
g. pietas,
bow;
piety
mis, ys,
is, a rock
quies, etis, rest
iris, the raina cithern; pax, peace; hiems, winter; pars,
rupes,
es, is,
part.
Exceptions.
those in as, the name of the Roman pound, as (gen. assis) is
masculine.*
So are also Greek nouns in as, antis; as, elephas, &c.
Neuter are vas (gen. vasis), fas, nefas, and Greek nouns in as, atis
as, e?'ysipelas, &c.
Of
1.
Nouns
limes,
in
limitis,
es, ids,
a cross-road
in
es, etis,
;f lebes, lebefis,
cynosarges.
3.
Masculines in
is
are amnis,
others.
unguis, vomis,
and
Common
More commonly
tigris,
and
torquis
more
latex,
hystrix, perdix,
natrix, sandyx,
* Masculine
are also all the parts of this weight; as, sextans, quadrans,
quincunx, semis, &c.
merges,
Ms, " a sheaf," is feminine.
But
t
ens,
tri-
LESSON
GRAMMATICAL GENDER.
78.]
403
Nouns
III.
c,
t,
I,
e, i,
y,
or in
neuter.
mushroom;
Exceptions.
Masculine
are sol, mugd, sal ; furfur, turtur, vuland other compounds of ttovs. Feminine are
those in us, gen. udis or utis ; as, palus, fulls ; salus, utis ; to which
add tellus, uris ; and pecus, udis. The feminine of the common nouns
grus and sus is the gender of the species.
tur ; lepus, mus, tripus,
Fourth Declension.
D.
Nouns
E.
fructus, fruit
g.
Exceptions.
cantus, a song
u neuter.
cornu, a horn
gelu, ice.
Feminine
Fifth Declension.
E.
Substantives
of the
fifth
de-
res,
Except
f.,
a thing
acies,
an edge
To
spes,
MyJ feet,
,
To
'
be
warm,
to
feel warm,
fides, faith.
&
Frlgus potior.
Frigeo v
pedibus, manibus.
-\- c
ir>'P
( Pedes, manus mi hi fngent.
(
Caleo, ere,
*.
id,
hot.
The
The
hope
On
(Frigeo, ere,frixl,
} Algeo, ere, alsi,
(
,T
which is masculine.
compare Lesson VIII. B.
meridies,
cold.
heat.
am very cold.
I am not at all cold.
Was your father cold
Frigesne (algesne)
Vero, valde algeo.
42
494
LATIN GRAMMAR,
[lesson
Is
Neque
fingers are
Your boy
felt
Aiires
<
warm.
and
thirst, cold,
in
heat.
Utor,
-j
father used
meo
libro ?
trtor.
it
Non
it.
for riding
ad equitandum
You may
use it.
Did he use your books for reading ?
He did not use them.
He has frequently used my ink,
pen, and paper for writing.
Usurpavitne
awmy
from.
to the fire ?
do come to it.
He has approached the fire.
They have withdrawn from the
tiios h'bros
ad legen-
dum?
Non usurpavit.
Atramento, penna atque cluirta
meis ad sen bend una usitabatur.
"I
To withdraw, or go
lirbemV
in
Licet.
Do you come
sum (re).*
(rem).
usus
uti,
Uterisne
aestuabat.
'?
of, to use.
digitis.
tii us
Has your
Caleo
Piier
To make use
ei frigent.
warm.
Who
hunger,
Quis alget ?
Frater mens alget.
Mtinus mini frigent.
cold.
My
78.
De
loco discesserunt.
fire.
Why
does that
from the
He
is
man go away
fire ?
vir
file
a fdeo
disc-edit
(abit) ?
* On
Quamobrem
it
because he
De
fd,-o
non
disc-edit
propterea, quod
aliret.
LXXII. A.
LESSON
What
78.]
do you recollect
Quid recordaris ?
Nihil recdrdor.
I recollect nothing.-
495
Quo
For
Quorsum
Ad quamnam
rem
(Ad) quid ?
?
Culnam
rei ?
What am
money
I to
do with
much
so
Quo
engage in
Quorsum
lgitur
haec dispute
this discussion ?
(need)
money
for?
I
want
buying a carriage.
wish wine for r
want some) to drink, to sell.
it
for
What do you
(I
What
Quid (cuinam
eqiius?
for V
to philosophize
make use of it
What
use
is
for riding.
it
intended.
quill docs not subserve the
purpose of a knife.
To employ, use (for a certain
purpose).
To
ride out.
To
drive out.
Cui
lisui ciilter, ei
Adhibeo, ere,
non
ui,
est
penna.
itum (aliquid
ad rem).
Avehi or evehi equo.
vectari extra urbem.
Carpento (vehiculo) vectari or geExcurrere.
stari.
Equo
Exercise
148.
Which
is
the nearest
May
Thou
I
(licetne mihi) use your knife?
May my brothers use
but thou must not cut thyself.
They may use them, but they must not tear them.
your books ?
You may use it, but you must not
May Ave use your stone table ?
They
For what purpose do your brothers want money V
spoil it.
What does this knife serve us for V
It
want some to live upon.
Is it cold
serves us to cut our bread, our meat, and our cheese with.
Will you draw near the fire V
I canIt is very cold.
to-day ?
Why does your
not draw near it, for I am afraid of burning myself.
He goes away from it because he is
friend go away from the fire V
Art thou coming near the fire V
I am
afraid of burning himself.
I
do use them.
ma vest
use
it,
LATIN GRAMMAR.
40 C
[LESSOX
79.
My
'?
your uncle ?
One may approach him,
( jan ua neminem proMbef)
he excludes nobody
for
Lesson
Many
A.
Greek.
They
Latin nouns.
B.
First Declexsiox.
and in
first
declen-
In the plural
masculine.
they are inflected like Latin nouns, but in the singular they
deviate according to the following paradigms
sion end in e feminine,
as, es
Crambe, cabbage./
Nom
Gen*.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
crambo
crambes
crambae
cramben
crambe
Borea
crambe.
Borea.
in.
Boreas
Boreae
Boreae
Boream
or -an
dynasles, a rider, m.
dvnastes
dynastae
dynastae
dynasten
dynaste
dynaste.
LESSON
79.]
497
Remarks.
The
phista.*
The
names;
as,
E.
g.
G.
The
is
Sometimes
also the
sometimes a instead of e.
(instead of arum)
of drum;
as,
Ausonidum, Dardanidum.
7. Many nouns in es, especially those which were originally patronymics, pass over into the third declension as, Alcibiades, Euripides,
Miltiades (gen. is), &c.
;
Second Declension.
C.
Greek nouns of the second
declension end in os or as masculine, and in on neuter.
They
are thus declined
:
Athus, m.,
Mount Athos
symposYon,
n.,
a banquet.
Singular.
Nom.
Gkx.
DAT.
Athos
symposion
scorpn
Atho
Atho
Athon or
symposii
symposia
symposion
symposio
symposion
symposion
symposia
symposia
symposio,
symposiis.
A oc.
scorpio
scorpion
scorpi
Abl.
scorpio.
Acc.
Plural
scorpios
Athos
Atho.
-o
symposiis
* The older Roman authors, Cicero included, prefer the Latin form of the
most current of these words. E. g. gramimatica, dialectlca, rhetorica ; Hecuba,
Yet Cicero has also Archias, Epaminondas, Pythagoras,
Supkista, Philodela.
The Greek forms Europe, Helene, Pehelqpe, rather belong
J'trsit, mid ISc<jtit(_6.
to noetrv.
.
42
latin grammar.
498
[lesson
79.
Remarks.
Many
dras, &c.
Among
2.
as,
laum, &c.
3. The genitive plural of these nouns is generally the Greek an,
which sometimes occurs even in those otherwise inflected like Latin
words. E. g. Epodon, Georgtcbn, Satyricon, &c. The genitive singular sometimes ends in u, and the nominative plural in oe ; as, Menandru (== Menandri) Canephoroe (= Canephori).
;
Greek nouns
4.
change
it
into
its :
as,
as,
oos,
5.
ended
D.
class also
as,
Orpheus,
i,
o, tun, eu,
Third Declension.
1.
i,
(Cf.
D.)
third de-
er, y,
yn, yr,
e.
2.
terminations as,
E.
g.
also
many
and
en.
basis,
a pedestal
Minds
rhinoceros
Many, however,
* The
than poematibus.
The
word
is
following
some
may
LESSON
71).]
Gen.
<
(
Dat.
Ace.
lampadis
lampados
lampadi
lampada
lampas
lampade,
Chelys,/, a
Singular.
Nom.
I
(
Dat.
(
Ace.
Abl.
lampadibus
lampades
lampadas
lampades
Gen.
Ace.
chelym
poesim
aeri
chal^ bus -
poesi.
Orpheus, m.
Achillis
Achilleos
Achilli
poesi
poesin j
poesi
Achillem or en
Achillea
Achilles or e
Achille or i.
Orpheus
Orpheos
Orphea
Orpheum
Orpheo.*
aera
aer
aere.
Chremes, m.
Orphei or i
Orphei or o
Orpheu
aeris
poeseos
halybus
Voc.
Abl.
chalyes
chalyas
c halyes
Achilles
heroibus.
aer
poesis
poesis
chalyum
y
j
chelyos
chelyi
heroe,
,^
,i
{tt}
Dat.
Voc.
Abl.
Plural.
Achilles, m.
Nom.
Ace.
cithern.
\ chelyn
chely
Voc.
Dat.
chalyes
chelyis
Gen.
Plukal.
heroes
herois
hero am
heroi
herolbus
( heroem ( heroes
\ heroa
\ heroas
heros
heroes
lieros
lampadibus.
ehelys
(
Gen.
Singular.
Nom.
lampadum
l
lampadem
AliL.
Voc.
>
499
Dido, /.
Chremes
Dido
Chremis
Chremetis
Chremi or
Didus
Didonis
Chremem or en
Dido or oni
Dido
Chemetemorta
Chremes or e
Chreme or eU
Dido
Dido or one.
eti
Didonem
Remarks.
The
2.
The Greek
a)
The
aera, aether
and
in proper
Proper names in eus frequently pass over into the second declension.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
500
avoid a hiatus
as, basin,
[LESSON
79.
Some nouns in is, idos have im or idem, and feminines also ida : as,
Durim, DorXdem, or Dor'ida.
Pans
Parim or Paridem Duns
as, Aeschinen,
c) The termination en belongs to nouns in es
The
as follows:
In the ablative singular roots in i generally have i : as, basi, Nethose in id have ide, and sometimes i ; as, Adonide, Parlde ;
Osiri, from Adonis, Mis, &c.
4.
apoli
5.
epos
6.
titles
7.
mele
The nominative plural of neuters in os is e ; as, melos
epe.
To which add the indeclinable plural Tempo.
The genitive plural in on occurs only in names of nations and
of books
as,
Chalybon, metamorphosedn
The termination
si
and
sin, for
The
m
To
shave,
as,
7
/r
shave
off
r
(any
Rado,
To
To
To
When
sum.
'
self.
is
_'
(alicujus barbam).*
shave one's
ere, si,
,1
ones beard).
To
libri.
barbam
p5nere.
Radi, tonderi (ab aliquo).
Tonsori operam dare.
Faciem quotidie
rasitare.
abradere
sd-
of shaving ?
He shaves every morning, as
soon as he gets out of bed.
Do you get shaved by the bar-
pater tiius ?
Barbam ponit quotidie mane, simul
ac surgit.
Tonderisne a tonsore ?
ber?
No, I am in the habit of shaving
Non vero
let
myself.
The
The
To
To
razor.
barber's shears.
dress,
put
1
on
clothes.
* Radere
shave,"
in
or shears."
consuevi.
Novacula, ae,/.
Forfex, icis,/.
ff
e S
or
culter tonsorius.
^em vesRbus
ali
\ ;
i
Inauere sibi or
I
Exuere sibi or
'
alicui vestes.
alicui vestes.
LESSON
79.]
(aliquem e somxo).
factus sum.
experreetus sum.
solvor, solvi, solutus sum.
fieri,
JExpergefio,
To awake
Expergiscor,
(out of sleep).
Somno
Have you
Induistine
dressed yourself?
1 have not yet dressed myself.
Who has dressed the child ?
Its mother has dressed it.
When do you undress ?
I undress before I go to bed.
jNdndum
morning
vestibus) ?
l'ndui.
Quo
ejus
vestes induit.
tempore tibi vestes exuis ?
ei
i,
Mater
501
mane
Eum
ndn expergefeci.
Quo tempore mane expergisceris
I did not
in
the morning ?
wake up at daybreak.
Did I wake up earlier than you
~kgo
quam tu ?
vero tardius experreetus es.
Expergefactiisne es hdra octava ?
I was.
I wake
Factum est.
Ego quotidie mane sdmno
this
morning
up
matiirius
at seven every
morn-
not
wake me up
so early
Ne me
Stop making a
noise, lest
you
me
experge-
self.
male,
show or
prove one's self (a man, &c).
like,
Desiste tumultuari, ne
faceres
To behave
tarn
sdmno
to
Towards.
How
impudently.
scholars ?
&c.).
He
He
solvor
hdra septima.
ing.
Do
mmo
(SE
Erga,
stiti,
stitum.
VERUM, PROBUM,
in,
&C.)
c. Ace.)
adversus. (Prep.
Qudmodo
Qualem
se gerit ?
se praebet ?
Bene, honeste se
Male, perperam,
gerit.
contumaciter se
gerunt.
Gessitne se piier honeste erga prae-
ceptdrem
imino pdtius perperam se
'?
Qudmodo
se
gessit.
discipulos ?
LATIN GRAMMAR.
502
He
citi-
[LESSON
Se pro cive
gerit.
Praebuit
virum.
79.
zen.
To
alight,
dismount from a
horse.
<
To
alight
Descendere ex curru.
Degredi ad pedes.
I
Descendere or egredi e nave.
down) the Devehi nave per fluvium.
from a carriage.
To disembark.
To descend (sail
se
Praestitit se do'ctum.
river.
Descendere de colle.
Ascendere collem, in collern.
Ascendere navem, in navem.
Ascendere (in) equum.
Escendere in rostra.
To have a strong
The garret.
Somnium,
beard.
He
is
is
your brother
In coenaculo est.
Yisne eum rogare, ut descendat ?
Quis muros ascendit ?
Milites eos scalis ascenderunt.
Ascendistine
unquam
in
navem ?
Xunquam
ascendi.
Ndnne
equum ascendere
in
vis ?
Ita est.
is so.
can
n.
He
i,
in the garret.
horse
n.
lum,
"Where
i,
Barba, ae, /.
(rise) higher.
honors
of the state.
Let us go down to our boats.
Did your cousin go down into
the well ?
He did not do it
What time was your father in the
habit of going down to the
Te ad majora ascendere
In
summum locum
opdrtet.
civitatis
ascen-
dere potest.
descende-
market ?
He
usually
eleven o'clock.
at
LESSOX
79.]
They dismounted.
The queen dismounted from her
503
Ex
Ab
equis deseende'runt.
Ex
equo regina
desiluit.
charger.
To
Know
the in-
thyself."
be worth ivMle,
^ P
f fpretium.
ae
retXum
'
( Jbst
Melius or sathis
It is better.
Is
it
It is
Is it
It
is.
Is
it
est,
praestat.
Est.
better ?
Estne melius
Satiusne est
Prae-
stiitne ?
It
is
better.
It is better to
melius, &c.
[Est
do
than
this
Melius (satius)
that.
quam
illud.
here than to
It is better to stay
Praestat hie
go a walking.
turn ire.
Exercise
149.
to-day ?
I have shaved.
Has your brother
shaved ?
He has not shaved himself, but has got shaved.
Do
you shave often ?
I shave every morning, and sometimes also in
the evening.
When do you shave in the evening ? When I do
not dine at home.
How many times a day does your father
shave?
He shaves only once a day, but my brother has such a
strong beard, that he is obliged to shave twice a day.
Does your
uncle shave often ?
He shaves only every other day (tertio quoque
die) for his beard is not strong.
At what o'clock do you dress in
the morning?
I dress as soon as I have breakfasted, and I breakfast every day at eight o'clock, or at a quarter past eight.
Does
your neighbor dress before he breakfasts ?
He breakfasts before he
dresses.
At what o'clock in the evening dost thou undress?
I
undress as soon as I return from the theatre.
Dost thou go to the
theatre every evening ?
I do not go every evening, for it is better
At what o'clock dost thou unto study than to go to the theatre.
I then undress as soon
dress when thou dost not go to the theatre ?
Have you already
as I have supped, and go to bed at ten o'clock.
dressed the child ?
I have not dressed it yet, for it is still asleep.
It gets up as soon as it is waked.
At what o'clock does it get up ?
Do you rise as early as I ? I do not know at what o'clock you rise,
Will you tell my servant to wake me
but I rise as soon as I awake.
I will tell him.
Why have you risen
to-morrow at four o'clock ?
children have made such a noise that they wakened
so early ?
I have not slept well, for you made
Have you slept well ?
me.
To-morrow
At what o'clock must I wake you ?
too much noise.
At what o'clock did the good
thou mayest wake me at six o'clock.
He awoke at a quarter past five in the morning.
captain awake ?
My
501
LATIN GRAMMAR.
Exercise
"When did
this
man go down
[LESSON
80.
150.
He went down
into
morning.
Has he come up again ?
He came up an hour
ago.
"Where is your brother ?
He is in his room.
Will you tell
him to come down
but he is not dressed yet.
I will tell him so
Is your friend still on the mountain ?
He has already come down.
it this
*?
cake
we
not worth
not long
worth while
give something
dismount from my horse
order
that poor man Yes,
but you can give
he seems
want
him something without dismounting from your
better
go
the theatre than
better
do the
study
than the former.
better
bed than
go a walking
go
better
better
do the
than the former.
get
not worth while get
a coach than
go on board the
this river ?
it.
his horse.
is
as
as
Is
as
to
to
that
asleep, for
alighted.
as
to
started ?
into
fore I
child
ship.
well.
for
Is
to
it
to
to
Is
since
it is
to
for
to
to
to
Is
It
to
is
into a coach or to go
travel.
Is
it
to
It is
latter
to
latter
Is it
ship ?
it
it;
to
to
it
to
Lesson
Js
to
horse.
to
to
ate.
to
in
It is
to alight in
while, for
It is
to
it
into
to
to
It is
to
A.
puerllis, amabUis.
natirms.
B.
and
ulus.
jugation,
first
con-
Sometimes, however,
abundance.
E. g. errabundus, pojndabun/lus, wandering, pillaging
LESSON
DERIVATION OF ADJECTIVES.
80.]
505
dlclduus, indivisible.
Those in
ilis
or capacity.
E.
and
g.
bills
facills,
as, blbulus,
given to drinking
credulus, credulous
querulus, querulous.
or ictus,
(nosus),lentus, wus,
alis,
atilis,
inus (inus),
ster,
in eus, icus,
cirius,
citus,
itus,
osus
and
utus.
The termination
consists or
is
2.
ills
mer
E. g. aullcus, bellicus,
in a general, the latter in a moral sense.
rust icus, relating to the court, to war, to the country puerdls, senilis,
;
vlrllls,
or
hoslilis,
tribunitial.
Those in alis, drls, and atills are formed not only from nouns in
but also from those of other terminations. E. g. ancortdis, relating
to an anchor convivCdls, convivial ;. regalls, royal, regal vlrglncdls,
4.
a,
43
LATIN GRAMMAR.
>0G
[LESSON
80.
7.
also
money).
The
The terminations Ivus, emus, urnus, itimus, and ster denote qualmanner, descent, time, place, &c. E. g. furtivus, aesllvus, natlvus,
secret, of the summer, native; externus, maternus, paternus, external,
9.
ity,
An
or
fttus)s
nished with a beard, with teeth, with a helmet, with scythes aurltus,
provided with ears pelliius, covered with skins; cornutus, horned;
nasutus, having a large (or acute) nose.
;
11.
The
cities
c)
a) names of
names of nations
names may be
individuals
b)
divid-
names
d) names of countries.
LESSON
DERIVATION OF ADJECTIVES.
80.]
507
names
To
Achilleus, Sophocleus
Antiochlus, Ari-
and anus.
saens,
Smyrnaeus.
Smyrna
E.g. Afer
Gallia, Italia,
D.
ius, ellus,
1.
vulus, primulus
pauperciilus, leviculus
as,
E.
novellus, pulchellus
paucus
paulus
par-
g.
;
some
and paululus
bellus, belliilus.
Those
in
similarity of quality.
;
To
hire, rent.
To
To
The
ab
aliquo).
Domicilium, conclave (mercede)
conducere.
In conducto habitare.
Pretium conducti, pretium habita-
rent.
tionis.
To
To
let,
rent.
thing.
To
get rid of
any one.
or any
508
To
[lesson
LATIN GRAMMAR.
Extrudere
vendere.
Debita dissolvere.
Conduxistine jam conclave ?
Vero, conduxi unum.
Nrini in conducto habitat ?
Non in conducto habitat.
Solveriintne pretium habitationis
80.
Nondum
solverunt.
Non
habeo.
Cogitasne submovere
equos
Ego
eos
(vendere)
'?
didi).
He
We
vant.
To hope,
Extrusistine saccharum
perditum
Extriisi.
Non
expect.
me
Spero, spes
Ut
my
spem ponere
come
(
(
Our brother
I hope
will
come, I hope.
invenire (in-
ibi
esse) ?
fore.
hope that I
may meet
Spero,
me
turum
Do vou
God
I hope no longer.
You have no
Xon
reason to hope.
To change.
To exchange, change.
dbviam
tibi
esse).
tibi
veniam.
you.
I do.
(in ali-
re).
Spero.
Spes me tenet.
Spero, patrem esse venturum.
am
eum
Sperasne, te
venturum
father will
esse.
tenet.
spero, spero.
Exspectare
him there ?
I do expect it.
vendidit.
quo or in aliqua
I hope that
de-
I hope.
As I hope.
To wait, tarry.
Do you
tuum
est,
quod
speres.
Commutare, permutare.
LESSON
80.]
To
one
To
To
To
To
exchange (mutually).
change masters.
exchange names.
change one's clothes,
change, exchange
thing for another.
oOO
Mutare or permutare
!'
(cum)
aliquid
aliqua re.
Commutare
aliquid
cum
aliqua re.
Nomina
inter se permutare.
To change
one's horse.
To change (draught-)
To change money.
Mutare equum.
equo injici.
Jumenta mutare.
Pecuniam (nummum) permutare.
( Alteri
horses.
To exchange
letters, to
cor-
(^
To put on
one's hat.
To put on
The
The
cravat.
linen.
cravat, neckcloth.
it.
my
It
is
litteras
cum
aliquo colloqui or
agere.
pileo.
n. pi.
is,
n. ;
pannus
colaris.
fo-
cale ?
Must
change
Per
linen.
To put on a
shirt ?
Mutavit.
Oportetne me mutare indiisium
Opdrtet tu hoc facias.
so.
Commutaveriintne aliquid
dleo et
Commutaverunt statum
ex vero
reipiiblicae
in falsum.
false one.
They
me?
am not
Fidem
Visne pileos
Non
unwilling.
43*
et religionem peciinia
com-
miitant.
mecum permutare ?
nolo.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
510
his horse ?
He
Do you exchange
Mutavitne equum
?
Injectiisne est alteri
(Misceo,
To mix, mingle.
}
(
among
mistum or mix-
{(kit.).
Se admiscere or interponere
ali-
cui rei.
thing.
Not
ere, viiscui,
cum
turn.
men.
To
mutavit.
Agisne (colloquerisne) per h'tteras
letters (corre-
or mingle
equo
Xon
it.
To mix
80.
Omnia mutantur.
Has he changed
[LESSON
meddle with, to
from anything.
Does he meddle with your
to
re-
af-
Admiscetne
re.
frain
se negdtiis
tiiis
fairs ?
He
Niinquam
He
to
7
7
acknoidedqe.
'
(
<.
acknowledge
my
negdtiis alienis
miscui.
Do you
se
Miscet se mih'tibus.
soldiers.
7
ille
admiscet (interponit).
Immiscuistine te miiltum honu'nibus ?
Ita est, me miiltum ac saepe im-
people's affairs.
Recoqnosco,
ere, non, ndum.
u ~
.
;
Agnoscere (ALiQUE^r, rem).
.
Errorem meum
error.
Exercise
ajindsco.
151.
for his
just
at last
dis-
well.
Because
rid
his
rid
Has
LESSON
81.]
511
Why
Exercise
Why
152.
Lesson
octo-
GESIMUM.
OF THE FUTURE TENSE.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
512
come
to
(First or
(Future Perfect).
[LESSON
81.
g.
B.
The
1.
tive
3.
first
future active
by changing,
am
(lam),
mm.
(3.)
4.
lego legam, I
capio capiam, I
audio audiam, 1
The
first
love.
remind.
will
m into
amabor, I
monebor, 1
legam
/
or
capiam
/
or
audiam
I
or
shall or
(3.)
The
active,
by
be loved.
capiar,
reminded.
will be read.
shall
shall
audiar,
4.
ivill
shall or will be
legar,
3.
is
As,
r.
monebo
2.
shall
will be taken.
will be
heard.
As,
passive.
hortabor, I
1.
hortor
2.
vereor
loquor
blandior
3.
4.
Remark.
the
dbo, 2. ebo,
future passive
On
to, into, 1.
3.
3.
o {to), 4.
As,
1.
2.
2.
4.
is
o, 2. eo, 3.
1.
verebor, I
loquar, I
shall or
blaudlar,
ivill
shall or
speak.
ivill
flatter.
The
manner
of the
future, active
and
Active.
Passive.
First Conjugation.
Amabo, I shall
Sing,
or will love.
amabo
amabts
amabit,
Amabor, I shall or
Sing,
ivill be loved.
amabor
amfiberis or -re
timabitur,
LESSON
81.]
Active.
513
Passive.
Plur. amfibimus
Plur. amablmur
amabimini
amabuntur.
amabitis
amabunt.
Second Conjugation
1".
I shall
Monebo,
Monebor,
or will remind.
shall or will
be
reminded.
Sing,
monebo
Sing, monebor
moneberis or -re
monebitur,
Plur. monebhniir
monebis
monebit,
Plur. monebimtis
monebitis
monebimmi
monebunt.
monebimttir.
Third Conjugation.
I shall or
Legam,
Sing,
Legar,
will read.
legam
I shall
Sing,
or will be read.
legar
leges
legeris or -re
legetur,
leget,
Plur. legemus
Plur. legemur
legetis
legemini
legent.
legentur.
Fourth Conjugation.
I shall
Audiam,
Sing,
or will hear.
audiam
audles
audiet ur,
audiet,
Plur. audiemur
Plur. audiemus
audiemini
audietis
audientur.
audient.
So conjugate apportdbo,
jiibebo, I shall
command
facutm, I
shall
shall write;
sumam, I
puniam, I
shall
scrlbam, I
make
Jiniam, I
sentiam, I
son LV.)
2G
conveniet,
fulgurdbit,
apparebit, attinebit,
accidet, incipiet,
expediet, &e.
(Cf. Les-
LATIN GRAMMAR.
514
[LESSON
81.
Loquar,
or will exhort.
loquetur,
Plur. loquemiir
Plur. hortabimur
loqueniini
hortabimini
hortabuntur.
I shall
loquentur.
or will fear.
Blandiar,
I shall or
Sing,
blandiar
Sing, verebor
vereberis or -re
will flatter.
blandieris or -re
blandietiir,
verebltfir,
Plur. verebimur
Plur. blandiemur
verebiniini
blandiemini
verebuntur.
So
will speak.
loqneris or -re
hortabitur,
"Verebor,
I shall or
Sing, loquar
hortabor
hortabens or -re
Sing,
is
blandientiir.
The
E.
g.
I shall
or
the fourth.
1.
Ero,
future of
Sing,
be.
icill
Plur.
erimus,
eritis,
erunt.
shall
be
able,
So malcim, I
3. Feram, 1
shall prefer,
as,
4.
Ibo,
I shall
or will go.
Sing. Ibo,
So
&c.
all its
And
The
ibis, ibit;
compounds
Plur.
as, adibo,
ibimus,
iriibo,
ibitis,
Ibunt.
and
LESSON
FUTURE SUBJUNCTIVE.
81.]
515
Num
Amabisne
Non amabo.
Habebitne peciiniam
Shall
you command him to
leave ?
I shall command him.
Shall you send me the book ?
Jubebisne
Non
send it.
Shall ye write letters ?
We shall write some.
Will they come or go away
They will come.
Will he be contented ?
I shall
He
habebit.
eum
abire ?
Jubebo.
Mittesne mini librum
Mittam.
Erit.
will.
will not
Will
snow to-day ?
you exhort him to speak
Shall
amabis
Scribetisne epistolas ?
They
it
Non
be contented.
rain or
Will he defend us ?
He will not defend us.
Will they forget their duty ?
He will not forget them.
Shall ye squander any money ?
shall not squander any at all.
Will we be loved ?
You will not be loved.
Will our books be read ?
They will certainly be read.
We
erunt contenti.
Pluetne hddie an ninget ?
Hortaberisne eum, ut verba faciat
Hortabor.
Num nos tuebitur ?
Nos non
tuebitur.
Obliviscentiirne officia sua ?
Non obliviscentur.
Niimquid pecuniae largiemini ?
Nullam omnino largiemur.
Amabimiirne
Non
Nosne amabimur ?
amabimini.
Legenturne
li'bri
Leo-entur sine
ndstri ?
lilla
dubitatione.
FUTURE SUBJUNCTIVE.
Latin verbs have no special form for the future subjuncin dependent clauses, it becomes necessary to
express future contingent action, the Romans proceed as follows
F.
When,
tive.
Amrmubam
cium mihi
me
tibi
si lllud
iribueres,
benefi-
magnopere
gavisurum.
Afifirmo
tibi,
si
mihi tribudtur,
savisurum.
hoc beneficium
me magnopere
LATIN GRAMMAR.
516
He
Eum,
Ex
his
quidam
he
that
said
(i. e.
81.
the son)
dixisse dicltur,
Roma
[lesson
caper etur.
Tu si quid forte ad me scripseris,
perficiam, ne te friistra scripsi'sse arbitrere.
pose.
II.
struction
still
rus, with
sim or essem,
Kon
employed.
is
sit.
E.
g.
will
return.
!Non
I did not
return.
esset.
I wish
sis,
matters.
Kon
Kon
dubito,
sis
You
fu-
will
quinftdurum
sit,
ut
laudetur.
praised.
Many
Miilti
doubt)
vinceretur.
jSTescio,
time.
The
dust; the
smoke.
mud
Pulvis, eris, m.
the
i,
Dustv.
Is it
Fumosus,
very dusty.
muddy
Ortus est.
Vis piilveris
(
out of doors ?
it
smoke
?
(
quite
smoky
(it
smokes
Eequid
is
too
much).
smoky
(it
smokes too
Junius,
magna
est fdris
est.
lutum
Fumatne ddmus
Orta
much).
It
um.
very muddy.
is
a.
Is
It
n.
Smoky.
dusty ?
Does
i,
Pulverulentus. a, urn.
Lutosus, lutulentus, a, um.
It is
It is
lutum,
Muddy.
It is dusty.
it
m.
Est
fiimi.
magna.
LESSON
81.]
To go
or
in
(any
into
Imre,
place)
enter.
To
sit.
ingredi
introire,
Sum)
To
517
(IN,
Intrare, introire
(
(
To
sit
down,
To
sit
down by
to take
seat.
the side
of
Sedeo, ere,
(ingressus
AD LOCUM, LOCUM).
(locum).
sedi,
AD REM).
-I
any one.
To be
seated
by
the side of
Assidere
alicui.
any one.
To sit
still,
keep one's
seat.
To be over, left.
To have left.
It
remains
do this).
To
(sc. that I
should
Jill.
Ibi'sne intro ?
Non
lbo.
Ego hac
in sella assidam.
Visne me assidere ?
Considamus hiimo.
Placetne
tibi assidere
in sella ?
Non,
dtio
ad assidendum careo.
Assidet
libris in schdla.
school.
In bibliotheca consedimus.
Visne assidere apud carbdnes
Nolo nam non algeo.
Venietne piier tiius intro ?
ately.
Shall
me
you go
mecum
Inibisne
in lirbem ?
Non
have
you
in lbo.
Quanta
tibi
left?
Unum
habeo.
44
LATIN GRAMMAR.
518
Mm,
pay
If I
have but
SI
little
[LESSON
81.
illi
non habebo
left.
LXXXVI.)
and
cum
eo
cdlloquar.
Si tempestas crastina est (== erit)
money.
If he addresses (speaks to) me, I
shall answer him.
If you will promise me to keep it
secret, I shall tell it to you.
I have spent all my money, so
Si mihi polliceberis
rem
tacere, te-
cum communicabo.
Pecuniam meam dmnem
expendi,
ut nulla relinquatur.
that I
fmpleo id mero.
Explevitne marsiipium siium
pecii-
nia?
He
mmo
plebo.
ter.
Exercise
153.
LESSON
82.]
519
thus
Lesson LXXXII.
pensum
alterum et
OCTOGESIMUM.
OF THE FUTURE PERFECT.
A. I. The future perfect of the active voice is formed from
the perfect indicative by changing i into ero.
E. g.
1.
2.
amavero, I have
monuero, I have reminded.
have
I
have heard.
audlvi audivero, I
amavi
monui
II.
The
1.
2.
3.
4.
read.
shall
shall
and
participle
shall
legero,
3. legi
4.
loved.
shall
ero, "
I shall be."
is
compounded of the
E.
perfect
g.
and
Active.
First Conjugation.
Amavero,
I shall have
loved.
Amatus
ero,
I shall have
been
loved.
Sing,
amavero
amaveris
amaverit,
Sing,
[LESSON
LATIN GRAMMAR.
520
Active.
82.
Passive.
>
or fuerimus
amati eritis or fueritis
amati erunt or fuerint.
Plur. amaverimtis
amaveritis *
amaverint.
Second Conjugation.
Monuero,
I shall
Monitus
have reminded.
I shall have
ero,
been
reminded.
Sing,
Sing, monuero
monueris
monuerlt,
Plur. monuerimus
monueritis
monuerint.
Third Conjugation.
Le^ero,
I shall have
Sing,
Lectus
read.
ero,
I shall have
been read.
legero
legeris
legerit,
Plur.
Plur. legerimus
lecti
erimus or fuerimus
or fueritis
erunt or fuerint.
legeritis
lecti eritis
legerint.
lecti
Fourth Conjugation.
Audivero,
Auditus
audiveris
audlverit,
Plur.
Plur. audlverimus
ero,
Sing,
audivero
Sing,
audlverftis
audlverint.
shall
* The i of the imits and ids of this tense (as of the perfect subjunctive)
ither long or short, perhaps more frequently long. The is of the second perse
LESSON
82.]
521
To these add the irregular verbs fuero, I shall have been poiuero,
I shall have been able
voluero (noluero, maluero), I shall have been
willing (unwilling, more willing)
tulero, I shall have carried
Ivero
(ciblvero, prodlcero, &c.), I shall have gone (gone away, gone out).
;
Remark.
The future perfect active is liable to syncopation, like
the perfect (cf. page 239).
E. g. amaro, delero, consuero, instead of
amavero, delevero, consuevero.
That of the fourth conjugation is
frequently derived from the secondary perfect in ti; as, audiero, finiero, puniero, prodiero, &c.
Will you have loved
Amaverisne
have loved.
If you and I shall have loved.
Will you have reminded ?
AVe will not have reminded.
Will they have read the book ?
He will have read it.
Shall we have heard ?
You will not have heard.
Shall I have been loved ?
You will not have been loved.
Shall Ave have been punished ?
You will not have been punished.
Will the letters have been written ?
They will not have been written.
I shall
'?
Vero, amavero.
Si ego et tu amaverimus.
Legerint.
Audiverimiisne
Non
audiveritis.
Non
amatus.
Erimiisne puniti ?
Puniti non eritis.
Scriptaene erunt epistolae ?
Non erunt scriptae.
eris
Hortatus
ero,
I shall
have ex-
is
Blanditus ero,
horted.
tered.
Plur. blanditi
erlinus or fue-
rimus
hortati eritis or fueritis
2.
have feared
3.
To
have
spoken.
44*
LATIN GRAMMAR.
522
Lave exhorted ?
have exhorted.
Will you have departed ?
Yes, I shall have departed.
Shall we have flattered ?
You will not have flattered.
Will they have forgotten their
Will
He
lie
will not
[lesson
82.
Eritne hortatus ?
!Non erit hortatus.
Erfsne profectus ?
Ve'ro, profectus ero.
Niim nos
blandfti erimus ?
duties ?
They
have
not
will
forgotten
(Eorum) non
dbliti erunt.
them.
De
(shall
everything,
in
of
cognovero.
am
If I
its
destruction.
We shall
Reply
shall
requires of us.
rogdro.
self.
Da
tibi
max imam
Ego de venditione
villae
meae
quid, quod
delectet, invenero.
nihil
cogito,
magis
me
nisi
me
Grant
will
sale of
my
villa,
unless I
shall
me
greater pleasure.
Remarks.
The
by the future perfect is always obfrequently put where the English idiom substitutes the first future, the present, or the perfect.
E. g. Ut sementem
feceris, ita metes, As you have (shall have) sown, so you will reap.
Si invenero, tecum communicabo, If I find it (shall have found it), I
will communicate it to you.
And so frequently in conditional clauses,
where the result is dependent on the previous fulfilment of a condition
as, si voluero, si potuero, si licuerit, si placuerit, si otium habuero, where
in English we commonly put the present or first future.
1.
distinction expressed
is
2.
The
future perfect
is
LESSON
82.]
an
in order to impart
523
E.
g;
pergis, abiero, If
si
hoc beneficium
tribueris,
me quamciinque
Aflfirmo
mihi
tibi,
Affirmabat mihi,
cium
si
illud benefi-
ipsi tribuissem, se
quam-
gratiam mihi
ciinque posset
relaturum.
supplicio
De Rosciorum
audacia turn me
dicturum pollicitus sum, quum
Enicii crimlna diluissem.
my
letters
for
ten
florins left.
have
to do.
shall
have
Who
we
Roman
shall
people
antequam
redibis,
Quum
until,
In publicum prodibo.
Quum ad fratrem tuum lociitus ero,
turn sciam, quid mihi faciendum
sit.
Before {sooner).
Not
you
I shall go out.
When I shall have spoken to
your brother, I shall know
what
done me
der you
scripsero.
not before.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
524
I shall not do
me
(shall
tell
quam
82.
jiisse-
ris.*
r
Eum
have gone)
(shall
Did you
I
[LESSON
see
thither.
him before he
Vidistine eum,
left ?
Factum
stands
l'lluc
Templum
the
outside
antequam
discessit ?
(est).
of,
The church
l'ero.
est.
city.
Te
city gate.
The
city gate.
To go
out.
(
To come
out.
(
Seldom, rarely.
Porta, ae,
{so. urbis, oppidi).
Exire, egredi (e.g. per portam),
foras Ire.
Exire, egredi, prodire.
Raro, non saepe
perraro (very
;
rarely).
To
<
I will.
He
with
(proceeds)
continues
A keen appetite.
A want of appetite.
To have an
appetite.
Cibum
(
appetite ?
have one.
He had no
appetite at
narrative, tale.
The
The shore
The bank,
On
Is
The same.
The very same.
* Compare
f;
expositio, onis,
Ripa, ae,/.
the sea-shore ?
sitting there no longer.
cibi.
fastidivit.
libenter
[coenare.
/. ; fabella, ae,/*.
Litus, oris, n.
(coast).
by
is
Cibum
Narratio, onis,
shore.
still
fastidire.
Appetisne cibum ?
Esne appetens edundi ?
Appeto. Appetens sum
all.
he
He
Fastidium, i, n.
Cibum appetere.
litus.
Idem
Lesson
ipse, is ipse,
LXXXIX.
A. vn.
eadem
ipsa, &c.
LESSON
82.]
525
Unus et idem.
Idem eadem.
Ejusdem generis.
Ejusdem coloris.
;
dif-
ference).
(Nihil differre.
\ Nihil interesse.
It is all
It
Mea
It
all
is
am
the
same
He
same
interest,
refert.
(Cf.
sum.
thing.
is
nihil
tJno dpere
noctemque
thing.
Such.
Tcdis, e
child.
tiindit.
hujusmodi, ejusmodi.
homo, mulier,
Talis
infans,
homo
hujusmodi, &c.
Here
is
is
there are.
here
( lbi
are.
Hie
est
ibi
sunt
en,
est,
Adsi
en, ecce
Here I am
Here he is.
Here is your letter.
Here they are.
Here is my book.
(istic, illic)
ecce
c<
Eccum*
En
adest.
hie est
ille.
En
on
tibi liber
En hie
me us.
sunt
illi.
For which
reason,
on which ac-
Quocirca, quapropter.
count.
For the
reason, that
because.
Why
do you complain
This
is
the reason
why
com-
Eo, quod
quod.
Quid
Haec
ideo,
est igitur,
est causa,
quod
proptcrea,
cur querarc ?
cur (propter quam)
queror.
plain.
En
Therefore I say
lta
You
so.
Quamobrem
/ have
* Compare pages
37,
Rem.
2,
and 344.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
526
The father has no cause
for
Non
weep-
[LKSSON
quod pater
est,
82.
fleat.
ing.
, r
My
cold.
Venatum
(
read again.
milnus>
esse.
ire.
Rnn j^
it g
rum
leggre<
llursus (rursum),
de integro.
sec-
Mendum,
mistake, error.
um,
m
To
m6dQ
The
alget manibus.
^^
To hunt.
To go a hunting.
To send back.
m
To
mea
j Frfgent
( Alget pedibus.
Tr
His
feet are cold.
.
Sdror
hands are
sister s
i,
iteruni,
denuo,
erratum, peccatum,
viti-
n.
^JQ^ re
'
(m
um.
Full of errors.
Mcndosus,
Free from
To be
errors.
free
from mistakes
vitiosus, a,
Vitiis care re
sine
"vitiis
um.
esse.
or errors.
Exercise
When
154.
will
you
When
go to Italy ?
will
I shall
your brothers go
to
to
is
It is I.
to
ar-
until
rived,
to
in
to
excepit),
to
for
for ?
for
to find
sitting
is
is
if
is.
to find
little
tell
is
in
sitting
shall find
large,
into
shall
in
LESSON
83.]
Exercise
Why do
527
155.
France ?
They wish to learn
English, that is the reason why they live in England.
Why do you
sit near the fire V
My hands and feet are cold, that is the reason
why I sit near the fire.
What do the people live upon that live on
the sea-shore ?
They live upon fish alone.
Why will you not go
a hunting any more V
I hunted yesterday the whole day, and I
killed nothing but an ugly bird, that is the reason why I shall not go
Why do you not eat ? I shall not eat belbre
a hunting any more.
I have a good appetite.
Why does jour brother eat so much ?
lie has a good appetite, that is the reason he eats so much.
If you
have read the books which I lent you, why do you not return them to
me
I intend reading them once more, that is the reason why I
have not yet returned them to you but I shall return them to you as
soon as I have read them a second time.
Why did you not bring me
my clothes V They were not made, therefore I did not bring them
but I bring them to you now; here they are.
You have learnt your
lesson
why has your sister not learnt hers ?
She has taken a walk
your children not
live in
'?
my
mother, that is the reason why she has not. learnt it but she
will learn it to-morrow.
When will you correct my exercises ? I
will correct them when you bring me those of your sister.
Do you
think you have made mistakes in them ?
I do not know.
If you
have made mistakes, you have not studied your lessons well for the
lessons must be learnt well, if you wish to have them free from errors.
It is all the same, if you do not correct them (for) me to-day,
I shall not learn them before to-morrow (ante diem onstinum non
discani)
You must make no mistakes in your exercises, for you
have all you want to write them without any errors.
with
PENSUM OCTOGESIMUM
Lesson LXXXIII.
TERTIUM.
OF THE CONSECUTIO TEMPORUM.
A. The tenses of the indicative mood may be connected
with each other, according to the requirements of the speaker,
and are subject to no limitation. E. g. Ego, qui lieri ludebam,
hodie scribo, eras mane autem, qiium litteras ad te dedero, in
urbem proficiscar. But in dependent clauses, introduced by a
conjunction or a pronoun, the tense of the subjunctive is always
determined by that of the verb in the leading clause. This
order or connection of tenses is called consecutio tempo rum, and
is subject to the following laws
:
LATIN GRAMMAR.
528
[LESSON
83.
Video
egerit.
or quid egeris.
Rdgo
quid
clgas
ut scribas.
Hoc
ideo facio
faciam, fe-
(feci,
cero), ut intelttgas.
Nemo
eaecus est
ita
fue'rit), ut
non
erit,
(fiiit,
he has done.
you (have begged, shall beg,
shall have begged yon) to write.
I do (have done, shall do, shall
have done) this, in order that
I beg
No
intelligat or in-
tellcxerit.
hended.
Nemo
non
Nemo
est
qui
intelligat or intellexerit.
est,
qui noniniellectiirus
sit.
The
Videbam
quid
ageret or egisset.
Rogabam
(rogavi, rogaveram), ut
scriberes.
Hoc
Nemo
intelligeret or intellexisset.
w as seeing
prehended.
Nemo
non
intellecturus
examples
quin,
quominus, &c.
The
The
following
LESSON
83.]
est,
iitrum hdstes
Te
hdrtor, ut oratidnes
didse
meas
stu-
529
carefully.
le'r/as.
I beseech
you
to attend diligently.
ddlis.
Mihi opus
It is
Equidem
est, ut Idvem.
vellem, ut aliquando re-
dires
In eo
lare.
wash.
to
ment! cdperet.
his delecti Delphos delibera-
Ex
Apdllinem.
Stiilti
to
The
eerent.
tam
me
at last.
miles.
Me
necessary for
siimus, qui
Drusum cum
maxime
do
that.
The
senate decreed, that the consul should see that the republic
sustained no injury.
select number of these were sent
to Delphi, for the purpose of
consulting Apollo.
are fools for venturing to compare Drusus with Clodius.
I could not be prevented from de-
We
claring.
mus.
1.
The
tenses,
which
Eemarks.
may thus enter
Similar are,
a) the present, the
peifect definite, the futures, and the periphrastic tenses in sim and
fuerim ; b) the imperfect, the perfect indefinite, the pluperfect, and the
Tenses, of which one beperiphrastic tenses in essem and fuissem.
longs to the first, and the other to the second of these classes, are called
other, are called similar tenses.
dissimilar
as,
When,
(= scripsit)
closed) to
l>it
his
(=
written.
Ad
propinquum suum
II
45
He
scri-
writes to
LATIN GRAMMAR.
530
[LESSON
83.
The
3.
when
it is
its
tense
is
when
victorious.
determined as follows
infinitive,
LESSON
83.]
531
8.
E.
g.
Summa
word of
To find
or
one's
am
Qudmodo te habes ?
Qudmodo vales ?
Ego me admodum bene habeo.
Qudmodo patruelis tuus se habebat?
very well.
was your cousin
How
he (well
ill).
Plow do you do
I
self, to
?
j"
He
well.
I
Is
?
j"
No, he
is
in
bad health.
How
To
stay,
At
Male
se habebat.
Parum
vale bat.
quem).
Nunc, in praesenti.
present, now.
carptum (ali-
To
dis-
carp
at (any one or anything).
censure,
criticise,
quem).
Cavillari
aliquem
or
aliquid
vellicare aliquem.
f Illudo, ere, lusi,
To
laugh
any
deride, ridicule
one.
at,
ALIQUEM, IN ALIQUEM).
Deridere aliquem
aliquem
ludi-
brio habere.
stay long in Vienna ?
No. I stayed there only three
Did you
Immo
tres
tantum
dies
moratus
days.
Where
is
tuus
He
is
staying in
London
at pres-
ent.
How
your uncle
in
New York ?
Quam
vo in Ebonico commorabaris
Commorabar apud eum per
ennium.
Carpebatne aliquem ?
V
bi-
LATIN GRAMMAR.
.32
He
a
I
Nullum carpebat.
Cur non istum aliquantisper
carped at no one.
Why do
this
man
enough.
Are we derided by our accusers
Eum jam
Non
he accustomed
to
make
was
not.
r
earn, get.
procure, get.
illudimur.
Facere non
solebat.
Illuseras id,
quod dixeram.
To gain, win.
To
satis.
gistri ?
To
jocose
He
liisi
Illudimurne ab accusatdribus
are not.
You
ludis
Was
83.
(illudis)?
little ?
We
[LESSON
sum)
ALIQUID.
Mereo, ere, Hi, itum (rem).
Mereor, eri, Itus sum.
Parare, comparare (aliquid).
To
Victum
How
He supports
himself poorly by
working.
They supported themselves by
Victum
sibi
rando.
Victum
sibi
scribendo quaeritave-
runt.
writing.
Meruitne frater
thing ?
He has earned a large
Grandem peciiniam
sum of
tiius aliquid ?
meruit.
money.
He
has
won
Immortalitatem
immortality.
meruit
(meritus
est).
To
To
spill, j) ur out-
stand, to be standing.
Ready.
QUO).
a, um (ad rem,
rem, re).
Parare, praeparare (aliquid).
Se parare (rei, ad rem).
Paratus, promptus,
in
To make ready, to
To prepare one's
prepare.
get
self,
To keep
Quid
the table.
effudit ?
effudit.
Ganges
se in
fiindit.
Eoum oceanum
ef-
LESSON
83.]
He
is
Non
Paraverunt se proelio
for
He
is
et mdrti.
for death.
Is
Parat.
mensam
est.
Paratne se ad dicendum ?
preparing.
battle
533
preparing to
Paratne bellum
alicui ?
command
all
ready to
set
Parasne
Russia.
Are you
out
getting
am
Ego
I
Is
every emergency,
undergo every danger.
To
split,
cleave.
I
To pierce,
transfix.
He is ready.
I am ready for
to
proficisci ?
Findo,
QUEM, REM).
To break any
To
To hang
one.
one's self.
hang, to be suspended.
The
The
The
thief.
robber, highwayman.
patient.
Tolerably well.
rather late.
He is rather severe.
She is rather tall.
It is rather far.
Was my hat hanging
It
animum
alicujus vulne-
rare, percutere.
hang, suspend.
To hang any
To
one's heart.
Pectus or
is
on the
queam.
Pendeo, ere, pependi,
(ab,
ex, IN, DE re).
Fur, gen. fiiris, m.
Praedo, onis, m., latro, onis, m.
Aeger, gen. aegri, m., agrotus, i, m.
Mediocriter, modlce, sic satis.
Sero, serius est.
Severior est.
Grandiiiscula est.
Longiiisculum est.
Pendebatne de clavo pileus meus ?
nail ?
It
was hanging on
it.
The
thief has
Qui's
arbore)
tree.
No
the
been hanged.
felici
45 *
Nemo.
Fur est patibulo
LATIN GRAMMAR.
534
I
hang
You
my
are
man's
this
84.
breaking
[LESSON
heart.
The
Corbis,
basket.
is,
f.
&
m.
dim. corbula,
ae,/.
Exercise
Ho
156.
only so so.
How is your patient ?
He is a little better to-day than yesterday. Is it long since you
How were they
saw your brothers ?
I saw them two days ago.
How art thou V I am tolerably well.
They were very well.
How long has your brother been learning German ? He has been
Does he already speak it ?
learning it only three months.
He
already speaks, reads, and writes it better than your cousin, who has
been learning it these five years.
Is it long since you heard of my
uncle ?
It is hardly three months since I heard of him.
Where
He was staying at Berlin, but now he is in
was he staying then ?
London.
Do you like to speak to my uncle ? I do like very much
to speak to him, but I do not like him to laugh at me.
Why does
He laughs at me, because I speak badly.
Why
he laugh at you ?
He has none, because he criticises
has your brother no friends ?
everybody.
What do you get your livelihood by ?
I get my livelihood by working.
Does your friend get his livelihood by writing ?
Do these gentlemen get
He gets it by speaking and writing.
their livelihood by working ?
They do not get it by doing anything, for they are too idle to work.
Do you see what he has done ?
Did he know that you had arrived ?
He did not
I do see it.
know it.
Have I advised you to write ?
You have not asked
No one is
me.
Is any one so blind, as not to understand that ?
Did he exhort us to read his book ?
He did exhort us
so blind.
to read it diligently.
Was he on the point of (in eo, at) escaping ?
He could not be prevented from escaping (euadere).
He was not.
Nothing could prevent him from escaping.
How
is
your father
Lesson
'?
is
I.
to denote that
some-
LESSON
84.]
535
thing really takes place, has taken place, or will take place
E.
hereafter.
Nihil
2f.
Nothing
amabilius virtute.
est
is
virtue.
Omnia mutdntur ;
Everything changes;
nihil interit.
nothing
is
to
lost.
Ut
voles
as
me
esse, ita
I shall be
e'ro.
be.
Shall
we
pronuntidvit,
ished ?
iEcce bibit arcus
pluet, credo,
hd-
up the water),
die.
Quam non
est facilis
Ut saepe siimma
virtus
ingenia in oc-
culta latent
II.
In direct questions,
E. g.
i.
e.
in those
diate answer.
tJnde dejectus
Meus.
est
Whose book
Who
non mdrtuum
Nemo.
Quis Aristidem
diligit f
Mine.
am
Paniphi-
lus.
From what
Out of the
Who does not love
dead No one.
pelled
lirbe.
is this ?
are you ?
city.
Aristides,
though
Remark.
In indirect questions, on the other hand, the verb is in
E. g. Die mi hi, cujus hie liber sit, Tell me whose
the subjunctive.
book this is. Nescio, quis homo sis, I do not know who you are. (Cf.
Lesson
LXXXVII.
D.)
low,
et edeta, decidunt.
me
restitu-
If
it falls
any one
is
of
its
Own
accord.
nevertheless
is
pleasant one,
agreeable to me.
How can I consider myself restored,
if I am distracted by those through
whom I was restored ?
LATIN GRAMMAR.
536
[LESSON
84.
Remark.
real,
by
si
and
nisi is
not a
in the subjunctive,
is
on
LXXXYI.)
B.
tions in
I.
and the
ability,
permission,
the present indicative is commonlyput instead of the imperfect subjunctive, and the imperfect, the
perfect indefinite, and the pluperfect indicative instead of the
duty, necessity,
like,
pluperfect subjunctive.
Such verbs are p> ossum licet, debeo, decet, oportet, necesse est ; Iongum, aequum, par, consentaneum, satis, satius, melius, optimum est, erat,
fuit,fuerat, and the like. So also the participle in dus with sum, eram,
&c. In all these cases the present is rendered by the English might,
could, would,, or sliould, and the past tenses by might, could, icould, or
->
E. g.
should have.
I could
&c.
quam
num
occupare
how easy
obtain the
tire
omnino,
Liberos tuos
quam
se-
decidt.
institiiere
atque eru-
it
icould have
command
been
to
of the en-
world
You
Non
Murena
dire debuisti.
faeere debebas.
Hoc
You
Ldnge
road.
Asiae
Murenae
nomen
fait,
objiciendum
ex qua laus
lmliae constituta
est.
fa-
ought not
taunted with the
from which the
family is derived.
to
have been
name
of Asia,
glory of his
LESSON
84.]
537
Remarks.
In condititional sentences the historians sometimes likewise employ one of the past tenses of the indicative, instead of the more usual
pluperfect subjunctive, to denote that something would have taken place
under certain conditions. E. g. Jam James quam pestilentia tristior
erat (= fuisset), ni annonae foret subvention, The famine would have
been a sadder calamity than the pestilence, unless additional supplies
had been procured. Temere fecerat (= fecisset) Nerva, si adoplasset
alium, Nerva would have acted inconsiderately, if he had adopted
1.
another.
2. In like manner, the imperfect indicative sometimes (though less
frequently) stands instead of the imperfect subjunctive, when the verb
of the conditional clause is of the same tense.
E. g. IStultum erat
(= esset) monere, nisi fieret, It would be folly to admonish, unless
your advice were heeded. Omnlno supervacua erat
esset) doclrlna, si natura sufficeret.
(=
II.
e.
i.
in those introduced
by quisquis, quotquot, quicwique, quantiiscunque, quantuluscunque, utut, utcunque, and other compounds of cunquc, the verb
is more commonly in the indicative than in the subjunctive.
E.g.
Whatever that may be.
Quidquid id est.
Quoquo mddo res se lidbct; or However that may be.
Utcunque se luibet res.
Quicwique is est.
Quidquid liabuit, quantumciinque
fuif, illud totum habuit ex (lisciplina.
dona
Whoever he may
be.
your destiny
Whatever
Greeks,
ferentes.
that
presents.
melia.
It
is
men
suits.
lidbet,
tua est
However
may
that
is
yours.
culpa.
Remark.
The words above enumerated are sometimes also followed by the subjunctive, especially among the later Roman authors.
E. g. Quibuscunque verbis uti velis, Whatever words you may wish to
employ. In quacunque parte sit tiiubatum, In whatever part there
may have been a failure.
III.
sive,
the verb
is
gener-
periude
est.
Idqueris,
mihi
Whether you
to
me.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
538
verum
S'tve
celeriter,
retractdbis,
sive
84.
falsum, mihi
est, sive
[LESSON
sive properabis.
it
or accelerate
it.
Instances
Remark.
To
To
doubt, to be uncertain.
question
doubt,
thing.
I doubt whether.
I doubt,
whether ....
or.
do not
esse.
subj.).
Xon
that).
Do you
doubt that
"(
do not doubt
it.
It
is
doubt
Vo iSsne re'm
Non dubito.
Rem
in
dubium
potest.
Quid dubitas I
In dubium vdco
id,
quod
llle mihi.
narravit.
Dubito,
num
advenerit.
left?
in
Dubinin non
not to be doubted.
What do you
Dubitasne hoc
sit ?
do not doubt but that he will ( Xon dubito, quin venturus sit.
come.
\ Xon diibito, eum venturum esse.
Xon dubitat, quin non venturus sit.
lie is sure that he will not come.
AYho doubts that man is mortal ? Quis dubitat, hdminem mortalem
esse?
Xo
Xemo rem
It
Dubium
/ am
inclined
to,
vituperandi
sint.
perhaps,
an,
him the
Dubito an hiinc
probably.
I
am
first
inclined to give
place.
It is
To agree or consent
consiilti
to
nescio
primum omnium
ponam.
Yir sapientissimus atque haiid scio
an omnium praestantissimus.
Haud
perhaps enough.
thing.
in
est,
scio (nescio')
Consentio,
an
ire, sensi,
satis sit.
sensum.
aliquo DE
LESSON
To
We
84.]
Discrepare, dissentire.
5 Cdnvenit inter nos.
disagree, differ.
agree.
Peace
has
539
been
agreed
Nos convenimus.
Piix cdnvenit.
upon.
Fateor,
To
admit, confess.
To
concede, grant.
To
agree, or to compose a
difference.
De
safety
De
?
(
did agree.
We
of the republic.
Did you agree in praising him
of
Homer
in
illo
laudando consensistis ?
Non
consensimus.
\ 1 mmo vero dissensimus.
(
is
not agreed
upon.
Do you
Yds
(egi,
upon
were agreed upon the
transigere
thing).
controversiis
actum).
Cum
What
sum.
(aliquid alicui).
Concedo, ere, cessi, cessum (alicui aliquid).
Componere. In gratiam redire.
We
eri, fessus
Confiteri
consent to
my
doing
that ?
do consent.
Do you confess (admit) that to
be a fault
I admit it.
Do you confess your error ?
I do confess it.
How much did you pay for that
I
hat ?
I paid three dollars for
At Avhat price did he
horse ?
He
bought
it
for*
Kon
dissentio.
Fateor.
Confiterisne tiium errorem
Confiteor.
Quantam peciiniam
isto
pro pileo
solvisti ?
buy the
Tres thaleros.
Quanti emit llle equum
hundred
thaleris.
it.
five
dollars.
their differ-
ence ?
They have composed it.
They have become reconciled.
He has become reconciled to me.
is
Transegeriintne de controversiis
Composuerunt et transegerunt.
In gratiam inter se redierunt.
In ;ratiam mecum rediit.
LXXI. A.
LATIN GRAMMAS.
.40
[lkssox
To vrar
(clothes^
a ring, "c).
To wear
To wear
or
black
Cinctum
He
He
anulum, &c).
m.
><
ss<
$u
&
white
candidam ?
C&ndidam gerebat
clothes ?
lie wore white ones.
he boots or shoes on ?
IIa<l
Tnduium
gestttm.
-.<!.
-
Amictum
a coat, a cloak.
a sword.
Did he wear
Gesi
si
gem on
his
finger.
77<e custom, habit
Against
my
Consuetudo,
m.
custom.
my custom.
It is
against
It is
customary.
Contra
Non
(
rods, gen.
mora,
consuetudfnem.
Est moria
(m
...
.).
ali-
quid).
I
customary.
is
meam
f.
Aids est
As
inis,
nioris
est
(consuetiidinis), ut
tflet
According
To
jii
Do you
I
I
1
to custom.
observe,
ret "'
no
take
perceive that
notice
cernere, animadvertere,
servare, perspicert
'
do perceii e it.
Hd \ Dii take notice of that
did not observe it.
>id you notice what he did
d'nl
17'/. /*.
soiTu thing.
^picfene
<
.'i.
rpect, ho
Exspect8re,*perare(AUQUif>,Ai
Do you
expect to receive a
from your uncle ?
let-
it.
To procure, get
To acquire (procure).
Can you L ct me some money ?
r
to
necessaries of life
He has been able.
procure the
lie
and
influence.
).
do expect it.
Did Ave expect it V
YVe did not expect
I
Aniniadw'-iti.
it.
cannot do it.
lias he been able
b<
perspicio.
cum 1m
ter
<>h-
(aliquld).
accipii
Exspecto (spero).
Niim nda exspect&vimtu ?
Non exspectavimus (mfnime aperavimus).
Parti r>-. comparare (sibi, alicui
ajliquid).
Acquiro, ere, Hvi, sUttm (axiquid).
Qsum pertineat
Pdtuit
K,Lr o. quod edam, comparare nequeo.
Divitias. honores, auctoritatcniquc
acquisivit.
LESSON
POEM OF SENTENCES.
85.]
Exercise
541
157.
Lesson
it,
In respect to their form, sentences are cither absolute or con(Cf. Lessons LXXXIY,
A.
and
LXXXYI.)
4C
LATIN GRAMMAR.
542
[LESSON
85.
I.
positive or affirmative proposition asserts the existence
of a state in a given subject as present, past, or future by means
Its force may be augmented by an
of a finite verb only.
adverb.
Nae
1s
Ego
Ego
me
vero ciipio, te ad
venire.
Hie de
licet.
apud
Demosthenes
videlicet didieerat,
tum
alios
ldqui
non
miil-
ipse seeum.
ipsi
Nempe
dii
eos,
piiblieae.
metriaque perfecto.
II.
A negative
in the subject,
and
They
mine to be perpetual.
earth is doubtless a part of the
universe.
Is it he himself or not ?
It is he,
certainly it is, it is the very man.
I desire to know that at all events.
I certainly wish you to come to me.
Did I forsooth desire to use the advice or help of a beast like this ?
He is manifestly mistaken about
our language.
Demosthenes had learnt to speak
with others, I suppose, not much
by personal effort privately.
The gods have certainly not grantlenity of
The
Whom
Nives in
alto
Snow
does not
fall
on the main
sea.
ar
ne mdriar,
non
manu
male mdripotestis.
my
tta siim
quam.
afflictus,
ut
nemo un-
am
dying.
so distressed as
was
before.
no one ever
LESSON
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES.
85.]
Non unquam
Never
divmo unquam
Epicurus
fiiit.
liiyat, lillum
esse
tem-
pus,
sit.
54;
in fu-
III.
first
Such are non nemo, some one non nihil, something non nunquam,
non nisi, not except, i. e. only non icjnoro, I know very
well; non possum non loqui, I cannot but speak.
So also nemo noli,
every one nihil non, everything nullus non, each, every nunquam
non, always nusquam non, everywhere.
E. g.
;
sometimes
nemo etiam
in
1II0
piiblicae, in ipsa,
ria
non nemo
fo'ro
non
The enemy
non
non aliquando
videtur, qui
in
an enemy e veil
in the sanctuary of the republic
;
in the senate-house itself, I say,
inquam, cu-
hdstis est.
is
forum; there
sacrario rei
is
there is an enemy.
does not seem to me to be a
free man, who is not sometimes
He
nihil agit.
Non sum
ne'scius,
quanto pericu-
lo
ilni
parere voluerunt.
It
am
individual.
Qui mortem
in malis ponit,
non
He who
alone.
Alexandra
nullius
seciinda fortiina
piignae non
fiiit.
non possum.
Nusquam esse non pdssunt.
Diiitius nesclre
that Alci-
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES.
B.
sentence becomes interrogative, when the speaker asks another person for information, for instruction, or assent to his opinion.
A sentence of this kind is complete only in connection with the answer.
LATINT GRAMMAR.
544
[lesson
s;
If the inquiry
I.
word
is
Appium censorem
Sets
hie
omen-
ta faeere ?
sor, is
suum
Do you know
Non.
fodit ?
Non
you
father,
when
Such are
quot,
quis,
how many
what kind of? qnoties, how many times V quam, ut, how? quondo,
when ? ubi, where ? quo, whither ? qua, which way ? wide, whence ?
To these add cur, why ? qucire, wherefore ? qui, or quomodo, how ?
quni, quidni, why not? &c.
E. g.
Quia homo est ?
Ego sum Piim- Who is the man
T
Pam-
philus.
Qui
philus.
status,
fiierit
ilia,
in re publico, tempestas
quis nescit ?
Ecquis
hoc rccludit
door
Qualis est istorum onitio
What
Unde
iste
amor
tarn improvisus
ac tarn repentinus ?
Cur Africa num domestic! parietes
Deus
non texerunt
falli
qui potest ?
Quidni pdssim
state
is
Why
LESSON
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES.
85.]
545
To nonne and annon the expected answer is always " yes " to num
and an, commonly " no." The enclitic ne is always subjoined to the
emphatic word. When this word is the verb of the sentence, the
answer may be "yes" or "no"; when another word, it is commonly
"no.''
E.g.
Pergisne earn artem illiidere, in Do you persist in deriding the very
art in which you yourself excel ?
qua excellis ipse ?
Where or what is the nature of
"Ubi ant qualis sit tiia mens?
your mind ? Can you tell ?
Potesne chcere ?
Quam rem agis ? Egone ? Ar- What are you driving at ? I ?
I am coining silver, to give to you.
gentum ciido, quod ti'bi dem.
Is it not true, that you are to be
Satisne est, nobis vos timendos
feared by us ?
esse ?
Itdne
Do you really say so ?
Men' rdgas
AirC tu ?
Do you
;
Quid nunc
Qua
negfire aiides ?
diias habetis patrias ?
sentitis, in qiuinto
con-
te'mtu vivatis ?
Quid
vi-
An
malum
est
l'ritus
Piimphilus ?
IV. Questions, to
be answered,
dis-
honor ?
Pamphilus is not in the house, is he
Did I not say that this would be so
Is not fear of every kind servitude
which a mere
may
mind ?
any greater evil than
agitation of the
Is there
tur-
pitiidine ?
Anne
Deity himself?
disti ?
An
so V
Ecquid *
it
Numquid
Is
tion or for
Nonne animadvertis
Num
Num
consilio
ptas,
me ?
What now
ask
(sc. est) ?
is
?
?
?
expected,
By
ifestne
potestate ?
21
Is the
itself ?
Est.
ecqtiid the
46*
answer
is
It
is.
generally
"no";
after ecquid,
LATIN GRAMMAR.
546
Dasne hoc nobis
Tune negas
Virtiites
Do sane.
Do vou concede
Nego
Meas
Solus
he'rcle ve'ro.
'?
ro.
n;
Tims.
Abiit Clitipho.
Sn-
lus.
2Sun irata
Aon sum
es
irala.
Non est.
Estne frater intus ?
2son existiinas. eadere in sapienProrsus
tem aegritiidinem ?
nun drbitror.
Haeceme
tiia
ddmus
est ?
[lf.SSOX
deny
Mine Yours.
I report
Alone?
Clitipho
has
Alone.
Are you not angry am not
angry.
He
your brother
Do you deny
Veram.
sermdni reliouo denius
Seine quidperam sedentes?
dem.
Cur non introeo in ndstrani dd^uid doinun vemum ?
It a enim
strarn ?
Die mihi. eiijum peeus ? an MoeNon, veruni Aegdliboei ?
Facies
nis.
2son
virtues.
left.
opus
est ?
Non
An
non
tu hoc
me
credis V
he'rcle
in
Is
You do
'mi-
An
not.
is
Is this
your house
It
is.
you do it ?
Yes.
your wi>h that we attend to
Shall
Is
it
What,
Why
of
Mcelibceus
It is not
2so,
but
of
Xo, by my
By
believe
necessary?
troth, no.
ve'ro.
iEgon.
ve'ro.
I verily
it ?
it.'
inquam.
Yisne
do.
ble.
Ita,
us?
to
this
So.
Or do you
not
this ?
no means.
Do you think the Gauls remain
here humble and submissive ?
Far from it.
Remarks.
Becte and optime are either "yes" or "no." according to the
Scilicet, -doubtless." "to be sure," affirms
nature of the question.
ironically.
E. g. Satin salve ? die mihi.
Recte. Are you very well ?
tell me.
Quid estt
NUiU, recte perge. What is it?
I am.
Nothing.
Thucgdidem, inquit, imilamur.
Optime. "We imitate Thucydides, he says.
Very well. Ego tihi irascerert tibi ego possem
irasci 1
Scilicet ! I angry -with you ?
Could I be angry with you ?
1.
Forsooth
raises
LESSON
Immo
DISJUNCTIVE QUESTIONS.
85.]
547
orare, ut veniat.
Ad
te ?
Imo
Die, me
to Phi-
lumena).
3. If the answer is given with a noun, adjective, or pronoun, its
case must be the one required by the verb of the question.
E. g.
Caesaris.
Cujus liber est ?
Mene vis ?
Te.
Quanti emisti ?
Parvo.
DISJUNCTIVE QUESTIONS.
C.
I. An interrogative sentence may be composed of two
more members, in such a manner that one excludes the other.
Such questions are called disjunctive or double, and are of two
or
kinds, viz.
II.
The
as follows
particles
:
employed
The use of these particles gives rise to five different formulas for
They are as follows
disjunctive questions.
:
utrum,
num,
no
utrumne
numquid
an,
an,
an,
an,
ne,
anne,
annon.
annon.
annon.
necne.
annon.
Examples.
Num
Has he
Dicam
Is
he
not?
it
whom
am
looking
for,
or
LATIN GRAMMAR.
548
Utrum
has
igitur
Pythagorae
corporis,
an
o-dnii dari ?
ras
pcrspicuis??e dii-
Eomamne
an Arpimun
things elucidated by
those that are clear, or are the
clear corrected by the doubtful?
Have you two countries, or is that
Are doubtful
himself mistaken, or
does he wish others to be so ?
Aristotle
Do you
r.ot
or flee to
fiigio ?
65.
Ulrum tandem
[LESSOS
Arpinum
Remarks.
the very outset that a second question is to
follow.
In flu-ret double questions beginning with num, the first member is expected to be denied, and the second affirmed. (Cf. Lesson
In double questions otherwise introduced, either
B. in.)
member may be affirmed or denied.
Utrum indicates
1.
at
LXXXV.
ne of the second member is almost entirely confined to indi. g. Sine sciam. capfiva materne in castris tuis sun, I
wish to know whether I am a captive or your mother in your camp.
Albus a/erne fueris, ignorat, lie knows not whether you were white
or black.
On the use of these particles in indirect disjunctive questions generally, see Lesson LXXXYII. J>.
The
2.
rect questions.
tu
mild servus
virion
es ?
Volupias
melioremne
cjjicit
aut laudabtliorem
f.
LESSON
85.]
The
lad}'
549
Materfamilias, /.
ae,/.
Mater, tris,/
Filia, nata, ae,/.
Puella, ae,/.
tress.
The mother.
The daughter.
The girl.
The door.
The bottle.
The phial.
The fork.
The spoon.
The plate.
domina,
hera,
is, ??.
scus,
The cup.
The saucer.
The towel.
The napkin.
The soup.
The butter.
The dessert.
i,
Butyrum,
Mensa
To
wipe.
To speak through
The nose.
di-
ae,/
Scutella,
To
To
i,
i,
n.
n.
i,
secuiida
(ae,
/)
bellaria,
orum, 7i.
Meiisam secundam apponere.
Jusculum sorbere (-biii).
Tergeo, ere, tersi, tersuin.
Extergere (aliquam rem).
I)e naiibus loqui.
the nose.
Nasus,
i,
m.
nares,
ium,/
pi. {nos-
m.
serica,
orum,
trils).
Bombyx,
The silk.
Made of silk.
The
The
silk stuff.
silk stocking, cravat,
ycis,
&c.
num.
My
good linen.
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
room
shirts.
Diaeta,
(parlor).
ae,/
Cubiculum, i, n.
Conclave, is, n.
Conclave vestiarium.
sleeping-room.
eloset,
chamber.
wardrobe.
dining-room.
Coenaciilum, triclinium,
Cubiculum anticum.
Cubiculum posticum.
front-room.
back-room.
Museum,
study.
To
live in,
To
occupy.
(
I
i,
n.
i,
n.
bibliotheca,
ae,/
tenere.
The sister.
The young lady
The tongue.
The lammase.
(virgin).
n.
Soror, oris,/
Virgo, inis,/
Lingua, ae,/
Lingua, ae,/; sermo,
onis,
m.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
5 >0
The
street.
The
city,
[LESSON
S3.
platea,
Via, via publica (ae, f.)
ae,/. (wide street).
Urbs, gen. urbis,/ ; oppidum, i, n. ;
;
town.
The hand.
The right hand.
The left hand.
The nut.
The
and
father
Manus, us,/.
Dextra, ae, /.
Sinistra, laeva,
Nux,
his son or
his
or
ae,/
gen. nucis,/
Pater et ejus
filius vel
fi'lia.
daughter.
The mother
The
ejus
fi'lio
seu
fi'lia
(nata).
and
child
cum
Mater
daughter.
its
brother or
its
sister.
To
To
To
manum
In
sumere.
Spero,
Exercise
me amutum
iri.
iri.
158.
my
surprised at
what
Has
Who
my
your
sister
my
She
Who
gold ribbon?
has
it
has
Why
LESSON
86.]
551
Lesson
By the
subjunctive
The
and
is
pendent
clause.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE
IN
HYPOTHETICAL PROPOSITIONS.
fact
or reality does
LATIN GRAMMAR.
Oo2
[lrsson
sg.
If
m us,
tum egeremus.
liberation.
Non
possem vivere,
nisi In h'tteris
viverem.
live,
unless
lived in
letters.
Si Neptunus,
mi'serat,
filio
could not
If
sel.
Aiirum
set, nisi
e*adem docuisst
i.
quem-
per-
veniretur.
!Nec tu, si Atheniensis esses, clarus unquamfuisst s.
Id, nisi hie in tiio
non
regno essemus,
tulissem.
didicisset, eerte
non
diceret.
])i\ ine
man,
if
you had
been an Athenian.
would not have submitted to
that, unless we were here in your
kingdom.
If the son had returned, would not
his father give him leave ?
We
If he
are,
twice two
this.
Remarks.
The
protasis
(=
LXXXIV.
LESSON
86.]
this
(=
Jamque
(=
received Antony.
This usage
is
The
present and perfect subjunctive in the protasis indiany rate may, correspond
with the supposition made.
The apodosis to such a clause then
contains, either one of the same tenses of the subjunctive, or a
tense of the indicative mood.
E. .
II.
Meindria minuitur,
tiiara.
you exercise
it,
or if
you by
own.
Dies deficiat, si velim numerare,
quibus bonis male evenerit.
*S7
injuriae
non
sint,
baud saepe
auxilii ('yeas.
murdrum Sp&rtae
to
minis.
Sua impnidens,
quam hdmini
si
plus postidem,
would be imprudent,
a rerum natiira
ceded to
tii'bui potest.
man
things.
laudarc
Thucydidis oratidnes ego
...
.,
>
possim.
Si scieris aspidem occiilte latere
lispiam, improbe feceris, nisi
monueris alterum, ne assideat.
am
Nemo
apud
alios sit.
St a corona relictus
que'am dicere.
sim,
non
down
there.
47
sit
LATIN GRAMMAR.
554
[LESSON
86.
Remarks.
From
the above examples it will be perceived, that in conditional clauses the present and perfect subjunctive may generally be
rendered by the corresponding tenses of the indicative, from which
Sometimes, however, it is better to translate
they differ but little.
them by the imperfect or pluperfect subjunctive. In Latin, however,
the distinctions, already laid down, respecting the different tenses of
the subjunctive, are never disregarded, and the present tenses (i. e.
the present and perfect) always imply the reality or possibility of the
fact supposed, while the past tenses (i. e. the imperfect and pluperfect)
E. g. Haec si tecum patria lorepresent it as wanting or impossible.
quatur, nonne impetrare debeat ? If your country should thus talk to
you (an event which the speaker considers possible), ought it not to
But, Si universa provincia loqui
obtain what it requires of you ?
posset, liac voce uteretur, If the entire province could speak (an event
which the srjeaker deems impossible), it would use this language towards you. And so in every instance of the kind.
1.
When
as a correction of
indicative.
E. g.
If
If
But
But
If
If
If
If
If
Si
(conj.).
non.
si
si
vero.
si aliter.
Si (nisi) forte.
Si quis (or aliquis).
Si quid (aliquid).
Si quando (aliquando).
mM et
e niai f.
(Si pecumam
haberem.
had money.
J
Si eum viderem.
Nisi ego essem.
Si hoc (or hoc si) faceret (faciat).
money.
he at any time to beat
si
minus,
Si quidem.
Si non,
if not.
Tf I saw him.
If I were not.
If he should do this.
Were
if.
indeed.
(unless) perchance.
any one.
anything.
at any time.
If I
Nisi, ni
not, unless.
Si
pecuniam siiam
forte perdat
(percleret).
his
dog.
Si aeger
est,
LESSON
86.]
(=
must
hungry, something
given him to eat.
I should do it.
Litteras
Had
money enough
Nos eo iremus.
Eo
ivissent.
had money.
hoc,
pay
Had
for
would
si
emerem
hoc.
sdlve-
sufl'iceret,
it.
darem.
it.
thither,
Si eo irem
I should see
him.
If I should give this to him, he
would keep
mihi
Si peciinia
some of
went
If I
>
ageres
set
Si mihi esset peciinia,
aliquid
Fecisset.
Emerem
if I
est ei
ad manducanduin.
Facerem.
buy this,
dandum
Si esuriat,
be
He
I would
00O
(earn),
eum viderem
(videam).
Hoc,
si
ei
darem, teneret.
it.
f stud,
si
e'i
resti-
tiieret.
aliquantulo
Si
fratrem
meum
matiirius venisses,
convenisses.
er.
llle
Si
tibi in-
si
ac-
ego discerem ?
Discerem, si tu disceres.
Didicissesne Ansli^e,
sem
si
c;io didicis-
Didicissem,
si
tu didicisses.
factum tiium,
Ego,
pair of shoes.
learn Latin, if I
learnt it?
I would learn it, if you learnt it.
Would you have learnt English,
if I had learnt it ?
I would have learnt it, if you
had learnt it.
Would you go to Germany, if I
if I
sciret
ret.
Would you
si
creparet.
Facerem
sane,
si
tu
mecum
&i
profi-
ciscereris.
to Italy,
,
Vero, fecissem.
si
ego
LATIN GRAMMAR.
556
Would you
went out ?
should remain
The
The
home,
at
ego
lit-
si
teras scripsissem ?
si
tu h'tteras
scripsisses.
if I
in publi-
*Perspicillum, i, n.
Senex, gen. senis, m.
Optice, es,/!
Optices gnarus.
man.
old
86.
Scriberesne schedulani,
home.
at
[LESSON
Optics.
The optician.
The son-in-law.
The daughter-in-law.
The step.
To make a step.
The progress.
Gener, eri, m.
Nurus, iis,/
Gradus, us, m.
Gradum
passus, us, m.
facere.
Progressus, us, m.
progessio, onis,
To make progress
Procedure.
Progredi.
Proficisre.
Progressus facere.
(in aliqua
(in anything).
RE.)
To
progress in virtue.
Multum proficere
Parum proficere.
To make
To make
great progress.
but little progress.
Does he make progress in learning Latin ?
Really.
Once, at some future time.
I should like to know.
Would you have the goodness ?
Proficitne
scenda
Vere
so
good
He
He
To
might
me
the favor
about
any-
thing.
To keep
one's bed.
(
re vera, re.
esse
.
(af/<;.).
ea
benignitate
tarn
bem'crnus
v
?
Cadat (caderet).
Fieri potest, ut cadat.
pdssit.
Exercise
0?
Facere hoc
it.
any one
edi-
ask
Velisne
'?
fall.
might do
(adv.~)
Scire velim.
Velisne
esse
(ut
A Vould you do
lingua Latina
Aliquando, olim
(tat
Would you be
in
159.
if
Lesson
THE SUBJUNCTIVE
IN
INDEPENDENT PROPOSITIONS.
You may
Quis dubXlet
Who
47*
perhaps inquire.
can doubt V
LATIN GRAMMAR.
558
Velim (nolim, malbii)
sic existi-
I wish
to,
nies.
so.
No
conceded.
Fdrsitan temere fecerim.
istud
87.
think
Nemo
[lesson
ti'bi
Fdveas tu
lidsti ?
bonorum
spe'm
virtutemque debilltes ? et te
consularem, aut senatoreni,
aut denique civem pules ?
Can you
favor the
enemy?
Can
man of consular
a senator, or even a
sider yourself a
rank,
or
citizen ?
At non
liistiuin ve'rear.
am
I afraid to
to Thucydides.
Hoc
I can assert
most
this
that
itation,
difficult
oppose Sallust
of
all things.
Remarks.
The use
LESSON
87.]
559
mentes
is
often added.
impias
May
the gods
it
defend us against
impious minds
Farewell to my
fellow-citizens,
May
they be safe,
they be prosperous, may
they be happy
Let this noble city remain unfarewell
may
beati
haec
Ste'l
xirbs praeclara,
mihi-
shaken, and
land
my
dearest father-
Ne
Treviros
I think you
salvus
ac
sim*
aliter
si
scribo,
se'ntio.
mentem,
scribas velim.
ling
vites,
audio ca-
censeo
pitales esse.
Fdcias.
viri
Rclinquas.
Ad
nos ve-
in as.
Desinant.
ne feet
Nihil ignoveris.
tuae feceris.
JZmas, non quod opus est, sed
quod necesse est.
Immitemus ndstros Briitos, Cii/
millos, Decios
amemus patriam, pareamus senatui, consulamus bdnis.f
Meminerlmus etiam adversus m;
fimos
justitiam
esse
servan-
dara.
Ne
against us.
Do so. Relinquish.
Come
to see
us.
Aiidiat, videat.
Hoc
conveyance.
should avoid the TreI hear that they are mortal
desperemus
receddmus.
a legibus non
Do
Do
Remarks.
1.
The
is
especially frequent
say, let him do,
him
* So
|
is so).
LATIN GRAMMAR.
5G0
[LESSON
S7.
2. In prescriptions which relate to the past, the imperfect and pluE.g. Pater ejus fortasse aliquanperfect subjunctive are employed.
do iniquior erat', pateretur, His father was perhaps at times unjust;
he was obliged to bear it. Forsi/an non nemo vir fortis dixrrit. restibrave man may say, perhaps, you ought to have resisted.
tisses,
The
C.
subjunctive
g.
Non
is
E.
is
of the contrary.
The subjunctive
could, &c.
of this connection
Quo cam?
Qaidfdclamt
Quo
Qxridfdcerem
Quid fdciamf
rdge r,
"What can
anne ro'gem?
Quern te appe'llem ?
Qaidfdceret aliud ?
Cur forturiam periclitaretur ?
Nam, quern ferret, si parentem
non ferret siium ?
Cum
tempestate
lose pdtius,
rem
et
pugnem
quam
pdrtam
illi
perieuoblempc-
Apud exercitum
do?
so V
"What could I do
go ?
xreni ?
tot
"What shall
be asked
What
What
shall,
is
do
AVhere can I
AVhere could
Shall I ask or
shall I call
you?
could he do?
"Why should he try his fortune ?
"Who could he bear, if he could
not bear his own parent ?
Shall I fight with the storm at my
own peril, rather than yield to
and obey it ?
You have been with the army, said
he, for so many years ?
You
have not come in contact with
else
Remark.
In
the opposite.
E.
g. Quis possil,
D.
quoted,
When
its
LESSON
87.]
is
561
generally dependent
LXXXV.
Examples.
The question
videndum.
Qudlis
sit
sit
diesfe'rat,
quaenam cau-
sa sit.
!N6n, quantum quisque possit, sed
quanti quisque sit, ponderan-
dum est.
Non est, cur
eorum
spes
infrin-
gdtur.
Yidcamus
piimum, deoruimze
providentia miindus regdtur.
ndndum
statiierat,
Eiimenem, nee
ne.
senatus, captivos
hdstibus rtdimat, an non.
ab
conservdret
Deliberat
Ipse qui
id
Quod
utrum
sit,
an non
sit,
nescit.
nescire
nius,
an
sit,
qudque
is,
first
malum
utrumne
The mind
what is to be done.
what death itself
see
itself is
mind is.
Learn what
vivere.
Antigonus
must
is.
nescit.
Disce, quid
We
est,
divitiis
agite-
homines,
it is
ignorant of what
to live.
uncertain
We
virtue.
* The
;
particle
num
in direct questions.
in indirect questions
2 J
LATIN GRAMMAR.
562
[LESSON
87.
Eemarks.
"When the question
regarded as direct, the indicative is sometimes used, especially after imperatives like die, vide.
E. g. Die,
quacso, num te ilia terrent? Pray tell me, whether those things
frighten you ?
Quaerdmus, ubi maleficium est (for sit), Let us inquire where the mischief is.
But instances like these are compara1.
is
tively rare.
2. The expressions nescio quis, nescio quid, in the sense of aliquis
or quidam, aliquid or quiddam, are not linked to any particular mood
of the verb. E. g. Nescio quid
paululum) turbatus esse mihi
vidtris, You seem to me to be somewhat agitated.
Animum
To propose.
I have
made up my mind
to
do
this.
He proposes
Animum
to write.
inducit
scribere
or
ut
scribat.
To
endeavor,
strive.
(.111
with
ut
To make
great
To make
a fruitless
effort.
effort.
nlti.
I wish
do
Operam des
to
this.
Id ut perficiam, enitar
dam.
Da operam, ut valeas.
it.
health.
(
I endeavor to succeed in
To
aspire
after
it.
(any-
thing).
To
money.
Rem
et conten-
eo perdiicere labdro.
rem prdspere agam, con-
< Ego, ut
tendo.
(
( Niti, annlti,
I
Petere honorcs,
divitias,
volupta-
tem.
Ad
aspirare.
The honor.
Places of honor.
For the sake of honor (honorary).
Honor, oris, m.
Honores, munera honorifica.
Honoris causa.
The
Divitiae, arum,/.
riches.
LESSON
S7-]
The
563
title.
inis, n.;
dignitas, atis,/.
The reputation.
To be for (redound
one's
Existimatio, onis,/
Honori
to)
dignitas.
esse alicui.
honor or reputation.
~
To
inj\
mre
any
J
one.
{
I
one.
0C
c ^*0
^
Damnum
ahem.
ere (
alicui.
infcrre
into the
sea.
To
pit,
misery.
To
To
Ligare
bind.
tie,
tie
handkerchief a-
Sudarium
ligare
circum collum.
To
tie
Equum
ad arborem
or
'Alligare
To
oblige
To
oblige
alligare.
(sibi
obligare
ali-
quem).
Obstringo, ere, nxi, ctum.
Devincio, ire, vinxi, vinctum.
(sibi aliquem aliqua re.)
Obligare or
obstringere
aliquem
officiis.
offices.
To
oblige
To
any one
greatly.
perpetuum devin-
cire.
obligations.
To
render a service to
one.
The obligation (duty).
The
Aliquem
any
Gratum
facere alicui
praestare.
Omcium,
i,
officia alicui
n.
Usus, us, m.
use.
You would
if
perpetuum devincies.
lasting obligations.
lies
in
mala
praecipitavit.
into misery.
What do you
this
Qudniam
(= what
do you mean)
tell
LATIN GRAMMAR.
564
Who
vis ?
your place.
If I were in your place.
Had he (= if he had) the treasI in
87.
bes, cur
him ?
of them has made the best
Were
[LESSON
sapientissime.
Facerem
'
hoc,
posset.
si fieri
Croesi divitiae
mihi essent.
si
ures of Croesus.
(=
sider
you
as
my
benefactor.
I
I
I
I
had
it
been
possible.
her.
if
you
had
me putarem
esse, nisi te
si fieri
potuisset.
marry
Ingratum
a philosoobserved
Legerem ego
libentissime,
si
mddo
Illam,
uxorem
sibi
silence.
Polite.
Urbanus
um.
Impolite.
Inurbanus, a, um.
Surdus, a, um.
Timidus, a, um.
Cum cura accurate, diligenter.
Deaf.
Timid, bashful.
Carefully.
The occasion
Opportunity.
I have occasion, the opportunity for doing anything.
The
The
The
modestus
benignus,
a,
aliquid.
insensibility.
supplication, request.
career (in life).
LESSON
To
EXERCISE
87.]
ui aUcujiis consilium.
.
To experience
505
160.
misery.
Exercise
160.
silent.
48
LATIN GRAMMAR.
566
Lesson
[lesson
88.
DUODEXOXA-
GESIMUM.
according to Lesson
is
LXXXIII.
Legum
li-
We are
be
Esse opdrtet ut vivas, non vivere,
free.
You
should eat to
live,
and not
live to eat.
ut e'das.
Romani euni ab
aratro abduxe-
The Romans
plough,
tator.
co?
omnia fecit, ut sandret, peregit
medicus partes siias.
Adeo aequa
Your demands
Cum Antonio
sjriciat,
sic
um.
condition.
postulatis,
ut liltro
that
it
are so reasonable,
was necessary
to accede
them voluntarily.
Pompey's valor and success is such,
that he has always been able to
accomplish what no one else
to
Pompeius ea
tiina,
ut
could.
Talis
est
We
life
consistent.
LESSON
88.]
567
Remarks.
The adverbs
before the verbs and adjectives preceding ut are sometimes omitted, and the latter then is rendered by so
1.
Ut
LXXXIX.
II. Ne always
Ciira,
mdrbum
met-
effect,
E.
fall
and
is
g.
sick again.
das.
Eificio,
Ne
ne cui molesti
bat.
id fa-
do
cerent.
Me
lare.
Hortatur
Quod
I see to
suit.
eos,
ne animo deficiant.
ret.
that.
You
Remarks.
Ut non is used instead of ne, when no intended effect, but a
mere consequence, is to be expressed (in the sense of so that not), and
also when the negation does not relate to the entire sentence, but only
to a particular word of it.
E. g. Turn forte aegroiabam, ut ad nuptias
tuas venire non possem, I happened to be sick then, so that I could not
come to your wedding. Confer te ad Manlium, ut a me non ejectus ad
alienos, sed invitatus ad tuos isse videaris, Go to Manlius, so that you
may not have the appearance of having been cast out among strangers
by me, but of having gone invited to your friends.
1.
offences,
* Instead of neve preceded by ut, neque (or nee) is not unfrequently employed.
E. g. Persuadent, ut pater entur, nee ultima experiri velltnt, Tiiey
exhort them to suffer
it,
and
LATIN GRAMMAR.
568
3.
[lesson"
88.
in legal language.
III.
that not."
E.
';
';
&.
Timeo, ne phiat.
Timeo, ut phial.
Timeo, ne non * phiat.,}
Yereor, ut apte dicam.
Vereop, ut mature ve'nias.
am
afraid that
it
will rain.
am
afraid that
it
in vain.
peris.
Timebam, ne
evenirent ea,
quae
acciderunt.
Verendum
est,
ne brevi tempore
fames in lirbe
6mnes
sit
Timeo,
ut sustineas.
It is
out.
fiV-
mum
Remarks
This construction includes also substantives denoting fear, appreSo also the
hension, or danger (as the pavor of the last example).
causative verbs terrere. conterrtre, and deterrere. To these add carere,
to beware, and videre and obscrvare, in the sense of " to see, reflect,
consider."
E. g. Cavendum est, ne assentatoribus patefacidmus aures,
Yidendum
^Ve should guard against opening our ears to flatterers.
est, ne qiris nervus laedatur,
must see, that no nerve is hurt.f
1.
We
* Ne non
LESSON
SUBJUNCTIVE AFTER
88.]
"
" QUIN."
5G9
IV. Quo generally occurs only in connection with a comparand is equivalent to ut eo, " that," " so that," " in order
ative,
ore essetis.
facilius ab
impends
tenedtur.
is
not
ploughed once
and a third
Legem brevem
The land
iterfitur,
is
remembered by the
Ad
te litteras dedi,
absens.
it
may
pro-
simple.
Remarks.
1. Quo with the subjunctive always denotes a purpose.
In the
eo or
sense of et eo, " and by this means," and in the formula quo
E. g. Quo plures
hoc (with comparatives), it has the indicative.
eraht, (hoi') major caedes fuit, The larger their number, the greater
the massacre.
2. Instead of non quo in the sense given above, it is more common
to say non quod, non eo quod, non ideo quod, non quia, and negatively
non quin. E. g. Non quod sola ornent, sed quod excellant, Not that
they are the only ornaments, but because they excel as such. Non
quin pari virtule et voluntdte alii fuerint, sed, &c, Not as if others
were not his peers in virtue and resolution, but, &c.
" See whether or that not." E. g. Vide ne hoc tibi obsit, See whether this does
Vide ne non satis sit, See whether this is enough.
not hurt you.
48*
LATIN GRAMMAR.
570
[lesson
88.
3.
is
after verbs
Nihil
Quis
sit
est,
est,
in sensibus ?
all
There
Who
ination.
Nulla mora
fuit,
quin decern e-
their
rent be'llum.
tibi
sen-
you
to
my
from declaring
opinion.
ab
Non
est
plurimum pdssi)it.
Haiid multum
dbfuit,
qiun
exiilibus interficeretur.
vancing.
didtur.
Non
pdssumus, quin
alii
a nobis
"We cannot
to dissent
dissentiant, recusdre.
Dubitdndum non
quam
est,
pdssit uti'litas
state contendere.
It
is
from
us.
Remarks.
Quin in the sense of qui, quae, quod non commonly is used only
for the nominative
and where it seems to stand for quo non or cid
non, it may be resolved into ut non. Yet it is also found for quod non
1.
LESSON
88.]
571
E.
acc.
g.
Nego
conquisierit, I
2.
non.
cognoris, It
is
3. After non dubito, " I doubt not," the Acc. cum Inf. is sometimes
put instead of quin. E. g. Pompeius non dubitat, ea, quae de republics nunc sentiat, mihi valde probari, Pompey doubts not but that his
present sentiments with reference to the republic are acceptable to
me. Dubito and non dubito, in the sense of " I hesitate," are commonly followed by the infinitive, but sometimes also by quin. E. g.
Non dubito respondere, I do not hesitate to reply. Non dubito. ci, id
a te per litteras petere, I did not hesitate (or scruple) to ask that of
you by letter. Dubitdtis, judices, quin hunc vindicetis, Do you hesitate, judges, to defend this man ?
4.
num
is
expressed by dubito
sitne,
disgrace.
5. Quin in the sense of why not ? has the indicative
sometimes also,
with a similar force, the imperative or the first person plural of the
subjunctive.
E.g. Quin conscendimus equos ? Why not mount our
Quin
Quin uno verbo die, Say it in one word
horses immediately ?
experiamur, Let us make the attempt at once
;
The
intercedere, obsisiere,
add
lineo,
quonunus, and
many
others.
Aetas non impedit, quo minus litterarum stiidia teneamus, usque ad uitimum tempus se-
E.
g.
Age
nectutis.
Rebus
terrenis
mxilta
externa,
Many
* Qui non and ut non, instead of quin. are necessary when no negation precedes, or when non belongs not to the leading verb, but to some other word of
the sentence. E. g. Non adeo imper'dus sum, ut nesciatn, I am not so ignorant
as not to know (where non belongs to imjwitus).
LATIN GRAMMAR.
obstat,
beatus
quominus dens
sit
happy i
Epaminondas
88.
Quid
[LESSON
cdrent.
t
Ego tecum
in eo non pur/nabo,
quominus, utrum velis, eligas.
Remarks.
After the verbs impedio, dctcrreo, proJiibco, and recuso, the inis sometimes used instead of quominus.
E. g. Pudor impedit
] i rohibmtur exire, They
exquirere, Shame prevents further inquiry.
Quae facere ipse rccuso, Which I myare prohibited from going out.
1.
finitive
2.
est,
The kitchen.
The church.
Cullna, ae,/.
Aedes,
is,
/.
tempi um,
i,
ec-
n. ;
Divine service.
Sacra publica,
The school.
The high school.
The university.
The dancing-school.
The fencing-school.
The play, comedy.
The drama.
The opera.
The exchange.
The bank.
Schola, ae,/.
To go
to church.
To be
at church.
To go
to school.
To be
To go
to the play.
To
To
To
To
To
To
at school.
be at the play.
be fond of the play.
act a play.
go to the opera.
be at the opera.
go a fishing.
Academia,
n. pi.
ludus,
ae, /.
i,
jr.
gymnasium,
i,
n.
Universltas litterarum.
Ludus saltatorius.
Ludus pugnatorius.
Comoedia, ae,/.
Drama,
fabula,
ae,/
atis, n.
Drama musicum.
Curia mercatoruin.
(
Aerarlum publicum.
In templum ire.
In
ludum
\ Scholam frequentare.
In ludo (schola) esse.
spectatum comoediam
lam).
Ire
Fabulae adesse.
Libenter fabulam spectare.
Fabiilam agere (dare).
Drama musicum auditum ire.
Dramati musico adesse.
Piscatum ire, piscari.
(fabii-
88.]
Fishing.
Piscatio, onis,/.
uxor?
LESSON
Where
Were you
at
church
this
am
Auditum
morn-
Non
mane
sacris pii-
adfui.
Delectarisne venatidnibus ?
Non
delector.
Totum diem
{Ace.)
integrum.
Hebdomadem integram.
Annum
entire week.
Totum mane.
Totum vesperum.
Totam noctem.
night.
The whole
nolo.
blicis ?
not.
ndn
ire
Adfuistine hddie
An
piscatus, us, m.
In culm a est.
Ciijus schdlam frequentabat?
ing ?
I was not present.
Are you fond of hunting ?
I
573
society.
circillus.
Hac hebdomade.
Hoc anno.
Hebdomade proxima.
Hebdomade praeterita
This week.
This year.
Next week.
Last week.
or proximo
elapsa.
Persona, ae,y.
Tormina, drum,
Fragum,
Prunum,
Plrum,
Bulbus
Olus,
Vegetables.
Pulse.
(
Pastry.
(
The
The
The
The
The
The
tart.
n. pi.
Dolor stomachi.
Poma, drum, n.
Malum Persicum.
Cerasum, i, n.
i,
n.
i,
n.
n.
i,
(i,
m.) solani.
or pi. olera.
eris, n.,
Legumen, inis, n.
Opus piston um.
Crustula, drum, n
pi.
Scnbhta, ae,/.
lanx, gen. lancis,y!
dish.
Patina, ae,/.
small dish.
table-cloth.
Mantele,
maid-servant.
aunt.
Ancilla, ae, f.
Cognata
is,
n.
amita (paternal)
ma-
LATIN GRAMMAR.
574
The cousin.
The niece.
The neighbor (female).
The actor.
The actress.
The countess.
The country woman.
The cook.
The foolish woman.
The sister-in-law.
The merchandise, goods.
The power, might.
The gazette, newspaper.
The cold (in the head).
To have a cold.
To take a cold.
To have
*Coinitissa, ae,/.
llustica, ae,/.
Coqua, ae,/.
Stulta, inepta, ae,/.
atis,
/
n.
Gravedme
potestas,
laborare.
Gravedlne aifici.
Laborare tussi.
Morbum
sick.
me
Potentia, ae,
sick.
alicui afferre.
This makes
88.
a cough.
To make one
[LESSON
\ Hoc me dolore
afficit.
The cough.
Violent.
Violently.
All at once, suddenly.
Valde, graviter.
Gravis,
is,
e.
repentino,
Subito,
derepentlne
(adv.).
At
once, immediately.
Statim,
Exercise
illico,
e vestigio.
161.
Where is your
your cousin ?
He is in the kitchen.
mother ?
She is at church.
Is your sister gone to school ?
She
She goes
Does your mother often go to church ?
is gone thither.
thither every morning and every evening.
She goes thither as soon
At what o'clock does she get up
She gets up at
as she gets up.
Dost thou go to school to-day ?
sunrise.
I do go thither.
AVhat
I learn to read, write, and speak there.
dost thou learn at school ?
She is gone to the play with my little sisWhere is your aunt ?
Do your sisters go this evening to the opera ? No, madam,
ter.
Is your father gone a hunting ?
they go to the dancing-school ?
Do you
He has not been able to go a hunting, for he has a cold.
I like to go a fishing better than a hunting.
like to 2:0 a hunting ?
Is your father still in the country ?
Yes, madam, he is still there.
What does he do there ?
He goes a hunting and a fishing there.
Did you hunt when you were in the country ?
I hunted the whole
How long have you stayed with (apud) my mother. I stayed
day.
with her the whole evening.
Is it long since you were at the
I was there last week.
castle ?
Did you find many people there ?
I found only three persons there.
Who were those three perThey were the count, the countess, and their daughter.
sons ?
Where
is
'?
LESSON
Are
89.]
575
they.
Can
your
sisters
Lesson
Utinam lidbeam !
erit
Utinam habu-
may have
may have had
that I
he
wish that
! !
!!
LATIN GRAMMAR.
576
Utinam hdberem
Utinam
liabu-
Would
[LESSON
that I
had
O that he had
had!
issel
t
Would
may
that Jupiter
my
past years
to
God
to
accomplish
restore to
ciipidi fuis-
that
what I have
Remark.
The
that
we had been
less desirous
of preserving life
the gods destroy you
!
May
perduint!
di'i
me
Ut te
89.
particle
is
sometimes omitted.
E.
g.
Tecum
ludere
possem
sicut ipsa
tamquam,
after
sit?
But why do
si es-
birth.
JParvi
Deleta
est
Ausonum
inde
ac
si
Infants,
as if they
out
life.
if
his cruelty,
as
You
internecine warfare.
certdsset.
The
when they
lie
E.
tive.
particles
g.
me
quod eorum
suppudebat.
militaribus
inge-
Not
LKSSON
89.]
Crasso
commendationem
sum
polh'citus,
non
57
much
less," "
Dum
ne
ille
nolo, sis
Ut
si's,
mea
de'sint vires,
tamen
da voluntas.
id hoc non
est
laudan-
sit,
tamen
ser-
vet rempiiblicam.
sit
siimmum malum
malum
dolor,
certe est.
E.
g.
thing,
provided
he might win
royal authority.
Cicero disregarded everything, provided he might obey the instructions of his father.
So long as you are not what I do
not wish to be, you ma}' be what
Ye rum
Ne
much more."
Nor
Though
this
to be commended.
be not so, it may
is
Although pain
evil, it is still
unquestionably an
evil.
Nunquam
queat,
sufferre ejus
nedum
sumptus
tu. jjdss'is.
ptis
rent.
He
his expenses,
less
easy
it is
to
be exempt from
"however," and
(quantumvis, quantumlibet)
"although," commonly take the subjunctive; but utut,
" however," and quamquam, " although," have more frequently
E. g.
the indicative.
V. Quamvis
licet,
2K
49
Although you
LATIN GRAMMAR.
578
Quamvis
Mc'nti delubra
licet
et.
tamen haec
videnms.
[LESSON
89.
Although
in ourselves.
Quod
qudmuis oc-
culleliir,
millo
mddo
potest.
The
spread.
tumen hoc
fa-
Remark.
est.
may
these things
shall nevertheless
Qudmquam
tia,
However
do
be, I
it.
Tacitus
quamvis.
ative.
VI. Dum, donee, and quoad, in the sense of " as long as," or
"while," require the indicative; but when they signify "until,"
E. g.
they may have either the indicative or subjunctive.
Aegrdto
dum
uninia
est,
spes esse
dicitur.
spirits,
Cato quoad
vixit,
virtutum laude
crevit.
Delibera hoc,
De
As long
comitiis,
dum
ego redeo.
donee redid Mar-
there
is
said to
up
his
be hope.
dum
Expectfite,
Quoad perventum
siimpta nuvis
sit
eo,
quo
est.
LESSON
Ante
CONSTRUCTION OF
89.]
videmus
fulgurationem,
We
venit prills,
579
you
panitio diligens.
" QUUM.'
work
set to
at
it.
quam Pompeius
indoles
It
sentire posset.
Saepe
magna
virtutis,
mo
effluo.
Membris utimur
p7*ius,
quam
di-
I shall
am
place, before I
entirely for-
gotten by you.
use our limbs, before we have
learnt the end for which we have
We
them.
B.
Quum or cum expresses either a relation of time, and is equivalent to turn quum, eo tempore quum, or ex eo tempore quum, " then
when," "when," "while," "after," or "since"; or it denotes the
relation of cause and effect, and is equivalent to the English " since,"
" although," " because."
The former is called the quum temporede,
and
and
is
is
Facile dmnes,
quum valcmus,
recta consilia aegrdtis damus.
When we
Ager quum
When
quievit,
are well,
injiiriam, nesviis,
quum po-
Quum haec
tur,
in Hispania gercbdn-
eornitidrum
jam appete-
bat dies.
Yds
turn
many
nemo, qui
lie
who
ndluit.
quum pdruit
years,
all
of us
it
crops.
nor protect
in
it,
was approaching.
You obeyed
do
* In the ]ast
relation of time.
we
paruistis,
either be
be in any
are sick.
more abundant
Qui non defendit
que propiilsat a
may
may
cqusale,
who
annos
nuiltos
quum
so.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
580
Quum
inimi'ci
Epirum
centur, turn in
When
[LESSON
89.
ibo.
Epirus.
Jam
nibal
ex hibernis
Vix annus
movit.
intercesserat,
quum
num.
Miilti anni sunt,
acre
meo
quum Fabius
Remark.
quum
On
ipsi,
the
quum
winter-quarters.
scarcely elapsed when
Sulpicius preferred an accusation
against Norbanus.
It is many years since Fabius is
debtor.
There were thirty entire days,
since the date of this letter.
A year had
my
Quum
II.
although, and
Quae cum
Quum
Quum
in
est.*
ita sint.
sciam, s'cirem.
intellexerim, intellextssem.
Dionysius
quum
in
communibus
non aude-
suggestis consi'stere
ret,
solebat.
Druentia,
vium patiens
ve-
na-
est.
Phocion
quum
fuit
perpetuo pauper,
been very
rich.
In narration quum is commonly followed by the imperfect and pluperfect subjunctive, though generally rendered by
the English when or after.
E. jr.
III.
On
this
LESSON
CONSTRUCTION OF
89.]
"
QUUM."
581
e'ssem,
There was a time when men inhabited the country, and had no
Fiiit
rent.
tbi
cities.
When
eum quiim
nihil
Caesar vidisset,
aspere, nihil acerbe dixit.
Thucydides
quum a
psisse dicitur,
repii-
um pulsus
e'sset.
Remarks.
The
Divine Providence
In Livy and Tacitus quum is sometimes also followed by the hisE. g. Nee multum erat ])rogressa navis, quum dato
torical infinitive.
sir/no mere tectum loci, Nor had the ship advanced far, when at the
2.
deck
fell in.
( Ambulare, incedere.
< Castra movere, movere.
[iter Jacere.
To march.
To
To
To
walk, to go on foot.
To
travel.
step.
advance.
To travel abroad.
To travel through a place.
To travel or pass by a place.
Peregrinari.
Transire, iter facere per locum.
Aliquem locum praetergredi, prae-
tervehi,
non
Viator, oris,
attingere.
in.
foot).
To
travel a mile.
To make a
To take a
ures)
* Neque
f
step.
step
(i.
e.
meas-
here, as frequently,
et
non.
49*
582
LATIN GRAMMAR.
To enter on
To make
a journey.
or
deliver
speech.
transact business.
dlcere.
Hem
gerere
ram
of busi-
Negotium,
i,
Oecupatum
To
Otiosum
leisure.
Quo
Vindobdnam
business ?
is
very
occupied (with
tendit viator ?
versus tendit.
Occupatiisne est mereator nejid-
much
esse, vacare.
He is
He
n. ;
eris, n.
TVhere
negotiari, mercatu-
facere.
an affair.
To be engaged in anything.
ness,
be at
89.
To
Business, a piece
[LESSON
tiis ?
*).
Distentus est
He
did not.
Hid I transact the business well ?
You have transacted it in the
best possible manner.
Was the master at leisure ?
He was not at leisure.
To
salt,
season with
Qudt
milia
Viginti.
Xon
nego'tiis.
passuum eme'nsus
fecit.
Vacavitne praeeeptor
Kon
gessisti.
vacavit.
est ?
(rem).
Salt meat.
Caro
Salt
Salsamenta, 5rum, n.
Caro recens {gen. carnis recentis).
Cibus, i, m. : esca, ae, /. ; cibaria,
fish.
Fresh meat.
The
food, victuals.
The
The
The
dish, mess.
sale condita.
5mm,
milk.
milk-food.
Milk soup.
Salt meats.
To partake
n.
Cibus, i, m. ; ferculum,
Lac, gen. lactis, n.
Cibus lactens
Jus lactens.
Cibaria salsa,
of food, to eat.
i,
n.
n. pi.
Cibum capere
or sumcre.
To
attract.
Ad
se
trahere
(aliquid,
quem.)
To
allure, entice.
To
excite, to delight.
To charm,
enchant.
Allectare
(aliquem ad
Delectare oblectare.
Uapio, ere, pui, ptum.
Permulceo, ere, si, sum.
;
Admiratione
To
enrapture, ravish.
afficcre.
Suavissime afficere.
Voluptate perfundere.
se).
at.i-
LESSON
89.]
The beauty.
The harmony.
The voice.
The power, force.
The power, authority.
To have power (influence)
over ony one.
To occupy
anything.
To meddle with anything.
f.
us,
m.
Multum
quem
plurimum) apud
(or
ali-
posse or valere.
Versari or occupari in aliqua re.
Se immisCere
(tii,
mixtum
or
mi-
To
alienis negdtiis
non
imrai-
Chymica, ae,f.
Chymicus, i, in.
Chemistry.
To
Ego me
se
art of painting.
The
The
sceo.
It is strange.
The
inis,
Pulchritudo,
583
chemist.
Ars, arris,/!
Adspicere, adspectrire, intueri
art.
ali-
quem.
Attingo,
To concern (some
"What
is
that to
me ?
What
is
that to
you
have nothing
to
one).
tactum
tigi,
(ali-
Quid ad me ?
Quid id mea refert or interest
Quid tibi cum ilia re ?
Quid id tiia refert ?
do with
ere,
quem).
that.
far as I am concerned.
This concerns (has reference to)
you.
What has that to do with the
matter ?
I do not like to meddle with
things that do not concern me.
Did the song of the maiden at-
As
you ?
It truly enchanted me.
The magnet attracts iron.
Is he engaged in the art of paint-
Id nihil ad me attinet.
Id mea nihil interest.
Quod ad me
Res ad
De
attinet.
te spectat.
te fabula narratur.
Ego me
alienis litibus
non
nisi in-
vitus immisceo.
tract
ing ?
No, "he occupies
chemistry.
himself
with
fmmo me
suavissime affecit.
Magnes ferrum ad
Versaturne
Non
in
se allicit et trahit.
in arte
pingendi
chymica versatur.
584
[lesson
LATIN" GRAlfMAPi.
The
Cantus, m.
singing (song).
To
The
The
S9.
repeat.
repetition.
beginning,
commence-
Initiiun
principium,
i,
n.
inent.
The wisdom.
The study,
Sapientia, ae. f.
application
Tractiitio litterarum.
to
letters.
The goddess.
The nightingale.
The Lord.
The Creator.
To create.
The
Luscinia, ae./.
Domlnus, Deus,
i,
in.
creation.
The heaven.
The earth.
The solitude.
The goodness.
The cleanliness.
The uneleanliness.
The government.
fict).
.
Coelum,
Terra,
i.
n.
ae./.'
Solitudo, inis,/!
Immunditia,
ae,
Magistratus, us,
ei,
f.
f.
///.,
or pi. magistra-
Sensible, reasonable.
Mea,
On
his,
on the
father's ac-
count.
hut alio.
Non modo
Non tantum
Non solum
etieim.
etiam.
etiam.
sed ne
quidem'.
lie was not only unlike the preceding king, but even more
cruel than Romulus.
Such a man will never venture
Non
sit.
* In this construction the first non is generally omitte<l, when both members
of the sentence have a common predicate, as in the second of the following
examples, where audtbit is the common verb, and ne
quidem equivalent to
etiam non.
LESSON
EXERCISES
89.]
585
1C2, 163.
Exercise
1G2.
We
We
We
you (quid
tristis
es) ?
Exercise
1G3.
am walking
singing of the
There are some
me. Are there any nightingales
singing enchants me. What does
and the harmony of
She reads a good
her
your niece amuse herself with
her mother. What does your uncle amuse
deal and writes
He employs himself painting and
himself with
chemistry. Does he no longer do any business He no longer
do
Why does he meddle with your
he
too old
does any,
business He does not generally meddle with other
but he meddles with
immiscere non
ness
me. Has your master made you repeat your
mine, because he
Did you know
to-day He has made me repeat
Have you done some exercises
pretty
did know
in it?
attracts
in
in
birds
their
it,
in
solitude ?
letters to
in
in his solitude ?
for
to
is
it.
people's busi-
assolel)
(alienis negpiiis se
loves
lesson
it
it ?
it.
well.
also
LATIN GRAMMAR.
58G
[LESSOX
90.
Lesson
XC PEXSUM
XOXAGESIMUM.
A.
when
tive,
result,
When
B.
the relative
is
preceded by
is,
hie,
ille, talis,
tan-
ejusmodi, hujusmodi, adeo or lam, so as to denote a consequence or result, its verb is in the subjunctive.
tus,
Romana
est
(jens,
quae victa
quiescere nesciat.
Non
tu
is fa, qui,
iVon ego
tris
sum
ille
qui
nescias.
Mi,
Such
fellow-citizens.
is
race,
sis,
&c.
sibi, ei,
My
my
Ea
ille,
conquered.
are not such a man as to be
ignorant of what you are.
I am not so heartless a man as not
to be moved by the sorrow of
You
my
brother.
He
peccata.
secarique patlmur.
is so guilty, that there is nothing in the man but the most culpable otfences.
If there is anything in our body of
such a character as to injure the
remaining parts of it, we suffer
it to be burnt or cut.
LESSON
90.]
587
There
is
so monstrous,
opinio.
Remarks.
The demonstrative to which the relative refers is sometimes to
supplied.
E. g. Nunc diets aliquid (sc. ejusmodi), quod ad rem
1.
"be
pertineat,
Now
to the point.
qui
When
sion, positive
say, those
suppose.
There are those who have heard,
those who have seen.
There was one found who put his
hand into the flames.
There were those who said.
There is something which does not
behoove us, although not un-
who
Inventus
ret
est,
manum.
lawful.
litteras
Nemo
meminerint.
There
will
be those
whom you
There
is
can
letters.
no orator who
is
unwilling
to be like Demosthenes.
There
will not
remember
* So frequently with quidem ; as, Quos quidem aut invenerim aut lec/erim,
As far at least as I have been able to find or read. But quantum in this construction has the indicative; as, Quantum possum, As much as (as far as) I can.
f For the same reason quam, even without a relative, is sometimes followed
by the subjunctive. E. g. In his litteris lonyiorfui, quam aut vellem (instead
of velle), aut quam meputdvi fore.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
588
Helvetiis
mem
Quis
ddmi
nihil erat,
quo
fii-
est,
qui
util'ia,
Quo'tus quvtqiie
Ilelvctii
qui volupta-
bdnum
had nothing
to
still
at
90.
homo,
their hunger.
Who
fiigiat ?
est,
The
wherewith
tolerdrent.
[LESSON
Remarks.
This rule includes also the expressions non est quod, nihil est
quod (quare or cur), u there is no ground or reason why " and est ut
(when it
est cur), " there is ground, reason."
E. g. Est quod gauNon est, quod te pudeat, You need
deas, You have reason to rejoice.
not be ashamed. Nihil est, quod pertimescat, He has no cause to
dread. Non est, cur eorum spes infringdtur, There is no reason why
they should be dejected. I lie erat ut odisset defensorem salutis meae,
He had reason to hate the defender of my safety. Non est igltur ut
mirandum sit, There is consequently nothing to be wondered at. Quid
est, cur virtus ipsa per se non efficiat beatos ? What is the reason that
virtue of herself does not make men happy ?
1.
Non
Quo
se
verteret,
non habebat,
He
When,
and determinate
is entirely suppressed, the subjunctive is the comconstruction, and the indicative in these cases is generally employed by poets only.
mon
may
junctive.
LESSOX
e
90.]
58'J
'
tIve
Litterae posteritatis causa repe'rtae sunt, quae subsidio oblivio'ni esse pdssent.
tiam diceret.
tiliis,
upon
others.
to lavish
num
sumeret.
o-et
his wine.
subjunctive.
The
relative
then either
rendered
"
in the
" "
by that
because
or
"since," or quippe qui, ut qui, utpote qui,
as one who," ''Inasmuch
as ne,
Magna
non
is
qui,
\h. \
ccc.
e'st
^
Pe'lSpis
culpa,
qui
erudierit filium,
"
incommode
nauigaxxS-
mus.
Solis
qui
50
The
is,
that
his son,
nor
We
Men
and
fables.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
590
Me
Homerum praeconem
virtutis
te videre
[LESSON
90.
How
non potuerim ! *
and idoneus,
After the adjectives dignus, indignus, aptus,
the relative with the
by
answered
is
?
what
question
for
the
infinitive.
subjunctive, and sometimes by a simple
unworthy of being
worthy,
is
He
Dignus, indignus est, qui ametur.
F.
loved.
He is competent to command.
He who modestly obeys seems
to
be worthy of commanding at
some future time.
The dramas of Livy are scarcely
worth reading a second time-
They
Lyricorum Horatius
fere
solus
le'gi dignus
Uterque' dptimus erat, dignusque
est.
Of
is^
al-
subjunctive
In narration, the imperfect and pluperfect
G.
pronouns and adverbs, when a
are sometimes put after relative
E. g.
repeated action is spoken of.
The elephants formed a safe prohdstibus,
Elephanti tutum ab
tection against the enemy, wherquacumque incederent, agmen
ever they might march.
praebebant.
himself with diceDomitianus, qudties dtium e'sset, Domitian amused
playing, whenever he was at
alea se oblectabat.
leisure.
Socrates
tu-
quam
tem
dedisset,
fiiit
princeps.
se
luit.
Remark.
The
subjunctive
is
LESSON
"
when
90.]
"
ubi
and
ut, in
591
and
after
si.
E.
g.
Id ubi dixisset, liastam in fines eorum emittebat, When (or as soon as)
he had said that, he sent the javelin within their limits. But in all
the cases of this rule, the indicative is even more frequently used than
the subjunctive.
To
of a
die
MorXor
disease.
(inori,
morbo.
The
The
The
Variolae, arum,/)?.
Febris, \s,f.
Febris remittens, tertiana, quartana, quotidiana.
In febrim incidere (incidi, incasum).
Febri laborare, febrim habere.
small-pox.
fever.
intermittent,
tertian,
To
An
fit.
sus.
To be struck
Febris accedit.
Febris decedit.
Apoplexia, ae,/.
Corripior (i, reptus sum)
on.
with apoplexy.
apo-
plexia.
To open
(active).
To
unlock, unbolt.
To
-j
To
stand or
lie
open.
To
To
To
To
cover (shut).
well,
readily
once.
the old
struck with
apoplexy ?
He was struck.
Did the wine sell well
last
Ire,
iii,
rtum.
year
est variolis.
linquam in febrim ?
in febrim tertianam quon-
lncidistine
Sane
dam
man
sum.
Obsero, are, avi, atum.
ere, si,
die?
She died of the small-pox.
Did you ever get the fever ?
Yes, I had the tertian fever
Was
Recludi, reserari.
Pateo, ere, patiii,
Operio,
goods).
Of what
Claudo,
incidi.
facile
know how
it
sold.
Haud
sci'o,
emptores
qudmodo venderetur.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
592
Has he already locked
[lesson
(bolted)
the door ?
has not yet bolted it.
the door (fits the
90.
Xondum
He
obseravit.
Clavis ostium aperit.
The
The
The
The
The
window
window does not shut
easily.
temple
stood
shuts well.
door of the
Janua templi
patebat.
open.
Natura
flat-
terers.
Letters
To
is
E longinquo
off.
procul
eminus.
Testes aestlvae.
conceive, comprehend.
That
iter patefecit.
not said.
Comprehendo,
sum.
ere, di,
in aperto.
Constat, liicet, liquet.*
Pro
Ex
re,
pro
His rebus
Ex
re nald.
quae cum
ita sint.
stances.
According
Pro
as, as.
eo
ut,
As
As
As
Pro ut res
Fro eo ut
postal at.
Quantum
in
According as I deserve.
It depends upon circumstances.
Everything depends upon you
Pro eo ut mereor.
Hoc ex re et ex tempore pendet.
In te uno pdsita sunt omnia.
Prdut
facilitates hourinis
difficiiltas
me
ferebant
temporis
si'tum est.
tiilit.
Ut
pd-
tero.
alone.
It all
depends on
To
* On
this.
set.
2.
LESSON
To
rr
90.]
Apponcre
fire.
111
igni
10
To
put anything in
-{
proper
its
propdnere
or
>93
aliquid
(ad ignein).
r
aliquid
in
olio; arc,
re.
place.
To
Imponere puerum
upon the
in
equum.
horse.
To
upon the
Seyphum
table.
in
mensa statuere
(ui,
utura).
( Infigo, erc,fixi,jixum.
< Insero, ere, serui, scrlum.
fix, insert.
slick;
to its place.
To
thread
the
insert
the
into
needle.
Anulum
Do
Ne
not
table
To
be
To
digito inserere.
Ilasta infigltur portae.
scyphuin in mensa
j)ut
angry
be
(at
angry
any-
(ali-
quid).
thing).
To pretend
statuas.
frangetur.
some one).
(about
Nam
to
Se annulare
alicui iratum.
one.
Quid suecenscs
r
sorry
for
J
Nihil
fecit,
quod succenseas.
Iratus siim,
it.
me
Ud -w
i
am
abstulisti.
o ( Poenitetne te facti ?
it i \ ^
., ,,
A . .
c
( roenitetne te hoc tecisse
(inisceris) ?
Tibi succenseo,
Non
lived.
poenitet
me
vixisse.
some.
"What countrywoman
c,
She
is
is
she?
c
from -n
I ranee.
1
\
<
(
* On
r*T
"r?
Ddino Francoaalla
^ h^ rancogalha
M f_
Lx
est.
.
.
venit.
50 *
poenitet.
-r-k
-n
Dolet mihi valdc.
//.
stint.
LATIN GRAMMAR,
594
What
sort of a
Qualem pennam
A gold one.
ter
Good
To
90.
pennae)
(quid
amisisti ?
lost ?
What
[LESSON
sort of
Aiiream.
Quales pennas
sis-
sdror
fidit
tiia ?
made ?
Bdnas.
ones.
Pennam
cut a pen.
or
calamum findere
(fidi,
fissum).
To mend a pen.
To put pen to paper.
dum
Happy.
Unhappy, miserable.
conferre.
Felix, icis beatus, a, urn.
Infelix, icis
miser, a, um.
Polite, courteous.
a,
um.
Inurbanus,
Impolite, uncivil.
Exercise
Of what
a,
um
rusticus, a,
um.
164.
My
Why
We
LESSON
Is
91.]
(idoneiis) to teach ?
He
is
595
not competent
He
worthy
any one. Did your teacher
go out walking He took
Is lie
worthy
as
command
often
as
as
He
to
first
in everything to
which he applied
Lesson
as
diligent ?
at leisure.
is
himself.
nona-
GESIMUM.
OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE IN INTERJECTED CLAUSES.
A. Interjected clauses, in which the language or thoughts of
the person spoken of are conveyed, or which are essential to
the definition of what has gone before, have a verb in the subjunctive.
Clauses of this kind always occur in sentences, which are themselves
dependent upon another proposition e. g. in the construction of the
Ace. cum Inf., or in sentences dependent on a conjunction, &c. They
are commonly introduced either by a relative (pronoun or adverb), or
by a conjunction. E. g.
;
Thales,
fe'rrent.
Rkmark.
Sentences, in which the language or sentiments of
another (or of one's self) are stated indirectly, are said to be in the
oratio obllqua, in contradistinction to the oratio directa, in which they
Thus the above clauses stated in
are quoted as they were uttered.
the oratio directa are " Omnia, quae cernuntur, deorum plena sunt."
u Ne ea, quae acciderunt, ferte graviter " (Do not be chagrined at what
has happened).* Thus also in English: I wrote, him, " I shall come
to-morrow " (oratio directa) and / wrote him that I would come tomorrow (oratio obi i qua). And in the third person He said, "I have
The
conquered"; and indirectly: He said that he had conquered.
B.
When
more
fully.
the accusativus
* The student will notice here the change of mood and tense in the direct
statement: quae acciderunt instead of quae accidlssent ; quae cernuntur instead
ferentur.
ferte instead of ne
of quae cernerenlur, and the imperative ne
LATIN GRAMMAR.
596
[LESSON
91.
Mos
est
cione
interfecti.
quod
quentes.
Eleus Hippias,
venisset,
quum Olympiam
gloriatus
est,
nihil
dmninesclret; nee
quod ipse
solum has artes, quibus liberales doctrinae atque ingenuae
sed anulum,
continere'ntur ;
pallium, quo
haberet,
quern
urn,
It is
liver
Socrates was in the habit of saying, that all men were eloquent
enough in what they knew.
Hippias of Elis, having come to
Olympia, boasted, that there was
nothing in any one of all the
arts, which he himself did not
understand and that these arts
were not only those, in which the
liberal sciences were contained,
but that he himself had manufactured with his own hand the ring
which he wore, the cloak which
he had on, and the shoes that
;
were on
Prmcipes Aeduorum, non dubilure se, dkebant, quln, si Helsuperdverint Romani,
vetios
tin a cum reliqua Gallia Aeduis hbertatem sint ereptu.ru
The
his feet.
leaders of the
Aedui
said, that
if
Romans conquered
Remarks.
1. When the interjected clause is an addition of the speaker or
writer himself, and not the language or sentiments of the subject
spoken of, the verb is in the indicative. E. g. Cave tibi am'icos esse
credas, quos vicisti, Beware of regarding those whom you have con-
quered as your
friends.
Aam
C.
"When the
duced by a conjunction, as an essential part of the purpose, request, precept, command, or supposition cf the same, the verb
of that clause is in the subjunctive.
E. g.
LESSON
91.]
TJbii
Rhenum transportdret.
Rex imperavit, ut, quae
opus
essent,
Caesar to come
to their assistance, or, if he was
bello
pararentur.
597
army
so, to
bring
prepara-
Eo
Remarks.
1.
When
piupose,
by
&c), the verb of the interjected clause is in the indicavis efficit, ut ea, quae ignoramus, discere, et ea,
quae schnus, alios docere posslmus, The power of speech enables us to
learn the things we are ignorant of, and to teach others what we know.
Asia tarn opima est et fertilis, ut muliitudine earum rerum, quae exportantur, facile omnibus terris antecellat, Asia is so rich and fertile, that
tarn, ita, talis,*
E.
tive.
g.
Eloquendi
it
The verb
when
D.
speaker himself.
E.
of,
g.
[Ennius
esse
relatives or
tas consequdtur.
Socrates accusatus
est,
superstitidnes induceret.
new
superstitions.
any
non
impertiretur.
sleep.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
598
Aristi'des
mddum Justus
91.
Was
his country,
[LESSON
esset ?
'?
Remarks.
In
1.
all
On
2.
did, the
Lesson
struction, see
LXXV.
and suus
in this con-
C.
3.
diceret,
religious scruples.
The
Tlie
Utditas,
utility, use.
(itis
f.
usus, us,
m.
adcantage.
m.
?',
To be
of use.
To be
F X>
Magnam
of areat use.
or
utilitati esse
To be
of
little
Parum
use.
valde
magnae
(alicui).
afferre
utilitatis
esse utilitati
To be
conduccre
utilitatem afferre
plurimum prodesse
(ali-
parvae
of no use.
To
Omnia ad suam
utilitatem referre.
profit.
To
look to
one's
own advan-
Commodis
tage.
To
benefit
one.
Of what
use
Alicujus
commodis
consulere
or
servire.
is
<
Cm
Quid
this ?
Quid prddest ?
* Instead of the quod religione se impedirctur of the rule, or the quod religione se impediri dicebant, when the speaker himself is the authority for the
truth of the assertion. This construction, although grammatically incorrect,
is not uncommon.
LESSON
That
91.]
of no use.
is
me
It is of use to
it is
to
my ad-
Hoc
Hoc
Hoc
500
est).
vantage.
It is for the advantage of the
Hoc
est e re publico.
state.
Ex
Of use, of advantage.
Useful advantageous.
Useless of no use.
proper (to do anything).
not well, unjust, wrong (to
(do anything).
I consider it proper, right, fair.
It
is
Aequum
right to do this ?
it
It is
not right
Is
useful to write
it
it is
carens fructu.
utilitate;
wrong.
Non aequum
est
much
Estne
(prodestne)
hoc
&c).
facere,
Is
(alicujus).
fructuosus.
is
salutaris
It
rem
usu, e re, in
Utilis
utile
nefas est.
miiltum
scribere ?
It is
his
books
for
it
It is not
AVhat
is
it is
for
my
your name
libris
Immo
utile.
Plurimum prddest.
Cepitne multum fructum ex
siiis
He derived
Is
Non est
Quod est
Ciuinam vocaris
father.
est e re patris.
nomen
tibi
My
name
is
Charles.
Cardlo).*
( Appellor Carolus.
AVhat do you
call this
this called) in
AVhat
does
(how
is
Latin ?
this
signify
in
signifies
parler in French.
Quid
vocatur)
hoc
significat)
hoc
(dicitur,
est
Latin e
French?
This
Quid
(sdnat,
est
Francogallice ?
Hoc Francogallice parler est (sdnat, significat).
Non
They do.
To name,
Factum.
Nominare,
It
is
call.
Appellantne
eum regem,
phildso-
phum, Fredericum V
appellare,
vocare,
di-
cere.
To
Nomen
alicui
nei-e).
The name,
Nomen |
aj^pcllatio
vocabulum.
son or object).
* Compare page
t
The nomen
is
3G7.
Roman
citi-
LATIN GRAMMAR.
600
Komen
Called
William
by
Qui
imperatoris.
Guilielmus.
Wilhehnus (Guilielmus),
Franciscus, i, m.
William.
Francis.
Wilhelmine.
Jacobus, i, m.
Elisabetha, ae,/.
Leonora, ae,/.
Wilhelmina, ze,/.
Schiller.
Schillerus,
Goethe.
Goethius, i, ?m.*
Euripides, is, m.
James.
Elizabeth.
Eleanor.
Euripides.
91.
Xdmine
name.
[LESSON
i,
m.
m.
i,
m.
Georgius Tertius.
Henricus Quartus.
Carolus Magnus.
Ludovicus Quartus Decimus.
Plato, onis,
Plato.
Henry
the Fourth.
Charles the Great.
Louis the Fourteenth.
To speak a language.
Fluently, with facility.
celeri-
tate.
Have you
He
thing
ever heard
such a
Never.
I have never seen or heard such
a thing.
Nunquam.
Such a
thing.
The army.
The camp.
Europe.
He
(of
an author).
Sooner
than.
Bather
than.
arrived sooner than.
him than go
zen.
n.
}>
Prim
Prim
Citius,
(citius,
ante)
quam.
quam.
(potius, citius)
quam
Debitum
eo
orum
audivi.
Europa, ae, f.
Europensis, e
Europaeus, a, mn.
Opera scripta, orum, n.
thither.
neque
vidi
Castra,
European.
The works
Xunquam
ire,
ei
ego, advenit.
solvere pdtius,
Comburam
pdtius,
quam
gestiibo,
vestem.
In
conjicere pracdpto,
dilapidare peciiniam.
fliivium
quam
however,
;
quam
malo.
LESSON
91.]
Sure, certain.
To be
sure of a thing.
<
Are you
I
I
am
am
quite sure of it ?
sure of it.
(or go) to
Rem
exploratam habere.
Certo or pro certo scire.
Exploratum mi hi est.
Satin' hoc tibi exploratum
Exploratum habeo.
Pro certo sci'o hoc.
Hoc
To repair
601
any
eum
certo scio,
'st ?
ad\enisse.
Se conferre aliquo.
place.
To
Concedere
Ego me
aliquo.
meura
in conclave
cdntuli.
live.
I,
one.
Exercise
When
my
165.
did you
see
father's castle ?
write
speak
more
order
learn a
write but
language, one
speak than
write
one says That
must do
He walks every morning be Does your uncle walk
Why
wholesome
because (he
bewas he expelled from the academy He was expelled from
How
in
as in yours.
rise
if
It will
to
if I
to
late,
shall
letter
it
it
time.
as I
as
is
it is ?
in
to
tell
for I
river,
to
side
afar, for I
Is
it
river.
useful to
useful to
it is
as to
Is it as useful to
to
both.
use.
It is
it
to
deal.
I shall
will tell
it
it
it
it ?
that
brother,
shall
it
tell
to
will
this
will
yet.
it
it
If
I like, I shall
(si vis
in
Is
it
useful to
all
often ?
says) it is
less.
fore breakfast,
51
It
useful to
is
foreign
to
that
is
(sahrfare).
it,
use-
LATIN GRAMMAR.
602
[LESSON
92.
Exercise
166.
give
away. Will you use that horse
not use
I
Because does not me. Will you
Why
you not use
To whom do those
pay
rather pay
than use
books belong They belong
William. Who has given them
Will he read them He tear
him His good
them rather than read them. Are you sure that he
not read
them? I am sure of
he has
me
;
lent Schiller's
to
is
said in
is
is
said thus.
said in
is
it
to
will
it
fine
for
?
will
it ?
well.
fit
it
for
it ?
for
it,
I shall
it.
it
to
father.
it.
suit
it
I will
It
tailor
to
first
lent
that said in
to
will
will
it,
Lesson XCII.
for
told
pexsum
so.
alterum et nona-
GESIMUM.
OF THE IMPERATIVE MOOD.
A. The imperative of Latin verbs has two forms, called the
imperative present and the imperative future.
Both of these
serve to express a command, sometimes also a ivish, an advice
or exhortation, that something should be done. But the imperative present requires the immediate performance of an injunction, whereas the future implies that something should be done in
connection with (i. e. in consequence of, after, or simultaneously
with) some other act.
E. g. Pres. Discede ! Leave (be off)
!
LESSON
92.]
Quum
Fut.
! Leave ye
Leave, after you have read
Discedite
603
legeris,
discedtto
turn
Note.
The
second action, on which the imperative future demay generally be supplied from
B.
The
1.
2.
3.
(3.)
4.
ama,
mone, remind
legere
read
capere cape,
audire
hear
amare
monere
love tliou.
lege,
iliou.
thou.
tale thou.
audi,
thou.
The
2.
3.
1.
The
1.
2.
3.
(3.)
4.
tor,
shalt remind, be
reminded.
legito, legitor,
capito, capitor,
audito,
The
First Conjugation.
Passive.
Active.
Present.
Present.
S.
ama,
P.
love (thou).
S.
P.
Future.
Future.
P.
P.
him
love.
2.
amatote, ye shall
3.
amanto,
let
them
love.
love.
S. 3. amator,
P.
P.
let
him
be loved.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
604
[LESSON
92.
Second Conjugation.
Active.
Passive.
Present.
Present.
S.
P.
S.
P.
Future.
Future.
minded.
S. 3.
moneto,
him remind.
let
S, 3. monetor,
him
let
be
re-
minded.
P.
2.
P.
3.
monento,
them remind. P.
let
2.
monemmor,
3.
minded.
monentor,
minded.
ye shall be re-
let
them be
re-
Third Conjugation.
Present.
Present.
read (thou).
legite, read ye.
S.
lege,
P.
S.
P.
legimlni, be ye read.
Future.
Future.
P.
P.
let
2. legitote,
him
read.
S. 3. legitor,
P.
P.
ye shall read.
3. legunto, let
them read.
2.
3.
let
him
be read.
Fourth Conjugation.
Present.
Present.
S.
S.
P.
P.
audimini, be ye heard.
Future.
Future.
P.
P.
Aim
audito te, ye
2.
audiunto,
3.
fe
S. 3. auditor, let
Aear.
s/2a/
P.
hear.
heard.
P. 3. audiuntor,
heard.
them hear.
him
ye
2. audiniinor,
let
be heard.
shall
be
them
be
recjna, rule ;
da, give lauda, praise
jube, command
habe, have
stude,
pone, put scribe, write ;
strive
mitte, send
age, come on (stir)
sume, take
aperl, open purii, punish ; reperl, find
senti, feel
aade,
;
dare
;
vera,
gaude, rejoice
come.
LESSON
92.]
Third Conjugation.
First Conjugation.
Present.
Present.
S.
P.
S.
P.
Future.
S.
S. 3. liortator,
P.
P.
2.
3.
Future.
2. liortator,
him
let
S.
S. 3. loquitor,
exhort.
P.
P.
S.
Fourth Conjugation.
Present.
2.
shalt speak.
him speak.
let
2.
3.
Present.
P.
^om
loquitor,
2.
Second Conjugation.
S.
005
S.
P.
Future.
Future.
him
S.
3.
veretor,
P.
P.
2.
3.
So
let
remember
recorddre,
fruere, enjoy
utere, use
S.
P.
fear.
P. 3.
morere, die
for (expect)
ordlre, begin
revenge
3.
2.
spend
largire,
opperlre, wait
partire, divide.
Pres. es
Esse, to be.
estote, thou shalt be, ye shall be
1.
3. esto
sunto,
let
2.
esto
be, let
them
be.
Fut.
him
like
edito or esto
editote or estote
3.
edunto.
edlto or esto
feriminor
2.
fertor
3. fertor
feruntor.
So
4.
Nolle,
to
Pres.
be unwilling.
noli
nolunto.
Pres.
Fut.
prodi,
So the compounds
Pres. inque
Inquam, I
nolitote
3.
5. Ire, to
go.
ite.
2. ito
Fut.
wanting.
That of aio,
51*
I say, is ai,
itote
rcdi, &c.
inquite.
say.
6.
is
2.
ferto
ferimini.
2.
nolito
rest
nolite.
Fut.
Fut.
but obsolete.
3. ito
Fut.
nolito
eunto.
The
inquito.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
GOG
[LESSON
7.
remember
92.
mementote,
thou, ye.
salvete, salveto
valete, valeto.
Remarks.
The verbs
and fe.ro drop the final e of the imperative present singular, and have die, duc,fac,fer. So also the compounds of those verbs; as, educ, calefac, ejfer, perfer, &c. The only
exceptions are the compounds of facio, which change the radical a
into i; as, conflce, perfxee, &c.
Of the verb scire, it is customary to
say sclto
scitote instead of sci
scite.
1.
cia
(strive to
So
also in prohibitions,
and
noli
fac
with
the infinitive.
E. g. Fac ne venire praetermittas, Do not fail to come.
Cave (ne) putes, Do not suppose (Beware of supposing). Noli existi-
Do
mclre,
not think.
Nolitote dubitare,
Be
unwilling to doubt.
future indicative
as, Fades (=fac ito), ut sciam, Let
Sed valebis (= vale), meaque negotia videbis (= vide),
But farewell, and attend to my interests. Tu non cessdbis (== ne cessa)
nosque diltges (= dihge), Do you not cease from your efforts, and
preserve your regard for us.
a)
The
first
me know.
* The
proper.
the imperative
LESSON
92.]
C<>7
r.
The imperative
1)
8,
jiiriae.
Procul, o prdcul
este,
totoque ab-
sktlte h'u-o
Nimium
Farewell
Ciira, id vdleas.
Magnum
ne crede eoldri.
ne desponde.
anlmum
Quaeso,
us, I
et
hope.
spem bdnam.
Fdc,
tie
quam
seas.
Care,
me
si
abjeci'sse
Noli
amas, existimes,
curam
te oblioisci
Nol'ite
id
vclle,
me
reipublicae.
Ciceronem esse.
quod fieri 11611
Do
Do
potest.
Tit
sible.
nihil
invita
dices
faciesve
Minerva.
Si certum est face re, fdc ia s: ve-
rum
in
me.
diibltas,
se-
fit for.
with them.
Do not perform what you are in
ne feceris.
doubt about.
II. The imperative future is used in indirect commands or
and wills, but also as
E. g.
the form of a request, demand, advice, or moral precept.
esto
urbibus, agris,
Ex-
vi'eis,
ca-
There
shall
ditions
let
LATIN GRAMMAR.
608
cis
stellis
Taurum usque ad
fields,
cities,
on
Tanairn aninem.
[LESSON
this side
as the river
Regio imperio
There
villages,
and
92.
forts
Don.
shall
est law.
No
Hdmlnem mdrtuum
Thou
impious man shall dare to aj>pease the anger of the gods with
presents.
sepelito,
Non
satis
emata;
in lirbe ne
est
It
animum
audi-
toris agunlo.
Coelestia
humana
semper
spectdto,
in the city.
is
beautiful;
diilcia suhto,
ciinque vdlunt,
shalt
man
neve unto.
You
ilia
conlannXto.
tial things,
of earth.
Quum
ris,
When
si
voles, la-
vdtOt
Pythio
miittto'e,
hibetote.
Si
progrediminor.
Jacta alea c-sto (= Jacta
pariter
sit
alea)
If this
To
Parco,
ere, id.
Hum.
( Oblemperdre (alicui).
To obey any
one.
To obey any
one's
To obey any
one's precepts.
commands.
cere.
Alicui dicto audientem esse.
Alicujus praeceptis parere or obedlre.
To
To
comfort, console
offend
any one.
Consolari aliquem.
Solatium
any one.
To borrow
one).
(anything
of
any
alieui
praebere or
afferre.
(ali-
LESSON
92.]
To
To
lend
money
to
GOO
interest).
To borrow money
any one).
(of
The
The
patience.
impatience.
To have patience.
Have patience
Be patient (wait)
Be
Go
attentive
Aequo
Attendite
thither
Give
to
it
me
Adestote dnimis
Ite illdrsum
Da* mihi
Be
(ye) good.
Know (ye) it.
give
Mane
Da mihi hoc
Cdmmoda mihi
l'llo
ammo
sis
Exspecta
(pi)
instructors
them any
and never
trouble.
librum
miituam pecuniam
Este bdni.
Scitote hoc.
Praeceptdribus vestris parctote, neque lis unquam molestiam exhibctote.
the
afflicted, and do good to those
that have offended you.
Debita solves,
mi
sint,
cies.
as
Dcum
proximiimquc tiium
ama,
tamquam temetipsnm.
thyself.-
next.
Let us see which of us (two) can
shoot the best.
erimus
ct in
hue et
ilia in
Sadness.
The creditor.
The watch.
The snuffbox.
Horologium
Creditor, oris, m.
portabile.
Pyxis, Idis,/
Addo,
To
vera
vita.
ere, didi,
ditum.
add.
To
build, construct.
To embark,
embark
To
to
for
go on board
Europe.
set sail.
2M
ship.
simply
conscendere).
Conscendo, ut in Europam transmittam.
In Europam conscendo.
Velum in altum dare.
Solvere (i, solutum), sc. navem.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
610
To
He
is
To
sail
any
[LESSON
92.
ali-
quo.
place.
Xavigare ad locum.
sailing for
with
Cursum
America.
in
Americam
dirigit.
full sails.
He
mensis prdximi.
Tela dedit
In pdrtu navigo.
Remigio veloque fuge
Res remis veh'sque fugienda
We
est.
that.
To
Mandatum
execute a commission.
cutus sum).
To
Mandatuni tiium
To do
(or
fulfil)
Officium
one's duty.
set
non
or negli-
gere.
Pensum
one a task.
fungi.
deesse.
To
executus
Officio
facere.
Officio suo
To
fideliter
sum.
sion.
alicui praescribere or
im-
perare.
(
To do
<
(
It is
my
duty.
(
deemed
man
This
He
it
my
duty.
always
fulfils his
Meum est.
Meum esse
putavi.
Hie
duty.
Ab
his duty.
or
peragere.
3.1eum oificium (or miinus) est
officio
minquam
semper ex-
discedit (rece-
dit).
m
To
rely or
Absolvistine
task ?
7
7
depend
upon some-
Juno.
ng.
Xoudum
pensum imperatum
absdlvi.
tli
re.
thing.
I rely
upon you.
I rely
You may
rely
He
upon
relies
upon him.
it.
Confido tibi.
In fide tiia requiesco.
In humanitate tiia causam meam
repdno.
| Confidere ei pdssis.
| In ejus fide requiescere tibi licet.
Coniidit hoc.
LESSON
92.]
Ne
it.
suffice, to be sufficient.
611
Factum
dubita.
Satis esse.
piita.
To be
nihil
ultra desiderare.
It
abundantly
is
Hoc mihi
me.
It is sufficient for
sufficient
me.
Will
this
money be
pecunia haec
sufficient for
Sufficietne
l'lli
Sufficiet.
Satis erit.
sufficient for
Num
It will.
It
est.
siifficit.
man ?
that
Has
Mihi abiinde
\ Mihi abiinde
for C
this
him
was
sum been
haec suuima
ei suffecit ?
Non
not.
suffecit.
contentus.
| Nihil ultra desiderabat.
would be contented, if you Contentus esset, si paucos tantum
only add a few imperials.
adderes imperiales.
Little wealth suffices for the
Parvo (paucis) sapiens contentus
He
He
( Fiiit e'a
it.
wise.
That
And
Say
est.
is to
say
so on,
(i. <?.).
and
so forth
(#"(?.).
Age
on, go on.
Perge
Otherwise, differently.
In another manner.
should
quam).
Else, otherwise.
If not.
What
else ?
knew
else to say ?
that, I should
behave
differently.
If I had
known
that, I
command
mandabo.
you.
To mend,
gessissem.
pui (plvi).
\ In meliorem frugem redlre.
( Resipisco, ere,
reform.
every one.
Homo
(offici-
osus).
A father who
most affectionately.
You have to learn the twentieth
lesson,
and
to translate
exercises belonging: to
it.
the
Ediscendum
est
ti'bi
pensum
vice-
LATIN GRAMMAR.
612
I
been
92.
me
ad
dedi'sti,
cum maxima
vo-
luptate accepi.
sick,
alio-
fuisse,
praeberet.
Vertere, convertere, reddere.*
so pale.
To
[LKSSON
translate.
Exercise
167.
me any,
Do not
*
nem
not lend
I will
convertere,
-Gi'aeco in Lat'aium
sermo-
LESSON
ADVERBS.
93.]
613
consider (et repula) that there are many men who have not what you
have.
Life being short, let us endeavor to make it as agreeable as
possible.
Have you done your exercises ?
I could not do them,
because my brother was not at home.
You must not get your exercises done by your brother, but you must do them yourself.
Lesson
A.
Adverbs are indeclinable particles, which serve
to qualify verbs, nouns, adjectives, participles, and
other adverbs.
E. g.
Bene,
well, correctly,
nobly.
homo
indecore
effeminateque
fdciat.
Too
Our
if
Most competent.
adversaries will incur odium,
haughty, cruel, or
malicious shall be alleged of
si
anything
them.
tur.
ndstros
They
increpant.
may be
di-
up and down
indXdcm,
'>
ultro citrbque,
usquam, somewhere
nusquam, nowhere.
52
;;;;
LATIN GRAMMAS.
CI
[LESSON
93.
Quantity, Dimension,
2.
paulum, little
satis, enough
tight
parum, but
longe, long
little,
;
modlce, moderately
largiter,
abundantly
breviter, shortly.
Order
II. Adverbs expressing determinations of time may be divided into those denoting,
E. g. dlu, long paidisper, parumper, for a lit1. Time proper.
jam, now; nuper, lately; prldem, long
tle while; usque, incessantly;
ago heri, yesterday eras, to-morrow olim, once quondam, at some
nondum, not yet alias, at another tune ante, antea,
time, once
before
XXI.
E.)
Order
III.
ing,
all sides;
bipartite,
Manner.
2.
gantly
Limitation
3.
or
Degree. E.g.
praesertbn, particularly
fere, ferme, almost, about
precipue, especially saltern, at least
dumtaxat, only vix, scarcely
paene, almost
quidem,
not even
prorsus, entirely
4. Comparison or Similitude.
E. g. sicut, as, just as perinde,
just as if; aliter, sec us, otherwise
aeque, equally;
divinXtus, from
God, divinely humanXtus, after the manner of men (and others in
simul, una, together.
Xtus)
5.
so on
from
all
E.
the ordinals.
g.
ita,
etiam, yes
LESSON
ADVERBS.
93.]
615
really,
Interrogation.
6.
then
why
? cur,
E.
num, whether
g.
why
? quln, quidni,
not
perhaps
an,
-ne,
IV.
number
them
Demonst.
Relat.
Lnterr.
ubi?
quo
quo?
illuc
qua
unde
unde
turn,
undecunque,
undeunde
quandoque,
quandocunque
siquando, nequan-
quum
quando
quoties
quoties ?
aliquoties
quotiescun-
quam
quam
aliquam
qnamquam
ut, uti
ut?
do, aliquando
nunc, nunc
toties
quacunque,
quaqua.
sicunde, necunde, )
alicunde
|
istinc, illinc
tunc,
dum, etiam-
quoquo
quo
siqua, nequa, ali-
iliac
hinc,
ubiubi
quocunque,
qua?
qua
ali-
cubi
illic
General.
ubicunque,
Tndef.
sicubi, necubi,
ubi
que
tarn
(dam, nam)
ita, sic
utcunque,
utut.
Remarks.
The relation denoted by adverbs
cases with or without prepositions.
1.
by
= Mc,
2.
=f
eo tempore =
cum fide
with pleasure
may
E.
frequently be expressed
g.
cum
euro,
cam
diligenter,
voluptdte
hoc loco
and many of
(C
E. g.
6), are susceptible of comparison like adjectives.
docte, doctius, doctissime ; fortiter, fortius, fortissime ; into, tutius, tutis-
those in o
sime.
cule, saepiuscule,
better;
primum
somewhat
primule,
Among
longule,
comparatives
somewhat
far
may be
off'
included a
sacpe
saepi-
meliusculc, a little
LATIN GRAMMAR.
GIG
[lKSSON
93.
DERIVATION OF ADVERBS.
Adverbs are
C.
or compound.
Primitive adverbs are irregular in form, and have consequently no definite terminations. E. g. jam, nunc, turn, bis,
semcl, vix, sic, non, &c.
Derivative adverbs, on the other hand, assume regular terminations, such as e, ter, um, e, itus, tirn, sim, &c.
Derivatives are formed either from nouns, adjectives, proThey are as follows
nouns, or participles.
:
and
Adverbs in
participles of the
from
liilariter,
liilarus
and
Inldris
and
So
inwardly.f
4.
state
Adverbs
nouns.
E.
g.
in tim
distributivehj,
gregddm, in flocks
acervdlim, in heaps
in us, a,
um have
furlim, stealthily
and vwrdicua.
virilim,
trinsecus,
LESSON
So
vately.
DERIVATION OF ADVERBS.
93.]
man by man
singulatim, singly
also statim, at
;;
617
pauldtim, by degrees
privatim, pri-
An
5.
omnifariam
(sc.
'?
6. Others again are ablatives (singular or plural) of nouns, pronouns, &c. E. g. forte (from fors), perchance, perhaps pridie (from
pris
dies), postridie, perendie, on the day before, the day after, the
day after to-morrow fieri, yesterday luci, by day temperi, in time
rite (== ritu), properly
frustra, in vain; dextrd (sc. manu), on the
right hand; laevci, sinistra, on the left certo, with certainty; crebro,
repeatedly oppido, very, exceedingly merito, deservedly, &c. Pronominal ablatives are hie, istic, illic, here, there ibi, there alibi, elsewhere ubi, where ublque, everywhere utrobique, on both sides
qui,
how
?f
7.
merely, at least
scilicet
it is
(= dum
(=
To these
videre -f- IXcet), you can see, plainly.
cus, with the teeth, tooth and nail (from mordeo).
licet
8.
Many
-\- taxed),
plain, verily
nequaquam, by no means
alicubi, elsewhere
jamdudum, long ago
undel Ibet, from any place you please ublvis, wherever you please
;
then
necubi, lest
anywhere.
By
E. g. liodie, to-day
the union of other parts of speech.
postridie, the day after; quomodo, how; denuo (== de novo), again;
poslea, afterwards alioqui, otherwise, &c.
scilicet, forsooth
b)
Dulcis, e
Sweet.
saCwis,
e.
Adv.
Mild,
soft,
gentle, placid.
-\
dulclter,
suavlter.
;
placidus, a,
um.
Adv.
leniter, molliter
placide.
* To these may be added jnidlum, tantum, solum, primUni, secundum, and all
those enumerated in Case 2.
f Similar to these are the old datives of motion, eo, thither; eodem, to the
same place; hoc, isto, istoc, Mo, hither, thither; quo, whither; al'upio, somewhere;
alio, in
another direction.
52*
'*
LATIN GRAMMAR.
618
Agreeable, grateful.
sweet song
a sweet voice
sweet flowers.
mild air, breeze.
gentle zephyr.
;
A
A
A soft
93.
flores.
mollis.
(i, ???.)
Somnus placidus
(placid) sleep.
Sow,
[lesson
(suavis)
Ac id us ;
acerbus, a, um.
Acididus
sourish).
acid.
(=
To
Yociferdri.
To
raise
To
To
Altum clamorem
a great clamor.
Yoeare aliquem
help,
thing).
To
To
Juvo, are,
Adju rare,
jiivi,
(clamitare).
in auxilium.
jutum.
opil uldri.
help, succor
tress)
tollere.
(any one in
dis-
cui).
assist
you
I will help
lie assists
me
to
do
in
faciendo).
6peram siiam mihi praebet in scri-
it.
in writing.
bendo.
Shall I help
you
to
work
Adjuvabone
te in laborando (labo-
rare) ?
To
To
reach,
one).
To
hand (anything
to
any
(alicui aliquid.)
Offero, erre, obtuli, oblatum.
offer (proffer).
that
Complaisant, pleasing.
To be so good,
Be so good as
as,
to
hand me
plate.
illam pdrrigas.
LESSON
Do me
93.]
Da
you can.
as
Quam primum
quam primum
(=
libruin.
beseech you
Ex
please)
tiia
ie
(= si
voluntate.
quaeso, a
quaeso et peto,
(ut, or subj.
te
at the door.
Somebody
is
knocking at
vis).
tibi libet.
peto quaesoque
without ut).
To knock
po-
Prout
please.
I ask,
mini hoc, ut
tes scribas.
As you
619
the
door.
To come
Evenio,
ire, veni,
ventum.
pen.
To happen,
(any one).
to befall
came
to pass,
happened by
Forte evenit, ut
commonly happens,
that, &c.
-j
Plenimque
Usu venire
evenit, ut
sdlet, ut
Acciditne aliquid
Nuinquid ac-
cidit ?
Nihil.
A
A
him.
I had a misfortune.
One
misfortune
another.
happened
after
what
If
my
will
life
We have
you do
now more
we have had
for
leisure
a great while.
at the door?
fill
(tibi, ei)
malo.
alio
aliquid
humanitus
Nemo
piilsat.
To pour.
To
Si mihi
Si
than
To pour into.
To pour away
Accidebat aliud ex
should be spared.
Is
*,
to shed.
one's cup.
ex
LATIN GRAMMAR.
G20
To shed
With
I
tears
to
weep.
<
Lacrimas eflundere.
Lacrimare,
93.
flere.
What
cup ?
Wine.
He was pouring grain
[LESSON
Yinum.
into the
Frumentum
sacco infundebat.
sack.
Will you
my
fill
Yisne
glass ?
Yinum
good
Who
mini
poculum
temperare
(infundere) V
Sane, id me'ro implebo.
Nam
eifundo.
nihili est.
for nothing.
crying ?
has been crying
is
The mother
Qui's lacrimat ?
all
effudit.
day long.
(
(li).
Aliquo sapor e
esse.
Amaro
bitter taste.
esse sapore.
Yoluptate carere.
Libenter sumere (edere, bibere)
to taste well.
like, relish
Jucunde sapere.
a pleasant taste.
To have a
To
taste
relish.
To have
Not
have a certain
taste, to
or
(aliqua re).
To
\ Repletus
anything.
aliquid appetere.
Aliquid fastidire.
;
To
(the
dislike
any-
taste of)
thing.
How
How
I like
do you
it
like this
wine
very well.
It tastes bitter.
He
dislikes cheese.
have no
He knows what
is
good.
the
to afford.
means,
sapit ?
Jucundissime (sapit).
Suavissimo est sapore.
able,
Habere
facilitates.
Sunt mihi
fa-
LESSON
93.]
means
621
(I cannot
afford).
Can you
afford to
buy a horse
Suntne
facultates
tibi
companindum
I cannot.
I have the
Non
He
Non
sunt.
Habeo
means to live.
has not the means to live.
To laugh
ad e'quum
(at anything).
linde vivam.
habet linde vivat.
Rldeo,
ere,
rlsi,
visum (aliquid,
DE RE).
To laugh
at,
am
laughed at.
are laughing at something.
You are laughed at.
Do you laugh at that ?
I
They
am
Ridetur aliquid.
Ridesne hoc ?
Rideo.
Quid
Te
laughing at you.
To meet
with,
meet
to
find.
rlsum
Rideris.
I do.
rides ?
irrideo.
( Invenire, reperlre.
To meet
Off'endere aliquem
thing.
In
Nescimus (non
emamus.
(
trust one.
I
confide, rely
To unbosom
on any one.
one's self to
any
one.
distrust, mistrust
do not
He
est.
offendisti ?
deat.
To
ali-
In fd ro in eum incidi.
Offendimus eos ad templum exintes.
swer.
To
deprehensus
fiirto
Ubi eura
Bo you
incidere in
re.
He
To
quem.
Deprehendere aliquem in aliqua
trust this
any one.
Fiduciam j^onere
F re turn
in aliquo.
esse aliquo.
Diffidere alicui.
man ?
Non
trust him.
We
me.
must not trust everybody.
Let
this
trusts
be said in confidence
habemus), quod
Mihi
Non
< Hoc
( Hoc
confido.
confidit.
lapidi
dictum puta
dixerim
LATIN GRAMMAR.
622
[LESSON
93.
in confidence.
Quod
attinet
ad.
Quod ad me, ad
te,
ad
ilium,
ad
li'brum attinet.
Quod ad
With
The
The
net,
librura,
quern pdscis,
llungarice,
tibi
litti-
scribam.
Bohemice loqui
Anser, eris, m.
*Diabolus, i, m.
goose.
devil.
Exercise
168.
Do
LESSON
you
PREPOSITIONS.
94.]
G?3
to
evening
go to i
Lesson XOIY.
pensum
QUARTUM.
nqnagesimum
PREPOSITIONS.
A. Prepositions are particles, placed before
certain
cases of nouns or pronouns, in order to point
out
their
relation to
sentence.
question ichere ?
These purely local determinations are, however, frequently
transferred to other ideas, and prepositions also
express relations of time
and causal relations.
ad,
The
to,
towards;
adversus,
at,
near.
adversum, towards,
against.
ante, before.
apud,
circa, circum,
near.
around, about.
c is, citra,
on
this side.
infra, below.
intra, within.
inter, between,
among.
to.
LATIN GRAMMAR,
C24
The
a, ab, abs,
of.
The
III.
[lesson
prepositions,
94*
absque, without.
tive,
tenus, as
far
as,
up
to
(after its
case).
ablative, are,
upon.
Remarks.
1.
2.
by them, ex-
is
is
is
3. Compound prepositions either retain the case of the second component, or are converted into adverbs. E. g. in ante diem, until the
day before ex ante diem, from the day before ex adversum Athenas,
But adverbs are circum circa, all around; deopposite to Athens.
super, from above
insuper, above, besides praeter propter, about,
more or less protinus, onward, further on.
;
Prope
4.
is
still
* On
XCVII. B. vn.
;:
LESSON
PREPOSITIONS IN COMPOSITION.
94.]
625
Poets and later prose-writers employ also the adverbs clam, paand procul as prepositions with the ablative. E. g. Clam
vobis, Without your knowledge.
Palam populo, Before the eyes of
the people.
Simul his, Together with these. Procul urbe, Far from
the city. Procul dubio, Without any doubt.
6.
lam., simul,
PREPOSITIONS IN COMPOSITION.
Prepositions are frequently compounded with
C.
other parts of speech, especially with verbs.
XXVII. A. Rem.
2.)
The
1
The following, which also occur either as adverbs or with cases
ad, to, towards, at, near, by; ante, before; circum, around, about, all
around post, after, behind prae, before, very (with adjectives)
praeter, past, by, beyond, besides super, above, over, left, remaining
subter, beneath, under, privately.
E. g. advenio, I arrive adduco,
I fetch, adduce antepono, I prefer circumduco, I lead around postpraecedo, I go before praecldrus, very celeliabeo, I esteem less
praeterquam, besides
superjacio,
brated praetervehor, I ride by
(Cf. Lessons
I throw over or upon subterjacio, I throw beneath.
;
rid of; edormio, I sleep away or out; effero, I carry forth or out;
ineo, I go in (into)
impicio, I look
exhaurio, I draw out, exhaust
into, inspect; intercalo, I interpose, insert between; intersfo, I stand
;
between or among
or close
up
2N
53
and many
others.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
C2G
[LESSON
91.
cis,
intramurdnus, within
The
II.
only, are,
Ambi (amb,
1.
double
after
Dis (or
2.
disperse
Re
3.
E.
Se (for sine),
4.
dissipo, I scatter,
g. discedo, I leave
dirlmo, I part, separate.
E.
di), asunder.
dlmitto, I dismiss
g. redeo, revertor, I
rejicio, I reject
return
re-
remitto, I
aside, apart.
6. To these may be added ve, which denotes a faulty excess or deE. g. vegrandis, ill-grown, diminutive; vecors,
ficiency (male).
vesdnus, insane, frantic.
So also the negative prefixes ne
heartless
and in, in compounds like nefas, not right, wrong inhumdnus, inhu;
man,
ill-bred.
Wlio
is
here ?
Numquid
Is
it
you ?
Tun'
It
is
not
Non
T
Is
I.
T
tI?
.,
is
Hi
they.
is.
Is
it
my
father ?
tu
es.
(ii, illi)
Siintne
illi
sunt.
fratres
tiii
Sunt.
Niim
Kon
fist
hi libri
tiii
sunt ?
sunt.
hicce pater
meus
Est.
he, or not ?
am
Are you
an non dst ?
Quaeso, an tu is es ?
Is sum enimvero.
Esne tu is, qui medlcus appellaris
Is est,
?
the man.
the man who is called
doctor ?
You are the man who has honored me most frequently.
tu es ?
ts est, ea est.
It is he, she.
It
es ?
ego sum.
Numquid ego sum
Dixisti
you.
is
JE,? dnesum^
It
Quis ddest
Ego
It is I.
Tu
es
sti.
is,
qui
me
saepissime ornfi-
LESSON
I
am
94.]
infant, as a boy,
man.
be agreeable
It will
who
Is
it
It
is
It
is
to us at least,
Tun'
this.
who have
Tu
Vos
qui rides ?
qui hoc fecisti.
(is) es,
es
is,
estis
viri ndbiles,
li,
companion.
I am towards him what you wish
Ego sum
is,
Niimquid
Haec
qui ldquor.
Is in ilium
We
Non
esse
vis.
that advice ?
are not of the number of
those who hold to no truth.
Nor are you such a man as not
are.
verum
ne-
sis,
scias.
Ego
You and
Tu
sister
mini
your
me
sum, quern tu
me to be.
Do you give me
were at
et frater
meus
litteras daturi
siimus.
church.
I
qui haec
dixistis.
they
You and
erit
grfitum.
who speak.
who speak ?
have done this, who was a
to
et
fiii,
love you.
It is I
it
et infans
pxier, et adolescens.
said that.
Is
027
fuistis.
Lycurgus, the
Ego
et tu
haec scripsimus.
Spartanorum
Lycurgus,
legum
sanctor.
tor.
comes
hdminum
est
fidelissima.
Officium patris
est,
quippe tutoris
suorum
consiilere.
debetur (tribuendus
Dedi hoc
consilii
ptitri,
est).
seni
illi
that advice.
tine the Great, the first Chris-
tian emperor.
friend, the
peratore primo.
Kefert (interest)
It concerns
my
Coun-
N.
I have been well acquainted with
him, who was the father of his
consildrii
sellor
Ego
illo,
familiaris
mei,
N.
familiariter usus
fuit,
sum.
country.
thee, my dearest friend, I
give this ring.
Of me, who am his nearest rela-
To
Tibi,
stiilat.
;;
LATIX GRAMMAR.
628
TJie duty
Officium,
i,
munus,
This
is
pi.
tiiae partes.
socius,
i,
m.
socia, ae,/.
oris,
m.
i, n ; exemplar, aris, n.
specimen, Inis, n.
Yir recti exempli.
Uxor singultiris exempli.
Temperantiae jjrudentiaeque specimen.
Auctor (exemplar) omnium virtutum.
(nation).
Honest.
True, faithful.
po-
A faithful
Servus
servant.
Faithful children.
true picture.
Filii
fidelis
pi'i
like, to
domino.
memores).
(officii
Pictura veritati
CAliquam
hole
partes, ium,
prudence.
To
Exemplum,
A model of a man.
A model of a woman.
The family.
The people
n.
eris, n.
Tuum
The guardian.
The model.
An
94.
rum.
part.
The companion.
[LESSON
appear.
J
,
(_
similis.
To
To
Plenum
lore.
et
speciosum et coloratum
esse.
To
look respectable
(in
dress,
&c).
How does
He
<"
he look
Forma
esse.
\
looks gay, sad, contented
Decoro habitu
Quam fdrmam
Speciem
prae se fert
hilaris,
tristis,
contenti
praebet.
He
He
looks modest.
looks like a girl.
You look terribly.
He looks like a slave.
You look like a doctor.
He has the appearance of an
honest man.
are more stupid than you
You
Modestiam prae
se
fei't.
es.
look.
6^,1
LESSON
94.]
'Homines mei
629
or
ordinis.
My
(his,
Homines meae
our) equals.
(suae,
nostrae) fa~
rinae.
One
He
of our number.
has not bis equal.
To resemble any
Aequi
et
Unus
e nobis.
pares mei
(sui, nostri).
one.
alienjus.
To resemble one
in features.
To
Os vultumque
Mores alicujus
alicujus referre.
referre.
Each
other
mutually.
They
We
other.
Amamus
They
assist
each other.
tiunt.
You
stis.
Neither
party
could
see
the
other.
He
Facie mini
resembles me.
similis est.
You
resemble me.
We resemble
other.
each other.
He
hie
to
any
one.
To
Siimus.
( Proplnare alicui.
< Provocdre aliquem bibendo (or
ad
bibendum).
T Proplnare
aliquid.
1
(
53*
quam
est.
To
We
To drink
ill
Poculum
(or
praebibere)
alicui tradere.
Alicui salutem propinare.
alicui
LATIN GRAMMAR.
630
To make
of any
Crebris
eum
propinatidnibus laces-
sivit.
one.
94.
acquaintance
the
[LESSON
ac-
(aliquem.)
Aliquem nosse, cognosse,
in-
vidisse.
To know each
To have
other.
cedit)
cum
aliquo.
mihi intercedit
1 Familiaritas
himself thoroughly.
know any
to
well.
sight.
one.
know
him.
cum
aliquo.
He knows
opti-
timately.
eum
(vidi).
vidi,
eum cogndvi.
se.
itEum
igndro.
cent.
est.
As he
you must do
him.
As
it is
absolvenda sunt
ab-
tibi ite-
rum.
Qudniam non
venerat,
eum
arces-
est,
in ve-
sivi.
already night, go ye to
your homes.
LESSON
EXERCISE
94.]
Exercise 1G9.
Where have you become acquainted with
come acquainted with her
who
G31
169.
at the house of
my
that lady ?
one of my
have be-
relations.
Is
book ?
It is not I, it is your
little sister who has soiled it.
Who has broken my fine inkstand?
It is I who have broken it.
Is it you who have spoken of me ?
It is we who have spoken of you, but we have said of you nothing but
good (nihil nisi bonwri).
Why does your cousin ask me for money
and books?
Because he is a fool; of me, who am his nearest relation and best friend, he asks nothing.
Why did you not come to
dinner?
I have been hindered, but you have been able to dine
without me.
Do you think that we shall not dine, if you cannot
How long did you wait for me ? We waited for you till
come ?
a quarter past seven, and as you did not come, we dined without you.
Have you drunk my health ?
We have drunk yours and that of
your parents.
A certain man was very fond of wine, but he found
" If I put water to it," said he,
in it two bad qualities (qualitates).
" I spoil it, and if I do not put any to it, it spoils me."
How does
your uncle look ?
He looks very gay for he is much pleased with
his children.
They, on the
Do his friends look as gay as he ?
it
thou, Charles,
hast soiled
My
Who
We
Why
is
short
and yours
is
too long,
mine
is
black and
LATIN GRAMMAR.
C32
L8SS0I1
[LESSON
95.
QUIN-
TUM.
CONJUNCTIONS.
Conjunctions are particles, which serve to desA.
ignate the relation between one predicate and another,
and to effect the connection of sentences.
The relation of one predicate to another may be either equal or
unequal. Hence there are two kinds of conjunctions, of which one
connects similar sentences, or, when the repetition of the predicate is
unnecessary, similar parts of a sentence, and the other dissimilar sentences.
is
1.
-que
2.
aut, either
3. Adversatives, or
verum, vero, enimvero, autem, sed, but, however
The
II.
follows
1.
but
at qui,
neve,
neu
at, ast,
but yet.
Conditionals, or
if;
or; neve
dumne, dummodo
3.
that, in
order that
not, lest
4.
Consecutives, or
that, so that
etsi,
etiamsi,
;
account.
LESSON
95.]
Among
7.
conjunctions
may
also
Such
tions or comparisons.
C33
be included a number of
and others used in ques-
are,
The
a)
ne.
the poetical ceu, quam, tamquam (with or without si), quasi, ut si, ac si,
ac, and atque, all of which are rendered by the English as, just as,
as if.
same word.
Mater
Cur
tua
tibi
et
E.
g.
sdror a
me
diligitur.
fasces ac secures,
et
tan-
pdssunt.
Vive
dm
ac feliciter.
Non mddo
bellum
indi'xit.
rem hominis
vel
dicam pecudis
videte.
sister
are loved
Why
Eemarks.
This rule extends also to comparative conjunctions, and to all
such as introduce clauses which are not subordinate or dependent on
the preceding sentence, but co-ordinate or in the same construction
with it.
1.
2.
be
in the
* These were
the
emblems
of office of the
Eoman
consuls, &c.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
634
E.
reipublicae refert.
queniius etiam venisset, nisi, &c.
The
3.
conjunction
is
[LESSON
g.
Mea et
Veniebat
95.
patris causa.
quotidie, etfre-
E.
g.
Velim
On
4.
the construction of the remaining conjunctions, which introclauses, compare Lessons LXXXVI. -
LXXXIX.
DOUBLE CONJUNCTIONS.
Copulative and disjunctive conjunctions are frequently
i. e. expressed in both members of the sentence, so as
Such combinations are,
to connect them more emphatically.
C.
doubled,
que,
et
que.*
nee nee,
neque neque,
neque
nee neque.
nee (neque).
neque (nee)
nee (neque)
Y
aut
seu
-que
-que
both
and, as
well
as, at
once
and.
et,
~\
neither
nee,
f J
both
et
et,
>
-que.
j"
and
aut,
vel
sive
either
vel. )
sive,
seu.
nor.
either
not.
or.
or,
whether
or.
Examples.
Te et mdneo et hdrtor.
Et mari et terra.
servata praetermissa-
MiHtiae(jwe diomique.
Non possum reliqua nee cogitare
Officia et
que.
nee scribere.
Et rem
write.
agndscit, nee
hdminem
ignorat.
He
is
man.
Nee miror
et
gaudeo.
joice.
Nee
tu interfmsti,
et
ego id
egi.
In poetry only.
affair,
but I did
to
it.
f Rarely used.
do with
LESSON
DOUBLE CONJUNCTIONS.
95.]
035
discede.
Use me
either as your
commander
modo, \
partim part im
simul simul
qua qua.
modo
turn
quum
at
turn.
partly.
both
well
both
turn.
time
at another,
as.
time
at
so especially
at another.
not
especially.
Examples.
He
Modo
hoc,
Modo
Nunc
dmnes
modo
lllud dicit.
increpat.
me amici deseruerunt,
partim prodiderunt.
Qua ddminus, qua advocati sibi-
Partim
lis
conscissi.
Fortuna quum in
turn
reliquis rebus,
mum potest.
thing,
* The
and
sive.
student will notice here the distinction between the words aut,
Cf.
page 388.
vel,
LATIN GRAMMAR.
G3G
sed
quidem.
non modo sed
non minus
non magis
[LESSON
>
vix.
than as much
than; as much
no less
no more
quain.
quana.
95.
as.
as.
Examples.
Although
da voluntas.
Tullus Hostilius non solum proximo regi dissimilis, sed ferdcior
etiam Rdmulo fiiit.
go non modo
tibi
non
iraseor,
ctum
fa-
tiium.
Verum
sed vix
jam
in libris reperiiin-
tur.
Quid
est
For what
oratoris, sed
hdminis
man
Alexander non ducis mdgis quam
milltis miinia
a scrape.
get into
perform
to
exequebatur.
( Jurgia
To
cum
aliquo incejjtdre.
To bring
To be involved
To get out of a
in a scrape.
angustiis.
one's self).
The quarrel, scrape.
The snare.
Always, perpetually.
He
He
is
or illaqueare.
incitas redigere.
Rixis implicari or illigari.
Expedire, extricare (aliquem, se)
Ad
Me
expedivi.
\ Salvus evasi.
Rixas in se cdnflat.
Ad incitas
Homo llle
redactus
implicat,
semper tamen
expedit.
Cf.
est.
page 584.
se nirsus
LESSON
95.]
Inter (Prep,
Between.
There
is
The
The
form, aspect.
face, sight.
To have
Videor,
(^
<
To
To
look sad.
look ugly.
To
look good.
look
angry,
Arridere alicui.
Torvis oculis aliquem intueri.
Accipere (excipere) aliquem humaniter, counter, benigne.
Vir forma honesta (specie insigni).
specie teniii.
specie tenui (or humili).
< Speciem bdnam praebes.
\ Vigoris speciem prodis.
be angry.
They appear to be contented.
to
Vultu
look pleased.
When I go to see that man, instead of receiving me with
pleasure, he looks displeased.
The man whom you see appears
desirous of approaching us.
To
To
go
pay one a
visit
to see
some one
visit.
se fert.
They
visit, to
Homines
to
irati,
se ferre.
looks angry
To
Homo
Bad-looking people.
She appears
Speciem
contented,
A good-looking man.
A bad-looking man.
He
oculis
file,
me
intueri sdleat.
videtur.
( Aliquem vlsere
(si,
sum).
(Ad
aliquem
Aliquem adire
one on business.
Obire,
adire,
or con venire.
frequentare,
brare.
To
visit
Vi-
esse.
deri.
pleased.
To look pleased with one.
To look cross at one.
To receive one kindly.
You
visus sum.
To
eri,
or pre se ferre.
Aliqua specie or forma
To
ei,
f
J
look, appear.
Vultus, us, m.
Oris habitus or lineamenta.
Os vultusque.
mien, look.
To
cum Ace).
a difference between.
The appearance,
637
a sick person.
54
Aegrotum
Ad
cele-
LATIN GRAMMAR.
038
To
[LESSON
domum
Alicujus
95.
lebrare.
To frequent a society.
The society assembly.
Conventum
Conventus,
To be
in society.
(circiilum) celebrare.
m. ; circulus, i, m.
us,
Circulos frequentare.
To
associate with
To
imagine.
some one.
est hddie.
Opinari, putare
in
opinionem ve-
nire.
He
In opinionem venit,
man
non
fore, ut
venias.
Venitne saepe ad
Immo me
Fuitne
te visere ?
quotidie visitat
cum
tibi
lllo
linquam con-
suetiido ?
eo multum et familiariter
usus siim.
Sane
quum
in lirbe esses ?
Yero, celebrabam.
Perpetuo fere inter homines
est.
(among men).
It is all over with
me
am un- Actum
est
de
me
Perii
done!
It is all
over
Actum
est
Actum jam de
isto
est!
Factum
fieri
The
spite, displeasure.
The
grief, sorrow.
Stomcichus,
(
To
vex,
To
oris,
m.
m.
i,
molestia, ae,
f.
aegritudo, mis,
sollicitudo, mis,
f.
f.
Dolor,
fendere (in
of-
aliqua re).
Aliquem mordere.
Alicujus existimationem offendere.
ahcujus detrahere.
De fama
tation.
To
feel hurt.
LESSON
95.]
This hurts
my
feelings.
Molestiam exhibuisti
Virum istum
feel-
d6traCted
honor
fr
hIs
jittimwith
Tnn
words
I did not wish to offend you.
{
"'"'*.
',
TT *
i
11
68
7 U did n0t
"
come
YoU
an one s
any
K
honor
or liberty.
illi.
offendisti.
ings.
639
^ offensum
-^ ace
no'lui.
tu^ dixerim.
Adgre
f6rt ' td
'
'
( No, m
ndre, navi,
.
X NatOj are, avi, atum.
Ars nandi.
To swim.
The
art of
A good
I
know
swimming
(fit)
ming.
To
To
tum
To
experience.
To
suffer, endure.
-j
feel (experience).
suffer,
habeo.
Sentio, Ire,
experience pain.
si,
sum.
Mala
misfortunes.
He
thing easily.
Animus
neque
We
his
ns children.
1 feel a pain in
heart
m
10
lecL
my head,
sum.
facile.
piiti,
pe'rpeti po'test.
Nee
amitteret.
in
my
ere, lean,
ledum (aliquid,
eacere aliquid).
[LESSON
LATIN GRAMMAR.
C40
To
miss (neglect).
To
omit.
(rem,
praetennittere
opportunitatem, &c.).
Omittere, praetermittere, praeter-
Nedifere,
Ire (ALIQUID).
Promissa tua neglexisti.
You have
95.
ise.
You have
come
neglected to
to
termisisti).
your lesson.
He never neglects or omits any-
Nihil tinquam
nee prae-
negligit,
termittit.
thing.
Numqnid occaadnem
of defending himself?
So far from neglecting it, he has
dendi praetermisit
sei/ed
it
To yu
Tantum
BDest, ut praeternn'serit,
avidiime amplexns
eagerly.
Cedo,
Id.
defea-
siii
>"/v.
cessi,
lit
Bit
cessum (alicot
de be).
To
yield to
morem
Cedere,
any one.
gcrere,
obsequi
To
To
up
yield, give
one's place.
to acqui-
yield to something
esce in
re loco
it.
issitati
To
yield to necessity.
Veniam dare
To make
We
a virtue of necessity.
musl ) ield to necessity.
his
parere (cedere).
"
J)id
or ex loca
Cedere
<ea
in
Cedendum
fate?
but he
lie did not acquiesce
has resolved to yield to neces;
Niim
necessitatL
consilium verl
est
necessitatL
vit?
acquievit;
Ndn
nihilcmlnus vem-
sity.
Did
omi.-it
(prae-
teriit).
Exercise
L70.
thus at
more to-day.
him lon, for
Have
you known
my
father
long?!
have known
made
his
We
LESSON
INTERJECTIONS.
96.]
Gil
do not
is
like to
Lesson XCVI.
PENS1
M NONAGESIMUJJ SEXTUM.
INTERJECTIONS.
Interjections are particles denoting natural
A.
sounds, expressive of certain emotions of the mind.
20
54*
LATIN GRAMMAR.
642
[LESSON
96.
1.
Delight
oh
ah
hurrah
evoe,
huzzah
Laughter
3.
bravo
6.
Praise, applause
Encouragement
as, ela,
Answering
as,
hem*
ehem, well
11.
12.
Aversion
13.
Silencing
10.
9.
done
and the imperatives
as,
up come on
come now
age, agedum, pi. agtte, come on
soho
8. Calling
as, heus, eho, ehodum, ho
7.
very well
as,
as,
behold!
hush
away
fie
tush
Remarks.
number of
Among
deities,
* Some
interjections, like
hem! vah
&c,
ent emotions.
expi'essions mecastor and meliercules may be resolved into, Ita me Casf
tor or Hercules juvet, So help me Castor or Hercules and mehercule into, Ita me
Ilercule (vocative) juves, So help thou me, Hercules!
The
LKSSON
!! !
6.]
t;i;
C.
Interjections cither stand alone, or are followed by the
nominative, genitive, dative, accusative, or vocative.
With
With
With
With
With
Sed eece
letter
En
There
dexlra Jidesque
ejiis-
See
tin.
is
01
>ht
plighted faith
Happy the death incurred especially for one's fatherland!
Lo there a wretched man
Wretch that I am
!
The
Let each
health of Messala
one say so to his cup
!
Woe is me
Woe to the conquered
O blessed harbinger to me
O thou forgetful of thy ancestry
!
vocative constitutes in itself an entire sentence, like an interand frequently occurs in connection with one. But if the
sentence in which the vocative occurs contains a finite verb or an
E. g.
imperative, these must agree with it in number and person.
jection,
quid
dii bo'ni!
vita
Quae
est in
hdminis
dm ?
res
linquam,
pro sancte
Vmcere
sets,
lid ne'scis
Hannibal;
victoria,
said to
What
piter
greater exploit,
holy Juwas ever achieved, not
!
only in
land ?
this
citv,
but in any
bal,
Do
quo
ne credite, Teucri
Quinctili Vare, legidnes redde
Good gods
What can be
last in human life ?
Return the
legions, Quinctilius
Va-
rus.
Keep
my
Rufus, to the
sun of yours
O Rufus, in vain and to no purpose called my friend
city,
to the city,
and
live in that
! !
!!
!!
LATIN GRAMMAR.
644
96.
by
my
name
triae appellate
ain merit e
[LES50N
Remarks.
Participles sometimes occur alone in the vocative, but only in
E. g. Proud, dicte inihi. sum ma dicende Camena. (O tliou)
And the two last of the
sung in my first ode, to be sung in my last
1.
poetry-.
above examples.
Poets, in imitation of the Greeks, thus frequently put the vocaand adjectives where we might expect the nomina-
2.
tive of participles
E. g. Quo moriture mis f Whither art thou hastening so precipThus may you come
ready to perish?
Sfc venias hodierne
to-day
So the common expression Macte virtute esto
Success to
you
Go on and prosper
tive.
itately,
.'
What a Joy
What
How
How
man
Quod gaudium !
Qui vir! Quantus (quulis) vir!
Quani bene fecisti
Quain miser e'?t homo
Qui dolor
.'
What men
How many men
What a fine book
What fine weather
What good people they
What a happiness
Qui homines
Quid hominuni
Quam
piilcher liber
Quam
illi
are
Quanta
What
how
in-
dergone
great,
Quam fe'lix
Quam fortunutus
Quam boons
Quam stiilta
Quam dives iste est
Quam fonndsa e'st mtilier ilia
Quam es erga me benevolus
Quam felix es
Qui moeror afnigit animum meum
-
many, how
How
benevoli
stint
felicitas
Qudt. quantus.
quam
hausit calaniitates
incredibiles
!!
LESSON
trusted
!!
!!
96.]
To what
a friend I have
property
my
in-
is
mea commendavi
Qualine amico
bona
How much
645
conveyed in so
Quam
miilta
Quam
Quam
quam
paiicis
few words
How
How
insignificant
fair
How
man
is
ing advice
Quam
nihil praetermittis
silio
How changed
How much she
dando
in con-
Quantum mutatus
Quantum in smu filiae
!
praise
homiincio
vero molesta est res
Ut
flevit
laudari
How
Me
der to you
See how the matter has changed
You remember how popular the
law seemed.
Think of the shortness of life
!
How
valuable knowledge
To run up
to
is
or towards (any
one).
sum devinctus
tibi
Accurro,
ri),
ere,
locum).
To
any
any one
properare, advolare.
Servare, conservare.
Eripio, ere, pui, eptum (aliquem
A RE, EX RE).
Liberare aliquem ab aliqua re.
hasten up.
To run
to the assistance of
one.
To save, preserve.
To deliver, rescue.
To
from anything.
To
Salutem petere
self.
suae consu-
saluti
lere.
To
To
Aliquem salvum
esse velle.
Festinare,
properare,
maturare
(rem, or NEUT.).
Praedari (in general).
<
To plunder, rob.
Pilare, expilare (aliquem, rem).
Eripite nos ex miseriis
Deliver us from misery
Eripe me a periculo
Save me from danger, from death <
Serva me a mdrte
Festina lente
Hurry slowly
!
LATIN GRAMMAR.
646
He
you
desires
to
be
[LESSON
Te salvum
safe.
viilt.
safety in flight.
Many
esse
96.
perditi
(ali-
To
set
Aggredior,
about something.
i,
gressus
sum (rem,
work.
Dicere aggredior.
Num extingui potuerunt
able to extin-
Contigitne
in extin-
guerent
To
Non
ut flummas exti'n-
lis,
cdntigit.
indicate, show.
Rixari, jurgare
signijicdre.
altercdri
each other).
To
fliimraae ?
fire V
Objurgare,
litigare
se).
reprehendere
(ali-
quem).
To
scold one.
To
Inerepare aliquem.
<
gare.
Certare, disputare, dimicare, con-
thing.
The
casti-
quarrel, dispute.
tis,/.
Num
te magister tuus
crepuit ?
Niinquain.
Never.
What
are
they quarrelling a-
unquam
in-
se rixantur ?
bout?
They
are
quarrelling
De
about a
slave.
They
are
shall
By
By
go
all
disputing about
who
Disputant, quis
debeat.
first.
means, obstinately.
ivith
To pursue (any
one).
0h
j
Omni
vl ;
anXl7U>>
summa
eorum primus
P******
ope
ire
P~
marubus pe-
dlbusque.
Persequi, insequi
sectari
consectari,
(aliquem).
in-
LESSON
96.]
from
&c.
this, that,
To
The proverb.
The difference.
There
What
is
Insanum fieri.
Verbum, proverbium, adagium, i, n.
Discrlmen,
a difference between.
a difference
647
inis,
n.
differentia,
Quantum
The officer.
The ass.
The hare.
To accept anything from any
differt
Praefectus militaris.
Asinus, i, m.
Lepus, oris, m.
Accipere
one.
(cepi,
ceptum) aliquid ab
aliquo.
To our disgrace.
To my misfortune
(ill
Cum
Cum
luck).
Exercise
ignominia nostra.
meCi calamitdte (or pernicie).
171.
But,
LATIN GRAMMAR.
G48
[LESSON
97.
to strip (exuere)
'?
Lesson XCVII.
pensum
nonagesimum
SEPTIMUM.
OE THE ORDER OF WORDS IN SENTENCES.
A. The order or succession of words in Latin sentences is determined by their degree of relative importance, which depends upon
the intention of the speaker.
The general principle of this order is,
that the most important word should occupy the first place, and that
those modifying, expanding, or defining it should follow each other in
regular succession, according to their relative weight in the construction.
This is called the natural order.
Reason commands,
desire obeys.
perat.
defensd-
The
young men,
ready for
res.
Semper
oratorum
moderatrix
fait
prudentia.
eloquentiae
auditorum
The
LESSON
97.]
ORDER OF WORDS
Lacedaemone
fiiit honestissimum
domicilium senectutis.
Be Hum socidle. Senatus populusque Romdnus.
D. Brutus Imperdtor, Consul desi-
Dv* Ciceroni.
Lex naturae. Pemilitdris.
Paratus ad
rei
nature.
periculum.
elect,
The law of
in military af-
Skilled
Ready
fairs.
humana
649
to Cicero greeting.
The law of nations.
gndtus, S.
Jus gentium.
ri tus
IN SENTENCES.
for danger.
aedificavit urbes.
cities.
I.
According
The oblique cases, and other words serving to expand the predicate, are commonly put before the verb, which
predicate.
fiterant;
g.
re-
se-
E.
saw Cato
de'ntem.
They
mentis
battles.
satelli-
senses as its satellites and messengers, and given him a suitable bodily form, adapted to the
tes attribuit ac
ramque
aptam ingenio humano
Remark.
dedit.
man
sed
orndvit,
human mind.
An
noun
its
is
but
or distinctive characteristic,
it
precedes
it.
The same applies to the genitive, which may either follow the word
E. g.
limited by it, or, as the emphatic word, precede it.
* I. e. Salutem dicit, Sends greeting. In superscriptions to letters, the name
The abbreviation S. D. then either precedes
of the writer usually comes first.
Thus equallyor follows the person addressed, which is always in the dative.
Among the later writers, however, the order is
correct: Cicero Trebatio S. D.
person
addressed
is
the
put
first.
and
reversed,
55
LATIN GRAMMAR.
650
Yir dptimus.
na
me'rita.
Jiippiter Optimus
Mdxbnus.
Magister e'quitum.
Curatdres viarum*
Ornamentuni
vir or civis.
Siinvna res
consilium.
piiblica.
Tuum
Atlieniensis
Demosthenes.
Persarum
Sendtus consiiltum.
rex Darius. Euddxus, Platonis auditor.
97.
civitdtis.
Auditor Platonis.
Bonus
[LESSON
Miltiades, Cimo-
nls filius.
A hearer of Plato.
A good man, citizen. f
lour advice.
state,
nian Demosthenes.'
of the senate.
A decree
The whole
The AtheThe king
Remarks.
An
When
separated from
Hie
Ilia
mea
est
princi'pia
rerum
recentes
Haec
Hoc
Haec mensa.
vir.
culum.
ba-
et Id
exitus.
et hujus frdtris
The
decrevit.
Tumulus
is ipse,
in
quo cdndita
The very
hill
was
built.
sibi,
lirbs est.
on which the
city
suus, superlatives, or
ordinals.
In
I. e.
titles
the genitive
is
posed to malus.
thus
commonly put
trait is
goodness.
last,
Vir bonus
LESSON
ORDER OF WORDS
97.]
Sua cinque
IN SENTENCES.
Every
virtue
er praise.
is
651
entitled to
its
its
prop-
peculiar na-
ture.
est.
Mini me
sibi
difficillime
difficulty
in
observing
himself.
Epicureos
doctissimus
quisque
contemnit.
Decimus quisque fusti necatur.
Remark.
Sibi
me
The
wisest
men
all
despise
the
Epicureans.
Every tenth
distribu-
When
tive signification.
Bene
si jrnifi cation.
arbitror.
dp-
cingit.
non
potest.
ne solebat
cum
Scipio-
rusticari.
Legem
omnino male.
ness injuries.
happened that nearly all the
rest of the ships were driven
back.
The river Dubis surrounds nearly
the entire town.
It
Epedorix
et Viriddmarus, insi-
LATIN GRAMMAR.
G5
proditionis
muliiti
nis
indicia
Roma-
ah
causa
any
sunt.
97.
interfecti
Ingenia
[LESSON
Men
trial.
palliating
every
one
his
own
guilt.
Ab
dtium
hdste
Manum
There was
fvi.it.
de tabula!
Germani
statim e
rest
somno lavantur.
after sleep.
me.
Pompeio
dissidebat,
quocum
junctissime vixerat.
my
scarcely in
senses.
He
am
We
engage in conversation.
Remarks.
An
1
adjective or relative pronoun is often emphatically put before the preposition, so that the latter stands between it and its noun.
Hanc ob causam.
Qua in urbe.
E. g. Mac/no cum metu.
Quern
ad modum.
Nulla in
re.
2. Relatives, and sometimes also the demonstrative Jiic, are frequently put before their preposition, although no substantive follows.
E. g. Socii putandi, quos inter (= inter quos) res communicata est.
So also Hunc adversus
Res, causa, qua de (= de qua) agttur.
hunc circum; \\x\no, juxta ; quern penes ; quam super ; quern ultra, &c*
by an
tribuendo.f
* Poets and later prose-writers extend this transposition to personal pronouns and to substantives. E.g. Se erga ; te propter ; me penes; te sine;
Scythas inter ; Misenum apud et Eavennam; thalamo svb fluminis.
E. g. Per ego te deos oi*o.
Vis
f Poets extend this liberty much further.
animi pervlcit et extra processil longe flammantia moenia mundi, &c.
LESSON
97.]
ORDER OF WORDS
IN SENTENCES.
653
liti-
les esse
pdssunt.
Anna drmis propulsantur.
Nihil est unum uni tarn simile,
tarn par, quam dmnes inter
/
Men
ser-
nosmetipsos siimus.
ambo, alter
causam ednferunt.
No'xii
dlterum
in
aliis
cast the
blame
Aliud
videtur optimum.
to one, an-
other to another.
Ties
It
Quae me moverunt,
dem te profecto.
movissent ea-
seems to
brothers.
me
as if I
saw three
The same
you.
contemnendam.
Ratio nostra
o ratio.
Est genus
conscntit,
piignat
do not
opposes.
hdminum
falliicium,
There
who always
like
noctesque.
bellique.
militiaeque.
citroque,
(e. g.
possible.
quantus, &c.)
Correlatives (e. g. tantus
position in their respective clauses.
I. e.
"
To some
there
is
LATIN GRAMMAR.
654
The
et,
ac,
[LESSON
97.
Ldquimur de
lis
E.
g.
communis.
Consul, qui unus supererat, mdvit vita
We
known
The only
ritur.
Hannibal
tres exercifus
Ex
comparavit.
his
mdximos
unum
in
Africam misit.
Tdntum
tribuendum,
cuique
quantum ipse efficere pdssis.
You
form
yourself.
Nemo
pi en us.
imperator
fiiit
Namque
siimmus mari et
terra.
Pausanias non mores patrios solum, sed etiam cultum vestitumque mutivit.
Appardtu regio
utebatur, veste
Medi
Media
satelli-
Aegyptii sequebantur ejndabdtur more Persarum .... superbe rcspondebat et crudeliter imperabat.
tes
et
as
philosopher is susceptible of
rage, but not of madness.
But
that is another question.
The
about
sailing.
for
full
every Kind
of sagacity;
commander-inland.
be too rash
the custom
to hurry for
to
It
of seafaring men
the sake of gain.
sui causa.
much
The
and
consiliique
as
to.
is
replies
commands
were haughty
his
He was un;
cruel.
These words then generally occupy the second or third place in the
When the copula est or a verb is the emphatic word, then
auiem, enim, igitur, and ergo often stand in the third, fourth, or fifth
clause.
place.
E.
g.
LESSON
ORDER OF WORDS
97.]
vivendi, ut velis.
Sensit in se iri Brutus.
Avide
itaque se certamini dffert.
Quid sipiente
stiintius,
quum
utatur
tot, tarn
variisque virtutibus ?
IN SENTENCES.
655
Hence he
at
once
of-
We
vice in him.
I should like to
quotations, the
formulas
E.
So
rr.
conciliat
et
amicitias,
conscrvat.
Vide, quaeso, satisne rectum
nos in
et
sit,
te,
quid agit
Pray
tell
doing
In edsdem
bitror,
venies,
in quibus
consedisse aiidies
nos
me, what
is
my
Attica
You
LATIN GRAMMAR.
656
Nemo
fiierint,
judicare.
est,
Tu quum
in.
tantum librdrum
tandem
As you
re-
otidsus.
Remark.
gratuitous or
versari.
ipse
97.
There
mercenary
[LESSON
So frequently quod
si,
Words thus crowded out of the first place in the sentence are often
emphatically put at the end. E. g.
Justitia est
et regina mrlutum.
Aedui
equites
ad Caesarem dmnes
revertiintur.
In
licic
gyptiorum.
Recepto Caesar Orxco, nulla interpdsita
mora,
Apolldniam
turn to Cassar.
This island contains abodes of
Egyptians.
After retaking Oncum, Cassar,
without any delay, advances into
Apollonia.
proficiscitur.
Cimon defeated
in
one engagement
Quis potidne
Who
things.
uti
aut cibo
diilci
diutius potest 1
Hanc
perfectam
philosdphiam
any longer ?
have alwavs considered that
to
LESSON
ARRANGEMENT OF SENTENCES,
97.]
Hoc
ornateque dicere.
quam
G5'
on questions
highest interest.
elegance
po-
No
At
melius,
test
ETC.
tu, facere
nemo.
Hoc tempore
one could do
you can.
of the
this better
than
to
ar-
Periphrastic clauses, or such as represent a noun, adjecadverb, occupy precisely the place in which the word
for which they stand would be.
I.
tive, or
Homines
stulte
reprehendere,
tacueris.
laudare pdssunt.
Lauddre
quanta
exprdmere, quan-
eloque'ntiam, et,
tctmque
cuti,
wisdom of your
To
silence.
praise eloquence,
and
to
show
purpose in
this
place,
nor
is
it
necessary.
Your
E.g.
Non
fecissem hdminis paene inmentionem, nisi judicarem, qui suspiciosius aut crimi-
fimi
2P
I should
LATIN GRAMMAR.
658
ndsius
dicer et,
audivisse
me
neminem.
Tempus
est
quisque
hujusmodi,
ibi
est,
esse
ut,
ubi
relit.
ddeunt,
intempestive
Quo major
est in
iia et divinior,
gent
Verres
diligentia.
ita se gessit in his rebus,
quasi reus
nunquam
esset
futu-
suspi-
thought of me
As
who come
those
ence
molesti
97.
The
minime
[lesson
at
going to be impeached.
rus.
put
E.
last.
Alexander,
g.
quum
interemisset
Clitum, familiarem siium, vix
a se manus abstinuit.
Cogitare debebas, ubicunque
fore *m ejus
quern fugis, potestate.
ses,
te
es-
ipsius,
When
The cause
cam
relraxisset.
of
my
that I might
manner of speaking.
was,
proficiscendi fuit.
his friend,
my
ble one.
I fought with Clodius when I defended the cause of the public
and
his
own.
On
change
compare Lesson
LXXXIV.
A.
into Af-
LESSON
97.]
ARRANGEMENT OF SENTENCES,
659
ETC.
is
called
a,
to-
period.
De mea
With
tamen
dem
am
saluti
at
The
at present,
with
witness.
my
any
Testis, is,
An
assistance
The
intimate friend.
Necessarius,
The
The
Labrum, i, n.
Balneum, i, n.
Hospes,
ear-
It has
hold, possess.
frequently.
To be affected by anything.
I think I shall come to Rome.
I suppose you are aware.
See that you take proper care
Take care of your health.
Out of respect for me.
advice,
itis,
m.
m.
i,
Ita
Alieno nomine.
Aliquem magni
facere.
Aliquem liberaliter
Et pluribus verbis
tractare.
et saepius scri-
Te
of.
re.
Romam me venturum
In
piito.
scire arbltror.
Da
rdgo.
Adieu.
and
endeavors.
bere.
my
mendare.
Commendatio, onis,/!
The recommendation.
To
To
A vita discedere.
nestly.
To
little
m.
Testis gravis.
tub.
disposition to-
and how
rate with
important witness.
The guest (host).
bath.
my
respect to
jiidices,
Vale.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
660
Exercise
1.
172.
[LESSON
97.
(Letters.)
* greeting.*
your
2.
father.
M.
Adieu.
T. Cicero to * * # greeting.
I hope you are very well (si vales, bene est) I am well.
"We have
thus far no reliable information (quidquam certi) either (neque) concerning Csesar's arrival or (neque) concerning the letter, which Philotinus is said to have.
If there is anything certain (si quid erit certi), I
shall let you know (certiorem face re) immediately.
See that you take
good care of your health. Adieu.
;
3.
M.
T.
Cicero to * * * greeting.
we
come
I think that
(Nonis).-f or
shall
on the day
is
ever else
4.
may be
life
M. T. Cicero to * * * greeting.
* For
rimam
LESSON
M.
5.
EXERCISE
97.]
T.
172.
661
Cicero to * * * greeting.
you are aware how greatly I esteemed Cams Avianus Flacand I had learned from himself (ex ipso audieram), (who was) a
most excellent and agreeable (gratus) man, how generously he had
been treated by you. The sons of this (man), worthy in every respect (dignissimos) of that father, and my intimate friends, whom I
greatly cherish (unice diligo), I recommend to you as earnestly (sic)
as I can recommend any one (ut majore studio nullos commendare possim).
Caius Avianus is in Sicily. Marcus is with us. My desire is
(te rogo), that you should honor (ornare) the merit (dignitas) of the
one present with you (illlus praesentis), and defend the interest (rem)
of both (of them).
You can do nothing in that province (that will
be) more agreeable to me. I most earnestly request you to do so.
I think
cus
6.
M. T. Cicero to * * * greeting.
Adieu.
7.
M.
T. Cicero to * * * greeting.
I have read your letter from which I understand that Caesar conYou have reason to rejoice, that
siders you very learned in the law.
you have come to those places where you might have the appearance
(ubi viderere) of knowing something (aliquid sapere). But if (quodsi)
you had also gone into Britannia, there certainly would have been no
one in that great island more experienced (peritior) than you. And
yet (verum tameri) I envy you somewhat (subinvideo), for having been
called, of his own accord (ultro), by one to whom others cannot even
aspire (aspirare), not on account of his pride, but on account of his
;
56
LATIN GRAMMAR.
662
[LESSON
97.
darii,* (though the man), -whom before we could not even cheat blindfolded {quern antea ne andabatam quidem\ defraudare poteramus). But
jesting aside {jam satis jocati sumus), you yourself know how earnestly (diligenter) I have written to Caesar about you ; how often (I have
done so), I (myself know). But I had already ceased to do so {jam
intermiseram) lest I might seem to distrust the disposition {voluntas)
And yet {sed
of a man most generous and affectionate towards me.
tamen) I thought that it was necessary to remind the man {esse liominem commonendum) in the letter (dat.) which I sent him last. I
accordingly did so {Id feci). I wish you to inform me of the result
{quid profecerim) and, at the same time, of your entire condition {de
ioto statu tuo) and of all your plans.
For I am anxious {cupio) to
know what you are doing, what you expect, (and) how long you
suppose this absence of yours from us {islum tuum discessum a nobis)
will be (i. e. last).
For I assure you, that it is one consolation to me,
which enables me to bear more easily {quare facilius possim pati)
your absentment from us {te esse sine nobis), if it is an advantage to
you (to be so) ; but if it is none, (then) nothing can exceed the folly
of both of us (nihil duobus nobis est stultius) of me, for not drawing
you to Rome of you, for not flying hither (at once)
Let me
know therefore {quare at the beginning of the sentence) about all
(these) matters, as soon as you can.
I shall certainly help you ( juvero), either with my sympathy {consolando), or with advice, or with
substantial assistance {re).
,
* An
essedni-ius
was
from a war-
chariot or essedum.
f
An
visors,
LATIN VERBS.
A.
B.
Anomalous Verbs.
Verbs.
C.
Defective Verbs.
D.
Verbs Irregular
in
and Supine.
I.
IE.
First Conjugation.
Second Conjugation.
ITJ.
Third Conjugation.
IV.
Fourth Conjugation.
E.
Deponent Verbs.
F.
Inchoative Verbs.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
664
A.
(To Lesson
Active Voice.
Pees.
INFIN.
Perf.
Supine.
1.
Amo,
2.
Moneo,
amare,
monere,
amavi,
monui,
amatum,
monitum
3.
Lego,
Audio,
legere,
audire,
legi,
lectum,
to
admonish,
read,
audivi,
auditum,
to
hear.
4.
Indicative Mood.
to
Subjunctive Mood.
Present, I
love,
1. S. ara-o, as, at
2.
to love,
4. S. aud-io, is, it
Imperfect, /
eant.
iant.
admonished, read,
heard.
loved,
Imperfect,
I might
that
admon-
love,
1. S.
am-abam,
mus,
S.
iebatis, iebant.
aud-Irem,
tis,
Perfect, / have
loved,
admonished,
Perfect,
read, heard.
1. S.
amav-
3. leg- 4.
isti,
I may have
that
it
1. S.
amav-
3. leg- 4.
2.
loved,
monu- Serim,
admon-
ritis,
admonished,
admonished
eris,erit;
P. erimus, e-
audiv-
Pluperfect,
ved,
loved,
P. iremus, ire-
2. monvi
ii,imus, istis, e
audivrunt or ere.
Pluperfect, / had
ires, iret;
irent.
erint.
read, heard.
rd.
1. S.
eras,erat;
P. eramus, eratis, erant.
fissem,
set
3. leg- 4.
audiv-
L,
I shall
issent.
love,
1. S.
2.
3.
4.
Future
II.,
I shall have
I S^-
4.
auSv-""
P. isse-
mus,
isses, is-
loved,
P erimus
'
grint
eritis
>
>
issetis,
664*
LATIN GRAMMAR.
Active Voice.
Continued.
Imperative Mood.
Present.
1. S.
am-a; P.
2. S.
mon-e
3. S. leg-e;
4. S.
Future.
1. S.
P.
2. S.
P.
3. S.
P.
4. S.
P.
Infinitive Mood.
Present.
1.
2.
Perfect.
am-are, to love.
mon-ere, to admonish.
3. leg-ere, to
4. aud-Ire, to
1.
2.
read.
hear.
3.
4.
have loved.
have admonished.
leg-isse, to have read.
audlv-isse, to have heard.
amav-isse,
monu-isse,
to
to
Future.
1.
amat-urum
2.
momt-urum
3.
lect-iirum esse,
4.
audlt-urum
be about to read.
Participles.
Present.
1.
2.
am-ans, loving.
mon-ens, admonishing.
reading.
aud-Iens, hearing.
3. leg-ens,
4.
Future.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Gerunds.
1.
2.
am-andi, of loving.
mon-endi, of admonishing.
4.
of reading.
aud-iendi, of hearing.
3.
lect-um,
4.
audlt-um,
3.
leg-endi,
Supines.
1.
2.
amat-um, to love.
monit-um, to admonish.
to
read.
hear.
to
665
Passive Voice.
1.
Pees.
Amor,
2.
Moneor,
amari,
moneri,
3.
Legor,
Audior,
audiri,
4.
Infin.
legi,
Perfect.
amatus sum,
to he loved,
monitus sum
lectus sum,
auditus sum,
to he
Indicative Mood.
Present, I am
3.
4.
Subjunctive Mood.
that I may he loved, admonished, read, heard.
Imperfect, I was
admonished,
loved,
read, heard.
admonished,
be read,
heard.
Present,
admonished, read,
heard.
loved,
1. S.
2.
to be
to
Imperfect,
1. S.
2. S.
3.
4. S.
ris,
P.
P.
P.
Iretur; P. Ire-
tur.
loved,
admonished,
Perfect,
read, heard.
{sum
or
or
or fui, es
fuisti,
fuit,
fsim or fuerim,
est 1.
&c.
amatus,
2.
3. lectus, 4.
monitus,
auditus,
(Cf. p. 243.)
Pluperfect,
2"
had been
Pluperfect,
1.
amatus,
2.
\^
^^at, &c!
g^
sit
&c.
I might
have been
Tessem or
gr
monitus,
auditus,
that
or fueris,
or fuerit,
sis
feram or fue
3. lectus, 4.
admon-
loved,
1.
amatus,
2.
3. lectus, 4.
monitus,
auditus,
fuisses,
J
(Cf. p. 464.)
(^
fuis-
sem, esses or
esset
or fuisset, &c.
I.,
I shall he
loved,
1. S.
2.
3. S. leg-ar, eris
4. S.
Future
1.
amatus,
3. lectus.,
II.,
2.
4.
monitus,
auditus,
56*
&c
665*
Continued.
Imperative Mood.
Present.
am-are; P. amini, be thou, be ye, loved.
S. mon-ere P. emini, be thou, be ye, admonished.
1. S.
2.
3. S. leg-ere;
4. S.
Future.
1. S.
P.
2. S.
P.
3. S.
P.
4. S.
P.
Infinitive Mood.
Present.
Perfect.
am-ari, to be loved.
2. mon-eri, to be admonished.
3. leg-i, to be read.
4. aud-iri, to be heard.
1.
amat-um
4.
audit-um
1.
esse, to
Future.
2.
3.
lect-um
4.
audit-um
1.
iri, to
be about to be read.
be about to be heard.
iri, to
Participles.
Perfect.
1.
2.
amat-us, loved.
monit-us, admonished.
3. lect-us,
read.
heard.
4. audit-us,
Future.
1.
2.
am-andus, to be loved.
mon-endus, to be admonished.
3.
4.
leg-endus, to be read.
aud-iendus, to be heard.
Supines.
1.
2.
amat-u, to be loved.
monlt-u, to be admonished.
read.
be heard.
3. lect-u, to be
4.
audit-u,
to
LATIN GRAMMAR.
666
B.
ANOMALOUS VERBS.
Sum,
1.
Subjunctive.
Indicative.
Present.
thou art
est,
he
is,
Plur. simus,
may
be.
Imperfect.
Sing, essem, that I might be
esset, that he
might
be,
Plur. essemus,
that we might be
essetis, that ye might be
Perfect.
Sing,
fui,
I have been
Sing, fuerim,
been
he has been,
Plur.
Pluk. fuimus, we have been
fuistis, ye have been
fuerunt (fuere), they have been.
fuisti, thou hast
fuit,
fuerimus, that we
Pluperfect.
Sing, fueram, I had been
fueras, thou hadst been
fuerat, he had been,
ero,
Plur.
he will
be
be,
we
shall be,
eritis, ye will be
evunt,' they will be.
eriraus,
Future
I.
1 shall be
II.
Imperative.
Present. Sing,
este, be ye.
es, be thou.
Plur.
Future.
shall be
*
f
Sing,
him
esto, let
;
esto,
be.
sunto,
Plur.
let
them
estote,
be.
Obsolete forms are siem, sies, siet, sient, and fuam, fuas, fuat, fuant.
for the imperfect subjunctive is for em, fores, f&ret, &c.
Another form
ye
ANOMALOUS VERBS.
Present,
Infinitive.
Perfect, fuisse, to have
esse, to be.
667
Future, futurum
been.
Participles.
Present,
Future, futurus,
(ens), being.
a, urn,
about to be.
Remarks.
The
participle ens
is
&c.
2.
Possum, posse,
potui,
I am
able,
lean.
Subjunctive.
Indicative.
Present.
S.
Imperfect.
potSram, poteras, poterat,'
P. poteramus, poteratis, poterant.
S.
Perfect.
S. potuerim, potueris, potuerit;
P. potuerimus, potueritis, potuerint.
Pluperfect.
potueram, potueras, potuerat;
P. potueramus, potueratis, potuerant.
S.
Future
I.
Imperative
II.
Infinitive.
Perf. potuisse.
(wanting).
Pres. posse.
Indicative Mood.
Present.
S. volo, vis, vult;
P. volumuS, vultis, volunt.
malumus, mavultis,
malunt.
Imperfect.
S.
volebam,
as, at;
P. volebamus, &c.
nolebam,as, at;
nolebamus, &c.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
cos
Perfect.
S. volui,
nolui,
isti, it;
malui,
isti, it;
P. voluimus, &c.
noluimus, &c.
nolueram,
S. voluero,
noluero,
isti, it;
malulmus, &c.
Pluperfect.
S.
Future
S.
Future
is, it;
P. voluerlinus, &c.
malueram,
as, at;
nolueriimus, &c.
as, at;
maluerainus, &c.
I.
is, it;
noluerlmus, &c.
Subjunctive Mood.
Present.
S. velim, is, it;
P. vellemus, &c.
S.
malim,
Is, it;
Imperfect.
mallem, es, et;
mallemus, &c.
Perfect.
maluerim, is, it;
maluerimus, &c.
Pluperfect.
P. voluissemus, &c.
Imperative Mood.
(
Wanting.)
nollto noluuto.
noli
noil to
nolite
nolitote
Wanting.'
Infinitive Mood.
Pres.
Pkkf
velle
voluisse.
nolle
noluisse.
volens.
nolens.
malle
maluisse.
Participle.
(
Wanting.)
Wanting.)
Gerund.
volendi
volendo.
6.
Edo, ere or
nolendi.
esse, edi,
esum, leaf.
Pres. Ixdic. S. edo, edis or es, edit or est; P. edimus, editis orestis, edunt.
Imperf. Subj. S. ederem or essem, ederes or esses, ederet or esset; P. ede-
ederetur or essetur.
ANOMALOUS VERBS.
7.
Fero, ferre,
I carry,
latum,
tuli,
669
hear.
Active Yoice.
Passive Yoice.
Indicative.
Fres.
P. feiimus,
ferunt.
fertis,
Subjunctive.
Pres. feram, as, at, &c.
Imperf. ferrem, es, et, &c.
Perf. tulerim, is, it, &c.
Pluperf. tulissem, es, et, &c.
Imperative.
Pres. S. fer; P. ferte.
Fut. S. ferto, ferto; P.
fertote, fe-
S. ferre; P. ferimini.
S. fertor, fertor; P. feriminor, ferun-
runto.
tor.
Infinitive.
Pres. ferre.
Perf.
Fut. laturum esse.
Pres.
ferendi, do,
Participles.
Perf.
Gerund.
dum, do.
latum.
ferri.
fuisse.
Fut. laturus.
ferens.
Pres.
tulisse.
latus.
Fut. ferendus.
Supines.
latu.
<.
8.
I become, am
made.
Subjunctive.
Indicative.
Present.
S. flo,
fis, fit;
P. ilmus,
fitis,
fiunt.
Imperfect.
S. fierem, es, et;
P. fieremus, etis, ent.
P. fiebamus,
atis, ant.
Future.
S. flam, es, et;
P. fiemus,
etis, ent.
The remaining
parts of this
Among
the
Eo,
&c
compounds
9.
Infinitive.
Perf. factum esse.
Pres. fieri.
Fut. factum Iri.
verb are from facere. Such are factus, facien-
itum,
I go.
Subjunctive.
Indicative.
Present.
S. earn, eas,_eat;
P. Imus,
Itis,
eunt.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
G70
IMPERFECT.
Ibam, Ibas, ibat;
P. ibamus, ibatis, Ibant.
S.
P. iremus,
iretis, Irent.
Perfect.
Iverim (ierim),
S.
P. iviruus, &c.
P. iverimus, &c.
iveris,
&c.
Pluperfect.
Iveram (ieram),
P. iveramus, &c.
S.
as, at;
Future
I.
P. ibimus,
Ibitis,
P. iverimus, &c.
Ibunt.
Imperative.
Pres.
Fr _
r
S. I
S. Ito
_j
S. Ito
P.
P.
P.
Infinitive.
Ite.
Pres.
Ire.
itote
Perf.
ivisse or isse.
euuto.
Gerund.
eundi, do,
dum,
II.
esse.
Participles.
Pres. iens, gen. euntis.
Fut. iturus, a, um.
do.
Supines.
Act. Itum,
Pass.
Itu.
So the compounds abeo, adeo, coeo, exeo, ineo.intereo, pereo, praetereo, prodeo,
redeo.
But all these have generally ii instead of Ivi in the perfect; as, abi i,
exii, pern, prodii, &c.
To these add veneo (= venum + eo), I am sold. Ambio,
I go around, is the only compound regularly conjugated like audio, and has
consequently ambiebam, ambiens, ambiendi, &c.
The only passive forms of eo are the impersonal Uur and Hum est. But the
compounds of eo which have acquired a transitive sense have a regular passive
voice; as, adeo,ineo, praetereo.
ibo, ibis,
in later
authors, and
I can.
I cannot.
Present Indicative.
S. nequeo, nequls, nequit;
P. nequimus, nequitis, nequeunt.
Imperfect.
quibam, as, at;
quibamus, &c.
S.
nequibam,
as, at;
P. nequibiimus, &c.
Perfect.
quivit;
qmverunt.
qui vi
P.
nequiverunt (nequierunt).
Pluperfect.
S.
P.
Future.
S.
P.
quibo
quibunt.
S.
P.
nequierat.
nequitrant.
nequlbunt.
Present Subjunctive
S.
DEFECTIVE VERBS.
071
Imperfect.
quirem
S.
S.
nequlrem
P. nequiremus
nequlret;
nequlrent.
Perfect.
S-
qulret;
quirent.
quiverit.
S.
nequiverim
nequierit;
nequiermt.
Pluperfect.
S.
nequissent.
p.
_ _
nequisset;
nequissent.
Infinitive.
Pres. quire.
Terf. quivisse
Pres.
(quisse).
Perf.
nequire.
(nequisse).
nequivisse
Participle.
Pres. quiens, gen. queuntis.
These verbs are both conjugated
C.
like eo.
DEFECTIVE VERBS.
and connections.
The principal verbs of
Aio,
1.
I say.
Indic. Pres.
P.
aiunt.
2.
Inquam,
I say.
inquies. inquiet;
inquias, inquiat;
Future.
Subj. Pres.
P.
P.
inquiatis, inquiant.
P. inquite.
first
Indic. Pres.
Imperat.
fatur;
P.
Part,
fare.
fantur.
fatus, a, urn.
Ger. fando.
2Q
57
LATIN GRAMMAR.
G72
4.
5.
Memini, meminisse.
6.
Xovi, novis se
7.
I have begun.
I remember.
II- now.
I hate.
Indicative Perfect.
memini
nGvi
s. coepi
coepisti,
coepit,
p. coeplmus
coepistis
meministi
merainit,
odit,
meminimus
novimus
odimus
meminisl
novistis (nostis)
noverunt (norunt).
odistis
meminerunt.
coeperunt.
odi
novisti (nosti)
novit,
odisti
ode runt.
Pluperfect.
noveram (noram),
memineram,
coeperam,
as, at, &c.
oderam.
FUTURE.
meminero,
coepero,
is, it,
&c.
is, it,
novero,
&c.
is, it.
odero,
Sec.
is, it,
Szc.
SuBjuwcnvB Perfect.
merainerim,
coeperim,
is, it, Sec
is, it,
novt-rim (nurim).
Sec.
is, it,
oderim,
Sec.
is,
it.
Sec.
Pluperfect.
meminissem,
coepissem,
es, et,
Wanting.)
S.
novisem (nossem,
es,
&
Imperative.
3.
odissem.
et, Sec.
memento,
es, et,
&c
Wanting.)
P. mementute.
Infinitive,
memimsse.
coepisse.
novisse.
odisse.
Participles.
perusu?, exr^us
[active}.
osuros.
first
Instead of coepi the passive coeptus est is al-o used, especially in connection
E. g. Oppugndri coeptum ett oppkhtm, The town
Apfige,
8.
away!
Ave, Salve,
Yale, farewell.
hail.
F. av-7to.
S. ave.
P. avete.
S. salve.
F. salveto.
P. salvete.
vale.
F. valeto. P. valete.
S.
Cede...
Th!^ verb
may
salc'.bis, val'bis.
tell.
I pray,
10. Quaeso,
C73
pray.
This verb is most commonly interjected in the sentence, like the English
"pray," "please." Its plural is quaesumus.
11.
Forem,
I might
be.
From
the obsolete root fuo, and contracted for fuerem. It is otherwise regulaiyand the infinitive is, fore, "to be about to be." (Cf. page 666.)
D.
Many Latin verbs are irregular in the formation of the second and
third roots, "which frequently assume the characteristics of another
These will be enumerated and examined in the followconjugation.
ing lists, according to their respective conjugations.
First Conjugation.
I.
E.
first
conjugation end in
are, avi,
o,
g.
to
ctum,
fri-
to rub.
j)erfricdre,
Cubo,
are, cubui,
cubitum,
to lie,
recline.
So the compounds acciibo, excubo,
in cubo, seciibo, and others.
But the
compos, of cubo which take an
before b are of the third conjugation
The regular per(c. g. diseumbere).
fects cubdvi and incubdvi also occur.
-.^
j -jx>._
I-.
Do, dare, dedi, datum, to give.
m Luv0
T
Obsolete
Domo,
are,
domui, domitum,
to
tame, curb.
So the compos, edomdre and perdumare.
- ^
ire
'
i-
'
laV1 '
-.
^atum,
in the
and
poetrv.
_..
are, micui,
older Latinitv
ALico,
lautum,
in
to glitter,
shine.
So emico, ore, emieui, emiedtum. But
dimico, I contend, fight, has the reguJar perfect dimicdvi.
a
avj at
f
regular, but the
Compos, enecdre has am, alum and
LATIN GRAMMAR.
674
and
ltum
atum and
ui,
compounds have Ui
as '
to fold
But
and implicdre.
rfa-
in the perfect;
constdre, perf. adstiti, con-
st ^ re i
^' Sf^Sf^ffi
ana
borne
**J P**'^
"f>
of these
resa
e.
^, .rroestare
nas
autnors oni\
gSSS^^ffitaff^S^fflS
'
(in later
praestaturus.
T6no?
resondre.
Sto, stare,
steti,1
statum,
..
'
to
stand.
..
c
an^^^re, circujnstare, mterstare,
So
But the remaining
and superstore.
'
'
II.
V^rt.
E.
to
'*
attmitm),
into-
^e
forbid.
,
and
" having
coendtus,
ac tiv*e sense
dined" jwdtus, " having sworn." So
the compounds conjwdtus, " having
conspired," and in jwdtus, "one who
m0 " g Jater authors
has notfrorn."
conspiratus is used activelv like co;;
'
^ ^f
fa
same
Second Conjugation.
(tonitum,)
rus, to sound.
So consondre, dissondre, persondre,
tonui,
"_
^re,
thunder
',
So attonare
_
passive,
drinking."
g.
to be silent.
The verbs of
gation.
2.
4.
Semideponentia.
entirely.
a)
in the perfect.
wink.
abolesco, I cease
to ex-
to
and obsoletus.
Paveo, ere, pavi,
exoletus,
to
fear,
root ple,
to fill,
gives rise
tremble.
The
cherish.
b)
rest
Moveo,
The
and
adoleo
tinguish, destroy.
G75
turn or
sum
supine.
Censeo, ere, censui, censum,
to
The
active sense.
succtnseo,
Doceo, ere,
dociii,
doctum,
to teach.
mixtum,
c)
to
mon and
suppose, think.
mistum or
correct.
Teneo,
immiscere, ptr-
(tentum,)
tenui,
ere,
to
hold.
Compos, absfmcre,
re,
detinere,
allincre, contine-
distinere,
retinere,
and
siistinfre, all
curs.
Torreo, ere,
mix.
misccre, commiscere,
miscere.
torriii,
tostum,
to roast.
but no
supine.
Arceo, ere, arcui, to drive away.
But the compos, coercere and exercere have a supine in itum.
Horreo,
choatives.
glow.
Langueo,
to ivant,
need.
to
Compos, indigere.
ere,
eminiii,
horriii,
to
shiver,
in-
Luteo, ere,
Emineo,
ere,
shudder.
So abhorrere and a number of
lutui,
to
be concealed,
be hid.
project,
rise aloft.
svblatere.
Madeo,
Niteo, ere,
Compos,
praenitt re.
57*
nitiii, to
shine.
enitere,
internitcre,
and
LATIN GRAMMAR.
676
Oleo, ere,
Compos,
oliii, to
smell.
and
obolire, redolere,
sub-
olere.
Timeo,
Rubeo,
to be stiff.
Yigeo,
Remark.
Besides
to
to be torpid.
swell.
to sip.
The
Tumeo,
amazed.
ished,
ere,
vigui,
to
be
lively,
strong.
be green.
to
be filthy.
The
2.
fect
the verbs
from adjectives.
verbs of the second conjugation which form the perafter the analogy of the third, are as follows
and supine
Mordeo,
momordi, morsum,
ere,
to bite.
Pendeo,
sum
in the supine.
to
Compounds drop
impen-
the reduplication;
respondeo, re;
di.
sponse.
to
Tondeo,
dine.
The
ere, totondi,
Compounds without
tonsum,
to
shave.
an active
reduplication
detondeo, dttun-
di.
supine.
b)
Ardeo,
ere, arsi,
arsum,
si in the perfect
to
be
on
fire, to burn.
Denseo,
ere,
densi,
in the supine.
to
soothe, caress.
densus (ad-
to
ad-
here, stick.
Compos, are adhaerere, cohaerere,
inhaerere.
jussi, jussura, to
The
jective), to thicken.
Jubeo, ere,
and sum
com-
mand, bid.
Maneo, ere, mansi, mansum,
remain.
Compos, permancre, remanere.
sus
is
doubtful.
Mnlgeo,
ere,
mulsi,
mulsum,
to
milk.
to
Suadeo, ere,
suasi,
suasum,
to
vise.
ad-
c)
si or
G77
Augeo,
ere, auxi,
auctum,
to
in-
crease.
Frigeo,
ere,
frixi,
be
to
cold.
to
Turgeo,
mourn.
tortum,
turn, twist.
Compos, contorquere,
extorqucre.
to
distorqucre,
but no supine.
si in the perfect,
be cold.
The supine is wanting, but an adjective alms, a, urn, coo^cold, exists.
alsi, to
to shine.
ere,
tursi
(rarely),
to
swell.
Urgeo (urgueo ),
impel.
Aveo,
Calveo, ere,
Hebeo,
Caneo, ere,
to be gray.
Cieo, ciere, to move, rouse.
An obsolete form of this verb
Flaveo, ere,
Foeteo, ere,
be yellow.
ere, to be dull.
Humeo,
is eio,
to
to stink:
ere, to be moist.
Llveo, ere,
to be livid,
hang over.
imm inere,*prominere.
Moereo^ere, to mourn, to be sad.
^M
cire.
';
incildre,
and
The
Audeo,
sum,
to
dare,
venture.
An
TIL
A(sometimes
'
swarm
^
scat ere), to
/'
with.
Squaleo, ere,
following semideponentia.
ere, ausus
ere, to
Com ^
Yegeo,
suscitdre.
4.
Mlneo,
to
be filthy,
ere, to be active.
(Cf.
Gaudeo,
ere, gavisus
customed,
impers.
Compos,
x
r
assolet.
Third Conjugation.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
678
and then add
each
to
class the
lished rule.
1.
Acuo,ere,acui,acutum, to sharpen.
Compos. exacuere, peracuere, and
praeacuere.
Arguo,
ere,
argiii,
argutum,
to
accuse.
Congruo,
commonly
ere,
convictus.
congrui,
to
agree.
Supine wanting.
So also ingruere
Pluo, ere,
Ruo,
ere,
inibui,
ruiturus, to fall.
to
loos-
en, untie.
imbutum,
to
dip, steep.
to
put
on.
So
riii,
Imbuo,
ere,
also exuere.
Compos,
statutum,
to
tuere, restituere,
rived the compos, abluere, eluere, diluere, and polluere, all of which have
a supine in lutum.
Sternuo,
tdre.
ere,
sternui,
to
sneeze.
From
suere.
diminish.
(Nuo,
to
beckon,
Compos, abnuo,
is
cli-
Tribuo, ere,
tribiii,
tributum,
to
bestow, impart.
Compos,
not used.)
to deny, refuse.
Others are annuere,
innueve, and renuere, all without supine.
attribuere, contribuere,
and
distribuere.
Frequentative votutare.
as,
to
desire.
An imperf. subj. cuplret occurs.
Compos, discupere and percupere.
to
do,
make.
Sonref'icere, calefacere, consuefacere, frigefacere, labefacere, patefacere,
satisfacere,
have
and tepefacere,
fio, fieri,
factus sum
all
of which
in the pas-
sive.
i,
ectum
in
So
Compos, conditio,
So discutio, excutio,
at-
hire, obsolete.)
cussum.
incutio, percutio,
reperculio.
to seize,
rob.
So
(Laeio, frequentat. lactare,
for,, ejtssi,
679
s ipere
and sapid,
to be ivise.
But de-
Pario, ere,
pariturus), to bring forth.
An infinitive pariri instead of pari
ceve.
occurs.
Quatio,
ere,
quassum,
to
Verbs ending
the supine in ptam.
in bo or
2.
E.
po form
glupsi,
ere,
struxi,
structural,
to
victum,
vixi,
to live.
and
g.
carptum,
to
pluck.
Compos, concerpo, concerpsi. concerptum. So decerpere and discerpere.
gluptum,
to
re, inscribere,
peel.
Nubo,
ere, nupsi,
nuptum,
to veil,
ere, repsi,
Compos,
reptum,
to creep.
Serpo,
ere, cubui,
cubitum,
serpsi,
insculpere.
serptum,
to
So inserpere, proserpere.
and subvepere.
Accumbo,
ere,
creep.
re,2>rorepere,
to
cut, sculpture.
marry.
Compos, obnubcre.
to
Repo,
ere,
build.
Vivo, ere,
shake.
Glubo,
Struo,
to
recline.
So all the
compounds of citbdre,
which assume an m; as, discumbere,
ineumbere, occumbere, procuinbere, and
succiunbore.
Rumpo,
ere,
rupi,
to
rumpcre, prorumpere.
ruptum,
burst, break.
Compos, abrtnnprre, cormimpeve, ervmpere, iriterrumpere, irrumpere, per-
to
scratch,
rub.
to
lick.
3.
Verbs ending
supine in sum.
Claudo, ere,
7
s,ult -
E.
clausi,
in do or to
si
and the
g.
clausum,
to
The compos
ex-
LATIN GRAMMAR.
680
Divido, ere,
divisi,
divlsum,
to di-
vide.
Laedo, ere,
laesi,
laesum,
to hurt,
Eado,
Eodo,
illldere.
Ludo,
Trudo,
injure.
Compos,
all'idere,
elldere,
collidere,
trudere.
Vado,
clap, beat.
So applandei
to
The
a)
sum.
,
ere,
to go, icalk.
,
Perfect and supine wanting. But
evado, evasi, evdsum.
So also mvadere
and pervadere.
their perfect in di
in
g.
cusum,
to
pound,
forge.
Compos, excudere, procudere.
edi,
esum
Mando,
ere, mansi,
(rarely}
man-
Scando, ere,
di,
sum,
to climb.
re, inscendere.
Fundo,
b)
Condo,
ere, coudidi,
&c.
conditum,
to
construct.
venire.
to
creak, grate.
perfect.
E.
g.
to
believe.
So accredere, accredidi.
to
to
weigh.
Tendo,
ere,
tetendi,
tensum
or
tentum, to stretch.
Compos, extendo, extendi, externum
and extentum; and so with hoth supines detendere, ostendere, protendere,
reiendire.
The rest have supine
\n tuni on\x ; as, attendere, contendere,
and
GS1
more
commonly extent um, protentum, and
retundere.
Tundo,
ere,
tusum,
tutudi,
tunsum and
to beat, strike.
c)
prae-
ss
Irregular.
Cedo, ere,
cessi,
cessum,
to
So
diffindere, diffldi.
Frendo, ere,
fresum,
fressum and
crush, grind.
Instead of this 'Ahofrtndere,frendui.
to
to
give
place, to retire.
So the compos, abscedo, accedo, ante-
reap.
Pando,
4.
sedcre.
sessum.
resldere,
put,
But
are
all
tum
So
set.
sisto in
has
still"
to split,
to tear.
expeto,
oppeto,
steti,
intransitive
as,
consisto,
and have
constiti,
stiti, sti-
constitum.
Circumsto
persisto, and resisto.
either circumstlti or circumsteti.
has
their per-
fect in xi
Coquo,
Compos,
Te
'
? ut
PfW
is
of the
first
cou "
j ligation.
Fligo, ere,
frixum),
frixi,
frietum (rarely
to roast.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
682
Jungo,
Mungo,
to
ctum.
dis-
to lick.
mimxi, munctum,
ere,
to
Rego,
to
rectum,
to
to
lament.
ere, rexi,
guide,
7(0,
direct.
Stinguo, 6re,
to extinguish (rarely used).
Compos, in use are extinguo and re,
The
Ango,
subtrciho.
Ungo
So circumcihur,
a) Those which
assume xum.
anxi,
ere,
reject the
to
choke.
(Supine wanting.)
Clango, ere,
Flgo, ere, fixi, fixum,
fasten in.
So afflgere, transfigere.
to
to
sound.
or
fx
moisten.
and
in,
n before ctum
invehor, praetervehor.
in the supine, or
to snow
(commonly impers. ningit, Sec.).
Pecto, ere, pexi, pexum, to comb.
form,
(commonly
Plecto, ere,
only passive plector,) to punish.
Fingo, ere,
finxi, fictum, to
fashion.
re,
Compos,
Mingo
inflective.
(or
me jo),
ere, minxi,
mi-
Compos, adstringere,
distringere, obslringere,
gere.
and
pertstrin-
to tie, bind.
b)
characteristic consonant
in the perfect.
Ago,
spend (vitam,
life,
fyc).
to
pass,
to
WenUi\
Cm
" "
Jk
J
ma e
.
lei,
re
ictum, to
foedus,
re, eligere,
diligo,
So
intelligo,
in the
re.
perfect.
Vinco, ere,
Linquo, ere,
liqui,
to leave.
pactum,
pepigi,
ere,
derelinque-
victum,
vici,
to
con-
c)
Pango,
and
quer, vanquish.
(Poetical.)
Compos,
to
make a compact.
But pango, I set or fix in, has panxi
The compos, comor pegi, panctum.
pingo, impingo have pegi, pactum.
So
also oppango, oppegi.
But depango
and repango have no
perfect.
to
spare, save.
perfect parsi
obsolete,
is
evincere.
in the perfect.
the supine parcitum uncertain.
P os - compareere.
Pungo,
Com-
pupugi, punctum,
ere,
to
stab.
Tango,
The
delinquere
also
683
and
Compos,
contingit, contlgit
obtingit, obtigit.
to
Verbs ending
The
Como,
in
following in
lo,
mo may be
comptum,
ere, cornpsi,
ex-
to
dempsi, demptum, to
take away.
Promo, ere, prompsi, promptum,
to take out, to draw.
So compos, deprdmere, expromere.
The
adorn.
Demo,
spersum.
scatter.
5.
si,
ere,
regarded as regular
Sumo, ere, sumpsi,sumptum,totae
:
Temno,
ere,
to despise.
(Poetical.)
and secernere.
livi),
smear
on,
Smo,
litum, to
daub on.
and
illinlre.
But
to soiv.
sertum.
The compos,
ere,
has
consero
seriii,
and
58
in-
sivi,
situm,
to
allow,
permit.
From
Compos,
Sperno,
est.
ere, sprevi,
disdain.
Sterno, ere,
prostrate.
stravi,
spretum,
to
stratum,
to
LATIN GRAMMAR.
684
So compos, eonsterno,
insterno,
and
prosterno.
Tero, ere,
to sing,
sound.
Compos, succino, succinui, succentum.
But accino,
So also oca.no or occdno.
inter cino, and recino (or reca.no) want
the perf. and supine.
attero
has either
in the perfect.
ro have more frequently curri than cucurri in the perfect.
away.
Compos, appello, appiili, appuhum.
So the rest, compeUo, depello, expello,
impello,perpello 2>roj)ello, and repello.
f
;)
to
nourish.
Altus in Cicero
and
Sallust,
ciliius
in later writers.
Consulo, ere,
Gemo,
Molo, ere,
ui,
Itum,
grind (in a
to
mill).
ui,
ere,
ultum, to consult.
itum, to sigh,
ui,
groan.
Compos, congrmo or congemisco,
gemo
But
b)
So conterere.
ottrivi or atterui.
or ingemisco,
perf.
iii,
ultum,
to conceal,
hide.
Pono,
place.
Obsolete perf. poslvi. Compos, antepono, appdno, compono, depdno, dispono,
expono, oppono, praepbno, postpono, and
sepono.
\
Tremo,
ere, ui,
to
tremble.
Compos, coniremere.
in-
supine
ui,
Occulo, ere,
Yomo,
wanting.
to be-
d)
in the perfect
and
supine.
Emo,
ere, emi,
emptum,
to
Premo,
buy.
(Cf.
page 669.)
to rage.
(Furo), furere,
So also
Perf. and supine wanting.
perf.
the
For
singular.
first person
,
commonly insanlvi.
Gero, ere, gessi, gestum,
to carry,
bear ; perform.
Compos, congerere, digerere, and
gerere.
in-
ere,
pressi,
pressum,
to
press.
to inquire, to seek.
and
Verro,
So
nvello,
evello,
Verbs
6.
in so
and
rro are,
ere,
versum,
verri,
to
sweep.
Compos,
everrere.
Viso, ere,
visi,
to
go
to see,
to visit.
supine visum
is
borrowed from
viclere.
Some
tion
7.
Verbs
Compesco,
in sco
ere,
to
curb,
restrain.
ii)
So
also
lum.
to
pas-
to
de-
ask.
sci,
ediscere
to
to
rest.
to begin,
,
,
spread.
Hisco, ere,
,
,
to yawn
to mutter.
Nosco (gnosco), ere, novi, notum,
Glisco, ere,
IV.
la-
So iynosco and diynosco. But aynosco, coynosco, and rtcoynosco have supine aynitum, coynUum, and recnyni-
mand,
learn.
ture, feed.
ti,
to attack, assail.
compescui,
to
Fourth Conjugation.
ivi or
LATIN GRAMMAR.
686
ire, iciii
ictum,
or ixi
to
put on.
apertum,
aperui,
Ire,
to
open.
So operio and cooperio. But comperlo and reperio have peri, pertum.
Cio, Ire, clvi, cltum, to move, excite.
This is the old and regular form for
cieo, clvi, cltum,
on which see
p. 677. 3.
Com-
lum.
and
Ferio, Ire,
to strike.
In the perf. active percussi, and in
the passive ictus sum, are commonly
,
sense.
Compos, irraucio.
Salio, Ire, salui or salii, saltum, to
spring, leap.
Compos,
desitire,
exsillre,
insil'ire,
&c,
Sancio, Ire,
sancltum,
sanctum and
sanxi,
appoint.
to o?rlain,
and
mend.
Compos, resarclre.
Sentio, Ire, sensi, sensum, to feel,
used.
Ferocio, Ire,
-
to
be in-
think.
So
solent, wild.
Haurio,
draw.
hausi,
Ire,
haustuni,
to
but
frequently hausurus.
Punio,
Ire, Ivi
or n, itum,
to punish.
and praecom-
consentlre, dissentlre,
But instead
sent'ire.
monly
of assentio,
assentior deponent.
to
bury.
inve-
nire, obvenlre,
to bind.
E.
DEPONENT VERBS.
Adverser,
ari,
atus sum,
to oppose,
re-
sist.
Arbitror,
ari,
atus sum,
to
suppose,
think.
ari, atus sum, to despise.
Auxilior, ari, atus sum, to help.
Calumnior, ari, atus sum, to calumni-
Aspernor,
ate.
all
regular,
Dominor,
terest.
sum,
to boast.
to
be a
DKI'ONKNT VERBS.
Iimtor,
ari,
atns sum,
to imitate.
Moderor,
attest.
parasite.
Philosophor,
ari,
atus sum,
to
philoso-
phize.
To
sum,
087
tofiyht.
many
The following occur only in certain authors as deponent, and more commonly as active verbs communicor, commurmuror, Jluctuor,fruticor, lacrimor,
:
luxurior, nictor,
and
Cicero employs
as passive verbs.
velificor.
II.
criminor,
adt'dor, drbitror,
But
professus sum.
])ro/ilt'or,
dijfiteor
Liccor,
eri, licitus
sum,
to offer
So compos, polliceri.
eri,
Participle
medicari.
Mereor,
meritus sum,
An
to heal.
eri,
to merit,
earn.
and
intueri.
j)romereri.
III.
same
sense.
Divertor,
to
tor, to outstrip
return.
The
monly
reverti, reverteram,
vei*sus
sum.
ever, has
is
derived
hence com-
&c,
for re-
pergefactus.
part, txpergitus,
Fruor,
obsolete.
fnii, fruitus
or fructus sum,
enjoy.
Compos, perfruor, perfructus sum.
to
to
perform.
Compos, defungi, perfungi.
Gradior, gradi, gressus sum,
to
step, icalk.
how-
The
part, reversus,
turned."
From
hid.
Medeor,
58 *
to
LATIN GRAMMAR.
688
to he angry.
(Inchoative.)
lratus sum has the sense of the present, "I am angry." For the perf. suc-
Irascor, irasci,
censui
is
Labor,
used.
lapsus sum,
labi,
to glide,
slip, fall.
Compos, collubi,
hi, and reldbi.
Loquor, loqui,
locutus
sum,
to
speak.
forget.
sum,
to
Compos, aMqui,
terloqui, obluqui.
Pleeto,
proficisci,
profectus
member.
it/as
has a
devised," "invented."
plain.
Ringor,
passive sense,
'
jVIorior,
emori.
nasci,
natua
sum,
to
be
strive, to rely
Compos,
upon.
and
oft-
niti.
IV.
to
show ones
chafe.
Sequor, sequi, secutus sura, to follow.
;
to
Sul>.<~qui.
to assent.
Also active,
adsensi,
r< ni//\
Utor,
(
punish.
Qsus sum,
uti,
enjoy.
to use,
Vescor, vesci,
upon.
The place
by edi.
eat,
to
of a perfect
is
feed
supplied
sent in,
conqueri.
ringi,
horn.
Nltor,
teeth
com-
Nascor,
Compos,
to
in
the
same
sense, nd~
commonly deponent.
Blandior, blandiri, blandltus sum,
to flatter.
to experience.
I learn, am informed,
only used in the present; perf. cumperi from compt rio.
But comperior,
is
lavish.
Compos, dtlaryior.
iin fin",
Molior, mollri,
to
molitus
sum,
to
or
ex-t
peci.
commence.
to begin,
INCHOATIVE VERBS.
Compos, exordlri and
Orior, oriri, ortus
redordiri.
sum
(Jut- part.
G89
oriturus), to rise.
The
punish
from."
Partior, partlri, partltus sum,
to
Sortior,
draw
divide.
Compos,
sortltus
sortlri,
sum,
to
lots.
F.
INCHOATIVE VERBS.
The verbs from which inchoatives are formed are commonly of the
second conjugation, but the inchoatives themselves are invariably of
the third.
The inchoatives derived from verbs generally have the perfect, and
sometimes also the supine, of their primitives.
The inchoatives derived from nouns or adjectives cither want the
perfect entirely, or assume ui, like those derived from verbs.
The following lists exhibit the most important verbs of this class.
1. Inchoatives derived from verbs, with the perfect and supine of their primitives
:
abolc-
Abolesco
(nleo),
ere,
abolevi,
tuin, to be annihilated*
to coalesce.
to convalesce.
Exardesco
arsuni,
(ar'dca),
grow
to
ere,
hot,
to
exarsi,
become
exin-
to revive,
Scisco
came
(scio),
to life
ere,
again.
sclvi,
scltum,
to
primitives
ere, obdormivi,
Itum, to fall asleep. (So also edormisco, to take one's I'dI of sleep.)
Revivisco (vivo), ere, revixi, revictuin,
decree, ordain.
jlamed.
2.
Calosoo (caleo),
wa rm.
Canesco (caneo),
ere,
calui,
to
ere, canui, to
gray.
Conticesco (taceo), ere, couticui,
come
silent.
grow
turn
to be-
LATIN GKAM3UR.
GOO
Coniremipco (tremn),
to
begin
contremui,
ere,
Liquesco
melt.
tremble.
to
be con-
cealed.
Effervesce* (ferveo), ere, efferbui, to be-
gin
to
to
come
to boil.
and expallesco
Ingemisco (gemo),
ere,
ingemui,
to be-
to sigh.
Intumesco (tumeo),
ere,
begin to swell.
Irraucisco (raucio),
intumui,
to
irrausi,
to
(palleo), ere,
Putresco (putreo),
(rubeo),
ere,
consenui,
here.
gin
callous.
Pallesco
to
grow
old.
ere,
grow hoarse.
Languesco and
(vi-
3.
perfect
Aegresco (aeger),
ere, tofallsich.
to become rich.
Dulcesco (dulcis), ere, to turn sweet.
Grandesco (grandis), ex*e, to grow up.
Gravesco and ingravesco (gravis), ere,
to become heavy ; to grow icorse.
Incurvesco (curvus), ere, to become
crooked.
Juvenesco
to
(juvenis), ere, to
begin anew
grow young
ere,
ster-
ile.
ere,
again.
4.
fect in id
ere,
crebrui,
to
increase,
to
grow frequent.
Duresco and obduresco (durus), ere,
durui, to grow hard.
Evanesco (vanus), fire, evanui, to vanish.
come lean.
Mansuesco (mansuetus),
xi, to grow gentle.
ere,
mansue-
Matnresco (maturtis),
become ripe.
ere,
maturni,
to
to
turn
black.
to
INDEX
N. B. The figures of this Index refer to the pages of the hook the letters or figures
after the page-reference, to the divisions or remarks of the lesson contained on that
page.
indicates the repetition of the word at the head of the article.
The dash
The abbreviation constr. stands for construction of ; id. for the same page.
;
A, ab,
abs,
how
2.
II.
5.
iantum abest
non mullum
299,
Rem.
2.
Accents, 5, I.
Accentuation,
inquiring,
naming,
sensuum
A.
es-
et
affectuum, 288,
II.
as
1-6.
B;
6, I.
341,
calling,
and demanding,
after verbs of
INDEX.
G92
Rem. 12
Adjectives followed by the da351-353; by the genitive, 390393; by the ablative, 444-445; by an
217.
tive,
in the con283, C;
struction of the ablative absolute,
place
the
sentence,
in
649, II.
453,
;
ad id locorum, 382, Rem. 2.
admonere, with Ace. cum Inf. or tit,
295, D; with the gen. 399, B.
adspergere, constr. 368, D.
Adverbs, 613, A ; of place, 613, B. 1
of time, number, and order, 614, II.;
of quality, manner, &c, 614, III.;
correlative, 615, IV.;
numeral
adverbs, 94,
; ordinal adverbs, 614.
3 (of I.) and 3 (of II.);
with the
genitive, 383, Rem. 6, and 385, Rem.
prepositions,
as
^624, Rem. 5;
4; used
infinitive,
um and
and
2; in Has,
3
4
in lim ami sim,
formed from the accusative of nouns,
&c, 617. 5 from ablatives, id. 6 ;
from verbs, id. 7
compounds, id. 8.
aedes, omitted, 375, b.
aequaliSj constr., 351. 1.
aeque etc, 212, B. 1.
aestimare} with the genitive, 398, A.
affatim, with the gen. 383, Rem. 6.
affinis, constr., 352. 6.
Agent, after passive verbs, expressed
by the ablative with a or ah, 165, II;
by the dative, 117,
and 365, A.
Agreement, 149,
; of verbs, 153,
;
of adjectives, adjective pronouns, and
participles, 186-189; of relatives, 200
ier, id. 1
id.
in
e, id.
id.
65,
Rem.
545, IV.
ante, denoting relations of time, 318, E.
id.
Rem.
12.
nouns
compoRem. 2.
At home " and " home," how ex-
sition, 124,
"
pressed, 132, G.
Alhos, declined, 497.
1.
at'jue, 76,
Attraction, 202,
B.
alium, alter
alteram, with
verb in the plural, 154, B, Rem. 2
place
of,
653, VIII.
Assimilation of consonants in
-alls,
a?ius, 507. 2.
34 and 64.
in, 16. 8
Rem.
alius
4.
in, 500,
from aliquod,
-as,
illiquid
aliquis, declined,
U.
Rem.
169. 6
367,
note.
-atus, participles in, 259,
in, 506. 10.
A;
adjectives
INDEX.
Rem.
2.
093
Rem.
poiius, id.
B.
helium, construed like names of towns,
310, b, c.
bene te, 343, note.
benedicere, with the dat., 358, Rem. 3.
biduum, triduum, 322.
-bills,
Rem.
2.
Rem.
3.
6.
maxime, 216, F;
adjectives
which admit of none, 216, G.
Comparison, of adverbs, regular, 220,
A ; anomalous, id. B ; defective, id.
C.
with
compertus,
Rem.
C.
C,
sound
canere
367,
of,
Rem.
to
sound a
retreat,
2.
capitis or capita
list of,
76 -
78.
Rem.
3.
Cases of nouns, 7, K.
Cause, ablative of, 418 various other
modes of expressing, 419, Rem. 1-6.
causa and gratia, with mea, iua, sua,
;
Ch, sound
of, 3,
E.
410,
2.
and 686.
345.
107.
5,
</.
genitive,
Z,E.l.
recej)tui,
the
5.
with
in correlation
with
E; adverbs repeated
consentaneiim
est,
288,
Rem.
2.
538-539.
2-3.
Rem. 2.
Construction, of sentences, 147-150;
of the comparative, 224 - 230 of the
Consonants, sounds
Constructio
of,
ad syne sin,
168,
GO
INDEX.
of names of
superlative, 231 - 234
place?, 308-310; of time, 315-319.
consulere, constr., 358, Rem. 5.
cendentus, with the ablat., 441, B.
contingit ut, 297, F. 2.
Contracted syllables, their quantity,
5, //. 2.
Contraction of
the
second
root
of
verb?, 239.
_
Rem.
4.
Rem.
2.
1.
-cuius, a,
615.
cupere, constr., 128, note.
cupidus, with the gen., 391. 1.
cum ut, for the imper., 606, l!em. 3.
curare, constr., 256-257, and 294, C.
'
D.
damnare,
constr., 408, A.
dare, with a short, 111, note \ , construction of, 113, G.
Dative, terminations of, 50, C; of
as the remote obgerunds, 11G, b
alter
ject of transitive verbs, 349
neuter verb-, 350, C; denoting possession or want with esse or aeesse,
350, Rem. 2 ; after adjectives, 351353; after various intransitive verbs,
; after verbs componnded with
356,
satis, bene, and nude, or with certain
prepositions, 358-360;
dative of
the agent, after participles in dus,
3G5,
passive
after
verbs,
;
366,
Rem. 3
after adverbs and interjections, 369, F; used instead of
the genit., 374, Rem. 7
constructions instead of, 368, D.
Datives, two, after sum, fin, do. Szc,
366, B; by attraction with mild est
nomen, 367", C; by attraction with
licet esse, 169, Rem. 6.
;
first
future,
imperative,
infinitive,
."
<i.
5
U
Rem.
1.
5.
Rem.
9.
gendec
of,
20,
A.
Diphthongs,
1,
C; quantity
of, 5, II. 2.
K;
list of,
doctre, constr.,
use
of,
76-78.
340, A, and Remarks.
095
IXDF.X.
dolere, how used, 190,
dotnus, declined, 24,
of, 132.
and
298,
77.
construction
duum,
for
duorum,
73,
Rem.
2.
declined, 73, B.
-dus, participles in, 117.
(/?/",
F.
E.
Greek nouns in
in, 12,
;
496, B; adverbs in, 616. 1.
e or ex, use of, 14, K.
ec<e, with Nom. and Ace, 343, D. T.
in pronouns like cecum, ecciUum, &C.,
E, nouns
e,
Rem.
37,
2.
Rem.
3.
with the
abl., 545, C.
E.
with
2.
Elision, 4, F.
and B.
Enclitics, their influence on the accent, 6, Rom. 5.
emere, constr., 398, A, and 434, A.
en, interjection with the nom., 344.
-end/is and -undus, participles in, 117,
Rem.
enim and nam, place of, 388 and 654.
emmverd, in answers, 545, IV.
-ensis, adjectives in, 507. 2.
-enfissimus, superlative in, 213,
D.
3.
annexed
U.; 491,
Rem.
Ellipsis,
-ev,
59
and B, Except.
493, E.
fcr, imperative, 606,
492,
II.
and
Rem.
1.
2;
2.
ro,
292,
Rem.
8.
1.
Rem.
8.
006
INDEX.
G, sound of, 3, E. 3.
gaudeo, 161, Rem. 4
gender
of,
4U 1-493.
Gutturals, 2, D.
II.
<".,
partitives,
after nouns denoting a part of a genus, 886, Rem. 2:
place
its
supplied by ex, de. int< r, id.
Rem. 6
genitive, after adjec:
H, sound of, 3, E. 4.
habere, with two accusatives, 342. (7;
with the genit., 398, A; with two dative. 366, if.
Rem.
588,
7<"W
ftef
//e
2.
Hiatus
and
4, E.
iUe, declined, 30
tinguished, 37. Rem. 3.
hie
and 54
_!.
dis-
pe-
3; hdc, with
193,
J,
I.
ns,
4ul
after poenitet, piget, &c., 401;
of the crime, 408-410; after esse and
Jieri with resor negotinm understood,
;
410-411
411-412:
gt nitus,
after
referi
place
of,
and
abl., 445, I
after ubi, &c., 382,
gentium,
interest.
849,
with the
II.
2.
119, F.
Gerunds, 115,
Rem.
in,
h.
constare, 399,
Rem.
5.
//.
of.
2;
nouns
in,
13; vocative
-icus. adject
/'/ witli the genit., 881,
to*w, 836, /;.
J.
3.
?'</-/,
atom
<
inn.
4-;.
r;
with
t
/'.
Hem.
and
(/rating agere,
<////<>
sound
qui, ac
'.
Rem.
I,
2.
INDEX.
impedire, constr., 571, VI. and "Rem. 1.
imperare, constr., 292, Rem. 3.
Imperative mood, formation and inflection of, 602-605
various formulas for, 606, Rem. 3
its place supplied by other moods, id. Rem. 4 ;
use of imp. present, 607, I.
future, id. II.
Imperfect tense, formation and inflection of, active, 268-271 ; passive,
274-276; deponent, 276-277;
;
lists
of
them, 689-690.
Indeclinable, nouns,
61, E; adjecE. 7.
Indefinite, pronouns, 34 and 64
adverbs, 615, IV.
Independent sentences, 149, E.
Indicative mood, u^cd in absolute assertions, 534, 1.
in direct questions.
in conditional clauses, id.
535, II.
III.; peculiar use of, 536,
in general relative expressions, 537, II.
tives, id.
site
sire.
id.
III.
in inter-
and 2
of, 253-255
future expressed by
fore ut, 255, Rem. 1, and 292, Rem.
8
used substantively, 61, Rem. 6
;
Rem.
4 ; instead of
as the subject of a
296,
verb, 281, I.; as the object of what
verbs, id. II. and 282, Remarks; with
a subject in the ace, 287,
used
;
after certain nouns, adjectives, and
verbs, instead of the gerund, 282,
historical,
tit,
268,
Rem.
K.
Inflection, 7,
Inceptive or
Inchoative verbs, 136, B. 3
with
GOT
Rem. 2.
Infin. present instead
of the participle, 291, Rem. 2 ; in the
sense of the imperfect, id. Rem. 3 j in
B.
interest, constr., 411, C.
543-548.
verb*, with
Intransitive
the
of
with
ace.
irasci,
ire,
the fut.
and 249, Rem.
is, declined, 36,
reflexive, 473.
and 292, Rem.
iri,
is
in
-is for
-ibw, 48,
pi., id.
Rem.
4.
1.
A, and 54,
2
;
for the
omitted, 31, note,
12.
and
55, G.
Rem.
-'is
INDEX.
698
declined, 36,
fined, 37, Kern. 4.
isle,
and
isllc
and
54,
de-
Itmgum
est,
answer
ludis, in
lum, diminutives
-las, la,
istu/1,
D;
37, Kern. 6.
illic,
in, SO. 7.
3.
M.
-fter,
sound
Jf,
verse,
of,
and
id.
made and
E. 7;
3,
4,
silent in
final,
note.
mat
68, d\ and 642, Rem. 1.
with comparatives, 216, F; superfluous, 227, Rem. 6.
magnam pari*
m. 2.
vi>ti/iii, pnrvi, Ike, alter verbs of valuti,
viii'jis,
J.
value
J,
of, 3,
5.
429.
note .
jubere, constr., 296, Bern. 3.
juctmdvs, with the dat., 351. 3, and
_/i
gen.jt
///,
248,
47, note #.
mnlit,
prep.,
Bern.
628,
i>'.
III. 2.
624,
J'.
I.:
cept
5.
of, 3.
/.'.
491,
i-;,
:
.1
6.
tive of,
vi'
'/>
.1'.'::.
ill.
Rem.
nnd
l,
:;
in, 606. B.
classification and sounds of,
value a- numerate, 70- 77.
Rem. 1.
linn, with the
and 434, A.
genit. or
abl..
as conjunction, 575, V.
Liquids, 2, D.
mi
/;,
Rem.
1.
constr., 668-,
urn, /num. shuhi, &c. Ut, 41
in,
7///,
SO, />'.
militia, constr. 310. 6,
and
rnilin,
",:,,
1,
Item.
2.
tor mihi,
('.
lot);
74,
and
and
Long
vu
Sera.
with distributives,
E.
loci
mii-fr,
licet
loci
3.
2.
6.
/).
.1.
mill,-
Rem.
lii
in, lias
adjectives
Ex-
vi,
Letter-,
II.,
in,
ii".
Hem.
-I
nouns, 486,
I).
//,
medu
L.
Labials, 2, D.
lo&orare, constr., 190.
la.tnri, with the :iM.,
lai, i m, ormihi, 834,
B, and C; 402,
.1,
K.
2.
614,
juxta,
4.
Rem.
conjugated,
matufestuB, with the gen., 410, Rem. 8.
Manner, ablat. of, 425, ,1 ; adverbs of,
ju.<)Hraii<lniii,
'///(''/
jvgerwn,
yni
18, A.
magna, parvo, Sec, after verbs of buying and selling, 434, .1.
l,
1,
and
l.
C.
moofo,
vi'xln
/</'/",
.-iihj.
;:;:,.
577, IV.
/,.
J),
and 299, B.
INDEX.
GO?;
infinitive,
293.
trios or moris est. constr., 2S8, Rem. 2,
and 298, Kern. 2.
Motion, verbs of, with ad or in, 150, .E.
multo, with the compar., 230, Rem. 4
with the superb, 233, K. 1.
multum, with the genit., 381, ..4. 2.
mutant and COmmutare, COnstr., 508.
;
Mutes,
C99
Rem.
4.
nikilominits, 635, E.
2, Z>.
N.
542,
ftae,
nisi forte
I.
427, note.
ace,
816,
Bern. 2.
nee, 634,
'
(it
quod, 688,
".77, I\'.
'
/-.'.
9.
51)
g<
d.
1.
quam,
227,
686, EL
nunquam, 533,
III.
deolension of:
compound, 60;
clinable, 61,
F;
irregular
indedefective in case, 61,
number, 07 and 70:
Ef
defective
in
id. 4
patronymic,
gentiles,
4.
Rem.
non moxlo
constr., 171, D.
Rem.
Rem.
ni eder, 98,
tst
A;
n<i
17, II. 8.
est,
4.
non
nee
conjugated, 667.
nomen
nolo,
and
2.
id,
id.
classifi;
collec-
proper,
patrials or
diminutives. 80. 7
verbals, id
amplificatives, id 8
700
INDEX.
oppidum in appos. with names of
towns, 181, Rem. 12, and 309. 4, c.
opus with supine in u, 249, C.
III.
K;
of verbs,
Number, of nouns, 7,
;
of the verb with sev112,
eral subjects, 154, C; with one subject and cum, 155, Rem. 5.
Numerals, cardinal, 73,
distribu;
tive, 74, C; list of both classes, 76ordinal, 94,
adverbial,
;
78;
id. E; list of both classes, 94-96
adverbs from, 614. 3, and II. 2, 3.
numquid, in questions, 8, note *.
numquis, how used, 68, A.
nunc
nunc, 635, D.
nunqunm mm, 543, III.
nusquam, 613, B. I.
Rem.
final, 51,
si.
-1.
1.
0.
1st decl., 8;
-13
&c,
Rem.
and
1.
A.
Object, of active verbs in the ace,
/',
remote in the dat., 113, G.
112,
Objective genitive, 373, Rem. 2.
Oblique cases, place of, 649, I.
oblimsci, 399,
an.! 402.
/>'.
diphthong,
2d
decl., 10;
to
nouns
3d
decl., 12
4th decl., 24
5th decl., 20
to the plural of nouns, 46-49;
to compound nouns, 60-61;
to
Greek nouns, 496, 497, and 4'.;i
to adjectives, IS and 21; plural,
49-50
to pronouns, personal,
29-30; demonstrative, 36; interdeterminative, 42 ; inrogative, 40
t-t;"
to the plural of prodefinite,
nouns, 53-55.
Paradigms of conjugation, to regular verbs, 664-665;
;
&c.
~i.
.1.
par
B.
'.
606,
Rem.
3.
Compare
Ellipsis.
-on, gen.
Rem,
<;
6.
Rem.
1.
,,-<it.
I.
INDEX.
id.
Rem.
of motion,
Rem.
effect, id.
&c,
Rem.
id.
6.
A
A
Patronymics,
88. 5.
habere, 398, A.
penum and penus, 82. 4.
Penult, 6
when accented, 6. 2 and 3.
percontari, constr., 341, B.
perduim, forperdam, 141, Rem.
Perfect tense, definite and indefinite,
active, formation of, 236
236, A ;
pas-238; inflected, 238-239 ;
sive, 243-244;
deponent, 245.
perjicere ut, 296, E.
/u rii/'/e ac, with the subj., 576. II.
Periods, 659, IV.
Periphrastic, forms of the verb, 131,
and
; conjugations, 261, D.
peritus with the genit., 391. 2.
permittere, constr., 294. B.
Persons of verbs, 110, B ; with nominatives of different persons, 155, D.
persuadere, constr., 295, D.
pfrtaesus, in an active sense, 260,
B.x\A.pili
Rem.
5.
B.
99,
witli the
genit., 401,
ace, 334,
with the
of,
464-465.
and deponent,
change of
161-163
2.
jii'jef,
Parts of speech, 6, J.
parum, with the gen., 87, D.
parri, parvo, see magni, magno.
Passive voice, 160; paradigms of, 665;
verbs, construction of, 160,
pensi
701
deponent, 173-174.
B, Rem.
2.
Rem.
6.
'02
pro
INDEX.
Pronouns,
36-37
tive,
relative, 41
demonstra-
interrogative,
39-40
determinative, 42
inplural of all
;
64-66
definite,
these, 52-55.
prope as prep, and adv., 624, Eem. 4.
Proper nouns, 88, E. 4.
propmum, understood, 410, B.
proprius, with the genit., 391. 3.
prosum, how conjugated, 667, Eem. 2.
Protasis, 551, B.
prudens, with the gen., 391. 2.
-pie, suffix, 33, note *.
pudet, with the ace, 334,
genit., 401, C.
B; with
the
pugnam pugnare,
326, B.
punior, as deponent, 689.
jmrgare, with the gen., 408, A.
Purpose, indicated by ut and subj.,
negatively by ne, 567, II. ;
566, I.
by quo, 569, IV. by the relative with
the subj., 588, D; by the supine in
;
by an infinitive, gerund,
;
or participle, 249, Eem. 4.
putare, with two ace, 342, C
um, 248,
Q, sound of, 3, E. 8.
qua, correlative, 615, IV.
qua, 635, D.
qua
quaeso, 673. 10.
B.
qualis
Eem.
quam
after
587,
Eem.
talis,
208,
11.
comparatives, 225-226
omitted, 227, C; with the superlapro, 227,
tive, 233,
and
;
qui with the subj.,
Eem. 7
;
quam
est,
3.
sunt,
&e,
225,
Eem.
3,
and
226, notes.
indirect,
560-562.
A;
200,
quicumque, 41, C;
537,
t.
with the
indie,
II.
Eem.
2.
Eem.
5.
and qui
dis-
2.
with comparatives,
quisque, 455-456
used distributively, 650, IV.
232,
;
quisquis with the indie, 537, II.
quo, correlative, 615, IV. ; with comparatives, 230, Eem. 4 ; with the
genit, 382, Eem. 2 and 3 ; for ut eo,
;
569, IV.
quoad, constr., 578, VI.
quocum, quacum, quibuscum, for cum
quo, 652, VII.
quod for id quod, 202, Eem. 8; referring
to res, 207, Eem. 8 ; to an entire
clause, 208, Eem. 9 ; in restrictive
clauses, 587, Eem. 2 ; with the genit.,
381, A. 3.
quod, conj., "because," 320 ; "that"
or "because," 298, //,- in explanatory
clauses, 299, Eem. 3 ; "as to," "as
far as," "since," id. Eem. 5.
quominus, with the subj., 571, VI.
quot
quum
the historical
inf.,
581, Eem. 2.
the perf. indie,
quum
turn, 535,
D.
R.
eunt, for eripiunt, 248, Eem. 1.
-re, for -ris, 2d person sing, of passive
raptum
r-ecusare,
B.
with quominus and ne, 571,
VI.
redolere, with the
ace, 327,
C. 2.
703
INDEX.
Reduplication, 237, Rem. 6
dropped
in compos., 676, a ; 680, b ; 684, b
;
and
c,
&e
Rem.
2.
S.
B.
S,
54 55
agreement of, 200
person of,
antecedent repeated
201, Rem. 4
with, id. Rem. 6
anteced. expressed
with the relative only, id. Rem. 6
relat. without antecedent, 202, Rem.
8
attracted into the case of the an-
Relative, pronouns, 41
plural
of,
stratives, id. 12 ;
the subj., 586-590
followed
place
by
of,
653, C;
clauses, after and before those of the antecedent, 201,
Rem. 5, and 657, II.
relinquitur and reliquum est tit, 297,
F.
1.
reliqua,
"as
Rem.
2. a.
C
repugnare with qztominus and we, 571,
VI.
declined, 26,
how used, 29,
;
note.
respublica, declined, 61.
rested ut, 297, F. 1.
revertor, how used, 321, note.
reus, with the gen., 410, Rem. 5.
-rinnis and -ritis of verbs, quantity of,
520, note.
rogare, with two ace, 341, B; with ut
or ne, 295, D.
Roots, of nouns and adjectives, 213,
note *
of verbs,' 111, Rem. 1
second, of verbs, 237-238; third, 243,
Remarks lists of verbs irregular in
the 2d and 3d roots, 673-6S6.
rudis, with the gen., 391. 2.
rus, constr., 157, F, and 310. 6, b.
res,
2S
power
note.
saepe,
of, 3,
E. 9
final, elided, 4,
compared, 220, A.
Rem.
2.
and 551-554
657-659.
rangement
of,
and
ar-
388.
III.
148,
sentences, 148.
278.
sin, sin autem, 554.
sin minus, 554.
and 241.
solum, tantum, only, 79.
soleo, 161. 4,
note J.
the ace, 440, D.
stare, to cost, with the gen., 3U8, A;
with the abl., 434, A.
solus, declined, 40,
Space, extent
of, in
'
'04
INDEX.
more
C; with
two
a singular verb, 155, Rem. 1-5
persons,
155,
D.
or more of different
vrith a plural verb, id.
575-581;
cum
Infin.,
and note.
tives, 249,
constructions instead
Rem.
of, id.
4.
supplicare,
note.
with the
and
dat., 350, C,
Rem.; construction
Syllables, 4,
G
a-d ;
of,
469-472.
division of
words
quantity of, 5,
H.
Syncopation offenses derived from the
second root, 239, Remarks.
Synaeresis, 4, F.
Synecdoche, 336, Rem. 1.
Syntax, of the accusative, 324-344
of the dative. 349-369; of the genitive, 373-412
of the ablative, 417into, id. 3,
455.
T.
genit., 401, C.
Rem.
taedet,
1.
talis,
defined, 80, B.
&c. before qui, 586, B.
quails, constr., 201, Rem.
talis, tarn,
and 208.
quam.
talis
3,
11.
tarn
in comparisons, 212, B. 1.
t'lmen. 632, II. 5.
tamouam, with the subj., 576, II.
tanti, quanti, &c, as gen. of price,
398.
tanto with comparatives, 230,
Rem.
4.
adv. in
3,
-te, suffix,
B, Rem.
disting.,
omitted, 193,
316,
Rem.
3.
INDEX.
Tenses, 110
derivation of, 129-132
of the indicative how used, 527
of the subjunctive, in dependent
;
clauses, 528-530
similar and dissimilar, 529, Rem. 1; of the indie, for
the subj., 536, B. I. and 537, Rem. 1
of the subj. in hypothetiand 2
cal sentences, how used, 551, B. I.
and II. used one for another, 552,
Rem. 1 ; present and perfect subj.
and future indie, for the imperative,
606, Rem. 4; of the infinitive mood,
see under Infinitive.
Compare also
Present, Imperfect, &c.
tempus traducere, fatter e, &c, 479.
tenax, with the genit., 393, Rem. 2.
tentare, constr., 370.
tenus, after its case, 175, B.
-ter, adverbs in, 616, C. 1.
Terminations of nouns and adjectives,
50, C; of verbs, 664-665.
;
ii
when? 316, B ;
C; how long ago?
D
E
id.
how long
various
adverbs
and
tola,
without
abl.
309,
of.
See Places.
with the part, in dus, 264,
6.
tu,
turn
turn, 635,
Rem.
2.
ullus declined, 65 ;
ultra, prep., 623,
626. 3.
ulttim ire, for ulcisci, 248,
Rem.
1.
-urn, for
Rem.
uni, unae, una,
15, G.
14
24,
Rem.
5.
declined, 39, A.
xiterque and ambo, defined, 97,
the genit. pi., 383, B. 2; with
liter,
verb, 154, B,
See
uti.
trtilis,
Rem.
; with
a plur.
2.
id.
constr., 351. 2
b.
Rem.
B.
for qidn,
571,
2.
4.
U.
Rem.
A.
D.
U,
10,
in,
tdor,
in,
Towns, names
Rem.
and
nouns
-tis,
Rem.
note *.
tradere
urbs, in appos.
181, Rem. 12,
ut non, 567,
toto
705
when
used, 73,
Rem.
unquam, 234.
wins, declined, 73
unusquisque, 456.
1,
V, character of, 3, E. 5.
vacare, with the abl., 435, B.
vacuus, without the abl., 436,
vae, with the dat., 369, E. 2.
how
used, 75, F.
3.
Rem.
393,
Rem.
2.
index:
0(?
depo-
671-673
imcompound,
personal, 301-304;
primary and deriva124 - 126
666-671;
defective,
1; de-
inchoatives, id. 3
sideratives, id. 2
diminutives, 137. 4; intensives, id. 5;
;
id.
C;
neuter
passive, 160, Rem. 2; semideponent, 161, Rem. 4
preteritive,
672
agreement of, 315, A; nominative after, 167-170; omitted, 325. 5
place of, in sentences, 649, I.
lists of verbs irreg. in the perf. and
denominatives,
want the
supine, 673-686
verbs, 686 - 689
;
689-690.
Verbs signifying
of deponent
of inchoatives,
lists
lists
tvillingness,
desire,
1.
5.
videlicet, 617. 7.
Vowels, sounds
5, //.
;
of, 1, C.
Words,
classification of, 6,
in sentences, 648-657.
J; order
X.
X, sound
of,
nouns
Y.
B.
Y, sound
of,
nouns
Z.
Z,
power
THE END.
of, 3.
3;
before
in, 16. 4.
of,
EEEATA
Page
40
Line
15
16
read "
Nom.
NoM.
ut."
89
12
read
97
27
127
28
141
34
comedam "
commedim" and
for "
it
not."
commedam."
145
167
20
220
36
246
16
272
36
292
22
315
12
now
LXX."
lawful."
341
371
14
read " visere," and on the line below, " (visere)," instead
400
11
of "visere."
532
15
545
31
576
41
578
26
585
593
44
life
in
spirits."
tuo"
629
23
644
56
650
18
\-
4006
\, *.
v
.\
-/
'OO1
*
V --V
'
A\
o ox
-V
"%<
w
"
,.
V-
,<'
>
<-y
Neutralizing agent:
Magnesium
aanesium Oxide
PreservationTechnologies
"
-y
WORLD LEADER
111
1 1 1
IN
PAPER PRESERVATION
Thomson Park
Drive
Di
Cranberry Township,
.S
^^
(724)779-2111
f
V
00